Full text of "Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society"

See other formats

^ ^

BULLETIN

H-i

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

VoL LVII

1962

EDITED BY

JOHN F. HANSON

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

JOHN F. HANSON

GEORGE S. TULLOCH

JAMES A. SLATER

BUSINESS PRESS. INC.
Lancaster, Pennsylvania

VoL. LVII

FEBRUARY, 1962

No. 1

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

JOHN F. HANSON

GEORGE S. TULLOCH JAMES A. SLATER

Published for the Society by
Business Press, Inc.

N. Queen St. and McGovern Ave., Lancaster, Pa.

Price, 85 cents Subscription, $4.00 per year

Mailed April 9, 1962

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa. under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Wednesday of each month from October to
May, inclusive, at the Engineers’ Club, 117 Remsen Street, Brooklyn 2,
N. Y. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS 1960-61
Honorary President
R. R. McELVARE

President

HARRY BEATROS

Vice President

CASIMIR REDJIVES

Secretary

ANNA FLAHERTY

T reasurer

R. R. McELVARE
P. O. Box 386
Southern Pines
North Carolina

CONTENTS

North American Species of the Biting Midge Genus Jen-

kinshelea (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae), Wirth 1

Immature Stages of Stalk-eyed Fly (Diptera: Diopsidae),

Lavigne 5

Publications Received 14

Nesting Behavior of Sphex tepanicus (Hymenoptera :
Sphecidae), Gillaspy 15

Ocular Anomalies in Spiders, Kaston 17

Antillean Species of Hydropsyche (Trichoptera), Flint. . 22

Lectotypes of Nearctic and Neotropical Zethini (Hymen-
optera: Vespidae), Bohart and Strange 28

Publications Received 32

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $4.00 per year ; foreign, $4.25 in advance ; single
copies, 85 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Address subscriptions to
the Treasurer, manuscripts and other communications to the editor. .JOHN F.
HANSON, Fernald Hall. University of Massachusetts. Amherst, Mass.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. LVII FEBRUARY, 1962 No. 1

THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE BITING
MIDGE GENUS JENKINSHELEA MACFIE
(DIPTERA: CERATOPOGONIDAE)

By Willis W. Wirth^

For several years J. Antony Downes of the Entomology Re-
search Institute in Ottawa has been studying intensively the mor-
phological adaptations of the antennae of the Diptera Nematocera
to their mating habits and to the feeding habits of the female sex
(Downes, 1958, Ann. Rev. Ent. 3:249-266; 1958, Proc. Tenth
Int. Congr. Ent. 2:425-434). A remarkable diversity has been
found in antennae of male Ceratopogonidae and Dr. Downes has
kindly called my attention to two forms of male antennae in the
North American species, for many years called Jenkinshelea
albaria (Coquillett) . Upon his suggestion I have studied the male
genitalia and other characters of the northern form with very
short, male antennal plumes and compared them with those of the
southern form with normal long, male antennal plumes. From
these studies it is apparent that two species are involved, for which
names are already available. The purpose of this paper is to
present the characters by which these species may be separated, to
give some new synonymy, and to outline the distribution of each
species as currently known.

Key to the North American Species of J enkinshelea

1. Female wing 3. 6-4.2 mm. long; hairs of male antennal plumes
pale and short, not more than three times as long as their
segment ; male scutum with sparse, short, erect black hairs ;
male parameres (Figs. 1, 2) with distal portion evenly ta-

^ Entomology Research Division, Agric. Res. Serv., U. S. D. A.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

perecl and gradually bent ventro-cephalad ; male aedeagus
(Fig. 3) about 1.5 times as long as broad, longitudinally
wrinkled, without distinct, sclerotized, median peg-like
sclerotization or distomedian sclerotized lobes, and distal

margin finely serrated magnipennis (Johannsen)

Female wing 2. 4-2.8 mm. long; hairs of male antennal plumes
dark and long, about five times as long as their segment ;
male scutum without abundant, long, erect, black hair ;
male parameres (Fig. 4) with abruptly recurved distal
portion flattened and broadened subapically, blade-like,
more abruptly tapering to sharp distal point ; aedeagus
(Fig. 5) more than two times as long as broad, with median
peg-like sclerotization on distal half, proximally trans-
versely wrinkled, and with prominent, distolateral, smooth,
sclerotized lobes albaria (Coquillett)

Jenkinshelea alharia (Coquillett)

Figures 4-6

Ceratopogon albarius Coquillett (as albaria), 1895, Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 1895 : 308 (female ; Drayton Island,
Fla.).

J oliannsenomyia albaria, Malloch, 1915, Bui. Illinois St. Lab.
Nat. Hist. 10 : 335 (Ilk; female; syn. : magnipennis (Johann-
sen).

Jenkinshelea albaria, Johannsen, 1942, Ent. News 53 : 76 (notes,
fig. female wing, pupa). — Johannsen, 1943, Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer. 36 : 783 (e. U. S.).

I oliannsenomyia aequalis, Malloch, 1915, Bui. Illinois St. Lab.
Nat. Hist. 10:336 (male; Ilk). — Johannsen, 1943, Ann.
Ent. Soc. Amer. 36 : 784 (N. Y.). NEW SYNONYMY.

The synonymy of aequalis is made as a result of the study of
the type, loaned through the courtesy and cooperation of H. H.
Ross of the Natural History Survey, Division of the State of
Illinois. The exceptionally large hypopygium, unspined fifth
tarsal segment, third vein to four-fifths the wing length, first
vein distinctly short of middle of the third, are characteristic of
Jenkinshelea, whereas the presence of long antennal plumes places
the species as albaria. Common in Illinois, the male of this
species was unknown as such to Malloch, who was misled by the
sexual dimorphism of several species in his Illinois study. A male
from Ithaca, New York, in the Cornell University collection and
determined by Johannsen as aequalis, also proved upon examina-
tion to be albaria.

Feb., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

The parameres of two males from Kerrville, Texas, differ from
the typical form of albaria (Fig. 4) in bearing l)lunt, knobbed
apices as figured (Fig. 6) ; no other differences from the typical
form were noted. Possibly a third species, whose female has not
yet been recognized in the Texas material at hand, may be rep-
resented here.

Specimens Arkansas : Little Rock, 13 July 1904

(H. S. Barber) at light, 1 J. Florida: Arcadia, 30 March 1954,
K. V. Krombein, I J; Lake Alfred, Oct. 1952 (M. H. Muma)
2 22; Orlando, 27 May 1907, 2 22 i Santa Rosa Co., 25 July
1955 (F. W. Mead) 12. Illinois: Monticello, Sangamon R.,
21 June 1914 (J. R. Malloch) 1 2 (Hk Nat. Hist. Surv. coll.) ;
Muncie, Stony Creek, 5 July 1914 (J. R. Malloch) 1 c?, 1 2 (tjpe
male of /. aequalis Mall., from 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. coll.) ; Sum-
ner, 2 Aug. 1914 (J. R. Malloch) 1 2 (Hk Nat. Hist. Surv. colk).
Louisiana: Baton Rouge, 6 May 1947 (W. W. Wirth) at light,
12; Lake Providence, 14 July 1953 (W. W. Wirth) 12-

Maryland: Plummers Island, 24 Sept. 1902 (Barber and
Schwarz) 16 22; 1 Aug. 1903 (A. Busck) 12; 8 June 1914
(Schwarz and Shannon) at light, 2 22 (niale genitalia at-
tached). Mississippi: Utica, Aug., 1 2- New York: Ithaca, June
1901, 1 J' (det. as /. aequalis Mall, by Johannsen; Cornell Univ.
coll). Texas: Denison, 15 June 1938 (L. D. Christenson) 12;
Devils River, 2 May 1907 (Bishopp and Pratt) 12; Dryden,
Terrell Co., Apr., May 1954 (O. Schomberg) light trap, 1 2;
Kerrville, May 1954, June-Aug. 1953 (L. J. Bottimer) light
trap, 3,J'.d^, 1122; 11-25 Sept. 1956 (R. H. Jones) light trap,
6 22; Pnmpville, Apr.-May 1954 (O. Schomberg) light trap,
12. Virginia: Potomac River at Scott Run, Fairfax Co., 7
June 1955 (W. W. Wirth and R. H. Jones) reared from sandy
river margin, 200 J'J'', 22-

Jenkinshelea magnipennis (Johannsen)

Figures 1-3

J ohannseniella magnipennis Johannsen, 1908, New York State

Mus. Buk 124:268 (male; Old Forge, N. Y.).

Through the courtesy of Henry Dietrich the type series of
magnipennis was borrowed for study from the Cornell Univer-
sity collection. There are two specimens, both females and
somewhat teneral, the holotype in good condition but the para-
type damaged with abdomen missing. The wing length of the
holotype is 4.0 mm. (Johannsen gave 5 mm.). The femora and

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

tibiae appear to be uniformly dark, probably originally blackish
or dark brown. These characters will serve to distinguish magni-
pennis from alharia (Coquillett) , which is smaller and often has
the legs yellow, with both ends of the femora and tibiae brown.

Specimens examined. — Connecticut: Storrs, 17 June 1953
(F. B. Lewis) 8 J'J. Illinois: Algoncpiin, 21 June 1896 (C. A.
Hart) 15; Havana, 3 June 1895 (C. A. Hart) 2 ; Muncie,

Stony Creek, 24 May 1914 (J. R. Malloch) 1 Urbana, 18 June
1887, 11 July 1898 (C. A. Hart) 2 ?5 ; Waukegan, 24 Aug. 1917
( J. R. Malloch) 1 5 ; (all 111. specimens from 111. Nat. Hist. Surv.
coll.). Michigan: Alto, 24 July 1937 (Campaw) 1§ (Sabrosky
coll.; Bay City, 1 Aug. 1951 (R. R. Dreisbach) 1 J'; Bellaire,
13 July 1939 (C. W. Sabrosky) IJ (Sabrosky coll.) ; Douglas
Lake, Cheboygan Co., 22 July 1954, July 1959 (R. W. Williams)
light trap, Lc?, 2 55 5 Lake City, July 1951, June 1952 (L. L.
Curry) 7 J'J', 3 55 5 Lapeer Co., 4 July 1937 (G. Steyskal) 1 5
(Sabrosky coll.); Monroe, 2 July 1939 (G. Steyskal) 15 (Sa-
brosky coll.) ; Niles, 13 July 1914 (J. R. Malloch) at light, 1 5
(111. Nat. Hist. Surv. coll.). Minnesota: Chisago Co., 14 Aug.
1954 (O. W. Oestlund) 1 5. New York: Old Forge, 20 June
1905 (J. G. Needham) 2 55 (lyp^ and paratype, Cornell Univ.
coll.) ; Hilton, 5 July 1940 (L. L. Pechuman) 1 5 (Cornell Univ.
coll.). Ohio: Lucas Co., Adams Township, Sec. 23, 28 July 1935
(R. T. Everly) 1 5. Ontario: Kearney, 3 July 1909 (M. C. Van
Duzee) 1 5- Ottawa, Rideau River, 29 May 1960 ( W.W.
Wirth) 3,J',|^, 15. Quebec: Montreal, 17 Aug., 15-

Male genitalia of Jenkinshelea: Figs. 1-3, J. magnipennis ; Figs.
4-6, J. alharia; Figs. 1, 4, 6, parameres; Figs. 3, 5, aedeagus;
Fig. 2, genitalia, ventral view ; Fig. 6, parameres of specimen
from Kerrville, Tex.

Feh., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

IMMATURE STAGES OF THE STALK-EYED FLY,
SPHYRACEPHALA BREVICORNIS (SAY)

(DIPTERA: DIOPSIDAE) WITH OBSERVATIONS

ON ITS BIOLOGY^

By Robert Lavigne-
Abstract

A review of the literature indicates a paucity of information
on the biology of S phyracephala hrevicornis. The author ob-
served adults emerging and copulating during April under the
exposed roots of a tree on the undercut bank of a stream. From
eggs obtained from mated females in vials, the immature stages
were reared under laboratory conditions. These are described
and figured for the first time.

Literature Review

Despite the fact that S phyracephala brevicornis (Say) was
described over 140 years ago, its life cycle has apparently never
been determined nor its immature stages made known. Following
Say, who described the species in 1817 from a single specimen
captured on skunk cabbage, Symplocarpus foetidus (L.) Nutt.,
numerous authors have made brief mention of the habits and
habitat of the adult. Say (1828) discovered it in profusion in
crevices of rocks on the banks of the Missouri. Fitch (1855)
collected adults between the leaves of skunk cabbage in May ; in
the previous April he had found them feeding on the sap of a
newly cut maple, and later, in October, resting on the sunlit
sand beside a stream at the base of a hill. He concluded that the
species was apparently limited to low, shady situations. Keen
(1883) took specimens from near the type locality in damp
situations. Houghton (1902) collected scores of adults from
skunk cabbage, bushes, and herbage along Fall Creek, Ithaca,
New York. Aldrich (1905) reported finding hundreds of spec-
imens on foliage in one of the shady glens adjoining Cornell
University in midsummer. He expressed the opinion that there
was no evidence to indicate that the larva was directly associated

^ Published with the approval of the Director, Wyoming Agri-
cultural Experiment Station as Journal Paper # 148. Published
with the aid of a grant from The Guy Chester Crampton Re-
search Fund of the University of Massachusetts.

^ Plant Science Division, University of Wyoming, Laramie.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Yol. LVII

with skunk cabbage from which adults had been collected. Flint
(1956), making observations both in Massachusetts and New
York, found adults overwintering in protected locations, some-
times in tremendous numbers.

S phyracephala hearseiana Westwood, the life history of which
was studied by Sen (1921), is the only other species of this genus
whose immature stages have been described. While rearing the
species through its complete life cycle under artificial conditions.
Sen found that the immature stages require a semi-aquatic
environment. However, he was never able to discover these
stages in their natural habitat.

Observations on Adults

Adults of S. brevicornis were first collected by the author in
the late afternoon of April 12, 1957, beneath the exposed roots
of a tree on the undercut bank of a small stream (flowing out of
Pulpit Hill Pond in North Amherst, Massachusetts). Beneath
the overhanging bank (Text fig. 1) is a jumble of broken rocks, a
situation apparently ideal for the over-wintering of these flies.
Weekly observations of the location and its immediate environs

Text fig. 1. View of undercut bank where adults of N. brevi-
cornis were found emerging from hibernation in North Amherst,
Massachusetts.

Feh., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Society

were made from April 12 to December 3, 1957, with the exception
of three weeks in September.

Observations at the above site on April 12th revealed fifty to
sixty adults crawling about on the exposed roots. Several pairs
were in the act of mating. Other were crawling in the grass in
an apparently aimless fashion opposite the tree base. When dis-
turbed the adults made short escape flights, rarely over one or two
feet in length. Several dead adults were found entangled in the
many spider webs which crisscrossed the undercutting. A single
inspection of skunk cabbage plants (growing on the far side of the
small pond) yielded no diopsids. Adults, many of which were
mating, were observed almost daily through April 18th, but after
this date no further specimens were found again until fall despite
weekly observations.

On October 15th, five adults were observed crawling lethargi-
cally on the roots of the tree at the original location. From October
22nd through November 20th, 10 adults were observed at various
times crawling both on the rock faces and on the exposed roots.
The weather on all the days on which observations were made,
with the exception of December 3rd, was unseasonably warm and
sunny with temperatures reaching 54° F. Even at these tempera-
tures most of the adults reacted very slowly and jumped only
weakly when prodded, except when they were exposed to direct
sunlight. No adults were found at the last observation on De-
cember 3rd. No further observations were made until the follow-
ing spring because of snow cover.

On March 24th, 1958, some 15-20 adults were observed in the
aforementioned locality. These adults were captured and brought
into the laboratory for study, but succumbed during the night.
Perhaps death was connected in some way with the sudden tem-
perature change. Adults were observed in the field at various
times over a period of three weeks. After April 13th, no more
adults could be found although observations were continued on a
periodic basis over the following month.

Mating Behavior

Several mating pairs in vials were observed closely in the labo-
ratory. The pattern of liehavior in all cases was similar. Prepara-
tory to mating, the male mounts the back of the female using the
front femur and tibia, in apposition, to clasp her wings at about
one-sixth of the distance from base to apex. This may be the
major use for the so-called “raptorial” forelegs which Hearsey

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

(1844) (on observing ^9. hearseiana in close proximity to aphids)
suggested might be used for seizing prey. The hind tarsi are
meanwhile utilized in stroking the terminal segments of the female
abdomen, while the middle legs clasp the abdomen. The male
copulatory organ is quickly inserted. During copulation, the male
clasps the posterior segments of the female abdomen with the hind
legs instead of with the middle legs which are now in constant
motion stroking her abdomen. Simultaneously, the apical tergite
of the female exerts a rhythmic motion, back and forth. At the
completion of the copulatory act, which may last anywhere from
three seconds to five minutes, the female uses her hind tarsi to
push out the genital apparatus of the male.

The male occasionally remains astride the female for a minute
or so after mating is completely. After leaving the female, the
male rubs his genital organs with his hind tarsi. The membranous
organ of the male is protruded to some extent during this process.
Then the tarsi of all the legs, first one pair and then the next, are
rubbed together alternately, and finally the front two pairs are
passed through the mouthparts.

The flies, while in the process of mating, are in some respects less
responsive to the external environment. Darkening one end of the
vial and bringing a lamp close to the opposite end had no apparent
efifect on the mating pairs, whereas those adults not copulating
were drawn to the light. Similarly, in the field there was no
readily observable reaction to movement or to light changes on
mating pairs, while non-copulating adults reacted quickly, jumping
and gliding a distance of one to two feet when disturbed.

Spring Survival of Adults

In the hope of determining how long adults may live after
emergence from hibernation, flies were introduced onto various
types of substrate in the laboratory. Extensive tests could not be
conducted, however, because of the small number of insects avail-
able. Groups of three or four adults, including at least one mated
female, were placed in 6-dram vials containing different substrates
as follows : netting, filter paper, pine needles, black mud, dead
grass, and sphaghum moss, the latter over mud from the fly site.
All substrates were moistened daily. Netting stretched across the
mouth of each vial prevented escape. Honey was tried as a possible
source of nutrient ; the flies accepted it readily.

Of the various substrates tested, flies lived the longest in the
two vials containing sphagnum moss over mud, probably because

Feh.,1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

of the property of moss to retain moisture. The longest single sur-
vival period was 43 days in one vial (April 18th to May 31st)
and 52 days in the other (April 18th to June 9th). Since no speci-
mens survived as long as two months, it would appear that over-
wintering adults probably do not survive through the summer in
the latitude of Massachusetts.

Observations on Immature Stages

Eggs were first discovered by the writer on May 7th, 19 days
after the adults were placed in the vials described above. Eggs
occurred both on the black mud substrate and on sphagnum moss.
Selection of an egg deposition site is probably not dependent upon
moisture alone, since no eggs were found on the other moistened
substrates. The eggs were laid singly, no more than nine in a
vial, and in some cases appeared to he cemented to the spears of
moss.

None of the eggs hatched in the vial containing only mud,
whereas five of the eggs deposited on the sphagnum moss did.
Larvae were first observed on May 26th in both vials which con-
tained a sphagnum moss cover over mud collected at the fly site.
The average larval developmental period appears to be about 10
days at room temperature, although one mature larva had not
pupated 20 days after hatching. The larvae seem to thrive best
in an environment with a very high moisture content, indicating
a probable semi-aquatic existence in the field. Sen advanced the
same idea in reference to A. hearseiana. The larvae, in both cases,
apparently feed on decaying organic matter.

The first pupa was observed on June 14th. This specimen and
those which pupated during the following days appeared to be
cemented to the spears of moss indicating that the pupal stage may
possibly require a slightly drier environment than that of the larval
stage. The adults failed to emerge, however, apparently because
of insufficient humidity in the vials, or other unsatisfactory condi-
tions such as larval diet. Sen found that the pupal stage of
A. hearseiana lasts from 10 to 15 days.

Probable Life History

Adults of S phyracephala brezhcornis have been found overwin-
tering only in close proximity to an aquatic environment. Over-
wintering sites, e.g. cliffs, road cuts, overhangs, and fractured
limestone formation (as observed by the author and other writers),
offer protection from the elements, particularly from rainfall and
radical temperature changes.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

Spring activity in the latitude of Amherst can be noted on warm
sunny days in late March or early April. Mating occurs almost
immediately after the adults come out of hibernation, while they
are still clustered at the overwintering site. Thus, reproduction
is ensured even where only a small population exists. During the
next few weeks the adults gradually disappear from the original
site, apparently becoming widely dispersed. We must assume that
they seek out a semi-aquatic environment where the immature
stages may develop successfully.

While eggs are not known from the field, it is probable that they
are laid two to four weeks after adult dispersal, judging by labora-
tory observations. Since egg development in the laboratory appears
to require approximately three weeks, one would expect hatching
not to occur until at least early June under the cooler field con-
ditions.

Neither larvae nor pupae of S', brevicornis have ever been re-
covered in the field. However, it is possible to speculate as to their
development through inference from available data. Information
so far accumulated provides at least two possible views as to de-
velopment of this insect.

The first view, that of a short life cycle, is indicated by the brief
developmental period of the egg and larva in the laboratory. In
addition, the hundreds of adults found by Aldrich in mid-summer
in a shady glen in New York possibly indicate that another genera-
tion of adults emerges in July. A similarly short developmental
period has actually been demonstrated in India (Sen) for S', hear-
seiana, which completes its cycle from egg to adult in only three
weeks. Thus we may infer two possible generations per year for
S. hrcvicornis in Massachusetts.

Other data might better be explained by an extended life cycle.
Extremely few adults have been taken in the location under study
by sweeping during July and August, although it has been worked
heavily for many years by entomologists. Possibly the perma-
nently cool temperatures of the semi-aquatic environment in which
the immature stages may develop cause a delay in egg and larval
development to such an extent that pupation and adult emergence
do not occur until fall. These few adults taken during the summer
could he either holdovers from the overwintering brood or early
emerging members of a new generation.

The possibility must not be overlooked that the scarcity of adults
during the summer months may be more apparent than real. Per-
haps sweeping is too inefficient a method of collecting to disclose
small populations of diopsids, and some other method should he

Feh., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

tried. There is some evidence that sugary sul)stances might he
useful for this purpose. Fitch found adults feeding on the sap of
a newly cut maple in April. Sen showed that A. hearseiana, in
captivity, would feed on a mixture of sugar and water. The pres-
ent author provided adults with honey, upon which they readily fed.
It is reasonable to assume then that adults are attracted to nectar
also. Collecting stations baited with any of the above-mentioned
substances may provide better evidence as to the occurrence of
adults in a given area during the summer months.

With the coming of fall, adults begin to appear in numbers at
favorable overwintering sites. Such behavior might l)e explained
by the extended life cycle propounded previously, which results in
adult emergence in the fall, probably in close proximity to the
overwintering site.

Once the adults have entered the cavities forming the over-
wintering sites, the majority probably remain within. However, a
few specimens have been seen to reappear, crawling at or near the
entrance of their hibernating quarters on unseasonably warm days
in late fall. No adults have as yet been taken after the first
snowfall.

Description of Immature Stages

Egg (Fig. 7) : Length .08 mm., width .02 mm. Creamy white.
Ovate, blunt at one end and rounded at the other. Hexagonal net-
work of sculpture over entire surface or chorion.

Larva (Figs. 1-5) : The following description is based on a
single full-grown specimen. Length 5.5 mm., width .66 mm.
White, except for pharyngeal skeleton, mouth hooks (Fig. 2),
caudal spiracles, and ambulatory spinules ; smooth except as indi-
cated below, shining, not striated. Head telescoped into prothorax ;
mouth hooks dark brown ; pharyngeal skeleton fading to light
brown posteriorly (Fig. 2), extending caudad to anterior portion
of metathorax, apparently somewhat different in proportions from
that of S', hearseiana figured by Sen. Body 12 segmented, cylin-
drical, tapered anteriorly, blunt posteriorly, ending in a pair of
spiracular stalks. Abdominal segments one through eight each
with the apical portion of the segment projecting ventrally as an
ambulatory welt ; abdominal segments one through six each with
similar dorsal projections. Each ventral and dorsal welt provided
with transverse rows of projecting brown spinules arranged as
follows : on each of segments one through eight ventrally in 9 to
11 irregular rows, each row containing approximately 60 to 80

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

Lavigne

Feh.,i;>62 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

spinules, those in rows 2, 3, 8, and 9 usually larger and more dis-
tinct ; on each of segments one through six dorsally in 7 to 8
irregular rows, each row containing 60 to 80 spinules all of which
are approximately the same size. The apical four or five rows of
spinules of each segment directed anteriorly while the caudal four
or five rows project posteriorly. Abdominal segment eight some-
what bulbous laterally and ventrally, splitting along the median
line of the ventral surface to form the anal opening ; the raised
anal pads bordering the anal opening liberally supplied with
tubercles. Anal opening (Fig. 5) a longitudinal slit the borders
of which are heavily sclerotized and largely hidden by the anal
pads. Prothoracic spiracles on short stalks arising from the lateral
basal portion of the prothorax and bearing eight papillae arranged
in a semicircle (Fig. 3). Caudal spiracles on stalks about .33 mm.
in length (Fig. 1) arising from caudal segment.

From a caudal view each spiracle is surrounded by complex
structures. Figure 4 is a schematic representation of these caudal
spiracular plates which unfortunately is reproduced from a very
rough preliminary sketch since the plates were inadvertently lost
during the process of subjecting the larva to caustic potash for
better observation. There are, no doubt, errors in both the number
and the shape of the scale-like processes. However, the drawing
has been included since these spiracular plates are so strikingly
different from those of the immature stages of any other dipterous
family.

Puparium (Fig. 6) : The following description is based on an
examination of five puparia. In general appearance, the puparium
closely resembles that of 3'. hearseiana as figured by Sen. As in
other Cyclorrhapha, the puparium is formed from the larval skin
and the larval ambulatory spinules are easily observed. The
larval mouthparts have been pushed to the side by the meta-
morphosing pupa but are clearly visible through the wall of the

Explanation of Plate

Figs. 1-5, Larva of S phyracephala brevicornis : 1, Lateral view
of larva; CSP — caudal spiracle, APD — anal pads, CW — creeping
welts, PSP — prothoracic spiracle. 2. Pharyngeal skeleton; MH —
mouth hook, HSC — hypostomal sclerite, PSC — pharyngeal sclerite.
3. Prothoracic spiracle. 4. Caudal spiracle showing position of
stigmatic plates and associated branched filaments. 5. Ventral
view of anal area showing anal opening. Fig. 6, Ventral view of
puparium. Fig. 7, Egg.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society voi. lvii

puparium. The caudal spiracular plates have been lost through the
breakdown of the muscles of attachment and only the caudal
spiracular stalks remain. The anal opening and the anal pads are
clearly visible in potashed specimens as are also the papillae of the
prothoracic spiracles.

Length 3.1 mm., width .99 mm. Color pale at first, changing to
dark brown after a few days. Cylindrical ; smooth except for
ambulatory spinules. Both prothoracic and caudal spiracles flat-
tened, on short, raised stalks. Borders of oral opening on ventral
surface considerably darkened.

Acknowledgements

I wish to express my deep appreciation to Dr. John Hanson and
Dr. Marion Smith of the University of Massachusetts for their
helpful advice and criticism of this paper.

Literature Cited

Aldrich, J. M. 1905. In A catalogue of North American Diptera.
Smiths. Misc. Col. 1444 : 623.

Fitch, A. 1855. In Report on the noxious, beneficial, and other
insects of New York 1 : 69-70.

Flint, O. S., Jr. 1956. Hibernation of the diopsid fly, Sphyrace-
phala brevicornis Say. Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 51 (2) : 44.
Hearsey, Col. J. 1844. Notes of Sphyracephala hearseiana.

Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., Jan. 1., pp. 82-83.

Houghton, C. O. 1902. /w Correspondence. Ent. News 13 : 160.
Keen, E. L. 1883. In Notes and news. Canad. Ent. 15:200.
Say, T. 1828. In American Entomology, Vol. 3, from The com-
plete writings of Thomas Say on the entomology of North
America, Vol. 1 : 116-117, edited by John L. LeConte, Phila-
delphia, A. E. Foote, 1891, 412 pp.

Sen, S. K. 1921. Life history of Sphyracephala hearseiana West-
wood. Mem. Dept. Agr. India 7 (5) : 33-38. pi. 4.

PUBICATIONS RECEIVED

A Synthesis of Evolutionary Theory, by H. H. Ross, 387 pp.,
146 figs. 1962. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N. J.

Feb., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

NESTING BEHAVIOR OF SPHEX TEPANECUS
SAUSSURE (HYMENOPTERA: SPHECIDAE)

By James E. Gillaspy^

In the fall of 1960 a resident of Alpine, Texas reported to me a
colony of large, orange-winged wasps nesting in his yard. On Sep-
tember 7 I investigated and found one female engaged in digging.
She belonged to a species of Sphecinae at that time unknown to
me, but since identified as Sphe.v tepanecus Sanssure [det. Arnold
Menke]. The species is a strikingly colored Mexican form prev-
iously known in the United States only from Arizona (Murray,
1951, p. 972). As there appears to be no information on its life
history, the observations I made seem worth reporting.

The site was an area of dry, hard, fine sandy loam soil, bare of
vegetation, about 4.3 meters long in an east-west direction by about
2.0 m. wide, bounded on the north by a concrete driveway, on the
east and south by walls of a wooden building, and on the west by
a sidewalk. Four nest entrances were evident, each about 2.5
centimeters in diameter, with a mound of excavated soil to one side.
On September 8 two nests near the driveway were excavated and
found to slant downward at angles of about 45° and 75° with the
surface to depths of 45 cm. and 48 cm., with no evidence of cells or
prey. On September 18 one male and five females were collected
in another part of town, about a mile away, visiting mainly the
higher flowers (4-5 m.) of a large shrub, the chaste-tree, Vitex
agniiscastus ( Verbenaceae) . On September 21 further observa-
tions were made at the nesting site. One female with prey, a
green long-horned grasshopper or katydid (Tettigoniidae) , was
seen entering her nest in a clump of grass against the garage wall,
across the driveway to the north of the original site, but was not
further observed. One of the four nests originally noted was be-
tween the roof-drip line and the south wall. At 12 :25 a male was
near the entrance of this nest, which the female was filling from
the dirt pile before it. This mound slanted from the entrance to
a height of about 7 cm., and extended about 25-30 cm. from the
entrance, eastward. The female left, the male remained a minute
or so and then also left. At 12 :35 the female reappeared carrying an
immature green katydid, accompanied by a male. She alighted
about 20-25 cm. from the entrance, on the dirt pile. The male
immediately mounted, his abdomen curling downward, hers turned
upward, bending mainly at the l^ase of the petiole. Copulation con-

^ Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachussetts.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

tinned in this position for about 2-3 minutes, the female still in
possession of her prey, with little activity on the part of either.
Finally the male fell away on his back, suspended at an angle, the
parts still engaged for a time. After disengagement the female
placed her prey about 13 cm. from the entrance, started opening
the nest. Another wasp appeared, engaged in a swift-moving
struggle with the original male, and one departed, the remaining
male then mating with the female in the nest entrance. Again the
female merely halted in place, this time in the act of opening the
nest, and copulation took place as before, with the male falling
away backward at the end of 2-3 minutes. The female then com-
pleted opening the burrow and dragged the katydid in headfirst by
the antennae. The male remained until she had reappeared, closed
the burrow, and left, then he also left after a short time. One
male and three females were again taken from the Vitex on Sep-
tember 24, and on September 27 a female was seen engaged in
closing her nest at the colony site. The last specimen taken was
a freshly dead male found on a downtown parking lot on October
22.

On November 26 excavation of the nesting area was under-
taken. All surface indications of nesting had been obliterated by
heavy rainfall and runoff from the roof which had thoroughly
permeated the soil to a depth of at least 1.2 m. One tunnel, ap-
parently produced by one of the wasps, was toward the center of
the area, away from walls and driveway. It reached a depth of
74 cm., turned sharply to the horizontal, and terminated, empty.
A considerable area was excavated, but the only occupied cells
that were found apparently belonged to the female that had nested
near the south wall, within the drip line. The soil here was drier,
and it is possibly noteworthy that only one of the five burrows
was not in the immediate vicinity of either a wall or the concrete
driveway. Eight cocoons were found within an area about 30 cm.
in diameter. Depths were 31, 39, 41, 46, 49, 51, 55, and 60 cm.,
and it was noted that the shallowest cocoon was in particularly
moist soil and appeared soft and in poor condition. Cells were
generally about 5 cm. long, 2.5 cm. in diameter (one was 3.5 cm.
in diameter) and horizontal, with little evidence of access tunnels
or prey remains. Cocoons ranged in length from 3 cm. to 4 cm.
and in diameter from 0.8 cm. to 1.3 cm. They were elongate-
oval, with a thin, light-brown outer fibrous cover and a blackish-
brown, papery inner cover revealed by the microscope to consist
of layered, non-fihrous, and seemingly quite water-repellent ma-
terial.

Feh.,1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 17

Literature Cited

Murray, W. D. 1951. Siifamily Sphecinae. In Muesebeck
C. F. W., K. V. Krombein, and H. K. Townes, editors.
Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico: Synoptic Catalog.
U. S. Dept. Agri. Monogr. 2, pp. 971-980.

OCULAR ANOMALIES IN SPIDERS

By B. J. Kaston^

Structural deformities are found only rarely in spiders, but of the
reports in the literature there are more concerning eyes than any
other structures. In 1937 I published a very short note recording-
ocular anomalies in two species of spiders. In 1939 Denis reviewed
all 33 cases that had been reported up to that time, and then
described two additional ones. Besides citing these instances of
teratology he gave a most interesting discussion of the relation-
ship between the loss of eyes (or the reduction in their size) and
the hypogean habitat. I too (1945) discussed this matter for
species of Nesticus, and for Scotolathys, with the comment that
the latter genus could probably not be maintained apart from
Lathys merely on the basis of the reduced size, or absence, of the
anterior median eyes. However, in other lucifugous spiders where
eye loss does not normally occur a specimen occasionally is found
showing the loss of one or more, and in 1946 I reported a com-
pletely blind male Cteninm riparius (Keyserling).

As to teratological specimens, Muma (1943) described a Neo-
antistea barrowsi Gertsch with the left anterior lateral eye missing
and the other eyes displaced; Denis (1945) described a male
Entelecara congenera (O. P. -Cambridge) in which the posterior
median eyes each show a trace of doubling of the cornea ; and Roth
(1954) recorded a male Barronopsis texana (Gertsch) with the
left posterior lateral eye only half the normal size. Since the ap-
pearance of my 1937 paper I have had opportunity to study nine

^ Central Connecticut State College, New Britain, Connecticut.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

additional specimens, which are now described. Thanks are due
Dr. W. J. Gertsch of the American Museum of Natural History,
and Dr. Harriet E. Frizzell, for the loan of specimens in their care.
The illustrations were all prepared by my wife.

Report of Cases
Trochosa pratensis (Emerton)

No. 1. A male, collected at Bristol, Connecticut, in September
1948 by Jeanne Cline is lacking the anterior lateral eye on the left
side. As can be seen from the illustration (Fig. 1) the normal
locus for this eye bears some dark pigment.

Lycosa or Schiaocosa sp.

No. 2. The specimen is a not quite mature female lycosid col-
lected at Port Isabel, Texas, by Harriet E. Frizzell on June 22,
1948. It was found to be lacking the right anterior median eye.
But contrary to the situation in case no. 1, not a trace of dark pig-
ment marks the locus of the missing eye (Fig. 2).

Lycosa lenta Hentz

No. 3. This is a male collected by the writer at Gainesville,
Georgia, on October 24, 1945. The right posterior lateral eye is
much smaller than that on the left side, its diameter being only a
little more than half that of its mate. Moreover, while there is
much dark pigment associated with the left lateral, as well as with
the posterior median eyes, there is none around the abnormal eye
(Fig. 3).

Trochosa pratensis (Emerton)

No. 4. This is a female collected by the writer at Farmington,
Connecticut, on September 10, 1935. Here, the two anterior
median eyes are conjoined (Fig. 4), instead of being separated by
about a diameter, as is usual.

Pachygnatha tristriata C. F. Koch

No. 5. A female of this species was collected by George H.
Plumb at Portland, Connecticut, on March 16, 1936. It was found
to lack the right posterior median eye. Moreover, there is no trace
of dark pigment to mark the locus of the missing median eye
(Fig. 5).

Tetragnatha laboriosa Hentz

No. 6. The specimen is a male collected by the writer at New
Haven, Connecticut, in July 1935. Normally in this species the

Feh., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

lateral eyes are about as far apart as the medians, and the diameter
of an anterior lateral eye is about half that of an anterior median.
In this specimen the anterior medians are apparently normal. The
anterior laterals are reduced in size, the diameter of each being
only about one third that of an anterior median rather than one
half. In addition all of the posterior eyes are missing. The place
where the left posterior median eye should he is marked by a large
area of pigment, that where the left posterior lateral should be by
more diffuse pigment, that where the right posterior median should
he by a very small spot of pigment, and where the right lateral
should he is completely devoid of pigment. (Fig. 6).

Amaurobius ferox (Walckenaer)

No. 7. The specimen is a male collected by K. W. Cooper at
Princeton, New Jersey, on October 14, 1939. It has only two
eyes, the anterior medians (or “direct”) eyes, and they appear
cphte normal. The remaining six (or “indirect”) eyes are repre-

Explanation of Figures

Fig. 1, Trochosa pratensis, eye area from in front. Fig. 2, young
lycosid, eye area from in front. Fig. 3, Lycosa lenta, eye area from
above. Fig. 4, Trochosa pratensis, eye area from in front. Fig. 5,
Pachygnatha tristriata, eye area from above. Fig. 6, Tetragnatha
laboriosa, eye area from above. Fig. 7, Amaiirobiiis ferox, eye area
from in front. Fig. 8, Hypselistes florens, eye area from above.
Fig. 9, Prodidomus sp., eye area from above. Fig. 10, Prodidomus
rufus, eye area from above.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

sented only by some dif¥use dark pigment as can be seen in Fig-
ure 7.

Hypselistes florens (O. P. -Cambridge)

No. 8. This is a not quite mature male collected by Harry L.
Johnson at South Meriden, Connecticut, in April 1936. It has only
four eyes, and these are quite asymmetrically disposed over the
ocular area. The left laterals both appear to be normal, but the
right laterals are missing. Also lacking are the right anterior
median eye and the left posterior median eye. There is no trace
of dark pigment to mark the positions of the four missing eyes
(Fig. 8).

Prodidomus sp.

No. 9. The specimen is a not quite mature female collected at
Negritos in Peru by Harriet E. Frizzell on March 12, 1939. The
eye group is symmetrical, but with only the row of four anterior
eyes present. Of these the laterals are not as well developed as
the medians. The locus where each posterior should be is marked
with some diffuse dark pigment as shown in Figure 9. For com-
parison Figure 10 shows the normal appearance of the eye group in
Prodidomus rufus Hentz.

Other Cases

In addition to the above nine cases seen by me I can report the
following of which I have heard. Some years ago the late Dr.
William Morton Barrows told me of seeing a male of the trap-door
spider, Ummidia carabworous (Atkinson), which had only six
eyes. The anterior medians, which are small when present, were
lacking in this case. More recently, Dr. H. Homann, in studying
the histology of eyes, reported {in litt.) a case of O.xyptila sp.
devoid of a tapetum ; a Pachygnatha sp. with one posterior median
eye deformed ; and a specimen of Oxyopes sp. with the rhabdome
pushed far forward into the lens.

Discussion

An analysis of the nature of the anomaly in each of the 48 cases
now known reveals that there is an extremely wide range of diver-
sity. Moreover, we cannot with assurance offer an explanation
for the anomalies. Nor does it follow that the causative agent is
the same for any two showing the same type of deformity.

The situation reported most often (six cases) is that in which
a posterior median eye is missing. Of the six cases that have been
reported that of Denis’ in Amaurobius erberi Keyserling is similar

Feh., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

to my case number 5 in that the eye on the right side is the one
involved. There have been four cases of complete absence of eyes
(not counting, of course, the troglohiotic species in which this
condition is encountered more frequently), and a similar number
where a posterior lateral eye is missing. The next most frequently
reported type of anomaly (two cases for each) is that in which
both posterior median eyes, or both anterior median eyes are
missing.

The situation where the posterior lateral eye on the right side
is smaller than the one on the left (as in my case number 3) was
described once before (by Blackwall) in a specimen of Xysticus
bifasciatus C. L. Koch. That where the second row of four eyes
is completely lacking (as in my case number 9) was described by
Fox in a Lycosa sp. There has been one other case of conjoined
eyes (somewhat similar to my case number 4). This appeared in
a specimen of Zodarion fuscuni (Simon) and was reported by
Denis (1939). There the posterior lateral eye and the posterior
median eyes on the left side were involved, and, of course, pro-
duced an asymmetrical condition as compared with the perfectly
symmetrical eye group in my Trochosa, as seen in Figure 4.

My remaining cases are of types not previously reported in the
literature. It is interesting to note that the situation present in my
case number 7 is the exact opposite of what occurs ordinarily in
lucifugous spiders. In the latter the tendency is for the anterior
medians to be lost first, the remaining six generally being retained.

References Cited

Denis, J. 1939. Les anomalies oculaires chez les araignees.
Enseign. sci. Paris, Ann. 12, no. 116, pp. 163-171.

. 1945. Une curieux cas d’anomalie oculaire chez une

Araignee. Bui. soc. zool. France, 69(^5) : 153-154.
Kaston, B. J. 1937. Structural anomalies in spiders. Bui.
Brooklyn entom. Soc., 32(3) : 104.

. 1945. New Micryphantidae and Dictynidae with

notes on other spiders. American Mus. Nov., no. 1292,
p. 3-4.

. 1946. North American spiders of the genus

Ctenium. ibid. no. 1306, p. 12.

Muma, M. H. 1943. Spider deformities. Bub nat. hist. soc.
Maryland, 13(5) : 80-81.

Roth, V. D. 1954. Review of the spider subgenus Barronop-
sis. American Mus. Nov., no. 1678, p. 5.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

ANTILLEAN SPECIES OF HYDROPSYCHE
(TRICHOPTERA)

By Oliver S. Flint, Jr2

The types of Hydropsyche calosa Banks and H. domingensis
Banks which are located at the Mnsenin of Comparative Zoology
(MCZ), and a few undetermined specimens of the same genus
from Cuba and Hispaniola which are located at the MCZ and the
United States National Museum (USNM), provide the basis for
the present paper.

As so often happens in collections of Hydro psyche, the majority
of specimens are female. However, the specific characters of the
female genitalia in this genus have been elucidated by Denning and
by Ross for the North American species. Using the same type of
characters as found valid by these workers, I am able to distinguish
seven species from Cuba and Hispaniola. Of the seven species,
males are known for only two.

The presence of seven species in one genus on these two islands
is unique in the Antillean Trichoptera. In all other genera only
one or two species are presently known from an island. I do not
believe that this number of species is the result of a large number
of independent invasions. H. antilles Ross and Palmer and H.
domingensis Banks appear to have had origins distinct from the
remaining five closely interrelated species.

Key to Antillean Hydro psyche Species

1. Apex of abdomen with claspers and an aedeagus (males) ... 2

Abdomen lacking claspers and aedeagus (females) 3

2. Aedeagus with 2 pairs of long processes apically (Ross &

Palmer, Fig. 2, 3) antilles Ross & Palmer

Aedeagus without long processes (Fig. IB, C) . . calosa Banks

3. A hollow, spherical structure internally near top of clasper

groove (Fig. 5) antilles Ross & Palmer

No such structure present 4

4. Ninth tergite very narrow ; clasper receptacle very small, located

near posteroventral angle of ninth tergite (Fig. 4)

d omingensis Banks

Ninth tergite wider; clasper receptacle large, located more
centrally on ninth tergite 5

5. Ninth tergite greatly widened ventrally ; clasper receptacle and

^ Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.

FeJ)., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

groove very large, almost semicircular in outline (Fig. 3)

cub ana, u. sp.

Ninth tergite but slightly widened ventrally, clasper receptacle

and groove nearly linear 6

6. Clasper receptacle with a ridge (Fig. 7) carinifera, n. sp.

No ridge on clasper receptacle 7

7. Clasper groove evenly rounded dorsally ; clasper receptacle curv-

ing sharply to posterior from top of groove (Fig. ID)

calosa Banks

Clasper groove with a dorsal projection ; clasper receptacle con-
tinuing nearly same axis as groove 8

8. Clasper receptacle obliquely placed on ninth tergite, in close con-

tact with anterior margin of tergite (Fig. 2) darlingtoni, n. sp.

Clasper receptacle nearly vertical on ninth tergite, remote from
anterior margin of tergite (Fig. 6) batesi, n. sp.

Hydropsyche calosa Banks
‘ Fig. 1

Hydropsyche calosa Banks, 1938, Rev. de Entomologia 9: 300-301

Figures and descriptions of the male and female genitalia of this
species are presented here to supplement the original description.
The figures are drawn from the holotype male and a paratype
female.

Male: Foretarsi without cluster of apical black spines. Genitalia:
Ninth segment annular, bearing numerous setae along posterior
margin. Tenth tergite short and broad; setal wart near middle
extending depth of tergite, produced into a free lobe dorsally and
with 2 small supplementary lobes along anterior margin. Clasper
divided into 2 segments subequal in length, basal one considerably
inflated near apex, apical one curving dorsally and mesally near
apex. Aedeagus inflated basally ; apex with a pair of lateral con-
cave lobes and a thin dorsal hood basad of lobes.

Female genitalia: Ninth tergite sinuate anteriorly, vertical axis
about 3 times length of horizontal axis. Clasper groove long,
rounded dorsally. Clasper receptacle curving posteriorly from top
of groove and developed into a narrow extension along anterior
margin of groove.

The species is still known only from the type series collected in
Cuba.

Hydropsyche darlingtoni, n. sp.

Fig. 2

The female genitalia and habitus of this species show it to be

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

closely related to calosa Banks. The female may be recognized by
the more sinuate anterior margin of the ninth tergite, the nipple-
like projection dorsally from the clasper groove, and the straighter
clasper receptacle.

Female: Length of forewing, 8.5 mm. Brown; wings mostly de-
nuded, but with a few brown and cream-colored hairs. Genitalia:
Ninth tergite with vertical axis about 2^ times length of horizontal
axis, anterior margin strongly sinuate. Clasper groove long, with
a dorsal nipple-like projection. Clasper receptacle with a long
narrow extension along anterior margin of groove and a deep
quadrate dorsal portion.

Holotype female: Cuba, Hanabanilla Falls, Trinidad Mountains,
April 30, 1936, P. J. Darlington. MCZ type number 30407.

Hydropsyche cubana, n. sp.

Fig. 3

Although cubana is related to darlingtoni most closely, it is very
distinctive. The very large, rounded, clasper groove and receptacle
are unlike any other Antillean species.

Female: Length of forewing, 8.5 mm. Brown; wings irrorate
with brown and cream-colored hairs. Genitalia: Ninth tergite
greatly widened ventrally, vertical axis about 1^2 times length of
horizontal axis, anterior margin very sinuate. Clasper groove
large, round, opening posteroventrally. Clasper receptacle sur-
rounding groove for a rather uniform depth on all except postero-
ventral margins.

Holotype female: Cuba, Oriente, Sierra Maestra near Rio Yao,
800', October 1941, C. V. Morton. USNM type number 65935.

Hydropsyche domingensis Banks
Fig. 4

Hydropsyche domingensis Banks, 1941, Mem. de la Soc. Cubana de
Hist. Nat. 15: 398.

The type series of this species is composed of three female speci-
mens, the first labelled holotype. In his original description Banks
figured a male; this specimen is no longer to be found. To judge
from Banks’ figure of the male clasper, his male is probably to be
associated with either hatesi or carinifera rather than domingensis.

The species is illustrated and described from a female compared
with and found identical to the female holotype.

Female genitalia: Ninth tergite rather narrow, vertical axis

Feh.,1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

about 5 times length of horizontal axis. Clasper groove poorly
defined. Clasper receptacle placed very near center of segment,
divided into a dorsal trianguloid portion and a short vertical,
linear portion.

In addition to the type series, I have seen a series of six females
from San Francisco Mountains, Santo Domingo, West Indies, Sep-
tember 1905, August Busck, that are in the USNM.

Hyd'ropsyche antilles Ross & Palmer
Fig. 5

Hydropsyche antilles Ross & Palmer, 1948, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
48: 182-184.

This species appears to be unique in the structure of the aedeagus
of the male and in the possession of an internal sphere in the female.
Although the original description and figures are excellent, a figure
and description of the female is given here in order to facilitate
comparison with the other species.

Female genitalia: Ninth tergite with the vertical axis little more
than twice the dength of horizontal axis, anterior margin only
slightly sinuate. Clasper groove long, poorly indicated ventrally,
dorsally tapering to a sharp point. Clasper receptacle very shallow,
developed for a short distance along anterodorsal and postero-
dorsal margins of groove. A spherical, hollow structure internally
near apex of groove and connected thereto by a short tube. (This
structure is called the clasper receptacle by Ross & Palmer, but I
do not think it is homologous with the clasper receptacle. The
structure may be used by one of the pairs of processes on the
aedeagus during copulation).

I have seen 2 females and 1 male of this species in the MCZ
labelled Haiti, Diquini, W. M. Mann.

Hydropsyche batesi, n. sp.

Fig. 6

H. batesi is the largest species yet described from the Antilles.
The female genitalia is very similar to that of carinijera, but the
clasper receptacle does not bear a carina.

Female: Length of forewing, 13 mm. Brown; wings closely
irrorate with brown and white hairs. Genitalia: Ninth tergite with
vertical axis nearly 3 times length of horizontal axis, only slightly
sinuate anteriorly. Clasper groove roughly quadrate, dorsal mar-
gin with a slender mesal projection. Clasper receptacle extending

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

Flint

Feh., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

shallowly along anterior and posterior borders of groove, deep and
rather quadrate dorsally.

Holotype female: Haiti, LaVisite and vicinity. La Selle Range,
5-7000', 16-23 September 1934, M. Bates. MCZ type number
30408.

Hydropsyche carinifera, n. sp.

Fig. 7

This species is closely allied to the proceeding, but is smaller
and the clasper receptacle bears a distict ridge.

Female: Length of forewing, 9 mm. Brown; wings mostly de-
nuded but with a few brown and cream-colored hairs. Genitalia:
Ninth tergite with the vertical axis nearly three times as long as
the horizontal axis, anterior margin slightly sinuate. Clasper
groove long, dorsal margin oblique, highest anteriorly, rather sinu-
ate posteriorly. Clasper receptacle very shallow anteriorly and
posteriorly, deep and pentagonal dorsally. A carina present near
middle of receptacle, extending from inside receptacle onto the
outside of receptacle and onto tergite.

Holotype female: Dominican Republic, foothills Cordillera Cen-
tral, South of Santiago, June 1938, P. J. Darlington. MCZ type
number 30409.

Explanation of Plate

Fig. 1, Hydropsyche calosa Banks: A, male genitalia, lateral;
B, apex of aedeagus, lateral ; C, apex of aedeagus, ventral ; D,
female ninth tergite, lateral. Fig. 2, H. darlingtoni, n. sp., female
ninth tergite, lateral. Fig. 3, H. cubana, n. sp., female ninth tergite,
lateral. Fig. 4, H. domingensis Banks, female ninth tergite, lateral.
Fig. 5, H. antilles Ross & Palmer, female ninth tergite, lateral.
Fig. 6, H, hatesi, n. sp., female ninth tergite, lateral. Fig. 7,
H. carinifera, n. sp., female ninth tergite, lateral.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVJI

LECTOTYPES OF NEARCTIC AND NEOTROPICAL
ZETHINI IN EUROPEAN AND AMERICAN MUSEUMS

(HYMENOPTERA: VESPIDAE)

By R. M. Bohart and L. A. Stance
University of California, Davis

Type specimens of most of the American species of the genus
Zethiis Fabricius sensu lato have been examined as a preliminary
to a revision. Many of these were studied by the senior author
during a visit to museums in Western Europe in 1960. In addi-
tion curators of several museums, both in Europe and in South
America have kindly lent types for our more leisurely appraisal.
Furthermore, we have been particularly fortunate in having seen
the large and important W. J. Fox collection at the Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh. In this paper we are intending to fix the
names only for species presently based on syntypes. J. Bequaert
(1928, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 10) 2: 138-176) designated
specimens of some of these species in the British Museum. How-
ever, since he used the terms “holotype” and “allotype,” we have
included lectotype designations for his “holotypes” to avoid con-
fusion. As the most definitive characters are found in the males
we have selected this sex as lectotype when possible. The remain-
ing conspecific syntypes which we have seen have been considered
as lectoparatypes, and they have been labeled as such. Repository
museums with the identifying names or symbols in parentheses
are as follows :

Zoologische Museum, Humboldt University, East Berlin, Ger-
many (Berlin) ; British Museum (Natural History), London,
England (B.M.N.H.) ; Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsyl-
vania (Carnegie) ; Universitetets Zoologische Museum, Copen-
hagen, Denmark (1. Copenhagen Coll, and 2. Kiel Coll.) ; Senken-
hergerische Naturforschende Gesellschaft (Frankfurt) ; Museum
d’Histoire Naturelle, Geneva, Switzerland (Geneva) ; Museo
Civico di Storia Naturale, Genoa, Italy (Genoa) ; Museu Paranense
“Emilio Goeldi,” Belem, Brazil (Goeldi) ; Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts
(M.C.Z.) ; Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France
(Paris) ; Departamento de Zoologia, Secretaria da Agricultura,
Sao Paulo, Brazil (Paulista Mus.) ; A. Giordani Soika, Private
Collection, Venice, Italy (Soika) ; Museo di Zoologia della Uni-
versita di Torino, Turin, Italy (Turin) ; Entomology Museum,
University of California, Davis, California (U.C.D.) ; Naturhis-

Feh., 1U62 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

torische Hofmuseum, Vienna, Austria (Vienna) ; Entomologisches
Institiit, Technical Hochschule, Zurich, Switzerland (Zurich).

Lectotypes

amasonicus Zavattari, (Zethus), 1913, J', Obidos, Amazonas,
Brazil (Zurich). Topotypical lectoparatypes : I I 2 (Zurich).
apicalipennis Zavattari, (Zethus), 1912, 2> Merida, Venezuela
(Genoa). Topotypical lectoparatype : 1 2 (Genoa).
arietis Fabricius, {Vespa), 1775, 2^ “Habitat in America” (Kiel
Coll. ) . The type locality was probably the island of St. Thomas
as cited by Fabricius in 1804. Fectoparatype : 1 J (Kiel Coll.),
no data and headless.

aurantiacus Zavattari, {Zethus), 1912, J', Minas Gerais, Brazil
(Berlin). Topotypical lectoparatype: 1 2 (Berlin).
astecus Saussure, {Zethus), 1857, J', Tampico, Tamaulipas,
Mexico (Geneva). Topotypical lectoparatypes: 2 J', 2 J
(Geneva), 1 J (B.M.N.H.) ; 1 ? (Zhrich) ; 1 c? (Paris).
bicolor Fox, {Zethus), 1899, Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).

Topotypical lectoparatypes: 5 (Carnegie), 1 2 (U.C.D.).
binghami Zavattari, {Zethus), 1913, J, Savana Grande, Guerrero,
Mexico (B.M.N.H.), designated as “holotype” by Bequaert
(1928). Fectoparatype: 1 Dos Arroyos, Guerrero, Mexico
(B.M.N.H.), designated as “allotype” by Bequaert (1928).
brasiliensis Fox {Labus), 1899, J, Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).
brethesi Zavattari {Discoelius) , 1911, San Bernardino, Para-
guay (Berlin). Topotypical lectoparatype. 1 2 (Berlin).
buyssoni Ducke {Zethus), 1905, Para, Brazil (Paris). Fecto-
paratypes: 1 2^ Para, Brazil (Paris) ; 2 $2, one without abdo-
men, Teffe, Amazonas, Brazil (Goeldi).
campanulatus Fox {Zethus), 1899, J, Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).

Topotypical lectoparatypes: 3 5$ (Carnegie), 1 2 (U.C.D.).
carnpestris Zavattari {Zethus), 1913, J, Rincon, Guerrero, Mexico
(B.M.N.H.). This specimen was called “holotype” by Bequaert
(1928).

cinerascens Saussure {Zethus), 1855, J, Brazil (Geneva). Fecto-
paratype: 1 2 topotype (Geneva).
coeriileopennis Fabricius {Vespa), 1798, J', Cayenne, French
Guiana (Kiel Coll.). No locality label on type nor on J' lecto-
paratype (Kiel Coll.), without antennae. This species is the
type of the genus. Fabricius, 1789, Fnt. Syst. Supph, p. 263,
gave the data: “Habitat Cajennae,” collection of “Dom Richard.”
coloratus Fox {Zethus), 1899, 5, Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).
Topotypical lectoparatypes: 2 (Carnegie), 1 J (U.C.D.).

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

corallinus Diicke {Zethus), 1904, Para, Brazil (Paris). Also,
1 J, Obidos, Para, Brazil, February 22, 1903, (Goeldi) which
is apparently a metatype.

corcovadensis Zavattari {Zethus), 1913, Corcovado, Brazil
(B.M.N.H.). Topotypical lectoparatype : 1 (B.M.N.H.).

The 2 lectotype was designated as “holotype” by Beqnaert
(1928).

coriariits Fox {Zethus), 1899, J, Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).
cruzi Zavattari {Zethus), 1913, J', Santa Catherina, Brazil
(Zurich). Topotypical lectoparatype: 1 2 (Zurich).
curialis Zavattari {Zethus), 1913, 2> Corcovado, Brazil

(B.M.N.H.), designated as “holotype” by Bequaert (1928).
Lectoparatypes : 1 topotype (B.M.N.H.), designated as ‘‘allo-
type” by Bequaert (1928) ; 1 2? Guaruja, Brazil (B.M.N.H.).
cvanipennis Fabricius {Vespa), 1793, 2» Cayenne, French Guiana
' (Kiel Coll.).

cylindricus Fox {Zethus), 1899, Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).
Topotypical lectoparatypes: 1 ,J', 2 2? (Carnegie); 1 (2

(U.C.D.). Lectoparatype; 1 J', Corumba, Brazil (Carnegie).
dicomboda Spinola {Epipona) , 1851, J', Chile (Paris). Topo-
typical lectoparatypes: 3 22 (Paris) ; KJ', 1 2 (Turin). These
6 specimens were part of the Claudio Gay collection.
jelix Zavattari {Zethus), 1912, 2, Bogota, Colombia (Berlin no.

20105). Topotypical lectoparatype: 1 2 (Berlin no. 20372).
geniculatus Spinola {Didymogastra) , 1853, ,J', Para, Brazil
(Turin). Topotypical lectoparatype : 1 2 (Turin) . These speci-
mens were collected by D. Ghiliani.
guateniotzin Saussure {Zethus), 1857, J', Cordoba, Vera Cruz,
Mexico (Geneva). Topotypical lectoparatypes: 3 ^2 (2 (Geneva).
hexagonus Fox {Zethus), 1899, 2> Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).
hilarianus Saussure {Zethus), 1855, 2> Goyaz State, Brazil
(Paris). Lectoparatypes: 2 2? (Paris). All type material
labeled “du midi de la Capite de Goyaz,” Brazil.
histrionicus Zavattari {Zethus), 1912, 2> Costa Rica (Genoa).

Lectoparatype: 1 2- Guatemala (Paris).
inermis Ducke {Zethus), 1905, J', Alnieirim, Amapa, Brazil
(Paris). Lectoparatypes: 1 2^ Para, Brazil (Paris); 1 J'
Obidos, Para, Brazil (Goeldi) ; 1 2^ Amapa, Brazil (Goeldi).
infelix Zavattari {Zethus), 1912, 2, Bogota, Colombia (Berlin no.

20106). Topotypical lectoparatype: 1 2 (Berlin no. 20104).
in fund lb ulif or mis Fabricius {Eumenes) , 1804, “Amer. Merid.”
(Copenhagen Coll.). Lectoparatype: 1 J' (Kiel Coll.) without
abdomen.

Fei)., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

lunaris Zavattari (Zethus), 1912, J', Caiica, Colombia (Berlin).

Topotypical lectoparatypes : 3 1 (Berlin).

miniatus Sanssure {Zethus), 1858, J', Para, Brazil (Geneva).

Topotypical lectoparatype : 1 J (Geneva).
minimus Zavattari {Zethus), 1912, J, Mendoza, Argentina
(Berlin). Topotypical lectoparatypes: 3 22 (Berlin). These
specimens were all collected by Jensen-Haarnp.
niger Sanssure {Zethus), 1853, J, Cayenne, French Guiana
(Geneva). Both sexes were described originally. The lecto-
type is a headless 2 without locality label but bearing de Saus-
snre’s identification label.

nigricornis Sanssure {Zethus), 1875, J', Cordoba, Vera Cruz,
Mexico (Geneva). Lectoparatypes: 2 Orizaba (Geneva).
The originally cited locality was “Mexico, the eastern Cordillera.
Orizaba.”

notatus ¥oyi {Zethus), 1899, Santarem, Brazil (Carnegie).
olmecus Sanssure {Zethus), 1875, Orizaba, Vera Criiz, Mexico
(Geneva). Topotypical lectoparatype: 1 2 (Geneva).
orans Zavattari {Zethus), 1913, J', Santa Catherina, Brazil
(Zurich). Lectoparatypes: 1 2 topotype (Soika) ; 1 J', Alto
da Serra, Sao Paulo, Brazil (B.M.N.H.).
otomitus Sanssure {Zethus) , 1875, J', Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Mexico
(Geneva). Lectoparatypes: 2 J', Orizaba (Geneva); 1 J',
Orizaba (Zurich) ; 1 “Mexique” (Paris). Originally, there
were 6 J'c? from “Mexico ; the Oriental Cordillera. Oriza1)a.”
poeyi Sanssure {Zethus), 1857, J', Cuba (Geneva). Topotypical
lectoparatypes: 2 (Geneva).

productus Fox {Zethus), 1899, ij', Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).

Topotypical lectoparatypes: 7 22 (Carnegie), 2 22 (U.C.D.).
prominens Fox {Zethus), 1899, 2> Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).

Topotypical lectoparatype: 1 2 (M.C.Z.).
proximus Fox {Zethus), 1899, 2» Corumba, Brazil (Carnegie).
punctatus Fox {Zethus), 1899, Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).
Topotypical lectoparatypes: 8 22» 2 (Carnegie), 1 2

(U.C.D.) 1 J', 1 2, Corumba, Brazil (Carnegie), 1 ^ (U.C.D.).
pyriformis Spinola {Zethus), 1841, J', Cayenne, French Guiana
(Paris). Lectoparatype: 1 2» iro data but presumably the same
as the (Paris). Spinola originally cited 1 J' and 2 22-
rufmodus Latreille {Eumenes) , 1806, J', “Antilles” (Paris).

Topotypical lectoparatype: 1 2 (Paris).
rufipes Fox {Zethus), 1899, J', Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).
Topotypical lectoparatype: 1 (Carnegie), 1 J' (M.C.Z.).

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

schrottkyanus Ihering {Zetkus), 1911, Camaquam, Rio Grande
do Sul, Brazil (Paulista Mus.). Topotypical lectoparatype : 1 2
(Paulista Mus.)-

sessilis Fox {Zethiis), 1899, ,J', Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).
Topotypical lectoparatypes : 1 (Carnegie), 1 2

(M.C.Z.), 2 22 (U.C.D.).

simillimus Fox (Zethus), 1899, 2> Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).

Topotypical lectoparatype: 1 2 (Carnegie).
sinithii Fox (Zethoides) , 1899, J', Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).
Solaris Zavattari (Zethus), 1912, 2^ Guayaquil-Qnito, Ecuador
(Berlin). Topotypical lectoparatype: 1 2 (Zurich).
spiniventris Ducke (Zethus), 1905, J', Para, Brazil (Goeldi).

Topotypical lectoparatypes: 1 J', 1 2 (Paris); 1 2 (Goeldi).
spinosus Saussure (Zethus), 1857, 2, Tampico, Vera Cruz, Mexico
(Geneva). Topotypical lectoparatypes: 1 .J' (Frankfurt) : 3 22
(Vienna) ; 1 ^ (Genoa) ; 1 2 (B.M.N.H.) ; 2 c?;J', 4 22 (Paris) ;
1 c? (Turin).

striatifrons Fox (Zethus), 1899, J', Chapada, Brazil (Carnegie).
Topotypical lectoparatypes: 2 22 (Carnegie), 1 2 (M.C.Z.), 1 2
(U.C.D.).

strigosus Saussure (Zethus), 1875, Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Mexico,
(Geneva). Topotypical lectoparatypes: 2 22 (Geneva), 1
(Berlin) .

suhspinosus (Zethus), 1912, J', Barbacena, Minas Gerais,

Brazil (Goeldi). Topotypical lectoparatype: 1 2 (Goeldi).
variegatus Saussure (Zethus), 1853, 2> “Mexique” (Geneva).
Lectoparatypes: 6 7 2?’ South Carolina, Georgia, Ten-

nessee (Geneva).

venezuelanus Zavattari (Zethus), 1912, 2» Merida, Venezuela
(Genoa).

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

The Scolytoidea of the Northwest, by W. J. Chamberlin, 216
pp., 255 figs. 1958. Oregon State Monographs: Studies in
Entomology No. 2 (Price $2.50).

The Stoneflies (Plecoptera) of the Pacific Northwest, by
S. G. Jewett, Jr., 95 pp., 33 figs. 1959. Oregon State Mono-
graphs: Studies in Entomology No. 3 (Price $2.00).

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY.

The Bulletin, Old Series, Vols. 1-7, 1879-1885, Complete

on positive microfilm $10.00

The Bulletin, New Series, Vols. 8-54, 1912-1959, Com-
plete, unbound $104.00

Entomologica Americana, Vols. 1-6 (1885-1890) and 7-

10 (1926-30), positive microfilm $15.00

Vols. 11-40, 1931-1960, complete, regular issue, pa-
per cover. Write for quotation.

A Glossary of Entomology, Torre-Bueno, cloth bound,

and Supplement A, paper cover $ 6.00

Supplement A to Torre-Bueno’s Glossary of Entomol-

ogy, 36 pp., 1960 $ 1.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana
New York Thysanoptera, Hood. 36 pp., 2 plates. 1926 .$ 1.00

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Life History of

Bremus bimaculatus. Prison. 65 pp., 8 figs. 1928 . . . .$ 2.00

A Revision of the Genus Eurema — Part II. New World
Species, Taxonomy and Synonymy, Klots. 73 pp.,

101 figs. 1929 $ 1.50

Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of the Cole-
optera, Boving & Craighead, cloth bound, 351 pp., 125
plates. 1930-31 $10.00

The Nearctic Social Wasps of the Subfamily Polybiinae,

Bequaert. 63 pp., 8 figs. 1933 $ 2.00

Revision of the Epistrophe Flies of America North of

Mexico, Fluke. 57 pp., 45 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

The Biology and Taxonomy of the Genus Trichiotinus,

Hoffmann. 76 pp., 20 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

A Review of the Genus Cyrtopogon in North America,

Wilcox and Martin. 95 pp., 58 figs. 1936 $ 2.00

Bibliography of the Described Life Histories of the
Rhopalocera of America North of Mexico, Daven-
port and Dethier. 40 pp. 1937 $ 4.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

The American Patrobini, Darlington. 48 pp. 1938 $ 1.00

Taxonomic Studies in Cantharis (Coleoptera), Green. 59

pp., 3 plates. 1940 $ 1.00

A Synopsis of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of America
North of Mexico — Part II. Coreidae, Alydidae, Cor-
izidae, Neididae, Pyrrhocoridae and Thaumastothe-
riidae, Torre-Bueno. 81 pp. 1941 $ 6.00

A Monograph of the Melophaginae, or Ked-Flies of
Sheep, Goats, Deer and Antelope, Bequaert. cloth
bound, 210 pp., 18 figs. 1942 $ 5.00

Selection of Colored Lights by Night-Flying Insects,

Milne and Milne. 65 pp. 1944 $ 3.00

A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus

Carabus, Van Dyke. 50 pp., 24 figs. 1944 $ 3.00

The Larvae of the Harpalinae Unisetosae, Chu. 71 pp., 92

figs. 1945 $ 1.00

Notes and Keys on the Genus Brochymena, Ruckes. 95

pp., 41 figs. 1946 $ 3.00

Female Genitalia of Culicidae, with Particular Reference

to Characters of Generic Value, Coher. 38 pp. 1948 . .$ 4.00

The Scutate Ticks, or Ixodidae, of Indonesia, Anastos.

144 pp., 28 figures. 1950 $ 5.00

The Tingoidea of New England and their Biology,

Bailey, 140 pp., 6 figs. 1951 $ 5.00

The Hippoboscidae or Louse-Flies of Mammals and
Birds, Part I. Structure, Physiology and Natural

History, Bequaert, 442 pp., 21 figs., 1952-53. $10.00

Part II. Taxonomy, Evolution and Revision
of American Genera and Species. 611 pp., 83 figs.
195^56 $15.00

All orders for all publications MUST be sent DIRECT to Brook-
lyn Entomologicial Society, R. R. McElvare, Treasurer, P. O. Box
386, Southern Pines, North Carolina.

BUSINESS PRESS INC., Lancaster, Pa.

APRIL, 1962

No. 2

VoL. LVII

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological

Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

JOHN F. HANSON

GEORGE S. TULLOCH JAMES A. SLATER

Published for the Society by
Business Press, Inc.

N. Queen St. and McGovern Ave., Lancaster, Pa.

Price, 85 cents Subscription, $4.00 per year

Mailed June 27, 1962

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at
; Lancaster, Pa. under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Wednesday of each month from October tc
May, inclusive, at the Engineers’ Club, 117 Remsen Street, Brooklyn 2
N. Y. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS 1960-61
Honorary President
R. R. McELVARE
President

HARRY BEATROS

Vice President Treasurer

CASIMIR REDJIVES R. R. McELVARE

_ P. O. Box 386

CONTENTS

Undescribed species of nematocerous Diptera. Part XI,

Alexander 33

Publications Received 39

Immature Stages of Paleagapetus celsus Ross (Trichop-

tera: Hydroptilidae), by Flint 40

Obituary: Dr. James H. McDunnough 44

Gynandromorph of Bombus flavifrons Cresson (Hymenop-

tera: Apidae), by Milliron 45

The Torre-Bueno Glossary 46

Cloeon dipterum (L.) in Ohio (Ephemeroptera : Baetidae),

by Traver 47

Venation in the Anal Field of the Beetle Family Ostoma-

tidae, by King 51

Notes on the Buprestidae: Part III, by Nelson 56

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, .$4.00 per year ; foreign. .$4.25 in advance ; single
copies, 85 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Address subscriptions to
the Treasurer, manuscripts and other communications to the editor, JOHN F.
HANSON, Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

VoL. LVII APRIL, 1962 No. 2

UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF NEMATOCEROUS
DIPTERA. PART XIP

By Charles P. Alexander, Amherst, Mass.

The preceding part under this general title appeared in Decem1)er
1961 (Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 56: 121-127). In the present
paper I am describing species of Tipnlidae from various insular
sources, as follows :

Saint Helena, in the Atlantic ocean, 1100 miles from the African
coast, collected by Arthur Loveridge ; kindly presented to me l^y
Dr. Phillip J. Darlington, Jr. ; 15° 57' S. Lat. ; 5° 42' W. Long.

Isla San Ambrosio, in the Pacific ocean, north of Juan Fernandez,
collected by Padre Guillermo Knschel ; 26° 40' S. Lat. ; 80° W.
Long.

Isla Navarino (Navarin Island), in Beagle Canal, Tierra del
Fiiego, Chile, collected by Padre Knschel; 55° 10' S. Lat.; 67° 40'
W. Long.

I am greatly indel)ted to the persons cited for the privilege of
studying these particularly interesting crane-flies.

TIPULIDAE

Tipula (Eumicrotipula) navarinoensis, n. sp.

Belongs to the glaphyroptera group ; ( wing of female to 10 mm.) ;
general coloration gray, praescntum with three darker gray stripes ;
femora darkened at tips, l)roadly so on fore legs ; wings yellowed,
clearest on disk, extensively clouded with pale brown, including
four subcostal darkenings; wing veins stout, chiefly glal)rous, m-eit
long, oblique ; abdomen dark brown, lateral tergal borders broadly
light gray ; ovipositor with bases of hypovalvae large, scooplike.

Female: Length about 11-12 mm.; wing 9-10 mm.; antenna
about 2. 8-2. 9 mm.

1 Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University
of Massachusetts.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

roi. Lvii

Frontal prolongation of head stout, brownish gray, without nasus ;
palpi black. Antennae 12-segmented ; brownish black, in the para-
types with pedicel vaguely more yellov*^ed ; flagellar segments with
basal enlargements scarcely developed ; verticils shorter than the
segments ; terminal segment subequal in length to the penultimate.
Head dark brown, the front and broad orbits light gray ; vertical
tubercle not developed ; anterior vertex broad, subequal in diameter
to the exposed part of eye.

Pronotum gray, broadly dark brown on sides. Mesonotal prae-
scutum gray, with three darker gray stripes, the interspaces vaguely
more darkened ; posterior sclerites of notum gray, each scutal lobe
with two separated brown areas ; scutellum and mediotergite with a
narrow brown central line ; mesonotum unusually glabrous, with
sparse pale setae on scutellum and mediotergite. Pleura and
pleurotergite light gray, ventral sternopleurite darker, dorsopleural
membrane yellowed. Halteres brownish yellow, knob infuscated.
Legs with coxae light gray ; trochanters obscure yellow ; fore
femora chiefly brownish black, yellowed basally, remaining femora
brownish yellow, the tips narrowly darkened ; tibiae and tarsi
brownish yellow, outer tarsal segments darkened ; claws very small,
simple. Wings with the ground yellowed, extensively clouded with
pale brown, especially in outer radial field, along vein Cu in cell M,
and near outer ends of Anal cells ; region of cell Se with four dark-
enings that are subequal to or more extensive than the yellowed
interspaces ; center of wing disk more whitened ; stigma variegated,
the base yellowed, outer end infuscated ; veins brown, subcostal
interspaces yellow. Costal fringe short and dense ; veins stout,
chiefly glabrous, with trichia on veins R, Ri, Rj, outer half of R/, + 5
and outer end of Mi; a series of trichia on distal section of Ciii.
Venation : Rs long, straight, slightly less than twice the long oblique
m-eu, the latter at fork of Mj + 4 or on base of Mj, ; length of petiole
of cell Ml variable, in cases much longer than m.

Abdomen dark brown, lateral tergal borders broadly light gray.
Ovipositor with cerci relatively short and straight ; hypovalvae with
basal shield very large, scooplike, the outer valves flattened.

Habitat: Chile (Tierra del Fuego).

Holytype: J, P. Williams, Isla Navarino, Beagle Canal, 600
meters, 7 Jan. 1959 (Guillermo Kuschel). Paratopotypes: 3
with the type.

The previous discussion of Fuegian Tipulidae^ provides a key to
the species by which the present fly runs to Tipula (Eumicrotipitla)

^Alexander C. P. Arkiv for Zoologi, 13, no. 6: 1-32, 20 figs.;
1920.

April, 1062 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

magellanica Alexander, a quite distinct fly. The still poorly under-
stood T. (E.) pictipennis Walker and T. (E.f varineura (Bigot)
are much larger flies with the antennal pedicel conspicuously
yellowed. As I have indicated previously it seems possible that
both of these names apply to a single species, the former having
priority. The present fly appears to have the wings slightly reduced
and it may be that the males will he found to have proportionately
larger wings.

Limonia (Dicranomyia) sanctae-helenae, n. sp.

Size large (wing about 9 mm.) ; general coloration of mesonotum
gray, praescutum with four brown stripes, pleura restrictedly lined
with dark brown ; halteres yellow, base of stem narrowly infuscated ;
femora obscure yellow, with a brown nearly terminal ring ; wings
marmorate, pale brown, variegated by yellowed areas along the
veins and patterned with dark brown spots, the veins alternately
yellow and dark brown, cell ist A with two dark brown spots ;
male hypopygium with the ventral dististyle small, rostral spines
elongate ; mesal-apical lobe of gonapophysis slender, nearly straight.
Male: Length about 7-7.5 mm. ; wing 8.5-9 mm.

Eemale: Length about 7-8 mm. ; wing 9-9.5 mm.

Rostrum relatively long, black ; palpi black. Antennae with basal
two segments black ; remainder of organ broken. Head gray ; an-
terior vertex subequal to or a little broader than the diameter of
the scape.

Pronotal scutum dark brown, scutellum more yellowed, especially
laterally. Mesonotum gray, praescutum with four pale brown
stripes, the intermediate pair nearly confluent, darker anteriorly ;
scutal lobes brownish gray, centers darker ; scutellum and postnotum
gray. Pleura yellowish gray, narrowly lined with dark brown, in-
cluding a longer dorsal line extending from propleura to base of
halteres, the ventral stripe including most of fore coxa and an area
on sternopleurite. Halteres yellowed, base of knob narrowly pat-
terned with brown. Legs with coxae extensively darkened, tips
pale ; trochanters pale yellow ; femora obscure yellow with a virtually
terminal brown ring ; tibiae and proximal two tarsal segments
yellow, outer segments brownish black ; claws relatively small, outer
spine largest, nearly one-half as long as the apex of claw, with about
six progressively smaller more basal denticles. Wings marmorate,
ground pale brown, variegated by cream yellow areas along each
vein ; a conspicuous darker brown pattern, as follows : arculus, mid-
length of cell Sc, fork of Sc and origin of Rs, at midlength of vein
R], Rs and R1 + 2; cord and outer end of cell ist Ms darkened; a

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society yoi.LVJi

series of marginal spots at ends of all longitudinal veins ; a second
brown spot in cell ist A at near midlength of vein 2nd A; veins
light yellow, conspicnonsly dark brown in the spotted parts, pro-
ducing a checkered appearance. Macrotrichia on veins beyond the
general level of origin of Rs, lacking on Sc, M and virtually all of
Cui, present at tips of both Anal veins. Venation: Sci, ending
opposite origin of Rs, Scz near tip of Sci; R1 + 2 about one-half longer
than R2; Rs straight, about twice the basal section of Rj, + s; cell
ist M2 long and narrow, suhequal to outer section of M1 + 2; m-cu
usually close to fork of M , in cases up to one-half its length before
this fork.

Abdomen dark brown, genitalia of both sexes obscure fulvous.
Male hypopygium with posterior border of tergite narrowly emargi-
nate, producing two broadly rounded lobes, their borders broadly
thickened, provided with unusually long setae. Basistyle with
ventromesal lobe relatively slender. Dorsal dististyle a stout gently
curved rod, the tip acute ; ventral style small, its area less than one-
half that of the basistyle, body small, prolongation slender, spines
two, unusually long, placed at base of prolongation, directed out-
wardly. Gonapophysis with mesal-apical lobe very slender, nearly
straight, lower margin microscopically crenulate.

Habitat: Saint Helena.

Holotype: (^, Varney’s, at light, 17 June 1961 (Arthur Love-
ridge).

Allotopotype : J, with the type. Paratopotypes: with the

types.

Liinonia (Dicranomyia) sanctae-lielenae is quite distinct from
all other regional species, superficially being most similar to flies
such as L. {D. ) tipulipes (Karsch) or L. (Idioglocliina) marmo-
rata (Osten Sacken). In the nature of the wing pattern, especially
the paired darkened spots along vein 2nd A, the species agrees
closely with members of the punctulata group, widely distributed
in the Old World Tropics, and including chiefly species of small
size. The most similar member of this group is L. (Df guamicola
Alexander, of Micronesia, entirely different in the structure of the
male hypopygium and other features.

Limonia (Dicranomyia) loveridgeana, n. sp.

Size large (wing 8 to 9 mm) ; general coloration brown; ros-
trum, palpi and legs uniformly black ; wings strongly darkened,
stigma slightly deeper in color, Sci ending about opposite origin of
Rs, Sc2 near its tip; male hypopygium with the ventral dististyle
large and fleshy, its area exceeding four times that of the hasi-

April, 1962 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

style ; rostral spines two or three in number ; mesal-apical lobe of
gonapophysis long and slender.

Male: Length about 6-7.5 mm. ; wing 8-9 mm.

Female: Length al)ont 7 mm. ; wing 8.5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi 1)lack. Antennae with scape and pedicel
l)lack ; flagellum broken. Head dark brownish gray ; anterior ver-
tex narrow, about two-thirds the diameter of scape.

Pronotnm dark ln*own. Mesonotal praescntnm dark brown
medially, the sides and scntal lobes in cases more yellowed ;
scntellnm brownish gray, postnotnm more yellowed, especially the
pleurotergite. Pleura dark 1)rown dorsally, including the dorso-
plenral region and anepisternnm, the sternopleiirite, pteroplenrite
and metaplenra more yellowed. Halteres dnsky, knobs dark brown.
Legs with the fore coxae dark brown, remaining coxae and all
trochanters obscure yellow ; remainder of legs black ; claws rel-
atively long, with four spines, the outer one longest, the more
basal ones progressively smaller. Wings strongly and uniformly
darkened, nnpatterned except for the oval slightly darker stigma ;
veins brown. Longitudinal veins beyond general level of origin of
Rs with macrotrichia, lacking on Sc and 1st A, present on outer
ends of M and 2nd A. Venation: Sc short, Sci ending a1)Out op-
posite origin of Rs, Sc2 near its tip ; Rs nearly straight, more than
twice the basal section of R^ + s; cell 1st M2 variable in length, in
cases about as long as the distal section of vein in other in-
stances shorter ; m-eii close to fork of M ; cell 2nd A very broad on
basal half.

Abdomen brown, sternites somewhat more yellowed. Male
bypopygium with the tergite transverse, posterior 1)order very
gently emarginate, lobes very low, with alnmdant long setae.
Basistyle relatively small ; ventromesal lol^e large, with a smaller
more darkened lobule in its outer angle. Dorsal dististyle a gently
curved rod, the tip acute. Ventral dististyle very large and fleshy,
its area more than four times that of the basistyle ; rostral prolonga-
tion relatively slender ; rostral spines slightly variable in length,
placed on side of prolongation at near midlength ; usually two in
number, in cases with three such spines, all slightly separated.
Gonapophyses with mesal-apical lobe long and slender, the small
apex narrowly blackened.

Habitat: Saint Helena.

Holotype: J', Varney’s, at light, 17 June 1961 (Arthur Love-
ridge). Allotopotype : 'J, pinned with type. Paratopotypes : 6 J'J,
associated at light with Limonia (Dicranomyia) sanctae-lielenae ,
n. sp.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

VoL LVH

I take pleasure in naming this interesting fly for Dr. Arthur
Loveridge, to whom I am indebted for several interesting African
Tipulidae in past years. The fly is quite distinct from other species
previously described from the Ethiopian region, being likewise dif-
ferent from the rather numerous members of the subgenus known
from the Canary Islands.^ Superficially the species strongly sug-
gests Limonia {Dicranomyia) stygipennis (Alexander) of Hawaii
which actually is a very different fly.

Limonia (Idioglochina) ambrosiana, n. sp.

Size medium (wing of male to 7 mm.) ; general coloration of
thorax brownish black ; rostrum and antennae black, flagellar seg-
ments short-oval, verticils reduced ; knobs of halteres yellowed ;
legs brownish black ; wings strongly darkened, restrictedly pat-
terned, Sc2 far retracted ; male hypopygium with posterior border
of tergite very shallowly emarginate ; rostral spines two ; mesal-
apical lobe of gonapophysis unusually long and slender, nearly
straight, tip obtuse.

Male: Length about 5-5.5 mm.; wing 6.5-7 mm.; antenna
about 1.3-1 .4 mm.

Female: Length about 6.5 mm. ; wing 8 mm.

Rostrum stout, black ; mouthparts, including palpi, black.
Antennae black ; scape elongate ; basal flagellar segments subglob-
ular, the outer ones passing into short-oval ; segments longer
than the reduced verticils, with indications of very short pale apical
necks. Head brownish black ; anterior vertex about as broad as
the diameter of scape.

Prothorax brownish black. Mesonotum almost uniformly
brownish black, the lateral praescutal borders narrowly brown,
posterior sclerites more brownish black ; vestiture of notum very
reduced, on the praescutal interspaces short and sparse. Pleura
brownish black, pteropleurite and pleurotergite slightly paler.
Halteres with base of stem and the knob yellowed, remainder of
stem dark brown. Legs with coxae brownish black ; trochanters
dark brown ; remainder of legs brownish black to black, femoral
bases vaguely paler, somewhat dilated ; claws with about three long
slender teeth. Wings strongly darkened, restrictedly patterned
with still darker brown, most evident at stigma, origin of Rs, a
costal area over Scz, cord and in the axillary angle. Sparse scat-
tered macrotrichia on longitudinal veins beyond general level of

^ Santos Abreu, D. Elias. Monografia de los Limonidos de las
Islas Canarias. Mem. Real Acad. Cien. Artes Barcelona (3) 18:
1-132, 25 figs., 4 col. plates; 1923.

Ai>ni,n>62 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

origin of Rs; a few trichia at tips of Anal veins, especially 2nd A.
Venation: Sci ending opposite origin of Rs, Sc^ greatly retracted
to near midlength of the vein, Sci alone longer than Rs; cell
1st M2 longer than any veins beyond it; m-cu at or before fork of
M ; cell 2nd A broad.

Abdomen, including hypopyginm, dark brown. Ovipositor with
cerci elongate, slender, nearly straight. Male hypopyginm with the
tergite transverse, posterior border very gently emarginate, bor-
ders thickened, including also a narrower central strip. Basistyle
with ventromesal lobe stout, with unusually long setae. Dorsal
dististyle nearly straight, tip acute. Ventral dististyle broad on
basal half, the outer lobe strongly narrowed, tip obtuse, basal setae
larger ; rostral prolongation obtuse, the two blackened spines placed
on outer margin, slightly separated, their tips extended into
hairlike points. Gonapophysis with mesal-apical lobe unusually
long, slender, nearly straight, tip ol^tuse. Aedeagus stout, apex
narrowed, bilobed.

Habitat: Isla San Ambrosio, Chile.

Holotype: J', in shore caves, 9 Nov. 1960 (Guillermo Kuschel).
Allotopotype : f, pinned with the type. Paratopotypes : 18
in shore caves and at light, 7-9 Nov. 1960 (Kuschel).

Limonia (Idioglochina ) anibrosiana belongs to the less special-
ized group of the subgenus, with the antennal flagellum only
slightly modified from the normal Limonia type. The most sim-
ilar regional species is L. (7.) porteri (Alexander) of the Chilean
mainland at Antofagasta. This is a pale brown fly with the legs
light brown, dififering in other details including the terminal posi-
tion of vein The male sex of porteri still is unknown. The

remaining more than twenty known species of the sul)genus are
quite distinct. All known species of Idioglochina are marine in
their early stages, being restricted to lands in the Pacific and
Indian oceans. The only other New World species is the Nearctic
L. (/.) niarmorata (Osten Sacken) of Pacific coastal United States
and Canada.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

Guide to the Insects of Connecticut. Part VI. The Diptera
or True Flies of Connecticut. Seventh Fascicle: Psychodidae,

by L. W. Quate. Conn. State Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Bui.
92: 1-54, 7 pis.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

THE IMMATURE STAGES OF PALEAGAPETUS
CELSUS ROSS (TRICHOPTERA: HYDROPTILIDAE)

By Oliver S. Flint, Jr4

The genus Paleagapetus was created by Georg Ulmer in 1912
for rotundatiis Ulmer described from the Baltic Amber. Banks in
1936 described the first living species, nearcticus, from the Pacific
Northwest, and Ross added celsus from the Great Smoky Moun-
tains of North Carolina in 1938. Schmid described a third species,
giippyi, from Vancouver in 1951.

As the name implies, the genus had been considered close to the
glossosomatid genus Agapetus. The genus had thus remained until
1956 when Ross removed it to the Hydroptilidae, where he estab-
lished a separate primitive subfamily, the Ptilocolepinae, for this
genus and the European Ptilocolepus.

The immature stages of the European Ptilocolepus granulatus
(Pictet) have been well known since 1904 when Thienemann pre-
sented an excellent description of the larvae and pupae. However,
the immatures of Paleagapetus have remained unknown until now.

The association of stages is based on a mature female pupa col-
lected on June 7, 1961, Indian Gap, Tennessee.

Larva. — Length 4-5 mm., width 1 mm. Slightly flattened, wid-
est at the fourth or fifth abdominal segment. Membranous portions
white, sclerites deep brown. Head: Deep brown, yellowish around
eyes; setae arranged as in Fig. 1. Anterior gular sclerite roughly
triangular, extending posteriorly about half the length of gular
suture ; anal gular sclerite very small. Labrum brown ; setae 1 and
2 small (lost in anterolateral brushes) ; anterior margin deeply
emarginate mesally (Fig. 4). Mandibles black, stumpy; small
mesal brush in the right one, large brush in the left one (Fig. 5).
Sclerites of the maxillo-labium pale brown ; submentum divided
(Fig. 6). Thorax: Each segment dorsally covered by two deep

Explanation of Plate

Fig. 1, Larval head, dorsal. Fig. 2, Larva, dorsal. Fig. 3, Larval
case, dorsal, showing overlap of liverwort fragments. Fig. 4, Larval
labrum, dorsal. Fig. 5, Larval mandibles, ventral. Fig. 6, Larval
maxillo-labium, ventral. Fig. 7, Pupal labrum and mandibles, dor-
sal. Fig. 8, Larval anal proleg, ventro-laterally. Fig. 9, Larval
foreleg and propleuron, posterior.

^ Division of Insects, Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25,

D.C.

Ai>nl, 11)62

Flint

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

brown sclerites each bearing many setae, especially anteriorly and
laterally; posterior margin of pronotum black. Meso- and meta-
plenra similar to the propleuron (Fig. 9), except epimeron ex-
tending further posteriorly and trochantin shorter. Legs brown,
similar to fore leg (Fig. 9). Two wide, pale setae arising ven-
trally from a raised base on the trochanter, one similar seta on
the femur ; tarsi with two enlarged apical spurs ; no trochanter with
well developed apical brush. No sternal plates or tubercles. Ab-
domen: Without dorsal sclerites; membrane white with reddish

(in alcoholic specimens) maculations dorsally. Setae arranged as in
Figure 2 ; ventrally with an anteromesal pair of setae on each seg-
ment. A small nipple-like process sublaterally on segments 1-8.
Ninth tergite brown, semicircular, with many long setae (Fig. 2).
Sclerites of anal prolegs brown, claw without accessory teeth
(Fig. 8).

Pupa. — Length 4.5 mm., width 1 mm. Labrum anteriorly
emarginate ; two groups of setae both apically and basically ( Fig.
7). Mandibles with a single mesal tooth (Fig. 7). Hook plates
present anteriorly on segments 3-7, posteriorly on 3-5. Abdomen
tapering to a truncated apex in the female ; males with distinct lobes
containing genital parts.

Case. — Length 5-6 mm., width 1.5-2 mm. Flattened dorso-
ventrally ; top and bottom halves attached along lateral margins
only. Made of small fragments of liverwort (Fig. 3). Pupal case
smaller, closed along entire margin ; with secondary ridges dorsally
and ventrally, thus becoming rather quadrate in cross-section.

Material examined. — North Carolina: Mount Mitchell, Camp
Alice, 5789'; 3 larvae, 1 pupa, 9 June 1961 (Flint) (USNM).
Great Smoky Mountains National Park, Indian Gap; 4J', IJ, 7
June 1961 (Flint) (USNM). Tennessee: Great Smoky Moun-

tains Park, Indian Gap; 60 larvae, 2 pupae, 19 May 1959 (Flint &
Matthews) (Flint Collection) ; 37 J', 9 2, 95 larvae, 8 pupae, 7 fune
1961 (Flint) (USNM) ; 6 adults, 1 July 1958 (Flint & Hanson)
(Flint Collection).

Biology. — The larvae were found in small, seeping springs. The
waters as they rose seeped through sticks and stones that supported
a luxurious growth of liverwort on their upper surfaces. It was
in this liverwort, almost invariably above the water surface in the
pupal stage or slightly above or below in the larval stage, that the
immature stages were found. The liverwort has been tentatively de-
termined as Scapania nemorosa (L.) Dum. by R. R. Ireland of the
Smithsonian Institution.

Larvae were collected from May 19 to June 9. The adults were
swept from the vegetation over and around the springs from June 7

April, i!)62 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

to July 1. The remainder of the life cycle is unknown.

Other caddisflies found in the springs were: Rhyacophila sp.,
Parapsyche apicalis (Bks.), N eophylax nacatus Denn., Goerita
semata Ross, and Lepidostoma excavatiim Flint & Wiggins.

Systematics. — The structure of the larvae of Ptilocolepus and
Paleagapetus is very similar. They are unquestionably hydrop-
tilids, as is shown by the three sclerotized thoracic nota, lack of
gills, possession of cases, and fusion of anal prolegs to the sides of
the tenth segment. Yet the short mandibles, each bearing a mesal
brush, divided submentum, similar structure and setal pattern of
all legs, and case structure, are all very distinctive. The erection
of a separate subfamily in the Hydroptilidae for these genera seems
to be fully justified by the larval structure.

The pupae of both genera are rather similar also. The arrange-
ment of the hook plates and unmodified apex of the al)domen are
typically hydroptilid. However, the presence of a tooth on the
mandibles and the large numlier of setae on the lal)rum are not
found elsewhere in the Hydroptilidae.

Thienemann (1904) considered Ptilocolepus to be a somewhat
annectant form between the Hydroptilidae and the Glossosomatidae.
Certain of the characters that distinguish the Ptilocolepinae from
the Hydroptilinae are found also in the Glossosomatidae : divided

submentum in the larvae, toothed mandibles and numerous labral
bristles in the pupae. Nielsen (1948) considered the Hydroptilinae
to show certain characters that indicate a closer relationship to the
Glossosomatidae than to any other family. Thus, it is not surpris-
ing that the more primitive subfamily would show an even closer
relationship to the glossosomatids.

The larvae of the two genera are easily separated by the posses-
sion of a large sclerite dorsally on the first abdominal segment of
Ptilocolepus. The pupae of Ptilocolepus have two teeth on each
mandible, Paleagapetus only one.

In the keys of Ross (1944, 1959) the larvae will key to the
Hydroptilidae, where they may be immediately recognized by the
divided submentum and structure and setation of the legs. The
pupae key to the Glossosomatidae in these keys, but may be distin-
guished by the possession of hook plates posteriorly on segments
three to five. The habitat and larval and pupal cases allow easy
recognition of this species in the field.

Literature Cited

Banks, N. 1936. Four new Trichoptera from the United
States. Arb. morph, taxon. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem 3 : 265-268.
Nielsen, A. 1948. Postembryonic development and biology

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

voi. Lvn

of the Hydroptilidae. D. Kgl. Danske Videiisk. Selskab, Biol.
Skrifter 5(1) : 1-200.

Ross, H. H. 1938. Description of Nearctic caddisflies (Trich-
optera) with special reference to the Illinois species. 111.
Nat. Hist. Snrv. Bui. 21(4) : 101-183.

1944. The caddisflies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. 111.

Nat. Hist. Surv. Bui. 23(1) : 1-326.

1956. Evolution and classification of the mountain

caddisflies. Univ. of 111. Press, Urbana, 213 pp.

1959. in W. T. Edmondson, Ward and Whipple’s

Eresh Water Biology. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York,
pp. 1024-1049.

Schmid, F. 1951. Quelques nouveaux Trichopteres Nearc-
tiques. Bui. Inst. roy. Scien. naturel. Belg. 27 : 1-16.
Thienemann, A. 1904. Ptilocolepus granulatus Pt-, eine ue-
hergangsform von den Rhyacophiliden zu den Hydroptiliden.
Allg. Zeit. f. Ent. 9: 418-24, 437-41.

Ulmer, G. 1912. Die Trichopteren des baltischen Bernsteins.
Beitr. z. Naturkunde Preussens, Konigsberg 10: iv + 380 pp.

DR. JAMES H. McDUNNOUGH

The Society records with sorrow the death of Dr. James H.
McDunnough in Halifax, Nova Scotia, on February 23, 1962, in
his 86th year. Dr. McDunnough was an Honorary Member of the
Society and one of America’s leading lepidopterists.

Born in Toronto and educated in Germany, he was associated
with Dr. William Barnes of Decatur, Illinois, in the development
of the great Barnes Collection, now in the United States National
Museum. In 1917, he joined the Canadian Department of Agri-
culture, serving as Chief, Systematic Section, of the Division of
Entomology. Retiring thirty years later, he went to the American
Museum of Natural History as a research associate for three years
and then in the same capacity to the Nova Scotia Museum of Sci-
ence in Halifax where he continued active until a short time prior
to his death twelve years later.

In his various affiliations, he contributed greatly to our knowledge
of Lepidoptera through the publication of many scientific papers.
Among his major works were Contributions to the Natural History
of Lepidoptera and a Check List of Lepidoptera, a revised Check
List of Lepidoptera which is the standard list currently, and mono-
graphs on various groups in the Noctuidae and Geometridae.

April, 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Soeiety 45

A GYNANDROMORPH OF BOMBUS FLAVIFRONS
CRESSON (HYMENOPTERA: APIDAE)

By H. E. Milliron^

In a recently published paper (Bui. Brooklyn Eut. Soc. 55: 109-
113, 1960), the writer called attention to the rare occurrence of
gynandromorphs in the large group of social insects known as
hunihlehees, and at that time decrihed the first such specimen repre-
senting a species of the closely related inquiline humhlehees, making
a total of only eight then recorded for the two hee groups. A short
time ago, it was his good fortune to detect another gynandro-
morphic specimen in a small lot of hees submitted by Professor
Verne Grant, Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden, Claremont, Cali-
fornia. The interesting specimen described in part beyond was
captured by Professor Grant, on Gilia pinnatifida Nutt, at Ward,
Boulder County, Colorado, July 13, 1961. This ninth gynandro-
morphic specimen in this particular hee series best fits the category
that is designated as the frontal type. In order to avoid confusion,
the use of the specific name fkwifrons, in its usual combination, is
preferable in this case and until the appearance of my revisional
work on these hees.

The following descriptive remarks include the principal com-
bined features of this specimen, as compared with those of normal
individuals: Head — Represents the worker (i.e., the usual non-

reproductive female) in all details of structure, including that of
the appendages. Thorax- — ^This region proper, and the wings are
as in an ordinary worker. Legs — The front pair, and the left mid-
dle leg are also like those of a worker. The right middle leg, to and
including the femur, is worker hut the remainder is neither typical
of worker nor male ; the tibia is rather more strongly attenuated at
both ends and is a little shorter than that of a normal worker, and
its pubescence, in character and color, is more inclined to he like
that of the male ; the corresponding hasitarsus, including its pubes-
cence, is also suggestive of the male except that it is comparatively
a little shorter and wider with stronger longitudinal concavity on
the outer surface than is characteristic of this segment in that sex,
and the remainder of the tarsus, including the claws, is male-like
except that each segment is a trifle shorter. The left hind leg ap-
proaches that of a normal worker, hut differs in several respects ;
the outer surface of the somewhat longer tibia is slightly narrower,
more irregularly convex and less smooth along its median longi-

’ Entomology Research Institute, Research Branch, Department
of Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVll

tudinal area, and possesses some additional erect hairs inside the
marginal fringes which are, however, like those of the worker ; the
corresponding basitarsus, which has a straight posterior margin, is
comparatively longer and thicker, has a less strongly incised distal
end, a more weakly concave outer surface, and a smaller auricle,
and the remainder of the tarsus has thicker segments than in the
normal worker, but the relative lengths of these latter still are the
same as those for that caste. The right hind leg has the femur and
segments beyond the basitarsus like the counterparts on the opposite
side; its tibia does have the general outline and type of dorsal (pos-
terior) fringe of a worker, but the outer surface and ventral (ante-
rior) fringe are similar to those in the male; the basitarsus is
noticeably shorter and narrower than its left counterpart, but tends
to be more worker than male. Abdomen — Except for the length of
pubescence, this region is structurally male throughout, including
normal, typical genitalia.

The specimen measures 9.0 mm. in length, which is a little below
the average for the worker, and considerably under the average for
the male. The color of pubescence on the head and thorax is the
same as that of typical workers to which the above specific name is
currently applied, and the color of the abdominal pubescence agrees
with that often found on both sexes. The physical appearance, as
it concerns length, texture and density, of the body pubescence
throughout, is, however, more characteristic of the vestiture of a
worker rather than that of a male. Specimen deposited in the
Canadian National Collection, Ottawa.

THE TORRE-BUENO GLOSSARY

The Brooklyn Entomological Society announces the third and
enlarged reprinting of J. R. de la Torre-Bueno’s Glossary of Ento-
mology which first appeared in 1937. Supplement A which was
compiled and edited by George S. Tulloch and published in 1960
has now been incorporated with the parent work in a single hard-
cover maroon binding. This 1962 printing of the Glossary is priced
at $7.00. Copies may be ordered from Mr. R. R. McElvare, P. O.
Box 386, Southern Pines, North Carolina, or Mr. George S. Tul-
loch, 1637 Hendrickson Avenue, Merrick, New York. Copies of
the 1960 Supplement A are also available for $1.00.

April, 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

CLOEON DIPTERUM (L.) IN OHIO
(EPHEMEROPTERA : BAETIDAE)

By Jay R. Traver
University of Massachusetts

Cloeon dipteriim (Linn.)

Ephemera diptera Linnaeus, 1761, Fn. Suec. ed. 2, No. 1477 ; 1767,

Syst. Nat. ed. 12, pars 2,906.

Burks (1953) in his important paper on the mayfly fauna of Illi-
nois reports the presence in that State of a single female imago of
Cloeon dipterum (L.). He says of it: “the single female specimen
from Illinois is probably an adventive.” A description of the male
imago of this species, based on specimens collected in Switzerland,
and that of the female imago taken in Illinois, are included in Burks’
paper. The above appears to be the first record of the type species
of the genus Cloeon in North America. Cloeon dipterum is a com-
mon species in many parts of Europe, and one which exhibits a con-
siderable amount of variation in color and color pattern, particularly
in the male. Eaton (1885) gives a lengthy account of C. dipterum,
with detailed descriptions of both sexes and notation on the color
variants, as well as a complete synonymy for the species. Ulmer
(1932) figures the abdomen of male and female and presents a brief
summary of the specific characters.

In the summer and early autumn of I960, many specimens of a
baetid mayfly were captured in Lucas, Richland County, Ohio, at-
tracted by lights on the porch of a home in that town. The females,
many of which appeared at first sight to be rather pale in color,
proved on closer examination to l)e strongly and distinctively
marked with reddish or blackish brown, and with the costal margin
of the wing distinctly tinged with grayed orange or dull amber color.
Males taken at the same time and place were almost black :
they were so much darker than the females as to appear at first
to be of a different species, especially as the wing lacked the tinted
costal margin. In the females, the cross veins extending in three
irregular rows across the disc of the wing were blackish and much
thicker than the adjacent longitudinals; in the males, these veins
were but slightly thickened, yet still noticeably darker than the
longitudinals. In Burks’ key to the species of the genus Cloeon in
Illinois, these specimens fall to the species dipterum. A careful
comparison of male and female imagos from Lucas, Ohio, with
Eaton’s excellent and detailed descriptions seems to leave no doubt
that these baetid mayflies are indeed Cloeon dipterum.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Variations in color and color pattern fall well within the limits
for the European forms, as indicated by Eaton. Legs of the males
are amber yellow, fore legs darker, faintly tinged with reddish in
some specimens ; tips of fore femora brownish ; all femora either
with subapical reddish brown band or with small spot of color in
same area, and with narrow longitudinal black pencilings on sur-
face. Claws brownish ; tarsal segments usually narrowly darker.
Wings faintly tinged with amber in the stigmatic area, in some but
not in all males ; C, Sc and R faintly amber brown, other longitudi-
nals as far as the cubito-anals paler but still evidently brownish ;
cross veins slightly darker than the longitudinals but barely thick-
ened ; marginal intercalaries faintly brownish, darker on some
specimens. Most of the males represent the darker form of Eaton’s
Variation I : abdomen wholly dark brown, or with paler triangles
submedially on mid-tergites, also laterally on 4 or 5 through 8. In
some males, the pale submedian triangles on the tergites are more
distinct ; dark oblique stripes extend laterally on each side from
these triangles ; the mid-abdominal sternites are translucent, paler
than the dorsum, with a dark mark laterally on each, adjoining the
pleural fold. In still others, however, the abdomen is paler and
distinctly tinged with reddish, especially on segments 7 and 8. Tails
of male pale brownish or yellowish, every third or fourth segment
darker basally and in the middle ; apically, segments not darkened
at the joinings. Genitalia are typical of the species, as figured by
Eaton (PI. 17, Eig. 31a).

The females agree well with Eaton’s descriptions, some being
largely yellowish, others “of a rosy fawn-colour or rosy grey”
(Eaton), but all have the reddish or brownish black abdominal
markings characteristic of the species. Legs of female much as in
male, the subapical femoral band rather more prominent ; in addi-
tion, a reddish brown longitudinal streak may be present near base
of fore femur ; narrow dark line along inner margin of tibia near
base. Eore leg very slightly more than one-half the length of the
wing. As noted above, cross veins in the disc of the wing are much
thickened and blackish, the marginal intercalaries distinctly brown
except in the cubito-anal region. These facts are evidenced also
in two rather dilapidated subimago females from Europe, deter-
mined by Hagen, and presented to me through the kindness of Dr.
P. J. Darlington of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam-
bridge, Mass. Cross veins in the costal, subcostal and radical
spaces are white. Tails in this sex are more strongly marked than
in the male, with the darker joinings continuous to tip. Near the
1)ase, some entire segments may be largely reddish brown, narrow

April, 1962 BuUetin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

and wide joinings alternating more or less regularly. The ground
color may be tinged with reddish brown, instead of the paler yellow-
ish of the male.

35 female imagos from Lucas, Ohio, taken from August 20 to
October 6, 1960, were measured. These were arranged in seven
size groups, as follows. Wing 9 mm. and l)ody 8mm., one specimen
in August ; wing 8 and body 8, two in August ; wing 8-8.5 and body
7-7.5, eleven in August, four in September, three in October ; wing
8 and body 6.5, one in September ; wing 7-7.5 and body 7, four in
August, two in Septeml:)er ; wing 7 and body 6-6.5, two in August,
two in September; wing 6.5 and body 5.5, one in August, one in
September. The largest female was taken on August 22 ; the small-
est ones on August 20 and September 8.

20 male imagos taken during the same period fell into 5 categories
as to size, as indicated. Wing 7 mm. and l^ody 6. 5-7. 5 mm., four
in August, one in September, one in October ; wing 7 and body 6-
6.5, two in September; wing 6.5 and body 7, one in September;
wing 6-6.5 and body 6-6.5, two in August, six in September, one
in October; wing 5.5 and body 5.5, two in September. The largest
male was taken October 7, the smallest ones on September 21 and
27. Thus there seems to be no correlation, in either sex, between
date of capture and size of the specimen. For the European forms
of this species, Eaton gives 6-11 mm. for wing of male, 5-10 for
body length ; for females, 9-1 1 mm. for wing, 8-1 1 mm. for body.
The female taken in Illinois and reported by Burks was of the same
size as the largest one from Lucas, Ohio.

Representatives of both sexes of C. diptcruni were taken on the
nights of August 20 and 21, 1960, by M. A. Parsons, L. Darling
and J. R. Traver. All specimens taken from August 22 to October
6 of that year were collected hy Mrs. M. R. Parsons at the same
location, the front porch of her home. Mrs. Parsons likewise col-
lected what she believes to be representatives of this same species,
again from her front porch, beginning in early April of 1961.
These latter specimens are not yet available to me for study. It
would appear that C. diptcruni is well established in this locality in
Ohio. If the early spring forms are indeed of the same species,
then these insects have a relatively long period of emergence.

It is conjectured, but not yet proved, that the nymphs inhabit a
small pond not far from the house in Lucas, Ohio, where all of the
above specimens have been taken. Such quiet waters seem to be
the usual abode of the nymphs of C. diptcrum in Europe. Thus
Eaton (p. 186) says; ‘Tn Great Britain, clean ponds that acquire
a rather high summer temperatur*^ are frequented by this species ;

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society ^

at Paris, tanks for Nymphaeaceae and other water-plants in the
Jardin des Plantes are its favourite resorts.” Kimmins (1942, p.
59), writing of this species in Britain, says: “Common in ponds
with a rather high summer temperature. May to September.”
Macan (1961) states on page 36: “Abundant in small rich ponds
but also in lakes and in the slowest parts of rivers.” On page 50
of the same paper, Macan, “based on unpublished information from
a moorland fishpond,” has this to say: ‘'Cloeon dipterum over-
winters as a small nymph, and there is a long period of no growth.
In 1960, emergence of this generation took place in the months of
June and July, and it gave rise to another overwintering one. In
1957, on the other hand, there is distinct evidence of a quick summer
generation starting in July and finishing early in September.” Dis-
tribution of the species in Great Britain is charted by Macan on
page 58, Figure 37 ; likewise a summary of the life history is shown
as a graph (Fig. 28d, on p. 48).

It would be of great interest to compare the life cycle and the
nymphal habitat of the Ohio forms of this species with the infor-
mation given above for their European relatives. For many years
it has been known also that this species can be viviparous. Of this
Eaton writes ( p. 186) : “Hitherto instances of viviparation on the
part of C. dipterum have been observed only in the warmer parts of
Italy and France.” Is our climate perhaps too cold for vivipary to
occur here ? Certainly no evidence for it is seen in the Ohio speci-
mens collected to date.

References

Burks, B. D. 1953. The mayflies, or Ephemeroptera, of Illi-
nois. Bui. Illinois Nat. Hist. Survey 26 (1) : 1-216, 395 flgs.
Eaton, A. E. 1883-1888. A revisional monograph of recent
Ephemeridae or mayflies. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Second
Ser. 3, Zoology : 1-352, 65 pi.

Kimmins, D. E. 1942. Keys to the British species of Ephe-
meroptera with keys to the genera of the nymphs. Freshwater
Biolog. Assn, of the British Empire, Scient. Publ. No. 7 : 1-64,
36 flgs.

Linnaeus, C. 1761. Eauna Suecica, Second Edit., 578 pp. 2
pis.

1767. Systema Naturae, ed. 12, tome 1, pars 2, pp.

533-1327.

Macan, T. T. 1961. A key to the nymphs of the British
species of Ephemeroptera. Freshwater Biolog. Assn. Scient.
Publ. No. 20: 1-64, 37 flgs.

Ulmer, G. 1932. Tierwelt Mittelleuropas 4: 1-43, 149 flgs.

Apn7, 106Z Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

VENATION IN THE ANAL FIELD OF THE BEETLE
FAMILY OSTOMATIDAE^

By Edwin W. King'"'

In any problem involving the venation of insects it is a truism to
say that the correct interpretation of specialized forms must depend
on an understanding of their more generalized relatives. Examples
are abundant ; the present paper is an attempt to place on record an
interpretation of the venation of the anal field in the wings of nine
genera of Ostomatid beetles. The venational notation employed is
that of Eorhes (1922). The representatives of the family available
for this examination are: Calitys seabra Thunh.. Thymalus margini-
eollis Chev., O stoma pippingskoeldi (Mann.), Eronyxa pilosuliis
(Cr.), Temnochila virescens (Eah.), Airora cylindrica (Serv.),
Tenebroides mauritanieus (L.), Corticotomiis sp., and N emosoma
SP-

The wing of Temnochila (Eig. 1) exhibits a complete (for the
family) anal field and will serve as a starting point for discussion.
Its anal veins are interpreted as follows. 1st A is unhranched.
2A, which originally had three hrances in the Coleoptera, is reduced
to two in the Ostomatids. Presumably these are 2Ai + 2 and 2A.s.
2A3 fuses apically with 3Ai to form the closed wedge cell, charac-
teristics mf many beetles. 3 A is two-branched, and 3A2 tends to
shorten and he lost. 4A is invarialily present as a short vein in the
extreme proximal part of the jugum. It plays no part in the dis-
cussion which follows.

The overall tendency in venation in this series is as follows :
to lose the wedge cell by atrophy of that part of 2A which forms
its anterior margin ; to align the crossvein 2a-3a with the liase of 2A
and the apex of 2Ag + 3Ai to produce a three-part serial vein ; and
to flatten the Y-hranching of 2A^ + 2 and 2 A3, comhining these seg-
ments with another crossvein into a new stem for 2Ai + 2 and lA.
With the exception of Airora and Thymaliis, which are essentially
duplicates of Ostoma and Calitys respectively, the wings listed
above form a rather clear and instructive series.

Calitys (Eig. 2) differs from Temnochila in two significant re-
spects: the Y fork of 2Ai + 2 and 2A3 flattens from about 72° to

^Technical contribution number 386 from the Department of
Entomology and Zoology, South Carolina Agricultural Experiment
Station, Clemson, South Carolina. Published by permission of the
Director.

^ Department of Entomology and Zoology, Clemson College.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

about 140°, and the crossvein between 2 A and 3 A becomes oblique
and directly aligned with the base of 2 A. In regard to each of these
two conditions Thymalus (Fig. 3) is slightly less advanced, but
on the whole quite similar to Calitys.

Eronyxa (Fig. 4) shows clearly the next step, which is the
atrophy of part of 2A and consequent dissolution of the wedge
cell. A spur of 2A remains, distal to the crossvein, and one ignor-
ant of the two preceding wings might be tempted to connect it to
the backward spur of lA. Its true point of connection, of course,
is the midpoint of the vein 2A1 + 2 + 2A3, which now has the appear-
ance and function of a crossvein.

Nemosoma (Fig. 5) shows greater loss of the median portion of
2A, but a less advanced condition as regards the straightening of
2Ai + 2 and 2Ag. This wing shows well the alignment of the la-2a
crossvein (if indeed it is a crossvein) with the free part of 2 A3 and
foreshadows the serial vein 2 A3 + 2Ai + 2 + la-2a + lA.

O stoma (Fig. 6) and Airora (Fig. 7) show the elongation and
realignment of 2Aj + 2 and 2 A3 as this vein begins to function as the
stem of a new fork whose branches are lA and 2Ai + 2-

Corticotomus (Fig. 8) and Tenebroides (Fig. 9) represent ulti-
mate conditions in specialization, in which 3A2 is much reduced

Fig. 1, Temnochila virescens (Fab.): xv., crossvein; lA, first
Anal; 2A, second Anal; 3A, third Anal; 4A, fourth Anal. Fig. 2,
Calitys scahra Thunb. Fig. 3, Thymalus marginicollis Chev. Fig.
4, Eronyxa pil os ulus (Cr.). Fig. 5, Nemosoma sp. Fig. 6, O stoma
pippingskoeldi (Mann.). Fig. 7, Airora cylindrica (Serv.). Fig.
8, Corticotomus sp. Fig. 9, Tenebroides mauritanicus (L.).

54 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

King

Plate II

April, 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

and the remainder of the anal field has been resolved into a smooth,
continuous, three-branched fork which supports, without functional
crossveins, the vannal region of the wing.

For some of the illustrations presented here a second interpreta-
tion is possible. The designation of one or both crossveins in Figs.
2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 may appear to be somewhat arbitrary. In the
absence of a spur of the adjacent longitudinal vein there is no means
of separating longitudinal and crossveins in this family. The two
criteria employed elsewhere among insects do not apply : in T ene-
broides at least, and possibly in beetles in general ( King, unpub-
lished), venation in the pupal wing is quite independent of trachea-
tion ; and the macrotrichia shown by Tillyard (1918) to be present
on longitudinal veins and absent on crossveins in the Flolometabola
do not appear on the anal veins of beetles except at their extreme
bases.

A possible interpretation of the 2a~3a crossvein in such configur-
ations as 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 is that it is lost by coalescence of 2 A and
3A. However, in defense of the interpretation given here. Figs. 2
and 4 are particularly instructive. In these two figures the reten-
tion of all or part of 2A indicates that the vein in question is almost
certainly a crossvein, and in these two figures it has assumed exactly
the same position it occupies in those wings in which its nomen-
clature is in doubt. The same argument may he applied to cross-
vein la-2a if one considers the series 1, 2, 6, 9.

It is entirely possible that the steps which have been presented
here as a sequence are in fact the result of parallelisms. One should
not, on the basis of the evidence here, conclude that these genera
represent a linear series. The point of interest is that these genera
appear to have preserved, collectively, a reasonably complete pic-
ture of the venational changes that must have been made by the an-
cestors of the most specialized forms. The example presented here
illustrates only one of the several paths taken by the anal veins of
Coleoptera in the course of their many lines of specialization.

References

Forbes, W. T. M. 1922. Wing venation of the Coleoptera.

Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 15: 328-352.

Tillyard, R. J. 1918. The panorpoid complex, 2. The wing
trichiation and its relationship to the general scheme of vena-
tion. Proc. Linn Soc. New South Wales 43: 626-657.

BiiUetin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

NOTES ON THE BUPRESTIDAE: PART III^

By G. H. Nelson-

Additional distributional and host information of Buprestidae of
the Southwest is made known in this paper, including new records
for Baja California, and the female of Trichinorhipis knulli Barr
is described. Thanks are due to Dr. John Roos for plant identifi-
cations and to the collectors mentioned in the paper for allowing the
writer to make their collections known. Unless otherwise stated,
the collections and observations were made by the writer.

The following four species are new records for Baja California
and were collected by F. S. Truxal 4 mi. S.W. of La Zapopita, Valle
de Trinidad, Apr. 16, 1961.

Acmacodcra jocosa Fall, 1899, [. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 7 : 14.

A. qitadriseriata Fall, 1899, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 7: 18.

A. dolorosa Fall, 1899, J. Nh Y. Ent. Soc. 7: 25.

A. gcmina Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 7 : 23.

Acmacodcra aurora Eall, 1922, Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 17: 88.
This species was taken by D. S. V erity, R. L. Westcott, K. T. Nel-
son and the writer in the San Jacinto Mountains above Palm Desert
from 2,000 feet to 3,500 feet from June 13 to July 7 — one specimen
from Jiinipcriis calif ornicits Carr, and the others flying al)Out the
blossoms of Acacia greggii Gray.

Acmacodcra yiimac Knull, 1937, Ohio J. Sci. 37: 301. This
species was taken 65 mi. S. of Mexicali, Baja Calif., Mex., June 5,
1961, on Ephedra sp. by G. H. Nelson and H. E. Howden. This
is a new record for Baja Calif.

Acmacodcra screna Eall, 1899, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 7 : 16. One
specimen was collected by the writer and H. F. Howden 10 mi. S.
of Mexicali, Baja Calif., Mex., June 5, 1961, while sweeping road-
side vegetation. This is the first known collection of this species
from Baja Calif.

Acmacodcra hepburni LeConte, 1859, Amer. Phil. Soc. Trans,
n.s. 11 : 254. One specimen of this common species was cut from a
dead limb of Oucrciis dumosa Nutt, one mile N. of Pinyon Flat
Public Camp, San Jacinto Mountains, 4,000 feet elevation. River-
side Co., Calif., June 30, 1959, and others were taken by Peter H.
Raven at Arroyo del Medio, Santa Cruz Island, Calif., April 25,

^ The second paper of this series was entitled “Notes on Bupres-
tidae and Schizopodidae,” Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 55(3) : 70-74.

^ Department of Anatomy, Loma Linda University, Loma Linda,
California.

Ai>rii,id62 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

1960. Two specimens were taken by F. S. Truxal 4 mi. S.W. of
La Zapopita, Valle de Trinidad, Baja Calif, del Norte, Mex., April
16, 1961. This is the first record for this species from Baja Calif.

Acmaeodera latiflava Fall, 1907, Canad. Ent. 39: 240. This spe-
cies was taken near La Zapopita, Valle de Trinidad, Baja Calif, del
Norte, Mex., Apr. 9-14, 1961 hy F. S. Trnxal. This is a new
record for Baja Calif.

Acmaeodera nigrovittata WnDyke, 1934, Ent. News 45: 61.
Numerous specimens were taken 8 mi. E. of Bakersfield, Calif, on
blossoms of H emizonia kelloggii Greene in a field of Atriplex sp.
on various dates in April, 1961 hy D. S. Verity, R. L. Westcott,
the writer and his family.

Acmaeodera linsleyi YAuDyke, 1943, Pan-Pac. Ent. 19(3) : 101.
A single specimen of this species was reared from the dead limbs of
Oner CHS diimosa Nntt. collected near Pinyon Plats Public Camp,
San Jacinto Mountains, 4,000 feet elevation. Riverside Co., Calif,
in June, 1959. The specimen was found dead in the rearing can on
May 4, 1961.

Acmaeodera tenehricosa Fall, 1922, Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 17 :
90. This species has been collected hy heating Frernontia calif ornica
Torr. at the following places in Calif.: Wrightwood, San Gabriel
Mountains, May 22 and June 7, 1954 and May 23, 1959 hy the
writer; Camp Baldy, San Gabriel Mountains, June 20, 1958 and
Prazer Mt. Park, Kern Co., May 18, 1958 hy D. S. Verity. It was
reared hy the writer from the same shrub with emergence dates as
follows : May 20, May 26 and June 27, 1961.

Acmaeodera vermiculata Knull, 1947, Ohio J. Sci. 47 : 174. Spec-
imens were taken as they flew about hushes of Dalea spinosa Gray,
30 mi. N. of San Felipe, Baja Calif., June 4, 1961, hy the writer and
H. F. Howden. This species has not previously been recorded
from Baja Calif.

Acmaeodera. harri Cazier, 1940, Wasmann Collector 4: 58. A
specimen was taken 30 mi. N. of San Felipe, Baja Calif., Mex.
(new record from Baja Calif.), June 4, 1961, hy the writer and
H. F. Howden.

Acmaeodera palmarum Timherlake, 1939, Pan-Pac. Ent. 15: 181.
This species was taken hy D. S. Verity 10 mi. E. of Mesquite, Clark
Co., Nev., June 2, 1960.

Acmaeoderoides humeralis Cazier, 1938, Bui. So. Calif. Acad. Sci.
38: 12. This species was described from two specimens collected at
Amboy, San Bernardino Co., Calif. Three specimens were col-
lected on Eriogonum inflatum Torr. & Frem., 16 mi. N. of Trona,
Inyo Co., Calif., May 30, 1960, hy R. L. Westcott.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

Ancylotela barheri (Skinner), 1903, Ent. News 14: 238. One
specimen was taken on Olneya tesota Gray, 80 mi. S. of Mexicali,
Baja Calif., Mex. (new record for Baja Calif.) June 4, 1961, by
the writer and H. F. Howden.

Ancylotela olneyae (Skinner), 1903, Ent. News 14: 236. A dead
specimen was dug from a dead branch of Olneya tesota Gray, 80 mi.
S. of Mexicali, Baja Calif., Mex., June 4, 1961, by the writer and
H. F. Howden.

Hippomelas pacifica Chamberlin, 1938, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 46:
445-447. This species was described from four specimens, one
labelled as coming from “sagebrush” at Kettleman, Kern Co., Cali-
fornia. Messrs. D. S. Verity and R. L. Westcott’s suspicions that
the species could he found on Atriplex were borne out when they
took a series from A. poly car pa (Torr.) 5 mi. S. of Kettleman City,
Kings Co., Calif, on July 2, 1960. Additional specimens were taken
by the writer and his family in the same area on the same plant,
June 25, 1961.

Cinyra pitrpurascens Schaeffer, 1905, Bui. Brooklyn Inst. Mus.
1(6) : 127. Previously recorded only from Baja Calif., this species
has been taken in the Palm Springs area of Southern California
during June and July as it clings to the stems of Beloperone cali-
jornica Benth. It has also been reared from the roots of this plant
that were collected at Agua Caliente, San Diego Co., Calif.

J uniperella mirabilis Knull, 1947, Ohio J. Sci. 47(2) : 69. Col-
lecting for this species during 1960 in the same area as in 1959
(Nelson, 1960 Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 55(3) : 72) revealed it to
l:)e extremely scarce. Only one /. mirabilis was seen for every 1200
juniper shrubs examined. Since the 1961 season was more dry
than 1960, it was anticipated that the J uniperella population might
he cut down still further. This was not the case, however, for their
numbers rivaled that of the 1959 season.

Triclnnorliipis knulli Barr, 1948, Ent. News 59(3) : 69-72.
This species was described from a single male and until now the
female has remained unknown. While heating Acacia greggii Gray
near Jacumha, San Diego Co., Calif., one female was collected.
When compared with the male type at the California Academy of
Sciences, the differences were found to he similar to those between
the sexes of the closely related genus, Hesperorhipis.

Description of female. — Form as male but differs as follows:
head and pronotum slightly more narrow ; antennae slender, fourth
segment slightly dilated apically, serrate from fifth segment distal-
ward, apical segment narrowed ; elytra entirely covering abdomen ;
apices less convex than in male, consequently apical serrations more

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

noticeable ; ivory band of elytra extending from suture to lateral
margin, beginning behind basal one fourth and covering second one
fourth, band broadened toward lateral margin of elytra.

Length: 4 mm. Width: 1.6 mm.

Allotype, female (writer’s collection), Calif., San Diego Co.,
2 mi. E. of Jacumba, July 3, 1960.

Melanop'hila pini-edulis Burke, 1908, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 9:
117-118. This species was recorded from California by Chamber-
lin (1917) from specimens thought to be a western form by E. C.
VanDyke; however, Burke (1919) does not record it as occurring
from California. There are no specimens of this species from Cali-
fornia in the VanDyke collection, nor does the California Insect
Survey list it as occurring in California. It is of interest then to
report the capture of typical M. pini-edulis from the Pinyon Elat
area of the San Jacinto Mountains in Southern California by R. L.
Schultz and the writer. These beetles were found to be ovipositing
in two live, but unhealthy, trees of Finns monophylla (Torr. &
Erem.) from June 12 to 15, 1960. Only one male was taken. Ex-
amination of these same trees during July failed to reveal any fur-
ther specimens.

Actenodes calcarata (Chevrolat), 1835, Coleopt. du Mex. Cent
2, fasc. 5, No. 103. A single specimen, lacking head and pronotum,
was dug from a dead branch of Olneya tesota Gray, 80 mi. S. of
Mexicali, Baja Calif., Mex., June 4, 1961, hy G. H. Nelson and
H. E. Howden. This is the first reported occurrence of this genus
from Baja Calif.

Actenodes avEonica Knull, 1927, Ent. News 38: 115. This
species was collected on the limbs of Prosopis chilensis (Molina)
below Madera Canyon in tbe Santa Rita Mountains, Ariz., Aug.
5-7, 1961, by the writer and his family.

Chrysohothris bacchari VanDyke, 1923, Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc.
18 : 38. Previously known from Marin Co. and Santa Cruz Moun-
tains in California, this species was taken at 2,000 feet in the San
Jacinto Mountains, above Palm Desert, Calif., on Baccharis sergi-
loides Bray, June 28 and July 9, 1961. Thus, its range is extended
southward several hundred miles.

Chrysohothris deserta Horn, 1886, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 13:
99. This species was taken on Atriplex polycarpa (Torr.) 5 miles
S. of Kettleman City, Kings Co., Calif., July 2, 1960, by D. S.
Verity and R. L. Westcott and on June 25, 1961 by the writer and
his family.

Chrysohothris hiramosa callida Knull, 1958, Ohio J. Sci. 58: 96.
One specimen was taken 10 mi. S. of Mexicali, Baja Calif., Mex.,

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society voi lvii

June 15, 1961, (new record for Baja Calif.) on Atriplex lentiformis
Wats, by the writer and H. F. Howden.

Chrysobotliris ulkei LeConte, 1859, Amer. Phil. Soc. Trans,
(n.s.) 11: 240. This species, formerly considered rare, has been
taken in numbers during the past several years near Portal, Ari-
zona. One pair was taken by R. E. Ryckman at El Sueco, Chi-
huahua, Mexico, July 17, 1960, on Ephedra sp.

Chrysobotliris parapiuta Knull, 1938, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 31 :
138. Two specimens were taken at Pinyon Elat, Riverside Co.,
California, June 15, 1960, as they were running on the branches of
Ceanothus perplexans Trelease.

Chrysobotliris smaragdula Eall, 1907, Canad. Ent. 39 : 239-240.
A large specimen (9 mm. in length) of what is evidently this species
was taken on Acaeia greggii Gray, June 23, 1957 at Snowcreek near
Palm Springs, California, by R. L. Westcott. It was compared
with the type by the writer and was found to differ slightly by hav-
ing the pronotum more densely punctured and the legs having a
rosy tint.

Agrihis chalcogaster VanDyke, 1946, Pan-Pac. Ent. 22(3) :
81-89. This beautiful but rare species was described from a unique,
so it is of interest to report the capture of two specimens — one by
D. S. Verity at Mountain Springs, Imperial Co., California, June
4, 1957, as it flew to Thamnosma montana Torr. & Erem., and the
other by the writer and H. E. Howden at the same place on June
7, 1961 as it was taking flight from Gutierresia californica T. & G.

Agrilus illeetus Eall, 1901, Calif. Acad. Sci., Occasional Papers,
No. 8: 242. A fair series of this species was taken while sweeping
Eotiis purshianus Clem. & Clem. 5 mi. N. of Kernville, Kern Co.,
Calif., June 19, 1961.

Selected References

Chamberlin, W. J. 1917. Notes on some Buprestidae of
Northern California. Ent. News 28: 129-139.

Burke, H. E. 1919. Biological notes on some flatheaded
horers of the genus Melanophila. f. Econ. Ent. 12(1) : 105-
108.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO
LOGICAL SOCIETY.

The Bulletin, Old Series, Vols. 1-7, 1879-1885, Complete

on positive microfilm $10.00

The Bulletin, New Series, Vols. 8-54, 1912-1959, Com-
plete, unbound $104.00

Entomologica Americana, Vols. 1-6 (1885-1890) and 7-

10 (1926-30), positive microfilm $15.00

Vols. 11-40, 1931-1960, complete, regular issue, pa-
per cover. Write for quotation.

A Glossary of Entomology, Torre-Bueno, cloth bound,

and Supplement A, paper cover $ 6.00

Supplement A to Torre-Bueno’s Glossary of Entomol-
ogy, 36 pp., 1960 $ 1.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana
New York Thysanoptera, Hood. 36 pp., 2 plates. 1926 .$ 1.00

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Life History of

Bremus bimaculatus, Frison. 65 pp., 8 figs. 1928 . . . .$ 2.00

A Revision of the Genus Eurema — ^Part II. New World
Species, Taxonomy and Synonymy, Klots. 73 pp.,

101 figs. 1929 $ 1.50

Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of the Cole-
optera, Boving & Craighead, cloth bound, 351 pp., 125
plates. 1930-31 $10.00

The Nearctic Social Wasps of the Subfamily Polybiinae,

Bequaert. 63 pp., 8 figs. 1933 $ 2.00

Revision of the Epistrophe Flies of America North of

Mexico, Fluke. 57 pp., 45 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

The Biology and Taxonomy of the Genus Trichiotinus,

Hoffmann. 76 pp., 20 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

A Review of the Genus Cyrtopogon in North America,

Wilcox and Martin. 95 pp., 58 figs. 1936 $ 2.00

Bibliography of the Described Life Histories of the
Rhopalocera of America North of Mexico, Daven-
port and Dethier. 40 pp. 1937 $ 4.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

The American Patrobini, Darlington. 48 pp. 1938 $ 1.00

Taxonomic Studies in Cantharis (Coleoptera), Green. 59

pp., 3 plates. 1940 $1.00

A Synopsis of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of America
North of Mexico — Part II. Coreidae, Alydidae, Cor-
izidae, Neididae, Pyrrhocoridae and Thaumastothe-
riidae, Torre-Bueno. 81 pp. 1941 $ 6.00

A Monograph of the Melophaginae, or Ked-Flies of
Sheep, Goats, Deer and Antelope, Bequaert. cloth
bound, 210 pp., 18 figs. 1942. $ 5.00

Selection of Colored Lights by Night-Flying Insects,

Milne and Milne. 65 pp. 1944 $ 3.00

A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus

Carabus, Van Dyke. 50 pp., 24 figs. 1944 $ 3.00

The Larvae of the Harpalinae Unisetosae, Chu. 71 pp., 92

figs. 1945 $ 1.00

Notes and Keys on the Genus Brochymena, Ruckes. 95

pp., 41 figs. 1946 $ 3.00

Female Genitalia of Culicidae, with Particular Reference

to Characters of Generic Value, Coher. 38 pp. 1948 . .$ 4.00

The Scutate Ticks, or Ixodidae, of Indonesia, Anastos.

144 pp., 28 figures. 1950 $ 5.00

The Tingoidea of New England and their Biology,

Bailey, 140 pp., 6 figs. 1951 $ 5.00

The Hippoboscidae or Louse-Flies of Mammals and
Birds, Part I. Structure, Physiology and Natural
History, Bequaert, 442 pp., 21 figs., 1952-53. $10.00

Part II. Taxonomy, Evolution and Revision
of American Genera and Species. 611 pp., 83 figs.
1954-56 $15.00

All orders for all publications MUST be sent DIRECT to Brook-
lyn Entomologicial Society, R. R. McElvare, Treasurer, P. O. Box
386, Southern Pines, North Carolina.

BUSINESS PRESS INC., Lancaster, Pa.

VoL. LVII

JUNE, 1962

No. 3

BULLETIN /

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

JOHN F. HANSON

GEORGE S. TULLOCH JAMES A. SLATER

Published for the Society by
Business Press, Inc.

N. Queen St. and McGovern Ave., Lancaster, Pa.

Price, 85 cents Subscription, $4.00 per year

Mailed September 26, 1962

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa. under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Wednesday of each month from October to
May, inclusive, at the Engineers’ Club, 117 Remsen Street, Brooklyn 2,
N. Y. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS 1961-62
Honorary President
R. R. McELVARE
President

HARRY BEATROS

Vice President
CASIMIR REDJIVES

Secretary

ANNA FLAHERTY

T reasurer

R. R. McELVARE
P. O. Box 386
Southern Pines
North Carolina

CONTENTS

Mosquito Catches in New Jersey and Ultra-violet Light

Traps, by Downey 61

New Names and Notes on African and Asian Aleyrodidae

(Homoptera), by Louise Russell 63

A New Nearctic Tabanus of Fulvulus Group,

by Pechuman 66

Possible Wasp Mimicry by a Lygaeid, by Schaffner ... 71

Distributional and Host Records for Poecilothrips

albopictus, by Roberts 71

Filing and Storing Liquid-preserved Insects, by Hanson 72
Notes on Banks’ Species of Peltoperlidae (Plecoptera),

by Hitchcock 80

Publications Received 84

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $4.00 per year ; foreign, $4.25 in advance ; single
copies, 85 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Address subscriptions to
the Treasurer, manuscripts and other communications to the editor, JOHN F.
HANSON, Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

VoL. LVII JUNE, 1962 No. 3

MOSQUITO CATCHES IN NEW JERSEY MOSQUITO
TRAPS AND ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT TRAPS^

By James E. Downey^

For many years the New Jersey mosquito trap has been used
to survey and gain information on mosquitoes. It is of interest
to note that while the New Jersey mosquito trap utilizes the
standard 25-watt, tungsten-filament bulb as its attractant, Headlee
(1937) found that blue light was the most attractive light for
mosquitoes. Huffaker and Back (1943) state, “it would be hard
to see why it is not wholly logical to expect that different species
of mosquitoes will exhibit marked variations in their responses to
light stimuli.” The present investigation supports this view with
additional specific evidence.

Light traps were used in 1961 as one method of measuring the
effects of aerial applications of insecticides in forested areas on
mosquito populations. Two kinds of light traps were operated in
each of three areas located conveniently close to the University of
Massachusetts at Amherst, but isolated from each other by at
least two miles: (1) One standard New Jersey mosquito trap,
described by Mulhern (1942), equipped with a 25-watt tungsten-
filament bulb and suspended about six feet above the ground, was
used in each area: (2) Two ultra-violet light traps of the design

^ Contribution No. 42 of the Massachusetts Agricultural Ex-
periment Station, Project 5129, and Contribution No. 1323 from
the entomological laboratory of the University of Massachusetts.
This investigation was supported in part by the Union Carbide
Chemicals Co., New York, N.Y., and the Massachusetts Depart-
ment of Natural Resources.

“ Research Assistant, Department of Entomology and Plant
Pathology, College of Agriculture, University of Massachusetts.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

illustrated by Smith et al. (1959), equipped with 6-watt bulbs, were
set on the ground in each area. The openings of the latter were
covered with ^ inch wire mesh to keep out large insects. At each
trapping area one ultra-violet light trap was placed within a few
feet of the New Jersey trap, and the other several hundred feet
away. The traps were located in heavily wooded mixed stands
and were not visible for more than a few hundred feet in any
direction.

Although not all the mosquito catches were identified to genus
and species, enough were examined to show differences between the
catches in the different types of traps. Species of Ciilex (restuans
Theo. and/or pipiens Linn.) and Culiseta [melanura (Coq.) and
morsitans (Theo.)] occurred by the hundreds (267) in the New
Jersey traps but did not occur, except for one specimen of Culiseta
morsitans, in the ultra-violet light traps during the same period.
On the other hand Mansonia perturbans (Wlk.) was captured
about equally well by both types of traps. In the one area where
the latter species appeared in numbers, the New Jersey trap
caught 129 specimens; ultra-violet No. 1 caught 132 and ultra-
violet No. 2 caught 139 specimens over the same period of time.

Aedes species also occurred in numbers in both types of traps.
However, since this genus was the one reduced most by the spray
program in the two treated areas and involved a number of
species, each of which could easily react differently, no general
statement on the relative efficiencies of the two types of traps for
collecting Aedes seems justified.

It is well known that differences in design and location of traps
affect the number and kinds of mosquitoes caught in them. Just
what the effects were on the catches in this experiment cannot
be completely evaluated. The New Jersey traps contained suction
fans and 25-watt incandescent bulbs, as compared with the ultra-
violet traps having no suction fan and only 6- watt bulbs. In spite
of these advantages the New Jersey trap caught only about the
same number of M. perturbans as each of the ultra-violet traps in
the one area in which this species was present. This suggests that
ultra-violet light may be more attractive to M. perturbans than
the standard tungsten-incandescent bulb. Conversely, it seems
quite clear that ultra-violet light is far less attractive, if attractive
at all, to certain species of Cidex and Culiseta than is the light
produced by the tungsten-filament bulb. No other reasonable
explanation is available for the tremendous disparity in numbers
of specimens collected in the two types of traps.

June, 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Acknowledgments

I wish to express my appreciation to Drs. J. F. Hanson, J. H.

Lilly, E. H. Wheeler and E. I. Coher for their assistance in the

preparation of this paper.

Literature Cited

Headlee, T. J. 1937. Some facts underlying the attraction of
mosquitoes to sources of radiant energy. J. Econ. Ent. 30(2) :
309-12.

Huffaker, C. B. and R. C. Back. 1943. A study of methods of
sampling mosquito populations. J. Econ. Ent. 36(4) : 561-69.

Mulhern, T. D. 1942. New Jersey mechanical trap for mosquito
surveys. N. J. Agr. Exp. Sta. Cir. 421 : 1-8.

Smith, D. W., J. G. Taylor and J. W. Apple. 1959. A com-
parison of insect traps equipped with 6- and 15-watt blacklight
lamps. J. Econ. Ent. 52(6) : 1212-14.

NEW NAME COMBINATIONS AND NOTES ON
SOME AFRICAN AND ASIAN SPECIES OF
ALEYRODIDAE (HOMOPTERA)

By Louise M. Russell ^

This paper is presented for the purpose of making eight new name
combinations available for use in determinations and publications.
Pertinent information, including the hosts and localities from which
the species were originally described, is given because it is not
readily available elsewhere.

Acaudaleyrodes Takahashi

1951, Mem. de ITnstitut Scien. de Madagascar, ser. A, fasc. 2, 6 :382.
Type-species, Acaudaleyrodes pauliani Takahashi, by original
designation.

Five described species, two of which are already included, are as-
signable to this genus.

^ Entomology Research Division, Agric. Res. Serv., U.S.D.A.,
Washington, D.C.

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Acaudaleyrodes africana (Dozier), Takahashi, 1951, Mem. de I’ln-
stitut Scien. de Madagascar, ser. A, fasc. 2, 6 :382.
Aleurotrachelus africanus Dozier, 1934, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
14 (ser. 10) : 190, illus. On D esmodium sp. Barumbu, Belgian
Congo.

Acaudaleyrodes alhagi (Priesner and Hosny), new combination.
Aleurotrachelus alhagi Priesner and Hosny, 1934, Egypt Min.
Agr. Tech. & Sci. Serv. Bui. (Ent. Ser.) 145: 9, illus. On Aca-
cia arabica var. nilotica, Alhagi rnaurorum, Prosopis stephaniana,
Tephrosia apollinea. Dakhla Oases, Kharga, Kom Ombo,
Luxor-Karnak, Minya, Upper Egypt.

Acaudaleyrodes citri (Priesner and Hosny), new combination.
Aleurotrachelus citri Priesner and Hosny, 1934, Egypt Min. Agr.
Tech. & Sci. Serv. Bui. (Ent. Ser.) 145:7-8, illus. On Citrus
spp., Dodonaea viscosa, Laiicsonia inermis, Psidium guajava,
Punica granatum, Zizyphus spina christi. Widespread in Egypt.
Acaudaleyrodes pauliani Takahashi, 1951, Mem. de ITnstitut Scien.
de Madagascar, ser. A, fasc. 2, 6:382-384, illus. On “Mpan-
jakaben-tany.” Maevatanana, Madagascar.

Acaudaleyrodes rachipora (Singh), new combination.
Aleurotrachelus rachipora Singh, 1931, India Dept. Agr. Mem.,
Ent. Ser. 12: 57-59, illus. On Bauhinia sp.. Cassia fistula, Dal-
bergia sissoo, Euphorbia pilulifera. Dholi and Pusa (Bihar),
Navsari (Baroda), India. Miani (Punjab), Pakistan.

Africaleurodes Dozier

1934, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 14 (ser. 10) : 187. Type-species,
Africaleurodes coffeacola Dozier, by original designation.

Eour described species are included in this genus.

Africaleurodes coffeacola Dozier, 1934, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 14
(ser. 10) : 187-188, illus. On Coffea robusta. Lodja, Belgian
Congo.

Africaleurodes loganiaceae Dozier, 1934, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 14
(ser. 10) : 189, illus. On a plant of the Loganiaceae. Sankuru,
Belgian Congo.

Africaleurodes ochnaceae Dozier, 1934, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 14
(ser. 10) : 188-189, illus. On Ochna. Kole (Lukenie River),
Belgian Congo.

Africaleurodes vrijdaghii (Ghesquiere) , new combination.

Aleiirolobus Vrijdaghii Ghesquiere, 1934, Ann. de Gembloux,
p. 30, illus. On coffee. Belgian Congo.

June, 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Dialeuropora Quaintance and Baker

1917, U. S. Nat. Mils. Proc. 51:406, 434. Type-species, Dialeu-
rodes (Dialeuropora) decempuncta Quaintance and Baker, by
original designation.

In 1959 (Ent. Soc. Wash. Proc. 61(4) : 185-186), I combined
seven specific names with the generic name Dialeuropora in a list
of the species belonging to this genus. Four names that were omit-
ted from the previous list and one proposed since then are given
below. This brings to 19 the total number of described species cer-
tainly assignable to Dialeuropora. A few other species, which can-
not be placed from their descriptions, may belong here.

Dialeuropora bipunctata (Corbett), new combination.

Dialeurodes bipunctata Corbett, 1933, Stylops 2(6) : 128-129,
illus. On “Rengas,” Gluta sp. Puchon, Malaya.

Dialeuropora dothioensis (Dumbleton), new combination.

Dialeurodes (Dialeuropora) dothioensis Dumbleton, 1961, Pacific
Science 15:121-122, illus. On undetermined host. Dothio
River Bridge, New Caledonia.

Dialeuropora indochinensis Takahashi, 1942, Nat. Hist. Soc. For-
mosa, Trans. 32:272-273, illus. On undetermined host. Ang-
kor, Cambodia.

Dialeuropora malayensis (Corbett), new combination.

Trialeurodes malayensis Corbett, 1935, Fed. Malay States Mus.
Jour. 17 : 812-813, illus. On unidentified host. Rembau (Negri
Sembilan), Malaya.

Dialeuropora silvarum (Corbett), new combination.

Trialeurodes silvarum Corbett, 1935, Fed. Malay States Mus.
Jour. 17 : 813-814, illus. On unidentified host. Kuala Fumpur
(Selangor), Malaya.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

A NEW NEARCTIC TABANUS OF THE FULVULUS

GROUP

By L. L. Pechuman^

In the Cooperative Economic Insect Report of June 2, 1961 (Vol.
11, No. 22), page 463, Cancienne and Newsom report Tabanus
longiusculiis Hine from Louisiana. Since the writer has seen
longiuscitlus only from North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia,
Florida and Tennessee, this was thought to be an interesting exten-
sion of range.

Through the cooperation of Mr. Bobby H. Wilson of Louisiana
State University a series of specimens reported as longiusculits was
made available for study. It was found that these specimens dif-
fered from longiitsculns in having a broader abdomen, narrower
front, dark hind femora, a linear median callus and less distinct
thoracic stripes. The characters of these specimens related them
to Tabanus fulvulus Wied. However, they appear to be distinct
from fulvulus and apparently represent an undescribed species.
Other specimens have since been located in the collections of Ohio
State University, C. B. Philip and the writer.

A specimen from Arkansas in the writer’s collection has been
selected as the holotype since a male collected at the same time
makes an appropriate allotype. It is a pleasure to dedicate this
species to Mr. Wilson who not only supplied a series of the new
form, but also located other specimens pertinent to this study as
noted below.

Tabanus wilsoni, n. sp.

Holotype, female, 13.5 mm. Eye hare. Front narrow, about
six times as high as width at base, slightly widened above ; basal
callus very dark brown, almost twice as high as wide, very narrowly
separated from eyes ; median callus linear, not reaching basal callus ;
front golden brown pollinose with black hairs ; no ocellar tubercle.
Subcallus and upper portion of genae golden brown pollinose,
shading below on genae to white ; genae black and yellow haired
above, long white haired below. First and second antennal seg-
ments orange with black hairs ; basal plate of third antennal segment
orange, rather broad, about two-thirds as broad as high, with a dis-
tinct dorsal angle and moderate dorsal excision ; annulate portion
black, distinctly shorter than basal plate. Second palpal segment

^ Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.

June, 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

cream colored, rather stout near base but tapering to an acute point,
mostly black haired with a few white hairs near base and below ;
first palpal segment long white haired.

Mesonotum dark brown, paler along lateral margins and on pre-
scutal lobe ; the usual three longitudinal stripes obsolete except
center stripe which is fairly distinct but extremely narrow. Meso-
notum with short white and black hairs ; prescutal lobe with longer
black hairs. Scutellum concolorous with mesonotum. Pleurae
gray with white hairs. Wing, including costal cell, hyaline with a
faint yellowish tinge ; veination normal. Coxae and femora black ;
most of apical half of middle femora yellow brown ; apex of fore and
hind femora yellow brown ; tibiae yellowish, fore tibiae becoming
gradually darker on apical half giving an indistinctly bicolored ap-
pearance ; hind tibial fringe predominantly black with a few pale
hairs intermixed ; tarsi dark brown, middle and hind metatarsi paler
at base.

Abdomen dark brown with three rows of yellow brown spots on
first six tergites ; median row, from second segment on, composed
of contiguous triangles which are pale haired ; pale triangle on
second tergite outlined anteriorly by a dark dash on each side ; the
sublateral rows are composed of roundish spots which on the first
three segments occupy most of width of tergite. Venter yellowish
with a faint dark central spot on first two tergites ; mostly pale
haired.

Arkansas River, Arkansas Co., Arkansas, 8 June 1956.

Allotype, male, 13.5 mm. Similar to female. Eye bare; large
facets not much larger than small facets but area sharply differen-
tiated and occupying about half of eye area. Antennae colored
as in female but basal plate of third segment narrower. Second
palpal segment cream colored, blunt, slightly more than twice as
long as thick, black and yellow haired. Mesonotum dark brown
with a median stripe vaguely indicated, black haired with a few
pale hairs ; scutellum dark brown ; prescutal lobe reddish brown ;
pleurae gray with pale yellow hairs. Legs as in female. Abdomi-
nal markings much like female ; median pale triangle on second ter-
gite truncated above by a dark spot. Same data as holotype.

Paratypes: Arkansas: same data as holotype, 1 J'. Louisiana:
Mound, 29 June 1922 (W. G. Bradley), “feeding on horse,” 1 J;
Baton Rouge, 1922, 1 2; 4 June 1923 (W. G. Bradley), “feeding
on horse,” 1 2 ; St. Landry Parish, 20 May 1959, 2 22 i 25 May
1959, 1 2; 27 May 1959, 11 22; 1 June 1959, 4 22; 22 June 1959,

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. JA'II

1 5 (B. H. Wilson) ; Tensas Parish, 25 May 1959, 3 25; 23 lime
1959, 1 2 (B. H. Wilson) ; New Roads, 14-18 July 1905, 5 22-*

Holotype and allotype in writer’s collection. Paratypes in col-
lections of Louisiana State University, Ohio State University, Cor-
nell University, U. S. National Museum and C. B. Philip.

The holotype, allotype and topotypic male paratype were collected
by Dr. H. E. Evans as prey of the wasp Bembix pruinosa Eox.
These three specimens were reported by Evans (1957, p. 159) as
Tabanus fulzmlus.

Variations: There is little variation in the series of paratypes
studied except in size. The smallest specimens are 1 1 mm. and the
largest is 14.5 mm. in length. Most specimens are somewhat
smaller than the holotype. In some specimens the sides of the front
are parallel. A male paratype collected at the same time as the
allotype shows more yellow hairs on the pleurae than the allotype.
Some specimens collected in 1905 are rather pale but this is believed
due to age ; the basal callus of some of these is dark yellow.

Comparative Notes: Both sexes of T. wilsoni may be separated
from T. fulvulus by the generally brownish color in contrast to the
yellow appearance of fulvulus. In detail, the black haired palpi
and black hind tibial fringe of wilsoni, with the lack of yellow hairs
on the mesonotum and pleurae and less distinctly bicolored fore
tibiae makes differentiation from fulvulus relatively easy. North-
ern females of fulvulus sometimes have many black hairs on the
palpi and northern males may have mostly black hind tibial fringes
but the orange thoracic pilosity readily distinguishes these from
zmlsoni.

Specimens of zmlsoni and fulvulus placed in a moist chamber to
restore eye color indicate the eye pattern of zmlsoni to be three
purple bands on a blue green background ; the specimens of fulvulus
showed three similar bands on a bright green background.

Philip (1936) described pallidescens as a variety of fulvulus.
The writer believes the characters given by Philip are sufficient to
separate pallidescens at the specific level since they are consistant in
the rather adequate series studied. A series of fulvulus and palli-
descens collected by A. and H. Dietrich at Marianna, Elorida on
June 5 and 6, 1961 show an additional character supporting the dis-
tinctness of the two forms. In fulvulus, the eye in life is bright
green with three purple stripes ; in pallidescens the eye is bronzy
green with one purple stripe. This difference has been confirmed
by placing specimens from various localities in a moist chamber.
It is interesting to note in this connection that the three eye stripes
of T. fulvulus restore easily, whereas the single stripe of pallidescens

June, 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

requires a longer period of moistening to appear and in some speci-
mens no stripe could be restored.

The range of fulvulus and pallidescens is similar ; fuhulus has
been collected further north than pallidescens, and pallidescens ap-
parently ranges a little further toward the southwest.

T. zmlsoni is separated from pallidescens by the dark annulate
portion of the third antennal segment, dark femora and generally
darker color.

Hine (1907, p. 49) reports T. fulvulus from Baton Rouge, New
Roads, Keachie and Crowley, Louisiana. Later (1914, p. 227),
Hine discussed fulvulus under four different forms. Forms 1
and 2 seem to be within the variation associated with fulvulus; Hine
reports none of these from Louisiana. Form 3 is listed only from
New Roads, Louisiana. Form 4 he records from Louisiana and
Georgia.

Through the kindness of Prof. J. N. Knull of Ohio State Uni-
versity, the writer was able to study a series of Hine’s fulvulus col-
lected at New Roads, Louisiana, 14—18 July 1905 ; all of these are
T. wilsoni. All other Louisiana specimens in the Hine collection
seen by the writer are T. pallidescens.

Jones and Bradley (1923) reported T. longiusculus from Mound,
Louisiana on a basis of a determination by Dr. J. M. Aldrich.
They also report the presence of T. fulvulus in May and record the
collection and rearing to adult of a T. fulvulus larva collected in a
well rotted log near Baton Rouge. The same workers (1924)
again list T. longiusculus from Louisiana and report T. fulvulus as
present during May, June and July with the period of greatest
abundance in May.

Mr. Wilson was able to locate in the Louisiana State University
collection a single specimen collected by Bradley at Mound, Louisi-
ana, 29 June 1922, and determined by Aldrich as T. longiusculus.
This specimen is T. wilsoni. A second specimen collected by Brad-
ley on 4 June 1923 at Baton Rouge also is wilsoni; both specimens
are noted as “feeding on horse.” Mr. Wilson also sent me a series
of six specimens determined as fulvulus and collected l)y Jones and
Bradley. All are from Magnolia, Louisiana, 16 May 1922 and 11
June and 12 July 1923, and are noted as “feeding on mule." All
six specimens are T. pallidescens Philip.

From the above it seems apparent that Hine’s fulvulus from Lou-
isiana is composed of both T. wilsoni (Form 3) and T. pallidescens
(Form 4). T. longiusculus of Jones and Bradley is T. wilsoni and
their f ulvulus is pallidescens.

T. fulvulus has not been seen by the writer from Louisiana except

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

for a series collected by B. H. Wilson, St. Helena Parish, 30 May
1962. In addition, fulvulus has been seen during this study from
New York (Long Island), New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Illi-
nois, Kentucky, Tennessee, Missouri, Arkansas, Maryland, D.C.,
Delaware, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Flor-
ida and Alabama. T. pallidescens has been seen from Maryland,
Tennessee, Missouri, Arkansas, North Carolina, Georgia, Florida,
Alabama, Mississippi and Louisiana.

Key to Tabanus related to eulvulus

1. Third antennal segment entirely orange ; legs pale ; eye of female

in life with a single purple band. Large eye facets of male
considerably larger than small facets and occupying about ^

of eye area pallidescens Philip

Annulate portion of third antennal segment black ; femora mostly
dark ; eye in life with three purple bands. Large eye facets
of male not much larger than small facets and occupying about
half of eye area 2

2. Mesonotum orange or yellow haired ; hind tibial fringe usually

mostly orange ; palpi usually mostly pale haired ; pleurae with

orange hair fulvulus Wied.

Mesonotum white and black haired ; hind tibial fringe mostly
black ; palpi mostly black haired ; pleurae with pale hair

ivilsoni, n. sp.

REEERENCES

Evans, H. E. 1957. Studies on the comparative ethology of
digger wasps of the genus Bemhix. Comstock Publishing
Associates, Ithaca, N. Y.

Hine, J. S. 1907. Second report upon the horseflies of Louisi-
ana. La. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 93 : 1-59.

1914. Tabanus longus, fulvulus and sagax. Ohio

Nat. 14(3) : 225-228.

Jones, T. H. and Bradley, W. G. 1923. Observations on taba-
nidae (horseflies) in Louisiana. J. Econ. Ent. 16(3) : 307-
312.

1924. Eurther observations on tabanidae (horse-
flies) in Louisiana. J. Econ. Ent. 17(1): 45-50.

Philip, C. B. 1936. New tabanidae (horseflies) with notes
on certain species of the longus group of Tabanus. Ohio
J. Sci. 36(3) : 149-156.

June, 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

POSSIBLE WASP MIMICRY BY ONCOPOELTUS
GUTTA H. S. (LYGAEIDAE)

By Joseph C. Schaffner
Iowa State University

On July 23, 1959, while collecting five miles north of Mazatlan,
Sinaloa, Mexico, I observed four specimens of Oncopeltus gutta
that upon disturbance exhibited a behavior pattern highly sug-
gestive of that of certain wasps of the family Pompilidae. The
behavior was characterized by swift jerky running movements
carried on simultaneously with rapid vibration of the wings which
were held high over the body. Both males and females were ob-
served acting in this manner. Two of the four specimens took
flight. A fifth specimen was also collected that did not show the
above behavior.

Mimicry of this type apparently has not been reported in the
literature for members of the Lygaeidae. The bright coloration
of many members of the subfamily Lygaeinae to which Oncopeltus
gutta H. S. belongs has been presumed to he warning in nature
and associated with the Asclepiadaceae upon which many species
feed.

The abdominal color pattern of this species might possibly be
construed to be a supplementary character for this possible mimicry.
The posterior three pregenital segments of the abdomen are dark
red in contrast to the preceding abdominal segments which are
yellowish-orange on these specimens. This color pattern might
suggest the abdomen of an aculeate wasp.

New distributional and host record for Poecilothrips albo-
pictus Uzel. The recorded distribution of the tuhuliferous thrips
Poecilothrips albopictus Uzel is of a discontinuous nature. It is
known from California, Western Washington, New Jersey, Penn-
sylvania, and the District of Columbia. On April 25, 1961, R. E.
Stecker collected specimens of this thrips emerging from a dead
sumac branch (Rhus glabra), approximately five miles northeast
of Lewiston, Nez Perce County, Idaho. According to available
literature sumac has not been listed as a host for this thrips. This,
therefore, establishes a new distributional and host record for this
species of insect. — Richard B. Roberts, University of Idaho.

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

FILING AND STORING LIQUID-PRESERVED
INSECTS^

By John F. Hanson

The recent appearance of publications describing new tray de-
signs (Evans, 1958, and Killough, 1959) for the storage of vials
of liquid-preserved specimens prompts me to words on the same
subject. Certainly a great deal of attention should be focused on
this subject since some of our more common storage systems are
not only unsatisfactory but can be quite annoying and cumbersome.
One of the reasons for this situation is that when a collection is
small, it doesn’t much matter what system is used. Thus, the
initial design of many collections is almost accidental, depending
on what containers and materials happen to be most conveniently
and cheaply available. Unfortunately, as a collection grows, some
of its features often become more and more objectionable. By the
time a collection is large enough for its objectionable features to
become conspicuous, one is usually too deeply committed, finan-
cially and otherwise, to change it. Therefore, the selection of a
system of filing alcoholic specimens is usually a much more im-
portant decision than is realized in the initial stages of gathering
a collection.

The major types of trays or containers for holding vials are
the following: pint preserving jar holding inverted specimen vials
in a reservoir of liquid, cigar box or the like, vertical screen with
vials hung on wire hooks (Needham system), double-row com-
partmentalized tray, double-row noncompartmentalized tray (Fig.
2), compartmentalized and noncompartmentalized single-row trays.
The author has been using a double-row noncompartmentalized
tray system with quite satisfactory results for over twenty years.
This was adopted for The University of Massachusetts collection
many years ago and has been serving satisfactorily. The essential
features which make this system feasible and desirable are shown
in the figures and discussed in the text.

^ Contribution No. 55 of The Massachusetts Agricultural Ex-
periment Station and Contribution No. 1353 from the entomologi-
cal laboratory of The University of Massachusetts. Supported by
NIH Grant E-1442 (C6), U. S. Public Health Service.

June, 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Fig. 2, Assembled tray showing compactness of storage and
use of the guard vials (see Fig. 4) hung over the center strip to
hold specimen vials in place in trays in which expansion room is
desired.

Fig. 3, Tray with removable center strip taken out to permit
storage of two sizes of square bottles containing large specimens.

Hanson

Plate I

[}■

Fig. 1, Exploded view of double-row noncompartmentalized tray
showing dimensions of tray for two dram homeopathic vials.
Twenty-two gauge galvanized steel provides adequate rigidity.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

Fig. 4, Guard vial showing details of wire attachment around
neck of homeopathic vial. Fig. 5, Cabinet and trays. Note the
manilla filing folders used as dust and light covers above each
row of trays : the opened folder is thumbtacked at the rear of the
undersurface of each shelf and the front edge lies on the ends of
the trays. The front edge is bent up slightly so as not to catch
on trays being moved in or out of the cabinet.

Assembly Procedure

The assembly of the tray described above can be very simply
executed. First, preferably with a power drill, without any fussy
measuring, make appropriately sized holes through the metal side
pieces : the holes can be bored through a considerable number of
pieces at a time by clamping a group of them in a vice. Then,
“by eye”, drive a carpet tack in the center of the groove of each
wooden end block : the tacks become the supports for the center
strip. Put the end blocks in a rough wooden jig which will hold
the blocks upright at their proper spacing, and then position the
bottom channel over the ends of the blocks. With a point punch
make the nail holes to fasten the above pieces together, driving

FIanson

Plate II

June, 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

the punch through the metal and slightly into the wood. It is
important to make these holes in this manner so as to create a
slight recess in the bottom channel for each nail head : this prevents
the nail head from catching and scratching on the shelves of the
cabinet. After fastening the bottom channel to the end blocks
with No. 12 gauge wire nails, remove the assembly from the jig
and drop the divider strip into the slots. After it is made to
fit snugly by pressing in or out against the free ends of the wooden
blocks, lay on a side strip, line it up with the center strip by eye,
and nail it on with No. 17 gauge wire nails. Do the same with
the other side piece and the job is complete.

Critical Comparisons

It is not possible to design a system which is satisfactory from
all points of view because financial circumstances, size variations
within the group being preserved, etc., provide each collection with
individual characteristics and problems that make special compro-
mises necessary. However, it is possible to effect compromises
producing less objectionable situations than exist in many major
collections of the world. Thus, it seems to me, it is not enough
simply to extol the merits of still another device : it is more im-
portant to evaluate critically the significant factors of the different
systems of storing collections, with special emphasis on the pit-
falls so that our mistakes and inefficiencies will not be perpetuated
and expanded. Such a critical review follows.

1. Compactness

Perhaps the least compact of all systems is the one developed
by Needham at Cornell. In the Needham system each specimen
vial is “wired” (Fig. 4) so as to provide a hook by which the vials
can be hung on vertically oriented screens about the size of a win-
dow screen but with a much coarser mesh. The vials must be quite
widely spaced in order to maintain organized rows and the screens
must be rather widely separated in their cabinets to prevent the
vials from bumping each other as the screens are moved in or out.

A series of preserving jars offers more compact storage, but
still there is considerable lost space above the vials within the
jar, between jars, and above the jars to provide access to jars
located to the rear of the shelf.

Of the tray-type filing systems, the noncompartmentalized type
with the vials touching each other is obviously the most conserva-
tive of space. The double-row tray is more conservative of space

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

than the single-row tray. Trays with metal side pieces are more
conservative than those with the thicker wooden side pieces. For
example, in my cabinets only one and a quarter inches of the width
of the cabinet is consumed by the 36 strips of metal required for
the twelve double-row trays on each shelf : over 2,000 two dram
vials can be stored in the cabinet shown in Figure 5. No other
system affords as much efficiency of space usage.

2. Safety of Specimens

One of the reasons for rare usage of the noncompartmentalized
tray, in spite of its compactness and other advantages, has been the
difficulty of keeping the vials securely in place. Some workers
have used a book end type of device (the sheet metal type with a
section extending under the books as well as up along the side
of the end book). This, however, is quite unsatisfactory because
the weight of the small vials is hardly sufficient to hold the stop
in place under normal tray usage, and is wholly inadequate in
cases where there are only a very few vials in a row. Nonetheless,
with the proper devices and reasonable care, there is virtually no
chance of vials slipping out of the noncompartmentalized trays.

The proper device was practically thrust upon me while I was
studying the Needham collection at Cornell where each specimen
vial is ‘‘wired”, as previously mentioned. I discovered that these
wired vials cling very nicely to the sharp edges of the metal divider
strip of the double-row noncompartmentalized tray, and therefore,
can be used as guard vials to hold rows of specimen vials in place
in unfilled trays : one or two guard vials hung on the center strip
at the end of the row of vials suffice (Fig. 2). If only one of the
rows of the tray is in use, two spaced guard vials in the unused
row keeps the center strip from hending under the weight of the
vials, and only an abnormal amount of shaking and tipping of
the tray will dislodge any of the vials. I can not remember more
than twice in the past ten years when a vial has slipped out of a
tray, and in both cases gross carelessness was involved.

The double-row tray is much to be preferred over the single-
row tray because it is much less likely to be accidentally over-
turned. The tipping hazard of the double-row tray is further re-
duced since, for a given number of vials, one needs on his desk
only half the number of trays that would be required if single-row
trays were used.

Killough has described an interesting type of wooden double-
row tray from which the vials can not easily fall even if the tray

June, 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

is tipped over or roughly jarred. For this reason, Killough’s
design has distinct advantages for field work, especially since
double-row may be built upon double row into one easily carried
large capacity field kit, as he has described. However, for labora-
tory usage, the tray system described herein has distinct advantages
with regard to accessibility of specimens, general handling ease,
and adaptability for different vial or bottle sizes.

Evaporation of the preservative liquid and the resultant drying
out and shriveling of valual:)le specimens has been a very serious
problem with all open systems of storing specimen vials. Cork
stoppers vary considerably in their permeability, and, as a result,
liquids often evaporate much faster from one vial than from another.
This is the main reason why the use of preserving jars was in-
stituted, in spite of their disadvantages. Inverting specimen vials
in a reservoir of fluid in a preserving jar insures that no evapora-
tion can occur from the vials.

In recent years the availability of neoprene stoppers — which are
nearly impervious to gases, are more uniform than cork stoppers,
and do not swell on contact with some liquids as does natural
rubber — has made relatively safe the open storage of small specimen
vials. Nonetheless, it is wise to put a tahlespoonful or two of
glycerine in each stock gallon of preservative to insure against
complete drying out of specimens. Then, if a stopper is carelessly
installed or accidentally loosened, there will still be a very thin
film of glycerine on the bottom of the vial to prevent total drying
and shriveling of the specimen. I find that it is necessary to
spend only a few hours about every five years to check for evapora-
tion losses.

3. Filing and Handling Ease

Accessibility of particular specimens is certainly the poorest in
bulk storage systems, such as the preserving jar, where the vials
must be removed and replaced one by one in order to read the
labels. Further, if the cabinet or shelf on which the jars are
kept is deep enough for efficient storage, jars become hidden behind
one another and are mixed up in the shuffle of finding particular
specimens. In the Needham system, unless the rows of vials are
kept quite widely separated, special care is required to be sure
that the end of the wire hook of every specimen vial goes through
the proper hole in the screen in order to maintain a reasonable
semblance of rows. Also, it is difficult to find a place to stand
the screen racks safely even if you are lucky enough to have a
desk near a wall against which to lean the rack : and then every-

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Voi. lvii

thing behind the screen is inaccessible because of the breadth and
height of it.

It is often argued that the single-row tray is the best because
there is no obstruction to the view from either side. However,
even with the single-row tray, one is inclined to orient the labels
on one side only so as not to have to twist the tray back and forth
to read labels. Therefore, the single-row tray has no visibility
advantage over the double-row tray, which has an obvious price
and stability advantage over the single-row tray. In the com-
partmentalized tray, the precise placing of a particular vial often
requires a process of first moving a dozen others to new positions,
one by one. The simplest tray in which to file specimens is the
open-top noncompartmentalized tray with guard vials (Fig. 2).
To add one or several specimen vials, simply move the guard vials
a little and push the appropriate specimen vials along to make
room to drop in the additions. For field usage Killough’s multiple
double-row rack is better because the vials are more securely held
in place, but this security is accomplished at some sacrifice in ac-
cessibility of vials.

No matter what sort of tray is used, the storage cabinet should
have removable shelves so that the trays need not necessarily be
handled individually. Also, the cabinets with contents (Fig. 5)
should be no larger than can be easily moved about by two weak
biologists.

4. Adaptability

The preserving jar system and the Needham system have the
advantage of accepting a variety of vial sizes, but the tray systems,
having many more advantages, are much more desirable. The
compartmentalized row-type tray has an advantage over the non-
compartmentalized tray in its ability to accept vials of different
sizes side by side. However, this is of little importance since with
most groups of insects it is possible to select one small vial size
that will be convenient for all specimens. For instance, in the
Plecoptera, one vial size is sufficient : there are no species too large
to fit into a two dram vial. And a smaller vial would not be
appropriate even for the tiny specimens anyway, since the two
dram vial is the smallest homepathic vial into which tweezers can
be inserted to the bottom without having to squeeze them closed
to get them through the mouth of the vial. For another reason
also, the two dram vial is the smallest convenient size : it is not
possible to insert adequate data easily into a smaller vial, especially
if a typed label is used. I have found a portable typewriter with

June, 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

small type extremely useful not only for reliable legibility of the
finished label but for preparation of labels while the wife is driving
from one collecting station to another, thus saving literally hours
each day.

For taxonomic groups with great size variations it may not
always be convenient or economical to standardize on one size
of vial, hut it is still practical to use the noncompartmentalized
tray system. Genera with larger or smaller species than the
average size for the group concerned can he properly filed amongst
the others by appropriately interspersing a few trays of different
size. Furthermore, even if only one tray size is used, adaptability
to groups with large species is possible simply by lifting out the
removable center strip of the tray so that the whole width of the
tray can he used to accommodate large square bottles in a single
row (Fig. 3).

5. Cost of Cabinets and Trays

Parts and labor for one cabinet and its 48 trays for two dram
vials, as described in this article (Fig. 5), is less than fifty dollars.
Since 2,000 vials can be stored in such a cabinet, the prorated
cost per vial is one and a half cents.

The cost of each tray (Fig. 1), holding 44 vials, is no more than
65 cents (50 cents for parts and 15 cents for labor). The com-
partmentalized tray constitutes more expensive storage not only
because it separates the vials one from another in each row but
because the compartmentalized tray is more expensive to make.
For example, the ingeniously simple single-row tray described by
Evans (1958) stores only 18 vials compared to 22 in each row
of the tray described here, even though his tray is longer and the
vials he uses are smaller. At a cost of 45 cents per tray his cost
per vial for the tray alone is over two cents. Since his system
must also require a larger cabinet for any given number of vials,
his total storage cost per vial can safely be estimated to be nearly
twice that of the cost of my system. Only the cigar box and the
preserving jar offer a cheaper unit storage cost, but both are
quite undesirable because of poor accessibility of specimens, poor
visibility of labels, and handling and filing difficulties.

Literature Cited

Evans, D. 1958. Storage of preserved insect specimens. Canad.
Ent. 90(8) : 461-463, fig. 1.

Killough, R. A. 1959. A storage rack for insect specimens pre-
served in liquids. J. Econ. Ent. 52(6) : 1225-1226, figs. 1-2.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

voi. Lvn

NOTES ON BANKS’ SPECIES OF PELTOPERLIDAE
(PLECOPTERA)

By Stephen W. Hitchcock^

Recently I have had the opportunity to examine and make free-
hand sketches of some of Nathan Banks’ type specimens of Pel-
toperlidae at the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge,
Massachusetts. The lack of certain details and illustrations in the
original descriptions has made it difficult for workers in Southeast
Asia or the western United States to identify these members of
their fauna. It is hoped that these notes might help to clear up
some of the confusion on these species, the types of which are located
half a world away from the home range of the insects.

Peltoperla nigrisoma Banks 1948. The holotype male is labelled
as M.C.Z. type 27724 and comes from Sequoia Park, California.
Jewett (1956) surmised that this species was synonymous with
Peltoperla brevis Banks and examination of the type shows that
this is indeed so. It does not differ from California specimens of
brevis except for being slightly darker in color. It agrees with al-
most all California specimens of brevis examined to date in having
veins M and Cui of the hindwing joined together for a short dis-
tance. P. brevis was originally described from British Columbia
and specimens of brevis from the Pacific Northwest including a
paratype from Port Renfrew, B. C., do not show this peculiarity
of venation. The illustration in Needham and Claassen (1925) of
the hind wing of P. brevis was thus obviously from a California
specimen and is not typical of specimens from the area where the

Explanation of Plate

Fig. 1, Peltoperla mindanensis Banks. Fig. 1 a, forewing. Fig.
1 b, ventral view ninth abdominal segment. Fig. 1 c, lateral view
of vesicle. Fig. 1 d, proximal cereal segments. Fig. 2, Peltoperla
concolor Banks. Fig. 2 a, forewing. Fig. 2 b, ventral view ninth
abdominal segment. Fig. 2 c, proximal cereal segments. Fig. 3,
Neopeltoperla chiangi (Banks). Fig. 3 a, forewing. Fig. 3 b,
ventral view abdominal segments. Fig. 3 c, proximal cereal seg-
ments. Fig. 3 d, cereal spur of paratype Fig. 3 e, cereal spur of
holotype in U. S. N. M. (O.S.F. Jr.). Fig. 4, Neopeltoperla fra-
terna (Banks). Fig. 4 a, forewing. Fig. 4 b, ventral view, ninth
abdominal segment. Fig. 4 c, cereal spur.

^ The Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven.

June, 1962 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Hitchcock

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

type was taken,

Peltoperla mindanensis Banks 1924. There are two specimens
labelled with type number “MCZ 14806.” Both bear the data
“Surigao, Mindanao, Baker” and carry the additional number
“16325.” As one specimen has the abdomen missing, I am denoting
the other as the holotype. The abdomen of this specimen has been
relaxed and examined (Fig. lb). The vesicle of the holotype male
is somewhat smaller than the specimen illustrated by Jewett (1958).
The ventral portion of the vesicle is glabrous but its dorsal half bears
a few light hairs. The cereal segments (Fig 1 d) are strongly
haired but with no particular pattern. Forewing venation is shown
in Figure 1 a.

Peltoperla concolor Banks 1931. There are three insects in the
type series labelled as type 16490. Banks implied that males from
7200 feet on Mt. Kinabalu, Borneo, represented the type. Al-
though none were located with these exact data, two males from
7000 feet were in the type series and so I designate the specimen
collected “28:3 :1929” as the type specimen. The wings (Fig. 2 a)
are notable by the large number of forkings and the number of
costal crosveins beyond the end of the subcosta. The abdomen was
relaxed and examined (Fig. 2 b). The ninth segment bears a small
vesicle. Near the distal margin of the vesicle there is a dark line
and a few dark hairs. Just before the ventral hind margin of ab-
dominal segments 5-8 there is an irregular row of darker longer
bristles. These bristles are progressively longer and darker as one
moves from segment 5 to 8. The cerci (Fig. 2 c) are many seg-
mented, but with a large basal segment, and bear a brush of long
hairs on the inner margins of some of the proximal cereal segments.
The paratypic male from 7000 feet has broken cerci but there is an
indication that it too had the same brush of hair on the inner cereal
margin. The specimen in the original type series from 3000 feet
does not have this brush of hairs but has the cerci evenly haired
except for a single long seta extending ventrally from each segment.

Neopeltoperla chiangi (Banks) 1940. A male paratype in the
M.C.Z. from Mu Sang Tsai was relaxed and placed in alcohol. The
wing venation (Fig. 3 a) appears like that described by Banks.
The ventral ninth segment has a small vesicle (Fig. 3 b). On the
posterior ventral margin of most of the abdominal segments there is
a closely set row of small dark spinules that superficially appears
like a black line. The basal segment of the cercus is the longest
(Fig. 3 c). It bears a prominent spur that is shorter than the
brush of hair found on the same segment. The cereal spur (Fig.
3d) bears several teeth of decreasing size.

Jane, 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

At my request, Dr. Oliver S. Flint, Jr., of the United States Na-
tional Museum cleared and examined the male type of N. chiangi
at that institution and stated that it agrees quite closely with my
figures of the abdomen and appendages of the paratype. Minor
dififerences are that the cercus of the holotype is straighter apically
than that shown in Figure 3 c and the teeth on the spur are as
Figure 3 e. This difiference in the shape and number of teeth is
considered to be within the range of variation of the species. The
holotype was collected from Liu Ngai Si.

N eopeltoperla fraterna (Banks) 1938. A single male bearing
MCZ type number 22698 from Pahang, Malaya, was examined.
Banks ( 1940) stated that N. fraterna does not bear “a small rounded
piece at base of penultimate ventral segment.” The male type how-
ever bears a definite vesicle on the ninth ventral segment (Fig.
4 b). The hairs associated on the basal segment with the cereal
spur are shorter than the spur. Thus spur is longer than that on
N. chiangi and bears one long tooth and four shorter blunter teeth
near its base (Fig. 4 c). An unidentified male stonefly in alcohol
from Pahang in October in the M. C. Z. was examined and also
proved to be this species.

Eryptoperla divergens Banks 1914. The type specimen of this
species is not to be found at the Museum of Comparative Zoology
nor the U. S. National Museum.

Peltoperla formosana Klapalek 1913. Two female Peltoperla
from Formosa in June and October, identified by Banks as this
species, do not appear inconsistent with Klapalek ’s original descrip-
tion. The female subgenital plate is slightly more rounded than the
type figured by Klapalek. There are 26-28 cereal segments, all of
the same approximate size.

I should like to express my appreciation to the staflf of the M.C.Z.
for the use of their time and facilities. This study was supported
by a Grant-inAid from the Society of Sigma Xi.

Literature Cited

Banks, N. 1940. Report on certain groups of neuropteroid
insects from Szechwan, China. Proc. U. S. N. M. 88: 173-
220.

Jewett, S. G., Jr. 1956. Plecoptera, pp. 155-81, in Usinger,
Aquatic insects of California. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.

. 1958. Stoneflies from the Philippines (Plecoptera).

Fieldiana Zoology 42f6) : 77-87
Needham, J .G., and P. W. Claassen. 1925. Plecoptera of
America north of Mexico. Thomas Say Foundation 2:
1-397.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

The Beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part III : Pselaphidae
and Diversicornia I, by M. H. Hatch. Univ. of Washington
Press, Seattle, 512 pp., 66 pis. 1962. Part III continues the
author’s plan of presenting a descriptive key to the 4,000 species
of beetles found in the Pacific Northwest. It is the third of five
parts and describes about 950 species of which many are illustrated
in the 66 plates. The 36 families covered include some of the
most obscure as well as some of the best known. The largest
family is the lady beetles with over 100 species. Economic
entomologists will be interested in the fact that Part III provides
precise descriptions and illustrations of many household and stored-
product beetles in such families as the Dermestidae, Ptinidae,
Anobiidae, Cucujidae and Crypt ophagidae. (Price $11.50)

Ecology of Inland Waters and Estuaries, by G. K. Reid. A
Reinhold College Textbook, 392 pp., 112 figs. 1961. The author
discusses the contributions of geology, chemistry, biology, physics
and hydrology to fresh-water biology and integrates the related
ecological principles. Throughout the book each topic is related
to the major types of natural waters. The chapter covering dis-
solved gases, for example, presents a general discussion of the
subject followed by descriptions of gases in lakes, streams and
estuaries. The author also discusses such recent advances in the
field as the use of radioactive tracers, new concepts and techniques
in productivity measurement and aeration concepts in stream dy-
namics.

Bibliography of Agricultural Meteorology, by J. Y. Wang
and G. L. Barger. Univ. of Wisconsin Press, Madison, 688 pp.
1962. Over 11,000 references are cited, mostly to current literature
but including classic works. The scope of the book is broad,
covering the nature of the atmosphere and solar radiation and
their effects on organisms in agricultural industry, the inter-
change of energy and moisture taking place at the earth’s surface,
and the portion of atmosphere found in surface layers of soil and
water, microclimatic factors, etc. Many of the most prominent
scholars in the field have participated : included are extensive con-
tributions from eight experts in special subjects. (Price $6.75)

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY.

The Bulletin, Old Series, Vols. 1-7, 1879-1885, Complete

on positive microfilm $10.00

The Bulletin, New Series, Vols. 8-54, 1912-1959, Com-
plete, unbound $104.00

Entomologica Americana, Vols. 1-6 (1885-1890) and 7-

10 (1926-30), positive microfilm $15.00

Vols. 11-40, 1931-1960, complete, regular issue, pa-
per cover. Write for quotation.

A Glossary of Entomology, Torre-Bueno, cloth bound,

including Supplement A $7.00

Supplement A to Torre-Bueno’s Glossary of Entomol-

^6 pp., 1960 $ 1.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana
New York Thysanoptera, Hood. 36 pp., 2 plates. 1926 .$ 1.00

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Life History of

Bremus bimaculatus, Prison. 65 pp., 8 figs. 1928 . . . .$ 2.00

A Revision of the Genus Eurema — Part II. New World
Species, Taxonomy and Synonymy, Klots. 73 pp.,

101 figs. 1929 $ 1.50

Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of the Cole-
optera, Boving & Craighead, cloth bound, 351pp., 125
plates. 1930-31 $10.00

The Nearctic Social Wasps of the Subfamily Polybiinae,

Bequaert. 63 pp., 8 figs. 1933 $ 2.00

Revision of the Epistrophe Flies of America North of

Mexico, Fluke. 57 pp., 45 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

The Biology and Taxonomy of the Genus Trichiotinus,

Hoffmann. 76 pp., 20 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

A Review of the Genus Cyrtopogon in North America,

Wilcox and Martin. 95 pp., 58 figs. 1936 $ 2.00

Bibliography of the Described Life Histories of the
Rhopalocera of America North of Mexico, Daven-
port and Dethier. 40 pp. 1937 $ 4.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

The American Patrobini, Darlington. 48 pp. 1938 $ 1.00

Taxonomic Studies in Cantharis (Coleoptera), Green. 59

pp., 3 plates. 1940 $ 1.00

A Synopsis of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of America
North of Mexico — Part II. Coreidae, Alydidae, Cor-
izidae, Neididae, Pyrrhocoridae and Thaumastothe-
riidae, Torre-Bueno. 81 pp. 1941 $ 6.00

A Monograph of the Melophaginae, or Ked-Flies of
Sheep, Goats, Deer and Antelope, Bequaert. cloth

bound, 210 pp., 18 figs. 1942 $ 5.00

Selection of Colored Lights by Night-Flying Insects,

Milne and Milne. 65 pp. 1944 $ 3.00

A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus

Carabus, Van Dyke. 50 pp., 24 figs. 1944 $ 3.00

The Larvae of the Harpalinae Unisetosae, Chu. 71 pp., 92

figs. 1945 $ 1.00

Notes and Keys on the Genus Brochymena, Ruckes. 95

pp., 41 figs. 1946 $ 3.00

Female Genitalia of Culicidae, with Particular Reference

to Characters of Generic Value, Coher. 38 pp. 1948 . .$ 4.00

The Scutate Ticks, or Ixodidae, of Indonesia, Anastos.

144 pp., 28 figures. 1950 $ 5.00

The Tingoidea of New England and their Biology,

Bailey, 140 pp., 6 figs. 1951 $ 5.00

The Hippoboscidae or Louse-Flies of Mammals and
Birds, Part I. Structure, Physiology and Natural

History, Bequaert, 442 pp., 21 figs., 1952-53 $10.00

Part II. Taxonomy, Evolution and Revision
of American Genera and Species. 611 pp., 83 figs.
1954-56 $15.00

All orders for all publications MUST be sent DIRECT to Brook-
lyn Entomologicial Society, R. R. McElvare, Treasurer, P. O. Box
386, Southern Pines, North Carolina.

BUSINESS PRESS INC., Lancaster, Pa.

VoL. LVII

OCTOBER, 1962

No. 4

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

JOHN F. HANSON

GEORGE S. TUELOCH JAMES A. SLATER

Published for the Society by
Business Press, Inc.

N. Queen St. and McGovern Ave., Lancaster, Pa.

Price, 85 cents Subscription, $4.00 per year

Mailed March 7, 1963

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa. under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Wednesday of each month from October to
May, inclusive, at the Engineers’ Club, 117 Remsen Street, Brooklyn 2.
Y. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS 1961-62

Honorary President
R. R. McELVARE
President

HARRY BEATROS

Vice President
CASIMIR REDJIVES

Secretary

ANNA FLAHERTY

T reasurer

R. R. McELVAKh.
P. O. Box 386
Southern Pines
North Carolina

CONTENTS

Observations, including new prey Records, of Nearctic

Pompilidae (Hymenop.), Kurczewski 85

Ultrastructure of metasternal Glands of Ants, Tulloch,

Shapiro and Hershenov 91

Biology of Dahlbominus fuscipennis (Hymenop.), a para-
site of pine sawfly Prepupae, Bobb 102

Studies of the Gyponini (Homop. : Cicadellidae) : the

Gypona glauca complex, DeLong and Freytag 109

Publications Received 90, 101, 108

Editorial Note 132

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $4.00 per year ; foreign, $4.25 in advance ; single
copies, 85 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Address subscriptions to
the Treasurer, manuscripts and other communications to the editor, JOHN F.
HANSON, Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

VoL LVII OCTOBER, 1962 No. 4

OBSERVATIONS, INCLUDING NEW PREY
RECORDS, OF SOME NEARCTIC
POMPILIDAE (HYMENOPTERA)

By Frank E. Kurczewski ^

During the summer of 1961, I collected 20 pompilid females with
their prey spiders. Ten of these collections made at Presque Isle
State Park, Pennsylvania, were of females of Episyron quinqueno-
tatiis qninquenotatus (Say) and their prey hut will not be reported
at this time. The other records, which include new prey species,
hehavorial notes on pompilids such as Priocneinis mino7'ata Banks
which are difficult to observe, and a 1959 record for Anoplius
(Arachnophrocfonus) marginalis (Banks) which was purposely
omitted in an earlier paper (1961b), are presented below.

The prey spiders of this study and those of two previous notes
(1961a, 1961b), with one exception, have been incorporated into the
Cornell University insect collection under Cornell U. Lot 943, Sub-
lot numbers P1-P39. As my two previous publications did not list
specimen numbers and as these will serve as permanent records for
other workers in this field, the numbers given to the specimens of
the above mentioned studies are listed here. In the first paper
(1961a), prey was recorded for only one species of pompilid, Pri-
ocneniis cornica (Say). Henceforth, these records will pertain to
numbers PI and P2. Prey spiders of the second study (1961b),
with the exception of Lycosa amda Walckenaer (PI 5) which has
been deposited in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard
College, will be found under Sublot numbers P4-P9, P11-P12, P14,
P16-P17, and P19. Prey spiders of the present study can be lo-
cated by referring to the number which follows their specific deter-
mination in parenthesis.

^ Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New
York.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

I am deeply indebted to Dr. Willis J. Gertscli, American Museum
of Natural History, for making the determinations of nearly all
spider prey, and to Dr. B. J. Kaston, Central Connecticut State
College, for his determination of Arctosa littoralis Hentz (P3) , prey
of Anoplius marginalis. I am also grateful to Dr. William T. Kee-
ton, Cornell University, for critically reading the manuscript.

Subfamily Pepsinae

Priocnemis (Priocnemissus) minorata Banks. (Inlet Valley,
Ithaca, New York, 11 May 1961, 1130 hours). In an open wood-
land area between two large streams, a large female P. minorata,
13.5 mm. long, was observed transporting its prey spider, grasping
it by the bases of the hind coxae, and proceeding slowly backwards
with it over dried leaf litter. During transport, the spider’s body
was held perpendicular to that of the wasp. After dragging its
prey backwards for 14 centimeters, the wasp placed it dorsum up
on a large leaf and, leaving it in that position, disappeared beneath
this same leaf. After waiting 15 minutes, I placed the spider, a 12.5
mm. long adult female Trochosa pratensis Emerton (P20), in alco-
hol and removed all of the leaf litter from the immediate area.
Shortly thereafter, the wasp appeared head first in the entrance of
its burrow which was surrounded by a small mound of moist, dark
earth mixed with small bits of leaves. After capturing the wasp, I
excavated its nest. The burrow was seven millimeters in diameter.
It entered the earth at an angle of approximately 40° with the hori-
zontal, and then went nearly straight down to a depth of seven centi-
meters where it ended blindly. Many large roots were encountered
and I had to sever several of them in order to trace the burrow.
The soil in which the burrow had been dug was very moist, con-
tained much black humus, and became increasingly sandy below a
depth of five centimeters. It seems apparent that the wasp was still
in the process of digging its nest when I captured it.

At this same locality on May 14, 1961 (1200 hours), I en-
countered another P. minorata female transporting its prey over a
path which contained many dried leaves. Although only 12 mm.
long, this female proceeded backwards at a much more rapid rate
than had the first female. Its spider, a 12.5 mm. long adult female
Trochosa pratensis Emerton (P21) was grasped in the same man-
ner, and, as before, was placed dorsum up on a large leaf under
which the wasp disappeared. I first collected the spider and later
the wasp when, after 25 minutes, it came out of its entrance and be-
gan searching for its prey.

This burrow also contained the characteristic small mound of

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

dark, moist earth around the entrance ; the tunnel, which was 6.5
mm. wide, contained two slight curves and then went straight down
to a depth of 18 centimeters where it ended blindly. As before, the
burrow had been dug in moist, dark soil containing much humus
with scattered veins of sand. In making this excavation, I had to
remove several, large, round stones as well as having to sever many
large roots.

Priocnemis (Priocnemis) cornica (Say). (Presque Isle State
Park, Pennsylvania, 28 July 1961, 1200-1530 hours). A small
female of this species, 6 mm. long, was observed throughout the
afternoon of the above date hunting small lycosids in a sandy inland
blow-out area. The wasp hunted mostly on foot and when not in
direct contact with a spider held its wings over the dorsum of the
abdomen flicking them upwards at intervals. As soon as a spider
provided a stimulus, the wasp raised its wings to a nearly vertical
position flicking them incessantly and either pursued the spider for-
ward on the ground, its wings held in this position but flicking
rapidly, or took flight and tried to pounce upon the spider’s back.
On four occasions the spiders being pursued either rapidly outran
this female wasp or hid beneath pieces of decayed wood and flat
stones.

Finally, after chasing a juvenile Arctosa littoralis Hentz (P27),
3.5 mm. long, six centimeters over the sand surface, the wasp
pounced upon the dorsum of the spider and while clinging to it, bent
its abdomen under and upwards placing its sting into the venter of
the spider’s cephalothorax. Within a few seconds the spider’s legs
collapsed and the wasp dismounted and cleaned its antennae with
its fore legs. I then collected both spider and wasp.

(Groton, New York, 31 Aug. 1961, 1600 hours.) A female of
this same, small, black species, 6 mm. in length, was observed drag-
ging its prey spider, an immature Pardosa sp. probably milvina
Hentz (P37), 5.5 mm. long, backwards up a steep slope which
formed one side of a sand pit. The prey was grasped in the wasp’s
mandibles by a hind leg.

(Groton, New York, 4 Sept. 1961, 1530 hours). Another fe-
male P. cornica, 6.5 mm. long, was noted transporting a female Par-
dosa moesta Banks (P38), 5.5 mm. long, in the above manner.
After dragging its prey backwards for nearly 30 centimeters, this
wasp laid it dorsum up three centimeters from the entrance of an
active Sphex ichneumoneus ichneumoneus (Linnaeus) nest, and
walked forward into the open burrow. After remaining within for
about 20 seconds, the female appeared head forward at the entrance.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

came out of the burrow onto the gravel which surrounded the Sphex
entrance, and walked rapidly forward to its prey. After tapping
the distal segments of its antennae over its prey, the wasp grasped
the spider by a hind leg and began dragging it backwards towards
the open nest of Sphex. I then collected the wasp and its prey be-
fore they reached the nest entrance. Rau and Rau (1918) and
Evans (1953) have noted P. cornica nesting in pre-existing holes.

Subfamily Pompilinae

Episyron biguttatus biguttatus (Fabricius). (Groton, New
York, 5 Sept. 1961, 1630 hours). A female of this species, 11 mm.
long, was noted dragging a huge, adult female Araneus diadematus
Clerck (P39), 13 mm. long, backwards up a vertical Solidago stem.
The wasp grasped its prey in its mandibles by a hind leg. After
pulling it up the stem to a height of nine centimeters, the wasp placed
the spider dorsum up in the axil of a leaf, flew about one meter to a
hard-packed sand bank near the edge of a field, and began digging
its nest. In digging, the fore legs were used rapidly and simultane-
ously ; these threw the loosened sand backwards beneath the body in
a continual stream. The wasp, at intervals, stopped digging and
backed out into the entrance to clear away the accumulating sand,
again using the fore legs for this. After digging to a depth of only
two centimeters, the Episyron backed out from this excavation,
moved three centimeters to the right of this hole, and began another.
After she had repeatedly begun a number of new excavations, the
wasp was collected.

Anoplius ( Arachnophroctonus) marginalis (Banks). (Presque
Isle State Park, Pennsylvania, 28 June 1959, 1400 hours). While
walking over an area of extensive sand dunes along the shore of Lake
Erie, I observed a large, female A. marginalis, 12.5 mm. long, in the
process of stinging a 14 mm. long male of Arctosa littoralis Hentz
in the penultimate instar (P3), this occurring on the sand surface.
The wasp clung dorsum up to the spider which was also dorsum up ;
its abdomen, especially the apical half, was bent under and hooked
upwards, the sting apparently having entered the ventral cephalo-
thorax of the host. After having stung its prey three or four times
the wasp climbed off onto the sand surface and cleaned its antennae
with its fore legs. The spider, having collapsed so that its venter
was resting on its legs which were folded and bent underneath, did
not move. I collected both specimens at this time. According to
Evans and Yoshimoto (1962), Anoplius marginalis preys mostly

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

upon large lycosids of the genera Lycosa and Geolycosa ; this
species has never been observed using spiders of the genus Arctosa
as provender.

Anoplius (Arachnophroctonus) semirufus (Cresson). (Mill
Creek, Erie, Pennsylvania, 26 July 1961, 1500 hours) . In an aban-
doned gravel pit, a female A. semirufus, 7 mm. long, was observed
carrying its prey, a female Pardosa milvina Hentz (P26), 5 mm.
long, backwards up a steep slope. While walking backwards, the
wasp held its prey in its mandibles by one of the hind coxae ; the
body of the spider was held nearly perpendicular to that of the wasp.
At intervals, during transport, the wasp stopped, laid down its prey
on the gravelly slope, and moved up the slope where it walked in er-
ratic circles, topping the distal segments of its antennae against the
ground, as though searching for a familiar landmark.

Anoplius ( Pompilinus ) marginatus ( Say ) . ( Groton, N ew Y ork,

31 Aug. 1961, 1700 hours). A female of this very common pom-
pilid, 9.5 mm. long, was noted dragging an immature Xysticus sp.
(P36), 6.5 mm. long, rapidly backwards through dense grass at the
edge of a gravelly path. The wasp grasped its prey in its mandibles
by a hind leg and followed a circuitous route. In fear of losing the
wasp and its spider in the dense vegetation, I captured both.

Anoplius (Anoplius) ithaca (Banks). (Presque Isle State Park,
Pennsylvania, 30 July 1961, 1500 hours). A female of A. ithaca,
8 mm. long, was observed in an area of flat rocks along Lake Erie
dragging its prey spider, an immature Pardosa sp. probably milvina
Hentz (P29), 5.5 mm. long, backwards over a flat stone on the
beach. The wasp grasped its prey in its mandibles by a hind leg.

(Wintergreen Gorge, Eour Mile Creek, Erie, Pennsylvania, 19
Aug. 1961, 1400 hours). This small, all black pompilid which, ac-
cording to Evans (1948), can be found along most rocky stream-
beds, was extremely numerous at this locality. A number of fe-
males was noted walking rapidly forward with outstretched
antennae, the distal segments tapping the flat rocks which embraced
the sides of the stream. One of these females, 9 mm. long, was ob-
served flying rapidly just behind and above a small lycosid spider
which dodged the pursuing wasp and ran under a large, flat rock.
The wasp landed near the rock, tapping the distal segments of its
antennae incessantly. Seemingly guided by olfactory stimuli, the
wasp followed a very random course which eventually led it beneath

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

voi. Lvn

the rock under which the spider had run. About 40 seconds later,
the wasp emerged from under the rock dragging backwards an im-
mature Pardosa sp. (P35), only 4.5 mm. long; the wasp held the
spider in its mandibles by one of the hind coxae.

Literature Cited

Evans, H. E. 1948. Biological notes on two species of Anop-
liits (Hymenoptera : Pompilidae). Ent. News 59: 180-184.

. 1953. Comparative ethology and the systematics

of spider wasps. Systematic Zoology 2: 155-172.

Evans, H. E. and C. M. Yoshimoto. 1962. The ecology and
nesting behavior of the Pompilidae (Hymenoptera) of the
northeastern United States. Misc. Pub. Ent. Soc. Amer.
3: 65-119.

Kurczewski, F. E. 1961a. New North American records of
Pepsinae and Ceropalinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae).
Ent. News 72: 24-25.

. 1961b. Some observations and prey records of

Pompilidae (Hymenoptera) from northeastern United
States. Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 56: 23-24.

Rau, P. and N. Rau. 1918. Wasp studies afield. Princeton
University Press, xv+372 pp.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED
Abyssal Crustacea, by J. L. Barnard, R. J. Menzies, and M. C.
Bacescu. Columbia Univ. Press, New York. 1962. The foreword
recounts the history of the Verna and summarizes her voyages of
research, traveling the major passages of the world. The first chap-
ter, “South Atlantic Abyssal Amphipods,” by J. L. Barnard, pre-
sents the discovery of 38 new species and 9 genera and records 14
other species. The habits of the amphipods, whether benthic,
demersal, or pelagic, were determined by a careful study of mor-
phology and food habits. In the second chapter, “The Isopods of
the Abyssal Depths in the Atlantic Ocean,” Dr. Menzies character-
izes 107 new species, 9 new genera and each of the 63 previously
known abyssal Atlantic species. The third and final chapter, writ-
ten by M. C. Bacescu of the Musee d’Histoire Naturelle, Bucharest,
is entitled “Contribution a la Connaissance du Genre Makrokylin-
drus Stebbing (Crustacea, Cumacea).” This describes 6 new
species and offers the first key to the 25 species assigned to this
genus. (Price $10.00) .

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

THE ULTRASTRUCTURE OF THE METASTERNAL
GLANDS OF ANTS

By G. S. Tulloch, J. E. Shapiro and B. Hershenov^

The metasternal glands which are peenliar to the ants are
paired epidermal structures located in the metathorax. They
communicate with the environment through openings situated
near the pleural-sternal margins. Within a species and among
closely related species the glands of the males and the castes of
the female are remarkably similar. Among the more diverse
groups of ants variations both in shape and size are quite evident ;
yet in all forms a constant basic pattern is recognizable. This
may be described in simple terms as a cluster of unicellular epi-
thelial glands, each of which tapers distally and connects with
the apical portion of a common cuticular sac by means of a min-
ute canal or canaliculus. Although some study has been given to
the structure of these glands, nothing is known concerning the
chemical composition of the secretion, its function or how it is
expelled from the cells of origin. One suggestion regarding func-
tion is that these glands synthesize a pheromone which enables an
ant to recognize members of its own colony. Another is that
these glands are involved in the production and distribution of a
substance responsible for a trail odor.

Earlier studies employing light optics (Tulloch, 1936) reported
on the structure of the metasternal glands of Myrmica ruhra.
In this paper, electron micrographic methods have been used to
supplement light and phase contrast observations in determining
the fine structure of these glands and especially of the canaliculi
in another species of ant.

Materials and Methods

Specimens of Myrmecia nigrocincta were collected near Bris-
bane, Australia, and maintained in temporary colonies at the
University of Queensland. Glands were dissected out of the
thorax within one minute after decapitation and fixed in veronal-
buffered osmium tetroxide following the method of Palade ( 1952 ) .
The glands were stored in 70% alcohol for air mail shipment to
Brookhui College where they were embedded in methacrylate
(n-butyl 3 parts, methyl 1 part). Sections were prepared using
diamond knives and a Porter-Blum ultramicrotome. Specimens

^ Biology Research Laboratory, Brooklyn College, Brooklyn 10,
New York.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society ^

were stained with uranyl acetate and examined in an RCA
EMU-2B electron miscoscope. Micrographs were taken at initial
magnifications ranging from 2,000 to 9,500 and then enlarged
photographically to the desired size. The magnification of the
settings of the microscope was determined by calibration using a
diffraction grating ruled at 28,800 lines to the inch.

Results — Light Optics

Some appreciation of the overall nature of the metasternal
gland of Myrmecia nigrocincta may be gained by an examination
of the schematic diagram (Fig. 1). It is made up of two main
portions, a basal reservoir-like region identified as the accessory
organ (A) and a secretory area (B) made up of large gland cells
and their associated canaliculi. The epidermal layer is not in-
cluded in this diagram nor is the sheet of delicate supporting tis-
sue which envelops the secretory area and extends as a suspensory
ligament to the roof of the propodeum. Further support to the
secretory area is provided by the huge muscle masses present in
the posterior region of the thorax.

Accessory organ (Fig. 1, A). This portion of the gland is a
cuticular structure which is continuous with and similar in color
and texture to the exoskeleton. From its external elliptical open-
ing (C) near the pleural-sternal margin it extends forward and
upward and parallels the suture between the meso- and meta-
pleuron. At its blind end this organ converges toward the mid-
line of the body. Its overall length is 660 microns.

The accessory organ has a lower smooth-walled portion which
resembles a segment of large bowel and an upper rough-walled
section ending in a blind pouch. The differences in wall texture
are best discernible by observation with phase contrast ( Fig. 2 ) .
For convenience the two portions of the accessory organ are re-
ferred to as the receptacle (A2) and the secretory recess (Al)
respectively.

The receptacle communicates with the outside by an elliptical
opening which is 25 x 40 microns. At the level of the external
opening, the receptacular diameter is 270 microns while at the
region adjoining the secretory recess, 400 microns forward and
upward, it is reduced to a diameter of 130 microns. On the lat-
eral face of the internal surface of the receptacle there is a single
row of hairs (Fig. 1, D) whose free ends terminate at a common
point at the center of the external opening. Their arrangement
suggests some directive role in the transport of droplets from the
secretory recess to the outside.

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

The secretory recess (Figs. 1 & 2, Al) is a bluntly rounded sac
which varies in diameter from 130 microns next to the receptacle
to 160 microns at its midpoint ; the overall length is 260 microns.
The roughness of its wall, noted earlier, is due to rugae (R) and
sieve plates (G). The rugae are confined to the inner surface of
the wall and they appear to spiral downward from the apex of
the recess to the receptacle. The sieve plates are thickened cutic-
ular areas which receive the canaliculi. They are quite smooth

Fig. 1, Reconstruction of a metasternal gland of Myrmecia
nigrocincta. A, accessory organ ; Al, secretory recess ; A2, recep-
tacle ; B, secretory area ; C, opening of gland ; D, hairs ; E, body of
unicellular gland; F, gland neck (canaliculus) ; G, sieve plate.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

on the outer surface but very irregular on the inner surface due
to many projections of unequal lengths (Fig. 3, P). The sieve
plates vary greatly in size and in the number of canaliculi they
accommodate. Some receive only a single canaliculus and are
not more than 5 microns in diameter (Fig. 3, M) while others
may be 20 microns in diameter (Fig. 3, L) and may provide
drainage for as many as 13 canaliculi.

Secretory Area (Fig. 1, B). In M. nigrocincta this area is
composed of about 700 unicellular glands which form a cap over
the upper portion of the accessory organ. Each gland cell is
made up of a body portion (E) which is about 25 microns wide
and 40 microns long. From the inner end of the long axis a
narrow canaliculus (F) of a uniform diameter of less than 1
micron and varying in length from 50-125 microns connects the
glandular portion to pores of the sieve plates. In sectioned cells
it was seen that the nuclei usually are eccentric and the canalic-
ulus of its cell retains its external structural integrity intracelln-
larly for a short distance. It is not possible from light optical
studies to distinguish any detail in the canaliculus itself or to

Figs. 2 & 3, Phase contrast micrographs of portions of the
accessory organ. Captions A-G as in Figure 1. L, sieve plate
with many openings ; M, with a single opening ; P, cnticnlar pro-
jection; R, rugae.

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

determine how it joins with the secretory recess of the nnicellnlar
gland.

Results — Electron Optics

OrientaMon. The observations reported here are restricted to
those which permit a new interpretation of strnctnre over that
provided by light and phase contrast studies. Emphasis will be
placed on the canalicnlns particularly at its connection with the
accessory organ and its course to and within the nnicellnlar gland
and will include, as well, any cytoplasmic bodies which appear to
be associated with it. Prom the first sections observed in the
electron microscope it was apparent that a new explanation of
canalicular structure was necessary not only for these glands but
probably for other similar organs of ants such as the mandibular
and gastric glands (Whelden, 1960). It also was recognized
that the findings from the canaliculus of the metasternal glands
might be applicable to similar glands found throughout the
insects.

In order that terms may be defined more precisely and the
structure more easily visualized, several simple diagrams (Fig. 4,
a-f) have been provided for examination prior to a study of the
electron micrographs. Presumably the glands originate from
undifferentiated epidermal cells (a-1) which lie beneath the
cuticle (a-2). A single cell enlarges and invaginates (b) result-
ing in a precursor gland cell containing a blind tube (c). The
cell membrane, as well as the tube, maintain continuity with the
tissue of origin in the body wall. The neck-like portion of the
cell elongates (d) and the blind tube within assumes a tortuous
course and coils around the nucleus (e). As the tube penetrates
deeper into the cell its blind portion becomes modified as a fringed
structure and can be considered an arborescent absorbing en-
tity (f).

With light microscopy the canaliculus was considered to be
divided into two portions; (I) an intracellular region which
extended for a short distance within the body of the gland cell
and (2) an intercellular section which somehow fused with the
intracellular portion and the cell membrane to form a slender
connection between the body of the cell and the accessory organ.
As indicated in the diagrams and as will be seen in the electron
micrographs later, the canaliculus is a far more complex struc-
ture than originally supposed. It is intracellular in its entirety
and takes the form of a minute canal which extends from the
accessory organ into the lower portion of the cell body at which

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

point it expands to form an absorbing unit. It is proposed that
the term canaliculus be defined as the entire blind intracellular
organelle which is continuous with the cuticule. The term gland
neck is proposed for that segment of the cell which extends from
the cell body to the sieve plate and includes the entire complex of
central canaliculus, cortical cytoplasm and the limiting cell mem-
brane. This use of the term gland neck (Fig. 4, e-n) serves to
emphasize the continuity of the gland cell with the epidermis
from which presumably it is derived.

Accessory organ. The wall of this organ is made up of a layer
of epidermal cells and cuticle. It is penetrated by canaliculi via
sieve plates randomly disposed over the secretory recess. A

Fig. 4, Sketches to illustrate possible development of a unicel-
lular gland. 1, epidermis ; 2, cuticle ; n, gland neck.

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

section taken through a sieve plate parallel to the outer face (Fig.
5) shows the perforations; the swirls in the foundation cuticle
very likely follow the course of the rugae noted with phase con-
trast. The character of the wall at the epidermal level just olf
the surface of a sieve plate (Fig. 6) demonstrates the presence of
one canaliculus per cell.

Secretory area. The necks of the glands vary in length and in
angle of departure from the accessory organ- They may be cut
transversely (Fig. 8) in some sections and longitudinally in
others (Fig. 7). In either aspect the structure suggested earlier
of a central canaliculus, a cortical cytoplasm and a delimiting
cell membrane is apparent. The canaliculus occupies the major
portion of the gland neck and this is particularly conspicuous in
a longitudinal section (Fig. 7). The spatial dominance of this
organelle in the gland neck accounts for the misconception of
light microscopists that the canaliculus was an independent con-
nection between the cells and the accessory organ.

In order to show the interrelations of the various organelles
which are to be described in detail later, a low power micrograph
of a substantial portion of the body of a cell has been included
(Fig. 8) for orientative purposes. This is a section through the
lower portion of a cell and is about mid-way between a trans-
verse and a longitudinal cut. It shows four sections of a single
canaliculus, the one at five o’clock is at a point where the gland
neck merges with the body of the cell while the others, which are
structurally more elaborate, are at higher levels in the cell. The
dark staining bodies, mitochondria, and the secretion droplets
and granules which occur in proximity to the canaliculus will be
described later.

In the gland neck and in the lower part of the cell body the
cuticle of the canaliculus has two layers, an inner epicuticle, sur-
rounding the lumen, and an outer endocuticle (Fig. 6). The
epicuticle has a greater electron density than the endocuticle and
is about one tenth as thick. Of interest but not further consid-
ered here is the presence of three sublayers in the epicuticle (Fig.
9, insert).

From its entrance into the body of the cell until its termination
as a blind absorbing entity, the canaliculus undergoes a spectac-
ular metamorphosis. The first indications of change are an in-
crease in the thickness of the endocuticle and the presence of an
ensheathing reticulated zone giving to the organelle a three-
layered (Fig. 9) rather than a two-layered appearance noted
above. It is not possible to determine directly whether the new

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

layer arises from the cytoplasm or the cuticle. There is, however,
a suggestion of cnticnlar origin since it along with the two inner
layers survives cytologic disintegration longer than other cyto-
plasmic organelles. Regardless of its origin, all further modifica-
tions of the canaliculus are referable to the three layers of this
anlage, i.e., (1) inner epicuticle, (2) middle endocuticle and (3)
outer reticulated layer.

All three layers extend to the blind end of the canaliculus.
The inner one is the only one to retain its basic architecture
throughout but its continuity is progressively interrupted and it
finally exists as isolated patches of cnticnlar material (Figs.
10-12). The middle layer becomes diffuse and granular and en-
larges in dimension. The outer reticulate layer expands radially
and extends as a large halo made up of a system of anastomosing
intracellular cords (Figs. 10 & 11). These appear to be more
distinct as well as more widely separated in the region of the
blind end (Fig. 12). Their internal structure can be observed in
the transverse sections (Fig. 11, cx).

There is no sharp demarcation between the outer layer of the
canaliculus and the cytoplasm but rather a continuity of cell sub-
stance into the cords. Large numbers of mitochondria are con-
centrated around the organelle (Figs. 10 & 11) and near the
blind end their arrangement is almost that of an interrupted
casing (Fig. 12). Heavy deposits of secretion droplets and
granules also are present in the areas adjoining the canalicular

Explanation of plate

Electron micrographs of sections of the metasternal glands.
Fig. 5, frontal section of a sieve plate ; Fig. 6, frontal section
through epidermis just above a sieve plate ; Fig. 7, gland necks ;
Fig. 8, oblique section through body of cell and gland necks (n).
Four sections of a single canaliculus (F) are indicated; Fig. 9,
Detail of a canaliculus with three layers, 1, 2, 3. Insert shows
canaliculus in two layered condition — note the sublayers of the
epicuticle ; Fig. 10, Cross section of canaliculus at deeper level —
note the three layers; Fig. 11, Longitudinal section of canaliculus
( F ) . Note the interrupted epicuticle ( 1 ) , the mitochondria (m) ,
secretion droplets (sd) and intracellular cords in cross (cx) and
longitudinal (cl) section; Fig. 12, Canaliculus near its termina-
tion in body of cell. Note arrangement of mitochondria (m) and
remnant (1) of epicuticle.

Oct., i!)6^ Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entoinologieal Soeiety

100

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

sections (Figs. 10-12) and have been observed in the Inmen of
the canal as well.

Discussion

Except for the division of the accessory organ into two regions
and the ‘^patchy” manner in which the gland necks of the secre-
tory cells engage the accessory organ, the extra-cellular features
Within the cell, however, there is less agreement and the electron
of the gland reported here are similar to those of Myrmica rubra.
micrographic observations allow a more accurate and modern
interpretation of the cytologic structure. Golgi bodies were not
observed in the present study and the objects so identified in the
earlier light optical work now are thought to have been the
precipitation of silver around aggregates of secretion droplets.
The apparent absence of mitochondria in M. rubra and their
abundant presence in M. nigrocmcta merely points up the limita-
tions of light microscopy and further emphasizes the desirability
of electronmicrographic studies on this and related glands as
advocated by Roth and Eisner (1962).

With light microscopy it was assumed that the canaliculus was
inter- as well as intracellular and that within the cell it ended as
an open conduit. Electron microscopy reveals that the canalic-
ulus is an intracellular organelle which is structurally well-
adapted for the collection and transport of secretion products.
The architectural adaptation at any point along its course is con-
sistent with the major activity of the canaliculus at that level.
Deep within the gland cell where the main function would appear
to be collecting secretion, it has a diffuse arborescent periphery, a
granular middle layer and an interrupted inner layer permitting
flow into the lumen. At the emerging level near the gland neck
the canaliculus appears as a discrete tube with an intact epicu-
ticle, an organization correlative with transport as well as for the
prevention of seepage of secretion products out of the canal.

In addition to the new features of the canaliculus, the electron
optical studies have established the existence of another class of
organelles, the mitochondria. They are of small size and not
unlike those which have been described from other insects. Of
considerable interest is the distribution of these mitochondria
which are found in heavy concentrations along with numerous
secretion droplets around the canaliculus. The conducting
portion, the lumen, of a canaliculus is about one micron in diam-
eter, a tube so small that even water would not be subject to
gravitational movement. Under these circumstances, i.e., prox-

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

101

imity and abundance of the mitochondria to the extremely low-
calibered canaliculus, it would appear that active transport rather
than passive permeability is the mechanism responsible for the
dischargee of secretory products not only into but along the
canaliculus to the secretory recess of the accessory organ. More-
over, it is possible that the mitochondria may themselves be
involved in the synthesis of secretion droplets. Such a role was
suggested by Mercer and Brunet (1959) for the mitochondria in
the cells of the collaterial gland of the cockroach.

Once within the accessory organ the secretory products are iu
a relatively inflexible cuticular sac which has a row of hairs
pointing toward a fixed opening to the lateral environment. The
movement of the products both as liquids and vapors is probably
by gravitation, and is possibly hastened somewhat by a bellows
effect created by continguous leg muscles. It is difficult to ascribe
any function to a substance deposited on either side of an ant’s
trail although it may represent the first use of a self-generating
homing beam.

Literature Cited

Mercer, E. H. and Brunet, P. C. J. 1959. The electron micros-
copy of the left colleterial gland of the cockroach. J. Bio-
ph}^sics. and Biochem. Cytol. 5 : 257
Palade, G. 1952. A study of fixation for electron microscopy.
J. Exp. Med. 95 : 285

Roth, L. M. and Eisner, T. 1962. Chemical Defenses of Arthro-
pods. Ann. Review Entom. 7 : 107 (Palo Alto, Calif.)
Tulloch, G. S. 1936. The metasternal glands of the ant, Myr-
mica rubra, with special reference to the Golgi bodies and
the intracellular canaliculi. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 29 : 81
Whelden, R. M. 1960. The anatomy of Rhytidoponera metal-
lica. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 53 : 793

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

The Anobiidae of Ohio (Coleoptera), by R. E. White. Ohio
State Univ. Press, Columbus, 58 pp., 28 figs. 1962. This paper is
a survey of the species of Anobiidae which are known to occur in
Ohio or which are likely to be found in the state. Complete keys to
species have been included. Short descriptions of each species are
given including only the more important characters. Larval food
habits are included where this information is available. (Price
$1.00)

102

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

THE BIOLOGY OF DAHLBOMINUS FUSCIPENNIS
(ZETT.) (HYMENOPTERA), AN INTRODUCED
PARASITE OF PINE SAWFLY PREPUPAE

By Marvin L. Bobb^

A serious outbreak of the Virginia pine ss-wfiy ,N eodiprion pratti
pratti (Dyar), began in Virginia in 1957 when three small areas
less than an acre each in size were defoliated in Louisa, Cumberland
and Mecklenburg counties (Morris^). Heavy defoliation occurred
over a wider area the following year, and in 1959 more than two
million acres of pine forest, comprising all or parts of approxi-
mately forty counties, had some degree of defoliation. During
1960, defoliation was present over most of the eastern counties, with
the areas of heaviest infestation shifting toward the north and east.
The pattern appears to be two consecutive years of heavy defolia-
tion followed by a striking decline in the sawfly population the
third year.

The Virginia Division of Forestry obtained a culture of the intro-
duced chalcid parasite, Dahlborninus fuscipennis (Zett.), from New
Jersey in 1959 and began to rear and liberate the parasite in infested
pine stands. This species is widely distributed throughout Europe
as a parasite of several species of pine sawflies. In 1934 large num-
bers of individuals were imported from Hungary to Canada (Mor-
ris and Cameron, 1935). Since 1940, attempts to establish the
parasite in the United States have been made in Alabama, Tennes-
see, Michigan (Benjamin, 1955) and New Jersey. A small num-
ber of Virginia pine sawfly cocoons were found parasitized by Dahl-
bominus fuscipennis in Fluvanna and Cumberland Counties,
Virginia, previous to any liberations in the state.

The study of the biology of Dahlborninus fuscipennis (Zett.) is
the flrst of a series to be published by the author on studies begun
in 1959 on the parasites of the Virginia pine sawfly.

Methods

Pairs of Dahlbominus individuals were confined in shell vials
with pine sawfly cocoons and kept under observation until the
female had completed egg deposition. Each cocoon was then cut
open and the sawfly prepupa and Dahlbominus eggs removed.

^ Entomologist, Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Pied-
mont Fruit Research Laboratory, Charlottesville.

^ C. L. Morris, Virginia Division of Forestry. Correspondence.

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

103

These were transferred to a number 5 gelatin capsule, and the cap-
sule placed in a wooden rack in a constant temperature and humidity
cabinet. Each cabinet contained a thermometer and a SERDEX
hygrometer which could be observed through a glass door. An
electric fan constantly circulated the air within the cabinet. The
temperature was thermostatically controlled and a saturated solu-
tion of sodium acetate was used to control the relative humidity.
This chemical kept the relative humidity between 73 and 77 per-
cent, depending upon the temperature.

Several thousand individuals were reared at six different con-
stant temperatures, ranging from 60° F. to 85° F. Observations
were made at frequent intervals during each day to ascertain egg
hatching, larval molts, pupation and adult emergence. Measure-
ments were made on the width of the head capsule, and the width
and length of the larva, at frequent intervals ; often 5 to 8 times be-
tween molts. All measurements were made with the aid of a
micrometer disc in the eyepiece of a binocular microscope at a mag-
nification of from 60 to 80 times. Many of the measurements were
checked by personnel from the Virginia Division of Forestry. The
use of gelatin capsules proved excellent for studies on the biology,
since the individual parasites could be clearly observed and meas-
urements made at all times without any apparent distortion.

Life History

Adult females of Dahlbominus fuscipennis deposited their eggs
within the cocoons of sawfly prepupae, and the parasite larvae fed
upon and destroyed the host. From 6 to 7 generations of the para-
site occurred during the summer of 1961 under outdoor conditions
in southeastern Virginia. The parasites overwintered as partially
developed pupae within the host cocoon. Pupae removed from
hibernation between December and February required 3.5 days to
complete their development and to emerge as adults at 75° F.
Under natural field conditions, the adult parasites began to emerge
in early April at the time sawfly eggs were just beginning to hatch.

Descriptions of the stages and life history data are presented
below. The total life cycle from egg to adult varied from 15.5 days
at 85° F. to 39 days at 60° F. (Table 1 ). A temperature of 60° F.
was near the minimum at which development would proceed.

The Egg . — When first oviposited the egg was pearly-white in
color, oval but slightly curved longitudinally, and slightly larger
at the anterior end. As the embryo developed, each end of the egg
became clear and transparent. The egg measured from 0.34 mm.
to 0.36 mm. in major axis and from 0.11 mm. to 0.12 mm. in minor

104

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

axis at the cephalic end. They adhere to each other and to the
sawfly prepupa.

The Larva. — There were five larval instars. A considerable
variation occurred within each instar in the size of the larvae, de-
pending upon the amount of available food. However, all measure-
ments given below are for individuals which had an abundance of
food during larval growth, and size variations due to starvation
were minimized.

The head capsule width of those larvae destined to become males
was slightly narrower than those destined to become females.
Thus, the smaller head capsule width given for each instar was
almost always that of the male, whereas the larger width was that of
the female. It was possible to sex the majority of the first and
second instar larvae by this difference in head capsule width. This
was also true of later instars when sufficient food was available for
normal growth, but due to starvation, diminutive forms occurred
from the third through fifth instars under crowded conditions. The
parasite larvae fed externally on the sawfly prepupa within the
host cocoon. The duration of larval development varied from 6
days at 85° F. to 16.5 days at 60° F.

First Instar: When the embryo was fully developed, the larva
split the larger end of the chorion and gradually wiggled out. The
primary larva had a very large head, and thirteen body segments
which tapered posteriorly. The body was transparent when first
hatched and the opaque-white internal organs were visible, but after
feeding for several hours the integument became a uniform white
color. The length of the larvae varied from 0.35 mm. just after
hatching to 0.42 mm. before the molt, and the head capsule width
varied from 0.070 mm. to 0.098 mm.

Second Instar: These larvae resembled those of the first stage
except in size. The length of the larvae before the molt averaged
0.58 mm., and the head capsule width varied from 0.112 to 0.128
mm.

Third Instar: A pair of tubercles, one on each side of the vertex,
became prominent after molting to the third instar. The larvae
grew rapidly with constant feeding and became dirty-white in color
due to the body contents. By the end of the third stadium indi-
viduals averaged 0.98 mm. in length, and the head capsule width
varied from 0.140 mm. to 0.168 mm.

Fourth Instar: The parasite larvae were gray in color due to the
accumulation of food and waste materials within the body. The
larvae had a much smaller head in relation to the body and it was
partially embedded in the body segments. The body was widest
near the middle. Mature fourth-instar larvae averaged 1.40 mm.

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

105

in length, and the head capsule width varied from 0.196 mm. to
0.224 mm.

Fifth Instar: The larvae fed only intermittently during this stage,
and no feeding took place during the day or two preceding the
molt. The body color was grayish-black; otherwise the larvae
resembled those of the fourth instar except for their larger size.
The length of the individuals varied from 2.34 mm. to 3.21 mm.
The width of the head capsule varied from 0.280 mm. to 0.308 mm.

The Prepupa. — Defecation took place with the change to the
prepupa. When the body contents had been expelled the color of
the prepupa was white. The portion posterior to the head was
elongated and narrower in width than the abdominal segments.

The Pupa. — The individuals pupated within the host cocoon and
did not construct a cocoon of their own. The wing pads and leg
rudiments were clearly visible and held close to the body. When
first formed the pupa was a uniform white color, including the eyes ;
but after several hours the color changed to a light brown. When
about 3 days old, the eyes and ocelli began changing to a reddish
color, but the color of the body remained a light brown. By the
fifth day after transformation, the eyes and ocelli were very dark
red and the abdominal segments were beginning to darken along the
intersegmental margins. A few hours later the pupa was a uniform
black color. The pupae averaged 2.42 mm. in length for the males
and 2.92 mm. for the females.

The Adult. — The head, thorax and abdomen are black. The
eyes are large and dark red in color. The femur of the legs is
black but the remaining segments are white to light brown. The
antennae are black in both sexes, with the exception of the scape,
which is white in the female. The antennae are elbowed, with the
segments distal to the scape claviform in the female and pectiniform
in the male. The wings have a smoky tinge and have little vena-
tion. The slender ovipositor averages 0.8 mm. in length, and rests
in a groove along the underside of the abdomen. It is attached
under a flap near the base of the abdomen and the tip extends to
the most posterior segment.

Dahlbominus adults varied greatly in size, depending upon the
abundance of food during larval growth. When sufficient food was
available during all larval instars, the adults averaged 2.80 mm. in
length for the females and 2.29 mm. for the males. In emerging
from the host cocoon, a hole averaging 0.54 mm. in diameter was
chewed in the side of the cocoon near one end. The adults gener-
ally moved by short hops, but were capable of short flights.

The length of life of the adults varied from 6 to 10 days at 75° F.,
and averaged 8 days.

106

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

Sex Ratio: Fertilized eggs produced females greatly in excess of
males. The progeny from several hundred mated females was 81.8
percent females. Unfertilized females oviposited in sawfly cocoons,
and produced all male offspring.

Mating and Ovipositing : The males and females mated soon
after emergence, and the females began egg-laying a short time
thereafter. Each female walked slowly over the cocoons, feeling
them with her antennae. After a varying period of time she selected
a cocoon for egg deposition. She stood high on her legs and moved
the tip of the abdomen forward until it was directly under the base
of the abdomen. The abdomen then was quickly moved back to its
normal horizontal position, leaving the slender ovipositor in a ver-
tical position under the base of the abdomen.

The female spent from 10 to 15 minutes in the process of getting
the ovipositor through the tough sawfly cocoon. From the tip of
the ovipositor was ejected a white fluid in which the female con-
stantly rotated the ovipositor back and forth one-half turn while
drilling through the cocoon. When the ovipositor had penetrated
the cocoon, the female thrust it to its full depth, frequently moving
it up and down a few times. The sawfly prepupa became paralyzed
during this operation. The ovipositor was then slightly withdrawn
and the eggs deposited externally on the host prepupa or loose
within the cocoon.

Miller (1940) indicated that the majority of the parasites ovi-
posited but once and in one cocoon. During the course of the
studies reported herein, numerous observations were made on ovi-
position habits. After depositing eggs for approximately 6 to 8
minutes, the female withdrew her ovipositor and rested on the
cocoon for 45 to 50 minutes. She then reinserted her ovipositor in
the same cocoon and deposited a second batch of eggs. This proc-
ess was usually repeated a third time, and at each insertion of the
ovipositor from 9 to 12 eggs were deposited in the host cocoon.
Occasionally a female would oviposit a few eggs on the succeeding
day. Data on the total number of eggs laid by individual females in
captivity showed an average of 29.3 with a minimum of 20 and a
maximum of 38. Emergence of Daklhorninus adults from a num-
ber of field-collected cocoons varied from 20 to 45 and averaged
32.5 per cocoon. The Dahlbominus population was extremely light
and it was assumed that only one female oviposited in each cocoon.
However, more than one adult may oviposit in an individual cocoon
if given the opportunity, and as many as 121 parasite adults have
been reared from a single sawfly cocoon.

SEe of Adults as Affected by Food: It was observed that a wide

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

107

variation existed in the size of adult females. An experiment was
made to determine if this size variation was due to the amount of
food available during larval growth.

Various numbers of Dahlbominus eggs were placed on sawfly
prepupae in gelatin capsules and reared to maturity. The number
of eggs used per prepupa was 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 75 and 100. One
parasite larva killed the sawfly prepupa but matured with no visible
evidence of feeding on the host. Five or ten larvae devoured from
one-half to three-fourths of the prepupa by maturity. The adults
in these three groups were slightly larger than normal. When 25
parasite larvae fed on the host only the head and skin of the prepupa
remained at the completion of feeding. The adults were normal in
size, 2.29 mm. to 2.80 mm. in length. Fifty larvae devoured all
of the host prepupa by the early fourth instar and the adults were
slightly smaller than normal size. Seventy-five and 100 parasite
larvae devoured the host by the time they were in the late third or
early fourth instar. Their adults were very small, varying from
1.75 mm. to 1.90 mm. in length.

Hyperparasitism : Dahlbominus females have a strong tendency
toward hyperparasitism. When given the choice of cocoons con-
taining a sawfly prepupa and those containing Exenterus or Villa
parasite larvae, the female most often selected the one with the
parasite larva. Morris and Cameron (1935) stated that in Hun-
gary 71 percent were primary and 29 percent were secondary
parasites.

Table 1. — Summary of life history data on Dahlbominus
fuscipennis (Zett.) showing the number of days in each
stage of development, 1960-62.

Stage of
Development

Constant Temperature (°F.)

Egg

First Instar

Second Instar

1.5

0.5

Third Instar

1.5

0.5

Fourth Instar

2.5

Fifth Instar

6.5

3.5

Prepupa

1.5

Pupa

17.5

10.5

6.5

39 27.5 19 17 16.5 15.5

Total

108

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society ^

Summary

The results of studies on the life history and habits of Dahl-
bomimis fuscipennis (Zett.), an introduced parasite on pine sawfly
prepupae, are presented.

The eggs were deposited within the host sawfly cocoon and
hatched in from 2 to 3 days depending upon the temperature.

There were five larval instars and the duration of each stadium at
a constant temperature of 75° F. was : first, 1 day ; second, 0.5 day ;
third, 0.5 day ; fourth, 1 day ; and fifth, 4 days. The prepupal
period lasted 1 day, and 7 days were spent in the pupal stage. The
total life cycle from egg to adult varied from 15.5 days at 85° F. to
39 days at 60° F.

Dahlbominus adults varied greatly in size, depending upon the
amount of food available during larval growth. The length of
adult life averaged 8 days.

Fertilized females produced females greatly in excess of males,
and the progeny from unmated females were all males.

The complete oviposition took many hours. The number of eggs
deposited by individual females in captivity varied from 20 to 38
and averaged 29.3.

Literature Cited

Benjamin, D. M. 1955. The biology of the red-headed pine
sawfly. U.S.D.A. Tech. Bui. 1118: 57 pp.

Miller, Frank E. 1940. A rearing method for mass produc-
tion of Microplectra fuscipennis (Zett.), a cocoon parasite of
the European spruce sawfly, Gilpine polytra. U.S.D.A.
BEPQ, ET-161.

Morris, K. R. S. and E. Cameron. 1953. The biology of Micro-
plectron fuscipennis (Zett.) (Chalcid), a parasite of the pine
sawfly (Diprion sertifer Geoff.). Bui. Ent. Res. 26: 407-18.

ANNOUNCEMENT

Pacific Insects — A quarterly journal devoted to systematics and
zoogeography of terrestrial arthropods of the Pacific area, including
E. Asia, Australia and Antarctica. Vol. 1 (1959) of 505 pages:
Vol. 2 (1960) of 461 pages: and Vol. 3 (1961) of 589 pages.
Price of volumes 1-3 is $5.00 per volume. Vol. 4 (1962) to be
more than 800 pages, priced at $7.00. Order from Entomology
Dept., Bishop Museum, Honolulu 17, Hawaii.

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

109

STUDIES OF THE GYPONINI (HOMOPTERA:
CICADELLIDAE): THE GYPONA GLAUCA
(FABRICIUS) COMPLEX

By Dwight M. DeLong and Paul H. Freytag
The Ohio State University

The genus Gypona was erected in 1821 by Germar who desig-
nated Cercopis glauca Fab. (described 1803) as the type. Until
the summer of 1960, some 139 years later, no one had studied the
male holotype sufficiently to determine the specific genitalic char-
acters and illustrate these. This was made possible through the
kindness of Dr. S. L. Tuxen and his associates in the University
Museum at Copenhagen.

Other museums were visited in order to study and illustrate
the characters of related species of types of Gyponini. Through
the kindness of Dr. W. E. China and Dr. R. J. Izzard, the Walker
and Fowler types were studied in the British Museum. Dr. Eric
Kjellander has kindly permitted the study of all of the Spangberg
and Stal types in the Stockholm Museum and Dr. Max Beier has
likewise permitted a detailed study of the Spangberg types in the
Vienna Museum.

The present study and presentation is an attempt to define and
illustrate all of the species found in the collections available for
study both in Europe and in the United States. A portion of the
Genus Gypona including glauca and its relatives are treated at this
time. All of this material is from South and Central America.

Unfortunately a good series of specimens of a species of this group
has seldom been collected. As a rule, a single specimen or very
few specimens represent a species and these are usually confined
to one sex. The specimens representing a species may be from only
one locality or possibly from two widely separated countries.

The color patterns of several species are so similar, and the in-
tensity of color varies so much within a species, that it is impossible
to identify or separate them without the use of genital structures.
This poses a very difficult problem because males are holotypes in
some cases and females are holotypes in other species. The oppo-
site sex is usually not represented, consequently there are no allo-
types and the opposite sex of the described species cannot be accu-
rately or logically identified from the available material. In a few
cases where males and females from different localities have been
placed together, it is obvious that they represent two species. No
attempt has been made to guess the opposite sex of any species.

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

Only by intensive collecting in the future will one be able to estab-
lish the characters of both sexes of these species.

The male structures of the genital chamber ofifer excellent char-
acters for the separation of the species of this group.

The posterior margin of the female seventh sternite is somewhat
variable but is considered to ofifer diagnostic structures. Because
of inability to match the two sexes, the females have been described
in some cases as an aid in establishing identification for the material
at hand.

Gypona de corat a Fowler
Gypona decorata Fowler, 1903, p. 311.

A blunt-headed robust species with the crown thickened. Length
of male 10.5 mm, female 12 mm.

Crown short, broad, scarcely produced, parallel margined, more
than three times as broad as long, with anterior margin thick.
Ocelli large, distant, nearer eyes than median line. Pronotum more
than four times as long as crown, much broader than head, with
humeral angles conspicuous.

Color: Yellowish. Pronotum with dark brown and reddish
flecks ; anterior half and median area marked with brown. Scutel-
lum dark, with a pale area just before apex. Fore wings pale, with
heavy brown markings in the form of spots on anterior third, with
median portion and apical third producing a banded appearance.
Venter pale with reddish and pink markings.

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite (Fig. 28) concavely exca-
vated between the lateral angles and pointed projections, between
which posterior margin deeply, concavely excavated for about one-
third its width at middle. Male (Fig. 4a-f) with plate more than
twice as long as wide, apex truncate and broader than base. Style
narrowed at two-thirds its length to form an enlarged apex which
is bent dorsolaterally more than one-third its length and tapered to
form a long slender spine-like apex. Aedeagus elongate, with a
process arising on either side just before narrowed bluntly pointed
apex. In lateral view, aedeagus broad on basal half, then gradually
narrowed to a slender upturned apex which bears a pair of short
spine-like processes at its base ; just below these, where shaft is
thicker, a pair of longer processes arising and curving ventrocaud-
ally ; these processes more than half as long as aedeagus. Pygofer
bearing a very short rounded process on dorsocaudal margin.

Notes: This species was described from a single male holotype
labeled “Bugaba, Panama.” Other specimens of this species which
were examined are : A specimen in the Carnegie Museum collection

Oct., 1062 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

111

labeled “Upper Rocana, N. Para, Brazil, S. M. Klages, C. M. Ac.
6175”; a male specimen in the North Carolina State College col-
lection labeled “Guyane Francaise, Les Hattes, Bas Maroni, Coll.
Le Moult,” and a series of females from the same locality which are
similar in size and color and apparently belong with the male ; and
a male specimen in the DeLong collection labeled “Bartica, Br.
Guiana, March 20-30, 1901.”

Gypona versuta Spangberg
Gypona versuta Spangberg, 1881, p. 27.

A pale species marked with black and related to melanota.
Length of male 1 1 mm.

Crown broadly rounded, one and one-half times as wide between
eyes at base as median length, with a series of reflexed arcs next to
each eye, with anterior margin thin and turned up.

Color: Crown yellow, with anterior margin and spot next each
eye black. Pronotum yellow, with area behind each eye, a round
spot about middle on each side, and a broad band on posterior
margin black. Scutellum yellow, with a pair of round black spots
near middle. Fore wings pale, basal half of claval area and claval
veins dark, other veins and apical portion mostly brown.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. 5a-f) with plate about twice as long as
basal width, broad as base and tapered to a blunt apex Style sickle-
shaped, curved dorsoventrally, constricted and narrowed at middle,
slightly enlarged toward apex, then tapering to a long slender tip.
Aedeagus broad at base, rapidly narrowed to shaft which is gradu-
ally narrowed to a slender bent apex ; a pair of large, long, curved
processes arising where tip is hent and extending to base ; a pair of
short, slender processes arising just dorsad of other pair. In ven-
tral view, shaft of aedeagus appearing slender and straight with
long, paired proceses beside it on each side.

Notes: The holotype male from Brazil has been studied and the
genital structures are illustrated. Three other male specimens
have been studied. Two of these, in the Vienna Museum collection,
are labeled “Schott-Brasilien” ; the other one, in the Carnegie Mu-
seum collection, is labeled “Prov. del Sara, Bolivia, 450 M., J. Stein-
bach, Nov. 1909, Ac. 4549.” All specimens are marked with differ-
ent intensities of color, but the genital structures are the same.

Gypona stylata, n. sp.

In form and general appearance resembling glauca but with
darker color markings and distinct male genitalia. Length of male
11.5 mm.

112

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Yol. LVII

Crown flat, wide, broadly rounded, almost twice as wide between
eyes at base as median length, with anterior margin thin and folia-
ceous. Ocelli closer to each other than to eyes.

Color: Pale yellow, heavily marked with black. Crown almost
entirely black; with a small area just before and on outer margin
of each ocellus, a small area just posterior to each ocellus, and inner
margin of each eye yellow. Pronotum black, with a pale curved
area on each side extending from near anterior margin to posterior
portion of each humeral angle. Scutellum yellow, with a large dark
transverse spot on central portion. Fore wings yellowish ; with
dark veins, basal portion of clavus and apical cells black.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. 6a-f) with plates broadened apically and
broadly rounded. Style abruptly narrowed and produced apically.
Aedeagus with a pair of long apical processes which are directed
basally and extending more than half way to base of aedeagus, also
with a pair of short spur-like processes arising at tip of apex and
directed basally. Pygofer with an apical spine.

Holotype male: Mt. Duida, Venezuela, 4 Nov. 1928, Ac. 29500,
Tate No. 138. Holotype in the American Museum collection. New
York.

Gypona lativitta Walker
Gypona la that t a Wsilkev, 1858, p. 102.

A distinctly marked species with a short, broadly rounded head
with a thin foliaceous anterior margin. Length of male 11.5 mm.

Crown broadly rounded, almost parallel margined, about twice
as wide as median length, surface flattened or concave, with anterior
margin thin and foliaceous. Ocelli closer to each other than to
eyes. Pronotum more than twice as long as crown.

Color: Crown black, with four pale yellowish spots arranged
transversely anterior to ocelli. Ocelli lying at caudal edge of cen-
tral spots Pronotum bright }^ellow, with a narrow black margin
on each side and a median elongate band about one-third width of
pronotum which broadens gradually to form a transverse black
band across posterior margin. Scutellum yellow, with a median
black spot. Fore wings yellow; subhyaline; with basal half of
clavus, claval veins, a median spot on costal-discal area, and apices
dark brown to black.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. 7a-f) with plates elongate, more than three
times as long as broad, with apex broad and almost truncate. Style
broadened at one-third its length, then gradually narrowed and
again enlarged at three-fourths its length where it curves outwardly
forming a rather long, tapered, pointed apical portion. Aedeagus

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

113

broad at base and gradually tapered to a narrow, blunt apex ; apical
fifth bent dorsally and bearing two pairs of short narrow processes
which arise near base of apical portion. In ventral view, aedeagus
elongate and almost parallel margined. Pygofer bearing a short,
broad dorsocaudal spine with a serrate edge.

Notes: The holotype is a male and there is no label on the pin.
Other specimens examined are : A male in the Carnegie Museum
collection labeled “Mana River, Fr. Guiana, May 1917, Ac. 6068” ;
a male in the National Museum collection labeled “Santarem, Coll.
C. F. Baker” ; and a male in the Stockholm Museum collection
labeled “Cayen Dupui Zet,” and previously identified as '‘glauca.”

Gypona obstinata, n. sp.

Resembling glauca in general form but with heavy black colora-
tion. Length of male 1 1 mm.

Crown rather broad, more than half as long at middle as basal
width between eyes, with anterior margin broadly rounded.

Color: Crown and pronotum (Fig. 3) black with yellow mark-
ings. Crown black, with an elongate spot surrounding an ocellus
on each side and extending almost to anterior margin and with a
small yellow spot behind each at base. Pronotum black, with a
yellow stripe on each side seeming like an extension of markings
on crown, each stripe widened at middle and curved to lateral
margins at humeral angles, with a small yellow spot behind each
eye. Scutellum yellow, with a black transverse band occupying
median portion and having a median longitudinal extension directed
toward apex. Fore wings pale, with dark veins and basal claval
area, corium, a small spot on costa opposite apex of clavus, and
apical cells smoky brown.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. 8a-f) with plates short, broad, blunt at
apex. Style slightly constricted at about middle, apical portion
tapered to form a short blunt tube-like area. Aedeagus short,
tubular, appearing gradually broadened, in ventral view, to a blunt
apex ; in lateral view, aedeagus broadened at middle, with a dorsal
spine, then tapering to apex. Pygofer sloping to apex and bearing
a prominent blunt spine.

Holotype male: Tumupasa, Bolivia, 1921-22 (W. M. Mann)
Mulford Biol. Exploration. Holotype in the U. S. National Mu-
seum collection.

Gypona projecta, n. sp.

Resembling glauca in form, appearance, and coloration, and in
genitalia closely related to stylata. Length of male 11 mm.

114

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

roi. Lvii

Crown broadly rounded, almost twice as wide at base as median
length. Pronotum almost twice as long as crown.

Color: Crown, pronotum, and scutellum pale yellow. Crown
with anterior margin brown. Pronotum with a pair of small round
dark spots, one on either side at half the length of pronotum. Fore
wings pale, with veins of clavus and corium, apical cells, and apical
veins brown.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. 9a-f) with plates broadened apically and
broadly rounded. Style narrow and elongate, with apical portion
long, tapered, and curved dorsally. Aedeagus with shaft equal in
length to basal portion, apex of shaft narrowed and with two pairs
of apical processes (apical pair short and extending basally ; basal
pair long, slender, curved, and extending nearly to base of shaft).
Pygofer elongate and bearing a small apical spur.

Holotype inale: Tingo Maria, Huan, Peru, 21 Oct. 1946, at 2200
ft. elevation, J. C. Pallister. Holotype in the American Museum
collection. New York City.

Gypona gemina, n. sp.

Resembling glaiica in form and appearance, but smaller and with
pale markings. Length of male 11 mm.

Crown broad, broadly rounded, almost twice as wide between
eyes at base as median length.

Color: Crown, pronotum, and scutellum yellow, unmarked except
for dark anterior margin of crown. Fore wings yellow, with clavus
and apical cells smoky brown and costal area broadly pale.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. lOa-f) with plates broad apically and
almost truncate on apical margin. Style long, rather narrow, en-
larged just before apex, then narrowed and prolonged to form a
long narrow spine-like apex. Aedeagus with shaft rather broad
and bearing two pairs of proximal, very short processes which arise
from ventral side near apex and extend outwardly. Pygofer without
an apical spur.

Holotype male: Los Juntas, Bolivia, December, 1913, Ac. 5066.
Holotype in the Steinbach collection, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania.

Gypona glauca (Fabricius)

Cercopis glauca Fabricius, 1803, p. 91.

Gypona glauca (Fabricius), 1803 (in Germar, 1821, p. 73).

A broad-headed species with anterior margin of head foliaceous,
and with base of fore wings marked with black. Length of male
12 mm.

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

115

Crown flat, almost twice as broad as median length, with anterior
margin roundedly produced and foliaceous. Ocelli nearer median
line than eyes. Pronotum more than twice as long as crown.

Color: Crown, pronotum, and scutellum (Figs. 1 and 2) golden
yellow. Fore wings (Fig. 1) yellow; with basal third of claval
area dark brown, claval and discal veins brown, apex smoky brown.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. lla-e) with plates rather broad, convexly
curved on inner margin, apical margin sloping to a rounded, pro-
duced apex on outer edge. Styles enlarged and bent at right angle
near middle, apical portion tapered to a pointed apex and directed
dorsally. Aedeagus broad at base, concavely constricted before
apex which is slightly enlarged, then tapered to a pointed, produced
tip ; at base of narrow apex a pair of long, narrow processes arise,
these curving anteriorly then caudally with tips extending beyond
central portion of shaft.

Notes: The holotype is labeled “Amer. merid. Schmidt. Mus.
Sell. et. T. L. Glauca F.” There are two identical males in the
type series in the University Museum collection, Copenhagen.
Both were studied and the genital structures of the holotype are
illustrated. Only one other specimen has been identified as glauca,
and this is a male in the Vienna Museum collection labeled “Bahia,
Brazilia, Fruhstorfer.”

Gypona Stalina, n. sp.

Resembling stalii in form and general appearance and previously
described as the male of stalii. Length of male 9.5 mm.

Crown broadly rounded, almost two-thirds as long at middle as •
basal width between eyes. Pronotum almost twice as long as
crown.

Color: Crown pale yellow, with anterior margin black. Pro-
notum with a pair of round black spots, one on each side behind eye
anterior to middle of pronotum. Scutellum pale. Fore wings pale ;
with basal half, tip of clavus, discal area, and apical cells brown.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. 12a-f) with plates rather short, convexly
curved on outer margin, broadest at middle. Style elongate, broad-
est near base, tapered to a bluntly pointed apex. Aedeagus broad at
base, appearing incised near base to form a long ventral process
which is tapered on apical half to a pointed apex, a dorsal process
which is about half as long as ventral process, concavely curved on
dorsal margin and rapidly narrowed to a slender pointed apex.

Holotype male: Nova Teutonia, Santa Catarina, Brazil, 2 Oct.
1952. Paratype males : many specimens from same locality as holo-
type, 2 Oct. 1952; October and November, 1953; December 1943;

116

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

8 Jan. 1951; November and December, 1951; 27 Nov. 1952; and
10 Dec, 1952. Holotype and paratypes in the North Carolina State
College collection.

Other specimens examined but not included in the type series are :
A male in the Vienna Museum collection labeled “Fiebrig, Para-
guay, S. Bernardino” ; and the two paratype males of stalii in the
Stockholm Museum collection, one labeled “Sao Loapolos” and the
other labeled “Argentina.” These paratype males and the type
females of stalii are from widely separated localities and are appar-
ently different species.

Gypona duella, n. sp.

A small species resembling cerea in general appearance but with
basal clavus darker and male genitalia distinct. Length of male
10 mm.

Crown well produced, broadly rounded, almost two-thirds as long
at middle as basal width between eyes, and about two-thirds as long
as pronotum.

Color: Crown dark brown with a pair of small pale spots on base,
one just behind each red ocellus. Pronotum and scutellum brown,
unmarked. Fore wings pale; with anterior half of clavus dark
brown ; with veins of clavus, corium, and apical half brown.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. 13a-f) rather short, broadened at middle.
Style elongate, rather narrow, in ventral view appearing narrowed
on apical half. Aedeagus consisting of two long, slender, spine-like
processes which are separated at base; base with spur extending
dorsally. Pygofer tapered on apical half with a blunt portion pro-
jecting at apex.

Holotype male: Tucuman, Argentina, 21 May 1927 (Max Kis-
luik). A label on the pin reads “A specimen identical to this in
Berge Collection is labeled Gypona glaiica (Flor.).” Holotype in
the U. S. National Museum collection.

Gypona postica Walker
Gypona postica Walker, 1858, p. 258.

Gypona marginata Walker, 1851, p. 838 (name preoccupied).

A small robust species related to robusta. Length of male
10 mm.

Crown broadly rounded, almost two-thirds as long at middle as
basal width between eyes, anterior margin thin. Ocelli nearer to
each other than to eyes.

Color: Yellowish. Anterior margin of crown reddish-brown.

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

117

Fore wings with claval area darker next to scntellum ; veins dark
brown to black, conspicuous.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. 14a-f) with plates three times as long as
broad and broadly rounded at apex. Style elongate, rather thick,
narrowed just before enlargement, with blunt apex which is curved
inwardly ; in ventral view, appearing definitely broadened at middle,
with apex narrow. Aedeagus quite broad at base, concavely nar-
rowed on dorsal margin to form a short dorsal process separated
by a deep narrow notch from a long slender ventral process which
tapers to a pointed apex. Pygofer with a broad, blunt, spine-like
process on dorsocaudal margin.

Notes: This species was originally described by Walker in 1851
under the name marginata. The name marginata had already been
used by Burmeister in 1787 when he described C ere o pis marginata.
Walker then redescribed this species in 1858 under the name
Gypona postica which should remain as the proper name of this
species.

The type series consists of five male specimens in the British
Museum collection from Mexico, M. Salle Collection. Other male
specimens which were examined are from Rio Frio, Colombia,
March 1924 (W. M. Mann), and Summit, Panama, C. Z., 1947
(N. L. H. Krauss), in the U. S. National Museum collection.

Gypona fiiscinei'vis Stal
Gypona fuscinervis Stal, 1864, p. 84.

Resembling stalii in general form and appearance but with lighter
markings on wings. Length of male 9 mm.

Crown broadly rounded in front, more than two-thirds as wide
between eyes at base as median length, with anterior margin thin.

Color: Crown, pronotum, and scutellum bright yellow, anterior
margin of crown reddish. Fore wings yellowish, transparent, with
veins brown.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. 15a-f) with plate short, broadened at mid-
dle, with a bluntly constricted apex. Style slender, tapered, bent
at apex. Aedeagus large at base, then tapering to form two proc-
esess which are closely compressed ; ventral process long, narrow,
tapered to a sharp pointed apex; dorsal process less than half as
long as ventral process, tapered but blunt at apex. Pygofer nar-
rowed at apex and bearing a blunt spur-like process.

Notes: The holotype male is from Vera Cruz, Mexico. There
are no other specimens in the type series. Two other males with
the type are also this species. Other specimens which were ex-

118

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

amined are: A male specimen from Tegucigalpa, Honduras, 2 Feb.
1918 (F. J. Dyar), in the U. S. National Museum collection; and
a male specimen from Rio Metlac, near El Fortin, Vera Cruz,
IMexico, 19 Dec. 1948, in the California University collection.

Gypona tubulata, n. sp.

Resembling glauca in form and coloration hut with distinct geni-
talia. Length of male 12 mm.

Crown flat, broad, broadly rounded in front, width between eyes
at base almost twice median length, with anterior margin thin and
foliaceous.

Color: Dull yellowish marked with red and brown. Anterior
margin of crown, ocelli, a pair of longitudinal stripes extending from
ocelli across pronotum to apex of scutellum, and lateral margins of
pronotum red. Fore wings yellow ; with basal half of clavus, claval
veins, apical cells and veins, and distal veins brown.

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite with produced lateral angles
between which posterior margin is broadly and concavely rounded
on each side to a produced lobe, between-lobes margin deeply exca-
vated forming a V-shaped notch which extends half way to base.
Male (Fig. 16a-d, f) with plates short, blunt, broad at apex.
Styles long, slender, curved upward on apical third, blade-like, and
tapered to a pointed apex. Aedeagus short, almost straight, tubu-
lar, without processes. Pygofer bearing a short blunt apical spine.

Holotype male: Napo R., Peru, 20 July 1946 (J. G. Sanders).
Allotype female: Stipo, Janja Prov., Peru, October, 1945 (P.
Paprzycki) (Donor F. Johnson). Paratypes : One female, same
data as allotype; one male, Iquitos, Peru 11 Feb. 1924, F. 6062
(H. Bassler), Ac. 33591. Holotype and paratype female in the
DeLong collection. Allotype and paratype male in the American
Museum collection. New York.

Gypona funalis, n. sp.

A l^rown species, in general appearance resembling cerea but
with distinct male genitalia. Length of male 9 mm.

Crown rather short, broadly rounded, almost twice as wide be-
tween eyes at base as median length.

Color: Crown brown, with a reddish line on anterior margin.
Ocelli red. Pronotum and scutellum brown. Fore wings sub-
hyaline, with dark veins.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. 17a-f) with plate broadest at about two-
thirds its length, apex rounded. Style rather short, broad, apex
truncate, with a thumb-like process on laterodorsal margin just

Oct., 1D62 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

119

before apex. Aedeagus consisting of a long slender shaft arising
from a broad base, with a proximal process more than half as long
as shaft, produced parallel to shaft and tapered to a slender apex.
Pygofer short, broad, without an apical spur.

Holotype male: Labeled “Guyane Maroni” without specific data.
Holotype in the North Carolina State College collection.

Gypona cerea, n. sp.

A small dark species resembling nielanota in general appearance.
Length of male 9.5 mm.

Crown well produced but broadly rounded, about two-thirds as
long at middle as basal width between eyes.

Color: Dark brown to black. Crown rugose, usually darker
than pronotum, neither of which have specific markings. Ocelli
red. Scutellum with a light spot on each side near middle. Fore
wings pale, subhyaline, with dark veins.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. 18a-f) with plate rather short, broadened,
blunt at apex. Style long, slightly constricted just before apical
portion which is deeply and broadly notched so as to form a mitten-
like apex. Aedeagus composed of two long slender processes, with
ventral process almost twice as long as dorsal process, distinctly
separated at base. Pygofer bearing a blunt spur at apex.

Holotype male: Mafra, St. Cath., Brazil, Dec., 1935 (A. Miller)
(Donor F. Johnson). Paratype : One male from Sao Paulo, Brazil,
12 April 1936 (E. J. Hambleton). Holotype in the North Caro-
lina State College collection, and paratype in the U. S. National
Museum collection.

Gypona clava, n. sp.

Resembling glauca in form but with a more intense coloration.
Length of male 10 mm.

Crown broad, roundedly produced, twice as wide between eyes at
base as median length.

Color: Crown, pronotum, and scutellum yellow with dark mark-
ings. Crown with anterior margin broadly black, a broad median
longitudinal black stripe between ocelli extending onto anterior por-
tion of pronotum, and a black spot next each eye at base. Pro-
notum with anterior and lateral margins black, with anterior central
portion occupied by a rather broad black area from which a line
extends posteriorly on each side then curves to posterior margin
near humeral angles. Scutellum with a broad median black spot
on anterior margin. Fore wings pale, basal half of clavus and
apical cells smoky ; veins of clavus and corium dark.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. 19a-f) with plate short, broadest at middle,

120

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Yol. LYII

apices blunt and truncate. Style broadened at middle, constricted
just before apex, then bent at right angles to shaft and tapered to a
rather long pointed apex. Aedeagus short, tubular, with base
broad and shaft curved dorsally and narrowed to form a blunt apex
with a short tooth projecting dorsally on inner margin. Pygofer
bearing a short blunt spur at apex.

Holotype male: Labeled “St. Jean da Maroni, Cuyane Franc,
collection L. E. Moult.” Holotype in the North Carolina State
College collection.

Gypona lugitbrina Spangberg
Gyponalugubrina Spangberg, 1878, p. 13.

Gypona tristis Spangberg, 1878, p. 14 (nezv synonymy).

Form and general appearance resembling stalii. Length of male
9 mm.

Crown broadly rounded, less than twice as wide between eyes at
base as median length. Pronotum almost twice as long as crown.

Color: Crown, pronotum, and scutellum yellowish. Crown with
a faint black line on anterior margin. Fore wings yellowish; basal
half of clavus embrowned ; claval veins and veins on disk brown ;
apical cells embrowned.

Genitalia: Male (Fig. 20a-f) with plates short, broad, apices
rounded. Styles long, rather slender, tapered to a long pointed
apex with a tooth on outer margin not far from apex, may appear
folded upon itself. Aedeagus short, simple in structure, tapering
from base to a rather narrow tubular apex ; apex appearing to be
enveloped by basal portion. Pygofer constricted either side.

Notes: The holotype is from Bogota, Colombia. This is the
only specimen in the type series. No females are known. The
type specimen of tristis is identical with the type of lugubrina and
is therefore placed as a synonym of lugubrina.

Gypona kjellanderi, n. sp.

Form, general appearance, and coloration resembling lugubrina.
Length of male 8 mm.

Crown broadly rounded on anterior margin, with width between
eyes not quite twice median length. Pronotum almost twice as long
as crown.

Color: Crown, pronotum, and scutellum yellowish. Anterior
margin of crown with a narrow black line. Fore wings yellowish;
with anterior half of claval area, claval veins, veins of corium, and
apical cells brown.

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

121

Genitalia: Male (Fig. 21a-f) with plates short, broad, with inner
margin sloping to rounded apices. Style constricted at about two-
thirds its length to form a slender prolonged apical tip. Aedeagus
tubular, curved upward on apical forth and arising from a sheath-
like basal portion, with apex blunt. Pygofer triangular.

Holotype male: Labeled “Bogota” and also previously labeled
as a paratype of tristis Spangberg. Paratype : One male labeled
the same as the holotype. Holotype and paratype in the Stockholm
Museum collection.

The authors take pleasure in naming this species for Dr. Eric
Kjellander who has aided this study so much by permitting the use
of the Spangberg and Stal types.

Gypona vulnerata Walker

Gypona vulnerata Walker, 1858, p. 102.

Gypona viridescens Walker, 1858, p. 257.

A robust species related to postica, without conspicuous mark-
ings. Length of female 11.5 mm.

Crown rather short, broadly and roundedly produced, almost
twice as broad between eyes at base as median length. Ocelli closer
to median line than to eyes. Pronotum sloping, with produced
humeral angles.

Color: Yellow. Crown with anterior margin darkened. Fore
wings with basal half of clavus brownish.

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite (Fig. 22) with lateral angles
broadly rounded ; between these angles posterior margin slightly
emarginate to a median broad V-shaped notch of about one-fourth
width of segment and extending two-thirds distance to base, nar-
rowed at apex and slightly rounded.

Notes: A single female holotype represents this species, and ac-
cording to the original description is from Brazil.

Gypona plana Walker
Gypona plana Walker, 1858, p. 101.

Closely related to glauca but with less coloration. Length of
female 13 mm.

Crown broadly and roundedly produced, more than twice as wide
as median length, with anterior margin thin and foliaceous. Ocelli
slightly closer to each other than to eyes.

Color: Pale yellow. Crown and scutellum unmarked. Pro-
notum with disc and posterior portion dark. Fore wings with
basal half of clavus, a spot about middle of wing, and apical portion
brown.

122

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite (Fig. 23) with prominent
lateral angles, between which posterior margin rather deeply and
concavely excavated to form a pair of produced blunt teeth at apex,
these separated by a U-shaped notch.

Notes: A single female holotype represents this species, and there
is no data on the pin.

Gypona obesa Spangherg
Gypona obesa Spangherg, 1883, p. 102.

A pale, rather broad species related to bimaciilata. Length of
female 12 mm.

Crown broadly rounded, less than two-thirds as long at middle
as basal width between eyes, with anterior margin thin. Ocelli
closer to median line than to eyes.

Color: Pale yellow. Crown with anterior margin red. Fore
wings with veins on basal half of clavus broadly dark brown, with
a spot on clavus next to apex of scutellum and veins on apical half
of wing brown.

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite (Fig. 24) with well-produced
rounded lateral angles, between which posterior margin slightly
and concavely rounded either side of a deep, broad, median V-
shaped notch extending almost to base of sternite.

Notes: This species is represented by a single female holotype
from Mexico in the Vienna Natural History Museum collection.
The data on the pin is “Bilimek, Mexico, 1871, Orizaba.”

Gypona signifera Walker
Gypona signifera Walker, 1851, p. 836.

A rather robust species with a short blunt head. Length of
female 10 mm.

Crown short, broadly rounded, almost twice as broad as median
length, with anterior margin thin but not foliaceous. Ocelli closer
to each other than to eyes.

Color: Dull yellow, without markings. Veins on central portion
of fore wings and anteapical veins brown.

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite (Fig. 25) with lateral angles
produced and angled at apex ; posterior margin between lateral
angles deeply and concavely excavated to form a U-shaped notch
at apex.

Notes: The female holotype is from Venezuela but there is no
label on the specimen. No other specimens are known.

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

123

Gypona viridirufa Walker

Gypona viridirufa Walker, 1851, p. 836.

Gypona quadrimacula Walker, 1851, p. 837 (nezif synonymy ) .

Related to glauca with similar but fainter color markings.
Length of female 12 mm.

Crown roimdedly produced, flat, more than twice as wide as long,
with anterior margin thin.

Golor: Green tinged with yellow. Anterior margin of crown
red. Fore wings green, dark at base, with brown apices.

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite (Fig. 26) with produced and
rounded lateral angles, between which posterior margin rather
broadly and concavely excavated either side of a V-shaped notch
which extends more than half way to base.

Notes: This species is represented by a single female holotype
from Paraguay (Mr. Stevens Collection). When a series of speci-
mens is available, this may prove to be a synonym. At present it
is placed under the name glauca in the British Museum collection.

G. quadrimacula Walker was also described from a single speci-
men from Paraguay. This specimen is darker in color but closely
resembles viridirufa. It has no abdomen and even if present when
collected the sex was not named nor the sex characters described.
G. quadrimactdata is therefore placed as a synonym of viridirufa.

Gypona prolongata, n. sp.

Resembling glauca in form and general appearance but with
coloration of fore wings confined to apical portion. Length of
female 12 mm.

Crown broadly rounded, more than half as long at middle as
basal width between eyes, with anterior margin thin and foliaceous.

Color: Pale yellow marked with brown. Crown yellowish, with
anterior margin marked with a narrow black line margined with
red above. Ocelli red. Pronotum pale, with median posterior
half darker. Scutellum dark. Fore wings pale, subhyaline, with
tip of clavus and apical cells marked with brown. Abdomen dark,
showing through claval area of fore wings.

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite (Fig. 29) with narrowly pro-
duced lateral angles, between which posterior margin concavely ex-
cavated either side of a pair of rounded and slightly produced lobes
which border a median, broad, brown bordered U-shaped notch
extending almost two-thirds distance to base.

124

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Holotype female: Huanuce, Peru, March, 1947, 2000 m. (Wey-
raiich). Holotype in the U. S. National Museum collection.

Gypona glaucina Spangberg
Gypona glaucina Spangberg, 1878, p. 16.

Resembling stalii in form, coloration, and size. Length of female
13 mm.

Crown short, broad, twice as wide between eyes at base as median
length, with anterior margin thin and foliaceous.

Color: Crown, pronotum, and scutellum yellowish. Fore wings
yellow ; with clavus brownish, especially basal half ; with apical cells
mottled with brown.

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite (Fig. 30) broadly excavated
between lateral angles, with a produced portion either side of a
median deeply excavated V-shaped notch.

Notes: The single holotype female is from Brazil. No other
specimens have been observed.

Gypona stalii Spangberg
Gypona stalii Spangberg, 1878, p. 317.

A large, well marked species, pale in color with brownish mark-
ings. Length of female 13 mm.

Crown broad, about twice as wide between eyes at base as median
length, with anterior margin thin and foliaceous. Pronotum longer
than crown.

Color: Crown, pronotum, and scutellum yellow without markings.
Fore wings with clavus dark brown, costal area yellowish, apical
cells mottled with brown. Under face and venter yellowish.

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite (Fig. 31) broadly and rather
deeply concave, with lateral angles prominent, middle with a rather
deep U-shaped notch margined with brown.

Notes: The female holotype is marked ‘"Brazil.” There are also
two female paratypes, one marked “Brazil,” and the other marked
“Rio Janeiro.” The types are in the Stockholm Museum. Other
specimens examined are : Three females from Brazil in the Signoret
Collection in the Vienna Museum collection.

Gypona affinis Spangberg
Gypona affinis Spanberg, 1878, p. 17.

Appearing as a pale specimen of glaucina with shape and color
very similar, but with dif¥erent female genital structures. Length
of female 13 mm.

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

125

Crown broadly rounded, twice as wide between eyes at base as
median length. Pronotum twice as long as crown.

Color: Crown, pronotum, and scutellum yellowish. Crown with
anterior margin marked with reddish. Fore wings yellow, with
clavus pale brown, especially basal portion, and apical cells clouded
with brown.

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite (Fig. 32) concave between
lateral angles and a pair of produced lobes, with lobes widely sepa-
rated by a broad and deep excavation running more than half dis-
tance to base, with apical portion of excavation producing a V-
shaped notch.

Notes: This species is known only from the female holotype
labeled ‘‘Brazil, type” and in the Stockholm Museum collection.

Gypona pinguis Stal
Gypona pinguis Stal, 1862, p. 46.

General appearance resembles hrevipennis Length of female
10 mm.

Crown broadly rounded, flattened anteriorly, width between eyes
at base less than twice median length. Pronotum less than twice as
long as crown.

Color: Crown, pronotum, and scutellum yellowish. Scutellum
with slightly darker mottling upon disk and basal angles. Fore
wings yellowish, subhyaline, veins not conspicuous, apical portion
slightly brownish.

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite (Fig. 33) almost truncate,
with a broad U-shaped notch at center extending half way to base,
with apical portion of notch slightly embrowned.

Notes: This species is represented by a single female holotype
which is labeled “Brazil.” No other specimens have been exam-
ined which belong to this species.

Gypona assimilis Spangberg
Gypona assimilis Spangberg, 1878, p. 16.

Form and general appearance resembling stalii but female seventh
sternite different. Length of female 13 mm.

Crown broadly rounded, about one and one-half times as wide
between eyes at base as median length, with anterior margin thin
and foliaceous.

Color: Crown, pronotum, and scutellum yellowish. Anterior
margin of crown red. Pronotum with red on either side. Fore
wings yellowish, with veins of posterior half and basal half of clavus

126

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

voi. Lvn

brown and apical cells marked with brown.

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite (Fig. 34) rather broadly ex-
cavated between lateral angles and projected lobes either side of
a median broad V-shaped notch which extends more than half way
to base.

Notes: This species is represented by two female specimens in
the Stockholm Museum collection, one marked “Bogota,” and the
other labeled “Perou.” No other specimens have been identified
as this species.

Gypona bidens, n. sp.

Resembling stalli in form and general appearance but smaller,
with distinct female seventh sternite. Length of female 12.5 mm.

Crown broadly rounded, almost twice as broad between eyes at
base as median length, with anterior margin thin.

Color: Crown, pronotum, and scutellum pale brownish yellow,
unmarked. Fore wings yellowish, subhyaline ; with claval area
brown, apical cells marked with brown, and veins on corium heavily
embrowned.

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite (Fig. 35) with prominent
lateral angles, between which posterior margin rather deeply and
concavely excavated, then produced into a pair of pointed processes
either side of a deep, narrow, U-shaped, brown margined notch ex-
tending half way to base.

Holotype female : Labeled “Brasilien,” without further data.
This specimen was previously identified as affinis by Spangberg
and is in the Vienna Museum collection.

Gypona excavata, n. sp.

Resembling stalii in general appearance but larger, banded more,
and with a broad deeply excavated seventh sternite. Length of
female 14 mm.

Crown broadly rounded, twice as wide between eyes at base as
median length.

Color: Crown, pronotum, and scutellum pale yellow tinged with
reddish brown. Anterior margin of crown black. Ocelli dark.
Fore wings with basal half and apical portion of clavus brown, a
transverse band across wings at apex of clavus dark apical cells
pale brown.

Genitalia: Female seventh sternite (Fig. 36) with posterior mar-
gin produced forming a narrow projection either side of a broad,
deep, median excavation ; excavation extending almost to base of

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

127

segment and half as wide as it is, with a small V-shaped notch at
middle.

Holotype female: Squitos, Peru, May 18, 1944, J. G. Sanders.
Paratype: One female from Iquitos, Peru, March-April 1931, R. C.
Shannon. Holotype in the DeLong collection, and the paratype in
the U. S. National Museum collection.

Notes: These two specimens do not seem to fit any of the de-
scribed species in this complex. They differ by the extra band on
the wings and the unusual pattern of the female segment.

Literature Cited

Fabricius, J. C. 1803. Rhyngota. Systema Rhyngotorum
secundum ordines, genera, species, adiectis synonymis,
locis, observationibus descriptionibus, pp. i-x, 1-314 (1-
101).

Fowler, W. W. 1903. Order Rhynchota. Suborder Hemip-
tera-Homoptera (continued). Biologia Centrali-Ameri-
cana 2: 293-316, pis. 20 and 21.

Germar, E. F. 1821. Bemerkungen uber einige Gattungen
der Cicadarien. Mag. Ent. 4: 1-106.

Spangberg, J. 1878. Species Gyponae, generis Homoptero-
rum. Bihang Kongl. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl. 5(3) :
5-76.

. 1881. Species novas vel minus cognitas Gyponae

generis Homopterorum. Ent. Tidskr. 1. 23-28.

. 1883. Species novas generis Gyponae quae in Museo

Zoologico Caesar, Vindobonensi asservantur descripsit. Ent.
Tidskr. 4: 101-109.

Stal, C. 1862. Bidrag till Rio Janeiro-traktens Hemipter-
fauna II. Handl. Svenka Vet. Akad. 3(6) : 1-75.

. 1864. Hemiptera Mexicana enumeravit speciesque

novas descripsit (continuatio). Stett. Ent. Zeit. 25 : 49-86.
Walker, F. 1851. List of the specimens of homopterous in-
sects in the collection of the British Museum 3 : 637-907.
. 1858. Supplement. List of the specimens of ho-
mopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum,
pp. 1-307.

128

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

DeLong and Freytag

Plate I

OBSTINATA

6LAUCA 6LAUCA

Figs. 1-2, Gypona glauca (Fabricius) : 1, Dorsal view of male.
2, Lateral view of head and prothorax. Fig. 3, Gypona obstinata,
n. sp., dorsal view of head and prothorax.

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

129

DeLong and Freytag

Plate II

GEMINA- 10 GLAUCA- II

Figs. 4-11, The male genital structures of various species of
Gypona: 4, G. decorata Fowler. 5, G. versuta Spangberg. 6, G.
stylata, n. sp. 7, G. lativitta Walker. 8, G. ohstinata, n. sp. 9,
G. projecta, n. sp. 10, G. geniina, n. sp. 11, G. glauca (Fabri-
cius). Showing: A, lateral view of aedeagus; B, ventral view of
aedeagus ; C, ventral view of plate ; D, ventral view of style ; E,
lateral view of style ; F, lateral view of pygofer.

130

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

DeLong and Freytag Plate III

FUNALIS - 17 CEREA-18 CLAVA-19

Figs. 12-19, The male genital structures of various species of
Gypona: 12, G. stalina, n. sp. 13, G. duella, n. sp. 14, G. postica
Walker. 15, G. fuscinervis Stal. 16, G. tubulata, n. sp. 17. G.
funalis, n. sp. 18, G. cerea, n. sp. 19, G. clava, n. sp. Showing:
A, lateral view of aedeagus ; B, ventral view of aedeagus ; C, ventral
view of plate ; D, ventral view of style ; E, lateral view of style ; F,
lateral view of pygofer.

Oct., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

131

DeLong and Freytag

Plate IV

VIRIOIRUFA - 26

21B 21C

'21E 21F

CEREA - 27 OECORATA - 28

h-n CY3

PROLONGATA - 29 GLAUCINA - 30

LUGUBRINA- 20

VULNERATA- 22

KJELLANOERI - 21

PLANA - 23

STALII - 31

AFFINIS - 32

PINGUIS - 33 ASSIMILIS - 34

BIDENS-35 EXCAVATA-36

Figs. 20-21, The male genital structures of various species of
Gypona: 20, lugubrina Spangberg. 21, G. kjellanderi, n. sp.
Showing: A, lateral view of aedeagus ; B, ventral view of aedeagus ;
C, ventral view of plate ; D, ventral view of style ; E, lateral view
of style; F, lateral view of pygofer. Figs. 22-36, The female sev-
enth sternite of various species of Gypona: 22, G. vulnerata Walker.
23, G. plana Walker. 24, G. ohesa Spangberg. 25, G. signifera
Walker. 26, G. viridirufa Walker. 27, G. cerea, n. sp. 28, G.
decorata Fowler. 29, G. prolongata, n. sp. 30, G. glaucina Spang-
berg. 31, C. stain Spangberg. 32, G. affinis Spangberg. 33, G.
pinguis Stab 34, G. assimilis Spangberg. 35, G. bidens, n. sp.
36, G. excavata, n. sp.

132

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Picture your paper here !

Short articles and scientific notes will be gratefully received for
use as fillers. Because of the nature of the binding (stapling), the
total number of pages in each issue must be divisible by four.
Therefore, articles of two pages or less, down to even a short
paragraph in length, are very useful to the editor at page makeup
time — J. F. Hanson.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO
LOGICAL SOCIETY.

The Bulletin, Old Series, Vols. 1-7, 1879-1885, Complete

on positive microfilm $10.00

The Bulletin, Nevr Series, Vols. 8-54, 1912-1959, Com-
plete, unbound $104.00

Entomologica Americana, Vols. 1-6 (1885-1890) and 7-

10 (1926-30), positive microfilm $15.00

Vols. 11-40, 1931-1960, complete, regular issue, pa-
per cover. Write for quotation.

A Glossary of Entomology, Torre-Bueno, cloth bound,

including Supplement A $7.00

Supplement A to Torre-Bueno’s Glossary of Entomol-

ogy, 36 pp., 1960 $ 1.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

New York Thysanoptera, Hood. 36 pp., 2 plates. 1926 .$ 1.00

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Life History of

Bremus bimaculatus. Prison. 65 pp., 8 figs. 1928 . . . .$ 2.00

A Revision of the Genus Eurema — Part II. New World
Species, Taxonomy and Synonymy, Klots. 73 pp.,

101 figs. 1929 $ 1.50

Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of the Cole-
optera, Boving & Craighead, cloth bound, 351 pp., 125
plates. 1930-31 $10.00

The Nearctic Social Wasps of the Subfamily Polybiinae,

Bequaert. 63 pp., 8 figs. 1933 $ 2.00

Revision of the Epistrophe Flies of America North of

Mexico, Fluke. 57 pp., 45 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

The Biology and Taxonomy of the Genus Trichiotinus,

Hoffmann. 76 pp., 20 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

A Review of the Genus Cyrtopogon in North America,

Wilcox and Martin. 95 pp., 58 figs. 1936 $ 2.00

Bibliography of the Described Life Histories of the
Rhopalocera of America North of Mexico, Daven-
port and Dethier. 40 pp. 1937 $ 4.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

The American Patrobini, Darlington. 48 pp. 1938 $ 1.00

Taxonomic Studies in Cantharis (Coleoptera), Green. 59

pp., 3 plates. 1940 $ l.OU

A Synopsis of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of America
North of Mexico — Part II. Coreidae, Alydidae, Cor-
izidae, Neididae, Pyrrhocoridae and Thaumastothe-
riidae, Torre-Bueno. 81 pp. 1941 $ 6.00

A Monograph of the Melophaginae, or Ked-Flies of
Sheep, Goats, Deer and Antelope, Bequaert. cloth

bound, 210 pp., 18 figs. 1942 $ 5.00

Selection of Colored Lights by Night-Flying Insects,

Milne and Milne. 65 pp. 1944 $ 3.00

A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus

Carabus, Van Dyke. 50 pp., 24 figs. 1944 $ 3.00

The Larvae of the Harpalinae Unisetosae, Chu. 71 pp., 92

figs. 1945 $1.00

Notes and Keys on the Genus Brochymena, Ruckes. 95

pp., 41 figs. 1946 $ 3.00

Female Genitalia of Culicidae, with Particular Reference

to Characters of Generic Value, Coher. 38 pp. 1948 . .$ 4.00

The Scutate Ticks, or Ixodidae, of Indonesia, Anastos.

144 pp., 28 figures. 1950. $ 5.00

The Tingoidea of New England and their Biology,

Bailey, 140 pp., 6 figs. 1951 $ 5.0C

The Hippoboscidae or Louse-Flies of Mammals and
Birds, Part I. Structure, Physiology and Natural

History, Bequaert, 442 pp., 21 figs., 1952-53 $10.00

Part II. Taxonomy, Evolution and Revision
of American Genera and Species. 61 1 pp., 83 figs.
1954-56 $15.00

All orders for all pul)lications MUST be sent DIRECT to Brook-
lyn Entomologicial Society, R. R. McElvare, Treasurer, P. O. Bo.s
386, Southern Pines, North Carolina.

BUSINESS PRESS INC., Lancaster, Pa.

DECEMBER, 1962

No. 5

^<1,

VoL. LVII

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

JOHN F. HANSON

GEORGE S. TULLOCH JAMES A. SLATER

Published for the Societ}’^ by
Business Press, Inc.

N. Queen St. and McGovern Ave,, Lancaster, Pa.

Price, 85 cents Subscription, $4.00 per year

Mailed August 30, 1963

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa. under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Wednesday of November and May at the
Engineers’ Club, 117 Remsen Street, Brooklyn 2, N. Y. The annual dues
are $2.00.

OFFICERS 1961-62
Honorary President
R. R. McELVARE
President

HARRY BEATROS

Vice President
CASIMIR REDJIVES

Secretary

ANNA FLAHERTY

T reasurer

R. R. McELVARE
P. O. Box 386
Southern Pines
North Carolina

CONTENTS

Studies on the Plecoptera of North America: X. Genitalic

variations in the males of Paraleuctra, Hanson 13S

A new species of Synanthedon from Ohio (Lepidop. :

Aegeriidae), Hodges 139

Concerning some species of Tenagogonus s. str. (Ger-

ridae), Hungerford and Matsuda 141

Two new nasal mites. Ptilonyssus morofskyi, n. sp., and
Sternostoma porteri, n. sp., from North American

birds (Acarina: Rhinonyssidae), Hyland 146

Asian biting fly studies I: Tabanidae — species related to
Tabanus basalis, with the description of a new species

from Nepal, Coher 157

Announcement: Aphids of New York, Leonard 162

Contents and Species Index 163

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $4.00 per year ; foreign, $4.25 in advance ; single
copies, 85 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Address subscriptions to
the Treasurer, manuscripts and other communications to the editor, JOHN P.
HANSON, Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

VoL. LVII DECEMBER, 1962 No. 5

STUDIES ON THE PLECOPTERA OF NORTH
AMERICA: X. GENITALIC VARIATIONS
IN THE MALES OF PARALEUCTRA^

By John F. Hanson, Amherst, Mass.

The anatomical features of stoneflies that have been the least
useful for distinguishing species, such as wing venation and female
genitalia, are the ones that have been the most studied for variability.
The male genitalia of different species are usually so different from
one another that detailed studies of extremes of variation are rarely
essential for species identification. In a few instances, however,
where species are closely similar in the male sex as well as in the
female or where hybridization may be occurring, it is imperative
to have a knowledge of the amount and nature of the variation in
male genitalia to clarify species status. Eor this purpose it is nec-
essary, first of all, to study the variations in specimens from a single
location. With this as a base, study of geographical variations is
possible. Surprisingly, there are extremely few species of which
enough specimens are available to justify making conclusions about
the extent of variation in even one single location. And yet, we
find in the literature a number of interpretations of geographical
variation in Plecoptera. To further confuse the situation, some
interpretations are based on inaccurate observations as well as on
insufficient numbers of specimens. The whole subject of geograph-
ical variation in Plecoptera should be carefully reviewed.

In 1942 Prison published an interesting treatment of local and
geographical variations in the specialized cerci of some species of

^ Contribution from The Massachusetts Agricultural Experiment
Station and Contribution No. 1356 from the entomological labora-
tory of The University of Massachusetts. Supported by NIH
Grant E-1442(C6), U.S. Public Health Service.

133

134

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

VoL LVII

Paraleuctra. His work raised some difficult evolutionary and no-
menclatorial problems one of which concerned the status of our
single eastern species, P. sara (Claassen), and its relationship to
one of the western “forms”. It was Prison’s opinion that with
further collecting in critical geographic locations P. sara and what
was then called occidentalis, following the usage in Needham and
Claassen’s monograph (1925), would be found to be a single ge-
ographically variable species.

Very shortly after receiving Prison’s paper I studied my own
specimens for the variations he described since I happened to have
a series (nearly 300 males) of P. sara as well as a small number of
P. occidentalis auct. I could not confirm either his observations
or his conclusions. In 1946, after an opportunity to study all of the
Illinois material of both forms, my judgement of Prison’s paper
remained unchanged. Thus, it seemed particularly unfortunate
when Ricker, in 1954, without presenting any additional evidence,
formally declared transcontinental conspecificity under the name
of sara. It is difficult to understand why Prison (and later
Ricker) did not prefer to question his own species, forcipata 1937,
since it is, in both sexes, considerably more like the eastern sara
than is occidentalis auctores.

A recent tussle with another problem of geographical variation
has brought this case back to mind and I have exhumed my notes
and specimens, after nearly two decades, for a renewed look at our
dififerences of opinion. In consideration of the current interest
in geographical variation as it relates to evolution and species tax-
onomy, a correction of Prison’s observations and conclusions and
of Ricker’s nomenclatorial decision should no longer be delayed.

It is easy to see, with such an asymmetrical object as the cercus
shown in the plate of shaded drawings, that slight changes in posi-
tion could radically change the silhouette. Most of us, at one time
or another, have a playfully created a similar variety of images with
the shadow of a hand. In my current studies, to assure that
there could be no question of my interpretations being due to such
an effect, the cerci were dissected from the specimens and mounted
on slides in identical positions. Portunately this was very easy to
do since the cercus, as it settles through the mounting medium,
makes a three-point landing on the surface of the slide coming to
rest on the tips of the two arms and the base of the cercus, thus
giving a standardized lateral view. Assurance against distortion
by pressure from the cover slip was obtained by supporting the
cover slip on bits of cork thicker than the cerci.

Dec., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

135

Paraleuctra sara (Claassen)

Figs. 1, 3, 5, 6

Each cercus, dorsally, has a small notch at the very base (Fig. 1).
The hind margin of the tenth tergite fits into this notch and against
the flat anterior face of a conspicuous dorsal tooth at the edge of
the notch. Two cone-shaped arms diverge posteromesally from
the somewhat compressed basal area. Each arm has a small pro-
jection, the upper one being the more conspicuous not only because
it is the larger but because it is located ventrally on the arm and
thus its outline can be seen easily from lateral view: the projection
on the lower arm, because it is on the mesal side, is hidden from
the normal lateral view.

It is interesting to note that any single specimen in my collection
can be held in such a position as essentially to duplicate each of the
figures shown by Frison. For example, compare Figure 6, an
oblique caudal view, with 7 A. The outlines of 7B, 7C and 7D can
be produced simply by observing the same cercus from progressively
more anterior positions. 7F is produced by assuming a more
nearly dorsal position of the observer, in which case the lower arm
will appear relatively small as the bulk of this arm disappears under
the upper arm.

A comparison of all of the specimens in my collection with the
specimens used for the shaded drawings shows only minor varia-
tions in proportions when the specimens are carefully oriented into
the identical lateral positions. Nothing approaching the extensive
amount of variation which Frison reported (Fig. 7A-F) appears
to exist in this species.

Paraleuctra occidentalis auct.

Figs. 2, 4 ■

According to Ricker there are four type specimens of occidentalis
(Banks). He found the two deposited in the United States Na-
tional Museum to be two different species and thought that each
was different from the single complete specimen at the Museum
of Comparative Zoology at Harvard University. Since the latter,
a female, agreed, he thought, with then current interpretation of
occidentalis (Needham and Claassen, 1925), he designated it lecto-
type. He later discovered his mistake and was therefore obliged
to synonymize Claassen’s bradleyi under occidentalis (Banks).
Since the abdomen of one of the types has long been missing, its
identity will probably never be known. However, it seems unlikely
that Claassen would have described bradleyi without first having

136 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIl

Hanson

Male cerci of Paraleuctra: Figs. 1-2, Lateral views of P. sara and
P. occidentalis auct., respectively. Figs. 3-4, Dorsal views of P.
sara and P. occidentalis auct, respectively. Fig. 5, Mesal view of
P. sara. Fig. 6, Oblique latero-dorso-caudal view of P. sara to
show the protuberances on both arms of the cercus simultaneously,
as in Frison’s drawing A. Fig. 7, (on opposite page), Variations
in the cerci of P. sara claimed by Frison (from Frison, 1942) : A
from Massachusetts, B from Indiana, C-F from Tennessee.

Dec., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

137

studied at least one of the four cotypes of Occident alls (Banks),
and therefore it is probable that the abdomenless specimen is the
occidcntalis of Needham and Claassen (1925) and later authors.
Because of the existing confusion, P. occidcntalis auct. is left with-
out a name. I plan to describe it as a new species in a later paper
since the specific purpose of this paper is to discuss cereal variability.

Prison, in his 1942 paper, showed three figures of what he claimed
were cereal variants of occidcntalis from three different western
states. In 1946 I studied the specimens concerned in the Illinois
Survey Collection and I made the following notes. “Dr. Prison
has done exactly the same with this species as with sara in demon-
stration of variability. I examined his specimens from Ore., Idaho,
Colo., Calif., B. C., Wash., Mont., Wyo., including the ones used
by Mohr for Prison’s figs., 1942, p. 259, without finding the slight-
est indication of variation except in the process on the dorsal arm

138

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

which is very small in some cases.” To check this finding more
carefully a series of uniform slide mounts of cerci of P. occidentalis
from a wide geographic range (Oregon, Colorado, California, and
Utah) was recently prepared. A study of these specimens sub-
stantiates my 1946 observations and therefore lends no support to
Prison’s contention that “The difference between sara and occident-
alis are certainly slight, and there is reason to suspect that collecting
in northern states and southern Canada will show that sara is spe-
cifically the same as occidentalis ’ (Prison, 1942, p. 260).

P. occidentalis auct. differs from sara in at least five distinct
cereal features: (1) in occidentalis (Pig. 2) the length of the base
of the cercus, measured laterally, is considerably longer than in any
specimen of sara (Pig. 1) ; (2) the lower arm of the occidentalis
cercus is much shorter, relative to the upper, than in sara; (3) the
basal dorsal process is smaller and narrower in occidentalis than in
sara, in lateral view; (4) the lower arm in occidentalis never bears
a process while in sara it always does; (5) if carefully observed at
the right angle with the right lighting, the mesal surface of the
cercus of occidentalis (Pig. 4) is seen to be more nearly flat than
that of sara (Pig. 3) and is angularly demarked from the dorsal
surface along a line extending from the dorsal tooth onto the base
of the dorsal arm. Considering the distinctness of the cerci in-
dicated above, it is quite likely that further study will disclose addi-
tional genitalic differences useful in separating the two species.

Acknowledgements

I am indebted to Dr. E. I. Coher for his very critical reading of
the manuscript and to two of my students for similar service. Mr.
Joseph Pallazola is responsible not only for the fine shading on the
drawings but contributed materially to their detailed accuracy.

Literature Cited

Prison, T. H. 1942. Studies of North American Plecoptera
with special reference to the fauna of Illinois. Bui. Illinois
Nat. Hist. Survey 22(2) : 235-255, figs. 1-126.

Ricker, W. E. 1952. Systematic studies in Plecoptera. Indi-
ana Univ. Publ., Science Series No. 18, pp. 1-200, figs. 1-154.

. 1954. Nomenclatorial notes on Plecoptera. Proc.

Ent. Soc. British Columbia 51 : 37-39.

Dec., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 139

A NEW SPECIES OF SYNANTHEDON FROM
OHIO (LEPIDOPTERA: AEGERIIDAE)

By Ronald W. Hodges^

A series of adults of an aegeriid was reared from Viburnum
opulus nanum ]3.cq. by F. L. Gambrell of the New York State Agri-
cultural Experiment Station; the specimens were submitted for
identification by E. H. Smith of Cornell University. The species is
near Synanthedon vihurni Engelhardt ; however, it differs from the
latter in both larval and imaginal characters.

Synanthedon fatifera, n. sp.

(Figure 1)

Male. — Antenna blue-black
with a few pale yellow scales at
three-fourths, slightly dilated api-
cally, a short apical tuft. Tongue
well developed. Labial palpus
blue-black on dorsal surface of
first and second segment, third
segment and lateral and ventral
surfaces of first and second seg-
ments pale yellow. Head blue-
black with a few pale yellow scales
on face and occiput, pale yellow
scales surrounding eye ventrally
and posteriorly. Thorax shining blue-black, a dorso-lateral pale
yellow line on mesothorax, a broad pale yellow band below wings
on mesothorax and on anterior portion of metathorax, a few pale
yellow scales on dorsal surface of metathorax. Fore wings with
veins blue-black, lightly dusted with pale yellow, dorsal margin
heavily dusted with pale yellow scales ; cilia dark fuscous. Hind-
wings with veins blue-black; M1-M2 + 3 cross vein without scales;
costal margin pale yellow to five-sixths, then blue-black ; cilia dark
fuscous, pale yellow at base. Ventral surface of prothoracic coxa
blue-black broadly bordered laterally and distally with pale yellow ;
femur blue-black with pale yellow at apex ; tibia blue-black medially,
pale yellow laterally, epiplysis pale yellow ; tarsus blue-black ven-

^ Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service,
U.S.D.A., Washington, D. C.

'' r

Fig. 1, Synanthedon fatifera,
n. sp., paratype, female. Men-
tor, Ohio.

140

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

trally, yellow dorsally and at apices of first second, third and fifth
segments. Metathoracic leg blue-black ; tibia pale yellow at middle
and apex ; outer surface of tarsus pale yellow at apex of first, fourth,
and fifth segments. Abdomen blue-black, a small lateral patch of
pale yellow scales on first and fourth segments, anal tuft edged with
pale yellow.

Male genitalia as in Figure 2 (R.W.H. slide no. 2001).

Alar expanse of male 17-19 mm.

Female. — Maculation as for male except that antenna is pale
yellow from three-fifths nearly to apex.

Female genitalia as in Figure 3 (R.W.H. slide no. 2002).

Alar expanse of female 20-22 mm.

Food plant. — Viburnum opulus nanum Jacq.

Types. — Holotype: male. Mentor, Ohio, emerged at Geneva
N. Y., July 13, 1961, Viburnum; E.H.S. 1-61 ; R.W.H. genitalia
slide No. 2001 [U.S.N.M. Type No. 66024]. Paratypes: 1 J', 2 5,
same locality as type, July 17—23, 1961 [U.S.N.M.]

Discussion. — The male of Synanthedon fatifera may be separated
from that of N. viburni by the series of broad setae being roughly
parallel to the sacculus ridge ; in viburni the same series of setae
crosses the sacculus ridge and runs to the ventral margin of the
valva. The female genitalia of the two species are not separable.
The most notable point of difference between the habitus of the two

Figs. 2 and 3, Ventral view of genitalia of Synanthedon fatifera,
n. sp. Fig. 2, Male. Fig. 3, Female.

3. S. fatifera

Dec., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

141

species is that jatifera lacks a dorsal yellow band on the posterior
edge of the second abdominal segment, whereas a yellow band is
present in znburni.

Mentor, Ohio, is the type locality of jatifera. However, the plants
containing the larvae were shipped to Newark, New York. They
were rejected by the New York State Horticultural Inspector at
Newark because they were found to be infested with borers. At
that time some of the plants were taken to Geneva for the purpose
of rearing the insect.

CONCERNING SOME SPECIES OF TENAGOGONUS
S. STR. (GERRIDAE: HEMIPTERA)^

By Herbert B. Hungerford and Ryuichi Matsuda

In 1958 we published “The Tenagogonus-Limnometra complex
of the Gerridae” (Univ. Kansas Sci. Bui. 39(9) : 371-157). While
we combined both Tenagogonus Stal 1853 and Limnometra Mayr
1865 in a single key to species we considered them close but distinct
genera. However, by 1960 we had decided that the above groups
should more correctly be designated as Tenagogonus {Tenagogo-
nus) Stal and Tenagogonus {Limnometra) Mayr (Univ. Kansas
Sci. Bui. 41(1) : 10). Several new species have come to our atten-
tion since then. We described Tenagogonus {Tenagogonus) valen-
tinei from Fiji islands in 1961 (J. Kansas Ent. Soc. 34(4) : 173-
176). We describe two new species below.

Tenagogonus (Tenagogonus) ceylonensis, n. sp.

(Figs. F-I)

Sise: Apterous male 5.33 mm. long; width of head across eyes
1.19 mm.; width of pronotum 1.05 mm.; width of body across
mesoacetabula 1.81 mm. Apterous female 7.00 mm. long; width of
head across eyes 1.35 mm.; width of pronotum 1.13 mm.; width
of body across mesoacetabula 2.69 mm.

^Contribution No. 1167 from the Department of Entomology,
The University of Kansas. This study is a by-product of a research
project aided by a grant from the National Science Foundation.

142

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

Color: The dark markings of the pattern are dark brown to
black. Pronotum also has some fainter markings of light brown
(Figs. F,G). Typically there is a distinct white spot on meso-
thorax anterior to caudolateral angle of pronotum. Mesonotum
and venter nearly black.

Structural characteristics: Relative lengths of antennal seg-
ments : Male 1st :2nd :3rd :4th : :62 :48 :80 :90. Female 1st :2nd :3rd :
4th::74:48:77 :93.

Actual lengths of leg segments in mm.

Femur

Tibia

First

tarsal

segment

Second

tarsal

segment

Front leg

Male

2.21

2.00

0.19

0.31

Female

2.67

2.33

0.24

0.43

Middle leg

Male

4.88

3.93

1.62

0.41

Female

5.95

4.76

1.83

0.43

Hind leg

Male

4.83

2.17

0.45

0.29

Female

5.62

2.62

0.52

0.40

Male as seen from above without connexival spines, its seventh
abdominal sternite without protuberances. Venter of first genital
segment without a median longitudinal depression, its rear margin
as shown in Fig. H. Pygofer relatively broad, its margin without
lateral tufts of hairs. Parameres vestigial.

Female as seen from above shows connexival spines long and
last abdominal sternite produced as shown in Fig. I.

Comparative notes: This species runs out in our key of 1958 to
T. fijiensis Hungerford and Matsuda but it is not that species, be-
cause the color pattern is different and the distal margin of prono-
tum is not narrowed. In the male the median caudal projection of
ventral rear margin of first genital segment is broader and more
conspicuous than in T. fijiensis. In the female the last abdominal
sternite is much shorter than in T. fijiensis and the connexival
spines are longer and not flap-like as they are in the latter species.

Types: Described from male holotype, allotype and one male and
two female paratypes, all apterous, bearing the label “Ceylon,
Hinidoma 27 Jan. 1958. K. L. A. Perera.” Two male and three

Dec., 1062 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Society 143

female paratypes bearing the label “Ceylon, Hinidoma, S. P. 26
Jan. 1958 K. L. A. Perera.” One male paratype with the label
“Ceylon Hinidoma Ela. 29 Jan. 1958. One female paratype with
the label “Ceylon, Opanayeka 13 Sept. 1958 K. L. A. Perera.”
All the above paratypes are apterous. All the types are in the
Francis Huntington Snow Collection at the University of Kansas.

Distribution: Known only from the type localities.

Tenagogonus (Tenagogonus) maai, n sp.

(Figs. A-E)

Size: Apterous male 5.48 mm. long ; width across eyes 1.09 mm. ;
width of pronotum 0.924 mm. ; width of body across mesoacetabula
1.64 mm. Macropterous male 5.88 mm. long including wings ; width
of head across eyes 1.09 mm.; width across humeri 1.26 mm.;
width of body across mesoacetabula 1.64 mm. Apterous female
6.72 mm. long; width of head across eyes 1.13 mm.; width of
pronotum 1.00 mm.; width of body across mesoacetabula 2.52 mm.

Color: General color pattern stramineous. Even the usual brown
to black markings of the pattern characteristic of this genus are no
more than pale reddish brown and inconspicuous.

Structural characteristics: Relative lengths of antennal segments:
Male 1 St :2nd :3rd :4th : ::68:64:86 : 100. Female 1st :2nd :3rd :4th : :
64:53:71:90.

The relative lengths of leg segments in mm.

Femur

Tibia

1st tarsal 2nd tarsal
segment segment

Front leg

Male

2.14

1.78

0.19

0.30

Female

2.45

2.14

0.24

0.43

Middle leg

Male

4.59

3.64

1.54

0.48

Female

5.52

4.41

1.67

0.48

Hind leg

Male

4.33

1.90

0.45

0.36

Female

5.19

2.52

0.57

0.42

Male as seen from above without connexival spines, its seventh
abdominal sternite without protuberances. Venter of first genital
segment with a broad median longitudinal depression and its rear
margin bilobate as shown in Fig. D. Male genital capsule or

144 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

pygofer without lateral tufts of hairs. Parameres minute and
cone-shaped.

Female as seen from above shows the connexival spines short
(Figs. B and E). Seventh abdominal tergite more than twice as
long as eighth tergite.

Comparative notes: This species runs out in our key of 1958 to
T. pravipes hergrothi Hungerford and Matsuda because the pygofer
does not have lateral hair tufts. However, it is not that species be-
cause the venter of the first genital segment of the male has a broad
deep median longitudinal depression, the sides of which are parallel
and not shaped as in Tenagogonus (Tenagogonus) robustus Hun-
gerford and Matsuda ; nor has it a depressed slender line as in
Tenagogonus {Tenagogonus) pravipes hergrothi Hungerford and
Matsuda.

Types: In the collection of the Gerridae sent us for determination
from the Bernice P. Bishop Museum there were two pinned speci-
mens of this species, one apterous female bearing the labels “British
N. Borneo, W. Coast Residency Ranau, 500 m. IX 28 - X 7 1958’’
and “T. C. Maa collector-Bishop.” Beneath these labels was pinned
a capsule containing one macropterous male, three apterous males,
three apterous females and a nymph. These we have pinned and
labelled. The other pinned apterous female bears the printed label
“Borneo (Brit. N.) Sandakan 50 m. X 25, 1957.” We have chosen
the holotype, allotype from the apterous series above and labelled
the macropterous male a morphotype. The others are labelled para-
types. All are in the Bernice P. Bishop Museum in Honolulu, Ha-
waii, except for two paratypes which are in the Francis Huntington
Snow Museum at the University of Kansas.

Distribution: Known only from the type localities in the British
North Borneo.

Tenagogonus (Tenagogonus) hergrothi, new status

While we have never been able to locate the types of Tenagogo-
nus pravipes and have seen no specimens from Java that fit Berg-
roth’s 1915 description (Zool. Med. Rijks Mus. Nat. Hist., Leiden,
Deel 1,1: 121-122) we believe that he was such a careful worker
that he would not have overlooked the striking longitudinal depres-
sion on the sternum of the first genital segment of the male (Fig. 1).
Therefore, our Tenagogonus pravipes hergrothi from the Philip-
pines is here referred to full species status, Tenagogonus {Tenago-
gonus) hergrothi Hungerford and Matsuda.

Dec., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

145

Figs. A-E, Tenagogonus (Tenagogonus) maai Hungerford and
Matsuda. A, Macropterous male. B, Apterous female. C, Apter-
ous male. D, Ventral view of male apical abdominal segments. E,
Ventral view of female apical abdominal segments.

Eigs. E-I, Tenagogonus {Tenagogonus) ceylonensis Hungerford
and Matsuda. E, Apterous male, G, Apterous female. H, Ven-
tral view of male apical abdominal segments. I, Ventral view of
female apical abdominal segments.

146

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVll

^ TWO NEW NASAL MITES, PTILONYSSUS MOROF-
SKYI, N. SP., AND STERNOSTOMA PORTERI N. SP.,
FROM NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS (ACARINA;

RHINONYSSIDAE)4

By Kerwin E. Hyland^

In the course of studying the distribution of the nasal mite fauna
in North American birds we have found two additional new species,
one belonging to the genus Ptilonyssus, sensu latu, collected from a
variety of fringillid hosts, the other of the genus Sternostoina taken
from picid hosts.

Ptilonyssus morofskyi, n. sp.

The fringiliids found infested with this species include the Ameri-
can goldfinch, savannah sparrow, song sparrow, vesper sparrow,
field sparrow, fox sparrow, and slate-colored junco. Ptilonyssus
morofskyi is most closely related to Ptilonyssus serini Fain, 1956, a
species described from several Central African fringiliids. It can
be separated from P. serini on the basis of ( 1 ) a larger sternal plate,
which is wider than long, (2) an opisthosomal plate which tapers
more abruptly posteriorly and possesses on the anterolateral angles
a group of alveoli, (3) the anal plate which tapers less abruptly and
has a short, wide cribrum and (4) the lack of metasternal setae
which are present in P. serini.

Female. — Measurements, in microns, of holotype and range in
parentheses of measured paratypes as follows: Lid = 528 (432-
528) ; WId = 322 (290-322) ; LPP = 180 (175-192) ; WPP = 175
(169-182); LOP = 161 (149-168); WOP = 120 (116-125);

LSP = 96 (84-96); WSP=110 (103-114); LGP = 106 (105-
110) ; WGP = 67 (65-70) ; LAP = 48 (48-65) ; WAP = 55 (48-
55); LG = 86 (81-91); WG = 58 (50-60); LP = 50 (46-50);
LCH = 62 (58-67); LCh = 4 (4); LPer = 31 (31-34); LLeg 1 =
254 (243-262) ; WLeg I = 46 (43-46) ; LLeg IV = 240 (231-252) ;
WLeg IV = 36 (34-38). (See Fain and Hyland, 1962, for ex-
planation of abbreviations.)

^Supported in part by a research grant (G-11035) from the
National Science Foundation. ^ This work was conducted in part
while a Fulbright Research Scholar at the Institut de Medecine
Tropicale Prince Leopold, Antwerp, Belgium. ^ Contribution
number 109 from the Kellogg Gull Lake Biological Station, Hick-
ory Corners, Michigan. ^ Department of Zoology, University of
Rhode Island, Kingston, Rhode Island.

Dec., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

147

Dorsum: (Fig. 8). Podosomal plate conspicuously 7-sidecl with
pronounced anteromedian projection ; surface with a fine reticulate
pattern except in central portion and a pattern of vacuoles as fig-
ured ; eight pairs of small setae, three pairs of which are larger and
more attenuate than the others. Opisthosomal plate elongate, about
one and one-half times as long as wide and tapering to a blunt point
posteriorly ; surface with a fine reticulate pattern and a series of
vacuoles as figured ; seven pairs of setae, the posterior pair stouter
and more heavily sclerotized.

Dorsal cutlcule striated, with seven pairs of small setae, three
pairs lateral and posterior to the podosomal plate and four pairs
lateral to the opisthosomal plate. Stigmata dorsal, at level of coxa
III, with short peritreme.

Venter: (Fig. 3). Sternal plate irregularly shaped, wider than
long, with a reticulate pattern, three pairs of minute setae and two
pairs of pores. Genital plate tongue-shaped, with central sclero-
tized pattern, and with setal bases of genital setae located on the
plate and conspicuous (left genital seta only on holotype) ; geni-
tal apodemes conspicuous. Anal plate elongate, with a small
cribrum (in nearly all specimens cribrum is terminal and directed
dorsad; LAP of holotype greater than 48 microns). Paired anal
setae attenuate and at level of anal opening ; median seta small and
blunt. Metasternal setae absent or only a remnant in the form of a
setal base at level of coxa IV ; opisthosomal cuticule striated and
armed with three pairs of small pointed setae in two transverse rows
of two and four each.

Gnathosoma: (Fig. 2). Ventral in position; base with one pair
of setae and a median row of four or five deutosternal setae ven-
trally, and dorsolaterally with a row of acuminate denticles. Hy-
postome ventrally with two pairs of small setae. Chelicerae elon-
gate, and with gradual taper. Chela small, movable portion triang-
ular. Palps with four free segments, the femur with one ventro-
medial seta, two dorsal, and one lateral seta ; tibia with one ventro-
medial and three dorsal setae ; tarsus with three attenuate and four
microsetae ventrally, two attenuate apical setae, and about seven
microsetae dorsally.

Legs: All legs six-segmented. Coxae I through III with two
microsetae ; coxa IV with one seta. Other segments of all legs with
one or more short blunt setae per segment ventrally and dorsally
with one or more short pointed setae per segment as figured. All
tarsi with caruncle and claws. Tarsus 1 (Fig. 1) : Sensory plaque
with three solenidion-type setae with one longer than others, three

148 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIl

long attenuate, and two smaller setae; remainder of dorsal surface
fitted with two small attenuate setae ; ventrally with six attenuate
setae of varying lengths on apical half and two blunt microsetae.
Claws straight, tapering and ending within the caruncle. Tarsus
IV (Fig. 5 ) : Dorsal surface with three short attenuate setae. Ven-
tral surface with two large partially inflated setae and four long
attenuate setae located apically, two small microsetae centrally
placed and three larger spur-like setae along dorsolateral surface ;
claws hooked.

Male. — Measurements: Lid = 317 ; WId = 187 ; LPP = 156;

WPP = 147 ; LOP = 134; WOP = 118; Length sterno-genital plate
(LSGP) = 161 ; Width sterno-genital plate (WSGP) = 87; Length
ventro-anal plate (LVAP) = 113; Width ventro-anal plate
(WVAP) =82; LAP = 48; WAP = 41 ; LG = 103 ; WG = 48;
LP = 46; LCH = 50; LCh=19; LPer = 26; LLeg 1 = 194;

WLeg I = 50; LLeg IV = 178; WLeg IV = 41.

The only male specimen found in the collection which includes
62 females is considerably smaller in all dimensions than the fe-
males. To what extent this size dififerential is representative of the
males is not known.

Dorsum: Similar to female. Edges of podosonial plate slightly
curled reducing LPP and WPP measurements. Opisthosomal
plate wide, with three additional pairs of setae on lateral borders.
Cuticle of opisthosoma armed with one pair of small setae.

Venter: Sternogenital plate (Fig. 6) well defined, with irregular
borders and partially surrounding the genital opening ; central vac-
uolate pattern distinct. Three pairs of sternal setae on plate, the
third pair larger ; pores associated with first two pairs ; metasternal
and genital setae also located on plate. A moderately well defined
ventro-anal plate (Fig. 7) present bearing two pairs of median
setae ; anal portion of plate similar to female including setae and
cribrum.

Gnathosoma: Palps similar to female ; chelicerae with chela form-
ing about two-fifths total length (Fig. 9).

Legs: Legs, including tarsi, similar to female with exception of
claws on tarsus I which are hooked.

Protonymph. — Specimen from the field sparrow, Spizella pusilla,
(Host #A600413-3) with an idiosoma measuring 406 microns in
length and 288 in width. Pygidial setae heavy, attenuate, and min-
utely barbed.

Types. — The Holotype and two paratype females were collected
from the nasal passages of the American goldfinch, Spinus tristus,

Dec., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

149

C60-08-18-5, collected at the Kellogg Gull Lake Biological Station,
Hickory Corners, Kalamazoo Co., Michigan, by David T. Clark
on 18 August 1960. The allotype male, the only male seen, was
taken from the savannah sparrow, Passerculus sandwichensis,
H61-09-23-12, in New Shoreham (Block Island), R. I., by G.
West, K. Hyland and L. Ter Bush on 23 September 1961 along with
3 paratype females.

Other paratypes and the hosts on which they were collected are
as follows: On Passerculus sandwichensis, (savannah sparrow);
3 22, Block Island, R. I., G. West, K. Hyland and L. TerBush,
H61-09-23-12; 1 2, Block Island, R. I., G. West, K. Hyland and
L. TerBush, H6 1-09-23-14 ; 6 22, Block Island, R. L, G. West,
K. Hyland and L. TerBush, H61-09-23-27. On Pooecetes gram-
ineus (vesper sparrow) : 1 2, Gilkey Lake, Barry Co., Michigan,
K. Hyland, Hedwig Ford and D. T. Clark, 59-07-08-14. On
Junco hyemalis (slate-colored junco) : 1 2, Block Island, R. L, G.
West, K. Hyland and L. TerBush, H61-09-23-7. On Spizella
pusilla (field sparrow) : 11 22, ^ NN, Weeping Water, Nebraska,
N. Braasch, A600413-3. On Passerella iliaca (fox sparrow) : 11
22, Kingston, R. L, G. West, H61-1 1-27-2. On MelospEa melo-
dia (song sparrow) : 15 22, Raynham, Mass., R. Hayes, H60-08-

04- 2 ; 2 22, Duck Lake, Hickory Corners, Mich., D. T. Clark,
C60-07-28-3 ; 2 22, 42nd St. N., Kalamazoo Co., Mich., D. T. Clark,
C60-07-27-9 ; 8 22, South Kingstown, R. I., L. TerBush, H61-

05- 05-8.

The holotype has been deposited in the United States National
Museum (USNM No. 2690), as has the allotype, two paratypes and
a protonymph. Paratypes have been deposited with the Entomo-
logical Museum, Michigan State University, with Alex Fain, In-
stitut de Medecine Tropicale Prince Leopold, Antwerp, Belgium,
with R. W. Strandtmann, Texas Technological College, Lubbock,
and in the collection of the author.

Ptilonyssus morofskyi is named for Walter F. Morofsky, Direc-
tor of the Kellogg Gull Lake Biological Station, a branch of Mich-
igan State University where this work was initiated.

Sternostoma porteri, n. sp.

This species has been collected from the nasal cavities of the
yellow-shafted flicker {Colaptes auratus) and the downy wood-
pecker (Dendrocopos pubescens) and is the first rhinonyssid re-
ported from the family Picidae.

This species appears most closely related to Sternostoma dureni

150

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

Fain, 1956, but dilbers from it in having a longer and narrower
sternal shield, a more elongate podosomal plate, and an anal plate
which is more elongate and in which the setae are all situated well
behind the anal opening. The dorsal plates of Sternostoma hutsoni
Furman, 1957 and 6'. porteri are similar but the sternal plate of S.
hutsoni is keg-shaped and not nearly as long as for 6'. porteri, and
the genital plate is smaller in both dimensions than in 6'. hutsoni. S.
porteri can be separated from all known species of Sternostoma
with the exception of nectarinia Fain, 1956, on the basis of a
sternal plate which is two and one-half times as long as wide. It
can be separated from .S', nectarinia by differences in the shape of
the podosomal, opisthosomal, genital and anal plates.

Female. — Measurements of holotype and range in parentheses
of measured paratypes as follows: Lid = 806 (470-806); WId =
325 (269-358); LPP = 325 (283-325); WPP = 216 (208-224);
LOP = 177 ■ (156-203) ; WOP = 138 (138-153); LPer=11.7
(11.7-13.0) ; LSP= 158 (120-158) ; WSP = 55 (44-68) ; LGP =
106 (91-109) ; WGP = 53 (53-65) ; LAP = 62 (52-78) ; WAP =
56 (34-56); LG = 182 (106-182); WG = 83 (83-104); LP = 94
(57-94); LCH=112 (96-117); LCh = 6.8 (5.7-6.8) ; LLeg 1 =
380 (286-380) ; WLeg I = 91 (65-96) ; LLeg IV = 381 (291-381) ;
WLeg IV = 78 (55-81).

Dorsum: Podosomal plate longer than wide, somewhat penta-
gonal, with broad anteromedian projection, concave lateral borders,
and convex posterior border. Surface with a pattern of alveoli as
figured, a background of lines forming a mosaic pattern and with
punctations ; armed with seven pairs of minute setae, three pairs lo-
cated along lateral border and four pairs medially ; with two pairs
of pores. O pisthosomal plate longer than wide, wider anteriorly
and tapering to blunt point posteriorly. Surface with a pattern of
alveoli as figured, a background of lines forming a network, and
punctations ; four pairs of minute setae located medially. Dorsal
surface of opisthosoma finely striated and with three pairs of micro-
setae. Stigmata dorsal, at level of coxa III, small, without peri-
treme.

Venter: Sternal plate elongate, approximately two and one-half
times as long as wide, with faint borders, and a finely punctate sur-
face ; three pairs of setal bases are evident but setae are wanting.
Genital plate small, elongate, finely punctate and with a median
quadripartite vacuolate area. Genital apodemes conspicuous.
Anal plate terminal, elongate with small cribrum ; three setae all
positioned posterior to anal opening. Cuticle finely striated, three

Dec., 1962

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 151

pairs of minute setae located on opisthosomal integument.

Gnathosonia: Ventral in position, base without setae and without
dorsal ctenidium. Chelicerae elongate, with moderately abrupt
taper toward tip ; chelae small, movable digit triangular in shape.
Palps with four free segments, femur without setae, genu with two
dorsal and two lateral setae, tibia with three dorsal and two lateral
setae, tarsus with two moderately long terminal setae and three or
four subterminal microsetae dorsally and two subterminal micro-
setae ventrally.

Legs: All legs six-segmented. Most segments with several small
pointed setae on both dorsal and ventral aspects. Tarsi with modi-
fied setae, caruncles and claws. Tarsus I (Fig. 13) : Sensory
plaque with three solenidia, three attenuate, and two microsetae.
Remaining dorsal surface with five short pointed setae, and ven-
trally with five similar setae. Claws slightly curved, pointed and
ending within carnucle. Tarsus IV (Figs. 13, 14) : Dorsally with
basal row of three small pointed setae, and distad another row of
three, the middle seta more attenuate. Distally with two long
attenuate setae. Ventral surface with three pointed setae positioned
as illustrated (Fig. 13), and three expanded setae located distally.
Claws well developed, hooked.

Male. — Unknown.

Nymph. — The single nymph was taken from Colaptes auratus
(H62-06-26-4) and measures 538 microns in length and 288 in
width. All plates on idiosoma are lacking with exception of a
poorly demarcated anal plate. Claws on tarsus I small, short (10
microns) and slightly hooked.

Types. — Holotype and one paratype female were collected from
the yellow-shafted flicker, Colaptes auratus, taken at the Kellogg
Bird Sanctuary, Hickory Corners, Kalamazoo County, Michigan
by T. W. Porter, 17 Aug. 1958.

Other paratypes and the hosts on which they were collected are
as follows: On Colaptes auratus (yellow-shafted flicker): 7
Bradford, R. I., A. Moorhouse, H62-09-08-1 ; 4 IN, Kingston,
R. I., A. Moorhouse, H 62-06-26-4 ; 1 J, Kingston, R. I., A. Moor-
house, H62-06-25-1 ; 1 2, Kalamazoo Co., Mich., K. Hyland, Hed-
wig Ford & D. T. Clark, 59-07-10-1. On Dendrocopos puhescens
(downy woodpecker) : 2 22» Shiawesee Co., Mich., D. T. Clark &
Hedwig Ford, C60-09-03-5 ; 1 2» Gothenburg, Nebr., N. Braasch
& W. Atyeo, A590610-9; 2 22, Kalamazoo Co., Mich., D. T. Clark
and Mary English, C60-08-04-1 ; 9 22’ Kalamazoo Co., Mich.,
Hedwig Ford and D. T. Clark, 59-08-02-2.

152

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

The holotype has been deposited in the United States National
Museum (USNM No. 2691) along with two paratypes and the
nymph. Paratypes have also been deposited with the Entomolog-
ical Museum, Michigan State University, the Entomological Mu-
seum, University of Nebraska, in the collections of Alex Eain, In-
stitut de Medecine Tropicale Prince Leopold, Antwerp, Belgium,
R. W. Strandtmann, Texas Technological College, Lubbock, and
the author.

Sternostoma porteri is named for T. Wayne Porter, Assistant Di-
rector of the Kellogg Biological Station, Hickory Corners, Mich-
igan.

Acknowledgments

The author wishes to thank Dr. Alex Eain, Institut de Medecine
Tropicale Prince Leopold, Antwerp, Belgium, for the use of his fa-
cilities in carrying out a portion of this work, and for his kind advice
and criticisms.

Literature Cited

Fain, A. and K. E. Hyland. 1962. The mites parasitic in the
lungs of birds. The variability of Sternostoma tracheacolum
Lawrence, 1948, in domestic and wild birds. Parasitology 52 :
401-424.

Explanation of Plates

Ptilonyssus morofskyi, new species. Pig. 1, Tarsus I, dorsolat-
eral view. Eig. 2, Gnathosoma: right, ventral view — left, dorsal
view. Eig. 3, Ventral view. Eig. 4, Anal plate of paratype from
Spizella pusilla. Pig. 5, Tarsus IV, ventral view. (Pigs. 1, 2, 3,
and 5 of holotype).

Ptilonyssus morofskyi, new species. Pig. 6, Sternogenital plate
and Fig. 7, Ventro-anal plate of allotype male from Passer cuius
sandwichensis. Fig. 8, Dorsal view, holotype. Fig. 9, Chelicera of
allotype.

Sternostoma porteri, new species. Fig. 10, Podosomal plate of
paratype female from Dendrocopos puhescens. Fig. 11, Gnatho-
soma of holotype: right, ventral view — left, dorsal view. Fig. 12,
Dorsal view, holotype.

Sternostoma porteri, new species. Fig. 13, Tarsus IV, ventral
view; Fig. 14 — Tarsus IV, dorsal view. Fig. 15, Tarsus I, dorsal
view; Fig. 16, Ventral view, holotype. Fig. 17, Anal plate of para-
type from Dendrocopos puhescens.

Dec., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

153

Hyland Plate I

154 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

Hyland

Plate II

lOOu

Dec., 1962

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 155

156 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIl

Hyland

Plate IV

100 u

Dec., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 157

ASIAN BITING FLY STUDIES V : TABANIDAE—
SPECIES RELATED TO TABANUS BASALIS
MACQUART, 1838, WITH THE DESCRIPTION
OF A NEW SPECIES FROM NEPAL

By Edward I. Coher-

Oriental species of Tabanidae are in great need of revision using
modern taxonomic methods. Unfortunately most collections of
Asian tabanids are fragmentary and practically nothing is known of
the biology of the species. With the quantity of material available
to me^, a preliminary grouping and revision is now advisable.
Some errors in synonymy and interpretation of species relation-
ships will almost certainly result because of lack of access to many
of the pertinent types and the poor quality of old descriptions.

Descriptive studies of the Tabanidae are complicated by our poor
understanding of variation at the species level and a lack of struc-
tural characters in these flies. As a result there is much depend-
ency on tinctorial characters. These problems have been discussed
by Stone (1938:2,4). Unfortunately the color and pattern of a
poorly preserved or a preserved and subsequently mounted tabanid
may have practically no relation to that of a well preserved or
freshly captured one. This factor is the most difficult one with
which the taxonomist must contend.

Species in the basalis group are: 1, abbasalis Philip, 1960, Thai-
land ; 2, annamensis Philip, 1960, Annam ; 3, basalis Macquart,
1838, Sumatra, Java; 4, clirysater Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1926,
Java; 5, cinnamomeus Doleschall, 1858, Amboina ; 6, jus comae Hia-
tus Ricardo, 1911, Upper Burma, Sikkim; subsp. altermaculatus
Ricardo, 1913a, Manipur; var. unisignatus Szilady, 1926, So. Cele-
bes; 7, jacobi, n.sp., Nepal; 8, joidus (Bigot), 1892, Assam; 9,
laotianus (Bigot), 1892, Laos; 10, ochroater Schuurmans Stek-
hoven, 1926, Sumatra; 11, pallidepectoratus (Bigot), 1892, Cochin

^ Under the title ‘Asian Biting Fly Studies’, the examination of
various groups of potential and known vector species of flies is being
supported by a grant from the National Institutes of Health (E-
4541) and is administered by the Smithsonian Institution. The
principal groups to be studied are the Culicidae and the Tabanidae.
Collections of the mosquitoes are available from Nepal, Thailand,
Afghanistan, New Guinea and the Philippines ; of tabanids from
Nepal and Thailand.

^ 599 Main St., Waltham 54, Mass.

158

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

China, Formosa ; var. aurea Surcouf, 1922, Laos ; 12, pendlehuryi
Philip, 1960, Brit. No. Borneo; 13, pseudopallidepectoratus Sur-
couf, 1922, Laos; 14, siamensis Ricardo, 1911, Thailand; 15, szi-
ladyi Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1932, ? Sumatra, ? China; 16, thur-
mani Philip, 1960, Thailand; 17, xanti Szilady, 1926, So. Celebes.

Although it would be desirable to have a key to the species which
are included in the basalis group, the descriptions of most of the
species are so poor that it is not possible with my present knowledge
of the group to construct an accurate key. However, I have
grouped the species according to the number of basal abdominal
tergites which are wholly or almost wholly deep yellow or orange :

Species with only the first two abdominal tergites so colored:
ahbasalis, basalis, oehroater.

Only first three abdominal tergites so colored : jacobi, pendle-
buryi, fsziladyi, thurniani.

Only first abdominal tergites so colored : annamensis, chry-
sater, juscomaculatus, f. ssp. alterniaciilatus , joidus, pseudopalli-
depectoratus, siamensis, f xanti.

First five abdominal tergites so colored: pallidepectoratus, p. var.
aurea.

Species whose names are preceded by question marks are not
clearly described, and there is no information available on the fol-
lowing : cinnamomeus, laotianus, juscomaculatus var.

Collections listed in this paper were made by myself except where
otherwise stated.

1. Tabanus jacobi, n. sp.

Female. — Head: with subcallus, face, and cheeks yellow; frons
golden pollinose and nearly parallel-sided, with index of 6 ; callosity
(Fig. 1) red-brown, subrectangular, tapered and confluent with
narrow median, line-like red-brown callus (sometimes divided by
pollinosity in area delimited by dotted lines on figure) and not
touching eye margin ; vertexal triangle variable, sometimes reach-
ing median callosity, sometimes almost absent; antenna (Fig. 2)
with scape, pedicel, and plate orange, with style extremely variable
but at least apex of last segment dark red-brown ; parafacials and
face, particularly dorsolateral corner, with fine yellow setae ; beard
yellow; palpus (Fig. 3) yellow, with variable mixture of black and
yellow setae. Thorax: olive-green tomentose, somewhat more gray
just dorsal to coxae, with pilosity mainly yellow and with some dark
setae intermixed on scutum and a small patch of black setae an-
terior to mesocoxae. Legs: with coxae olive-green or grayish

Dec., 1962

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 159

COHER

Tahanus jacohi, n. sp. Fig. 1, Frons. Fig. 2, Antenna. Fig.
3, Palpus. Fig. 4, Tergal segments II and III showing setal
pattern.

160

Biilletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

tomentose with yellow and black setae ; remainder purple-brown with
concolorous setae except for basal half of foretibia and slightly more
than basal half of mid and hind tibiae and some setae at base of mid
and hind femora, all of which are orange-yellow. Abdomen: with
tergites I to III orange with golden setae; TII (Fig. 4) with a
median inverted broadly v-shaped patch of black setae; Till (Fig.
4) with a variable median patch of black setae also resembling an
inverted V’ having a lateral extension along the basal margin of the
segment ; TIV to TVII with black setae, the integument with a hint
of a lighter median apical triangle; SII to III orange, with a vari-
able mixture of orange and black setae; SIV to VII black, with
black setae. Halt ere: orange. Wing: yellowish near base and
along costal margin, suffused along Rg and smoky through cells
Rg, R4, R5, Ml, M2, Mg and apically in Cu.

Types. — Holotype female: Nepal, Amlekhganj, 350 m., 30 July
1956, Shannon trap; in USNM collection. Paratopotypes: 30
July 1956, 5 Shannon trap; 8 July 1956, 2 JJ, Shannon trap;
10 July 1956, 7 $2, (L. B. Jha), 2 22 (Keshav Ram), Shannon
trap; 19 July 1956, 1 2. biting man; 8 Aug. 1957, 1 2» Shannon
trap ; 28 Aug. 1957, 19 22» Shannon trap; 29 Aug. 1957, 1 2> Shan-
non trap; 29 Aug. 1957, 1 2> light. Paratype: Nepal, Bari-
damar, 7 Oct. 1957, 1 2> Shannon trap.

Discussion. — I take great pleasure in naming this species for Dr.
V. P. Jacob in whose company I spent two extraordinary years
in the Nepal terai. This species is most closely related to fuscoma-
culatus but differs by having only the first three abdominal tergites
orange and by the form of the setal pattern. The setal pattern of
the third segment is larger than that of the second in jacohi, whereas
that on the third segment is smaller than that of the second in
fuscomaculatus.

2. Tabaniis tlnirmani Philip, 1960.

Philip, 1960, St. Inst. Med. Res. Fed. Malaya No. 29:24, illus.

My material consists of a single topotypic female taken at a light.
Comparison with the type indicates that some emendation of the
original description is necessary. Both specimens show a median
integumental orange area extending along the apical margin of TV
and an integumental orange margin to TVI. My specimen which
is in fresher condition than the type shows : subcallus, parafacials,
and face yellow-brown pollinose, the median ventral portion of the
face suffused red-brown ; frons golden pollinose ; beard yellowish
posteriorly ; integument of basal two-thirds of foretibia orange-

Dec., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

161

brown ; SV with olive-green pollinosity apically.

Material examined. — Thailand, Chiengmai, 13 July 1959.

3. Tabanus siamensis B.\z2iVdo, 1911.

Ricardo, 1911, Rec. Indian Mus. 4: 212, illus.

I have assigned a single female specimen to this species despite
small differences from the description of siamensis which was orig-
inally described from badly rubbed material. The principal distinc-
tive features of my specimen are : subcallus, face, vertex and mes-
onotum golden tomentose ; frontal callus almost triangular rather
than subquadrate with a dorsal linear extension ; no yellow setae
or integumental color on the posterior margin of sternites V and
VI.

Material examined. — Laos, 40 miles E. of Vientiane on road to
Pak San, 21 June 1959 (P. F. Beales).

4. Tabanus pallidepectoratus (Bigot), 1892.

Bigot, 1892, Atylotus, Mem. Soc. Zool. France 5: 57.

Ricardo, 1913, Ann. Hist. -Nat. Mus. Natl. Hung. 11: 172, J'.

The male of this species was described from Formosa by Ricardo
(1913b). I have seen a single additional male specimen in the col-
lection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard Uni-
versity.

Material examined. — Formosa, Hori, 6 June 1934 (L. Gressitt).
Acknowledgments

I would like to thank Mr. Peter F. Beales for the specimen of
siamensis, the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard Uni-
versity and the U.S. National Museum for allowing me to study
pertinent material, and Dr. John F. Hanson for his critical read-
ing of the manuscript. To my numerous assistants in the field
without whose help the placement of traps would have been ex-
tremely difficult I wish to express my gratitude for their part in the
development of this and all future studies in this series of papers.

References

Bigot, J. M. F. 1890. Dipteres. Nouvelles Arch. Mus. Hist.
Nat. Ser. 3, 2 : 203-208.

1892. Description de Dipteres Nouveaux ( 1 ) . Mem.

Soc. Zool. France 5: 1-90.

Doleschall, D. L. 1858. Derde Bijdrage tot de kennis der
Dipteren Fauna van Nederlandsch Indie. Natuurk. Tijds. v.
Nederlandsch Indie 17 : 73-128.

162

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

Philip, C. B. 1960. Malaysian Parasites XXXV. Descrip-
tions of some Tabanidae (Diptera) from the Far East. St.
Inst. Med. Res. Fed. Malaya 29: 1-32.

1960. Malaysian Parasites XXXVI. A summary re-
view and records of Tabanidae from Malaya, Borneo and Thai-
land. loc. cit. 29: 33-78.

Ricardo, G. 1911. A revision of the species of Tabanus from
the Oriental Region, including notes on species from surround-
ing countries. Rec. Indian Mus. 4: 111-258, Pis. 13-14.

1912. Notes on Tabani from the East Indies. Tijd.

V. Ent. 55 : 347-349.

1913a. New species of Tabanidae from the Oriental

Region. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 8, 11 : 542-547.

1913b. Tabanidae from Formosa. Ann. Hist. -Nat.

Mus. Natl. Hung. 11 : 168-173.

Schuurmans Stekhoven, J. H. 1926. The bloodsucking arthro-
pods of the Dutch East Indian Archipelago. Treubia 6
(Suppl.) :1-551, Pis. 1-18.

1932. Supplement to monograph of tabanids of Dutch

East Indies. Arch. Naturgesch. (N.F.) 1 : 57-94, 22 Figs.

Surcouf, J. 1922. Dipteres piqueurs du Laos. 2e note. Bull.
Soc. Ent. Erance 1922; 13-15.

Szilady, Z. 1926. New and Old World horseflies. Biol. Hun-
garica 1 (Ease. 7) : 1-30, PI. 4.

Announcement

A List of the Aphids of New York, by Mortimer D. Leonard,
Washington, D. C. Proceedings of the Rochester Academy of
Sciences, Vol. 10, No. 6, pp. 289-428, 4 plates. 1963. The life
histories, economic importance, method of feeding, production of
winged forms, productivity, role as vectors of plant viruses, and
other pertinent information are discussed as introductory material.
Detailed records of the distribution of about 350 species of aphids
known to occur in New York and a list of over 700 food plants on
which they occur are given. (For sale at $1.50 by the Librarian,
Rochester Academy of Science, Rush Rhees Library, University
of Rochester, Rochester, N. Y.)

CONTENTS OF VOLUME LVII

Arranged alphabetically throughout)
COLEOPTERA

Notes on the Buprestidae : Part Venation in the anal field of the
III, G. H. Nelson, 56-60. beetle family Ostomatidae, E.

W. King, 51-55.

Diptera

A new nearctic Tabanus of ful-
vulus group, L. L. Pechuman,
66-70.

Asian biting fly studies I : Tab-
anidae — species related to
Tabanus basalis, with descrip-
tion of a new species from
Nepal, E. I. Coher, 157-162.

Immature stages of stalk-eyed
fly (Diptera: Diopsidae), R.
Lavigne, 5-14.

Mosquito catches in New Jer-
sey and ultra-violet light
traps, J. E. Downey, 61-63.

North American Species of the
biting midge genus Jenkin-
shelea (Diptera: Ceratopog-
onidae), W. W. Wirth, 1-4.

Undescribed species of nemato-
cerous Diptera. Part XI, C.
P. Alexander, 33-39.

General

Announcement :

The Torre-Bueno Glossary,
46.

Editorial note, J. F. Hanson,
132.

Filing and storing liquid-pre-
served insects, I. F. Hanson,
72-79.

Obituary :

Dr. James H. McDunnough,
44.

Publications received :

A synthesis of evolutionary
theory, H. H. Ross, 14.
Abyssal Crustacea, J. L. Bar-
nard, R. J. Menzies, and
M. C. Bacescu, 50.
Bibliography of agricultural me-
teorology, J. Y. Wang, 84.

Hemiptera :
Concerning some species of
Tenagogonus S. Str. (Ger-
ridae: Hemiptera), Hunger-
ford and R. Matsuda, 141-
145.

Ecology of Inland waters and
estuaries, G. K. Reid, 24.

Guide to the insects of Con-
necticut. Part VI. The

Diptera or true flies of Con-
necticut. Seventh Fascicle :
Psychodidae. L. W. Quate,
39.

Pacific Insects, 108.

The Anobiidae of Ohio (Coleop-
tera), R. E. White, 101.

The beetles of the Pacific North-
west. Part HI : Pselaphidae
and Diversicornia I, M. H.
Hatch, 84.

The Scolytoidea of the North-
west, W. J. Chamberlain, 32.

The stoneflies (Plecoptera) of

the Pacific Northwest, S. G.
Jewett, 32.

Heteroptera

Possibly wasp mimicry by a
lygaeid, J. C. Schaffner, 71.

163

164 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

Hemiptera : Homoptera

New names and notes on Afri-
can and Asian Aleyrodidae
(Homoptera), L. M, Russell,
63-65.

Studies of the Gyponini
(Homop. : Cicadellidae) : the
Gypona glauca complex, D.
M. Delong and P. H. Frey-
tag, 109-131.

Hymenoptera

Biology of Dahlbominus fusci-
pennis (Hymenop.), a para-
site of pine sawfly prepupae,
M. L. Bobb, 102-108.

Gynandroniorph of Bombus fla-
vifrons Cresson (Hymenop-
tera: Apidae), H. E. Milli-
ron, 45-46.

Lectotypes of Nearctic and Neo-
tropical Zethini ( Hymenop-
tera: Vespidae), R. M. Bo-
hart and L. A. Stange, 28-32.

Nesting behavior of Sphex
tepanicus (Hymenoptera:
Sphecidae), J. E. Gillaspy,
15-17.

Observations, including new
prey records, of Nearctic
Pompilidae (Hymenop.), F.
E. Kurczewski, 85-90.

Ultrastructure of metasternal
glands of ants, G. S. Tulloch,
J. E. Shapiro and B. Hershe-
nov, 91-101.

Lepidoptera

A new species of Synanthedon riidae), R. W. Hodges, 139-
from Ohio (Lepidop. : Aege- 141.

Smaller Orders and

Antillean species of Hydrop-
syche (Trichoptera), O. S.
Flint, Jr., 22-27.

Cloeon dipterum (L) in Ohio,

( Ephemeroptera : Baetidae ) ,

J. R. Traver, 47-50.

Distribution and host records
for Poecilothrips albopictus
Uzel, R. B. Roberts, 71.

Immature stages of Paleagape-
tus celsus Ross (Trichoptera:
Hydroptilidae), O. S. Elint,
Jr., 40-44

Notes on Banks’ species of Pel-
toperlidae (Plecoptera) , S.
W. Hitchcock, 80-83.

Other Arthropods

Ocular anomalies in spiders, B.

J. Kaston, 17-21.

Studies on the Plecoptera of
North America: X. Geni-
talic variations in the males of
Paraleuctra, J. E. Hanson,
133-138.

Two new nasal mites, Ptilonys-
sus morofyski, n.sp., and
Sternostoma porteri n.sp.,
from North American birds
( Acarina : Rhinonyssidae ) ,

K. E. Hyland, 146-156.

Dec., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 165

INDEX TO VOLUME LVII

New species and other new forms are indicated by boldface. 0
indicates animals other than insects, * plants.

* Acacia arabica var. nilotica, 64
greggii, 56, 58, 60
Acaudaleyrodes, 63
africana, 64
alhagi, 64
citri, 64
panliana, 63, 64
rachipora, 64
Acmaeodera aurora, 56
barri, 57
dolorosa, 56
gemina, 56
hepburni, 56
jocosa, 56
latiflava, 57
linsleyi, 57
nigrovittata, 57
palmarum, 57
quadriseriata, 56
serena, 56
tenebricosa, 57
vermiculata, 57
yumae, 56

Acmaeoderoides humeralis, 57
Actenodes arizonica, 59
calcarata, 59
Aedes spp.

Africaleurodes, 64
coffeacola, 64
loganiaceae, 64
ochnaceae, 64
vrijdaghii, 64
Agapetus, 40
Agrilis chalcogaster, 60
illectus, 60

Airora, 51, 52
cylindrica, 51

Aleurotrachelus africanus, 64
alhagi, 64
citri, 64
rachipora, 64

Aleurolobus vrijdaghii, 64

* Alhagi maurorum, 64
0 Amaurobius erberi, 20
Ancylotela barberi, 58

olneyae, 58

Anoplius (Anoplius ) ithaca, 89
( Arachnophroctonus ) mar-
ginalis, 85, 86, 88
(A.) semirufus, 89
( Pompilinus ) marginatus,
89

0 Araneus diadematus, 88
0 Arctosa, 89

littoralis, 86, 87, 88

* Atriplex, 38

sp., 57

lentiformis, 60
polycarpa, 58, 59
Atylotus pallidepectoratus, 161

* Baccharis sergiloides, 59
0 Barronopsis texana, 17

* Bauhinia sp., 64

* Beloperone californica, 58
Bembix pruinosa, 68
Bombus flavifrons, 45

Calitys, 51, 52
scabra, 51

* Cassia fistula, 64

166 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

* Ceanothus perplexans, 60
Ceratopogon albarius, 2
Cercopis glauca, 114

marginata, 116, 117
Chrysobothris bacchari, 59
biraniosa callida, 59
deserta, 59
parapinta, 60
smaragdula, 60
iilkei, 60

Cinyra pururascens, 58

* Citrus spp., 64
Cloeon, 47

dipterum, 47, 49, 50

* Coffea robusta, 64

0 Colaptes auratus, 149, 151
Corticotomus, 52
sp., 51

Cryptoperla divergens, 84
0 Ctenium riparius, 17
Culex, 62

pipiens, 62
restuans, 62
Culiseta, 62

melanura, 62
morsitans, 62

Dahlbominus, 102, 105-108

fuscipennis, 102, 103, 108

* Dalbergia sissoo, 64

* Dalea spinosa, 57

0 Dendrocopos pubescens, 149,
151

* Desmodium sp., 64
Dialeurodes bipunctata, 65

(Dialeuropora) decem-
pimcta, 65
(D.) dothioensis, 65
Dialeuropora, 65
bipunctata, 65
dothioensis, 65
indochinensis, 65
malayensis, 65

silvarum, 65

Didymogastra geniculatus, 30
Discoelius brethesi, 29

* Dodonaea viscosa, 64

0 Entelecara congenera, 17

* Ephedra sp., 56, 60
Ephemera diptera, 47
Epipona dicomboda, 30
Episyron, 88

b. biguttatus, 88
q. quinquenotatus, 85

* Eriogonum inflatum, 57
Eronyxa, 52

pilosulus, 51

Eumenes infundibuliformis, 30
rufinodus, 31

* Euphorbia pilulifera, 64
Extenterus, 107

* Eremontia calif ornica, 57

0 Geolycosa, 89

* Gillia pinnatifida, 45

* Gluta sp., 65
Goerita semata, 43

Gutierrezia californica Gypona,
109

affinis, 124, 126
assimilis, 125
bidens, 126
bimaculata, 122
brevipennis, 125
cerea, 116, 119
clava, 119
decorata, 110
duella, 116
excavata, 126
funalis, 118
fuscinervis, 117
gemina, 114
glauca, 109-123
glaucina, 124

Dec., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 167

kjellanderi, 120
lativitta, 112
liigubrina, 120
marginata, 116, 117
melanota, 111, 119
obesa, 122
obstinata, 113
pinguis, 125
plana, 121

postica, 116, 117, 121
projecta, 113
prolongata, 123
quadrimacula, 123
signifera, 122

stalii, 115-117, 120, 124-
126

Stalina, 115
sty lata. 111, 113
tristis, 120
tubulata, 118
versiita. 111
viridescens, 121
viridirufa, 123
vulnerata, 121

* Hemizona kelloggi, 57
Hesperorhipis, 58
Hippomelas pacifica, 58
Hydropsyche, 22
antilles, 22, 25
batesi, 23-25
calosa, 22-24
carinifera, 23-25, 27
cubana, 23, 24
darlingtoni, 23, 24
domingensis, 22, 24
0 Hypselistes florens, 20

Idioglochina, 39

Jenkinshelea, 1
albaria, 1, 2, 4
magnipennis. 2-4

Johannsenomyia aequalis, 2, 3
albaria, 2
magnipennis, 3
0 Junco by emails, 149
Jimiperella mirabilis, 58

* Juniperus calif ornicus, 56

Labus brasiliensis, 29
0 Lathy s, 17

* Lawsonia inermis, 64
Lepidostoma excavatum, 43
Limnometra, 141
Limonia, 39

(Dicranomyia) gaumicola,

(D.) loveridgeana, 36
(D.) sanctae-helenae, 35,

(D.) stygipennis, 38
(D.) tipiilipes, 36
(Idioglochina) ambrosi-
ana, 38, 39
(1. ) marmorata, 36, 39
(I.) porteri, 39

* Lotus purshianus, 60
0 Lycosa, 89

sp., 18, 21
avida, 85
lenta, 18

Mansonia perturbans, 62
Melanophila pini-edulis, 59
0 Melospiza melodia, 149
Myrmecia nigrocincta, 91, 92,
94, 100

Myrmica rubra, 91, 100

Nemosoma, 52
sp., 51

0 Neoantistea barrowsi, 17
Neodiprion p. pratti, 102
Neopeltoperla chiangi, 82, 83
fraterna, 83

168 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVH

Neophylax nacatus, 43
0 Nesticus, 17

* Ochna, 64

* Olneya tesota, 58, 59
Oncopeltus gutta, 71
Ostoma, 51, 52

pippingskoeldi, 51
0 Oxyopes sp., 20
0 Oxyptila sp., 20

0 Pachygnatha sp., 20
tristriata, 18
Paleagapetiis, 40, 43
celsiis, 40
guppy i, 40
nearcticus, 40
rotundatus, 40
Paraleuctra, 134
bradleyi, 135
forcipata, 134
occiclentalis, 134-138
occidentalis auct., 137, 138
Sara, 134-138
Parapsyche apicalis, 43
0 Pardosa sp., 87, 89, 90
milvina, 87, 89
moesta, 87

0 Passerculus sandwichensis,
149

0 Passerella iliaca, 149
Peltoperla, 83
brevis, 80
concolor, 82
formosana, 83
mindanensis, 82
nigrisoma, 80

* Pinus monophylla, 59
Poecilothrips albopicus, 71
0 Pooecetes gramineus, 149
Priocnemus (P.) cornica, 85, 87

(Priocnemissus) minorata,
85, 86

0 Prodidomus sp., 20
rufus, 20

* Prosopis chilensis, 59

stephaniana, 64

* Psidium guajava, 64
Ptilocolepus, 40, 43

granulatus, 40
0 Ptilonyssus, 146

morofskyi, 146, 169
serni, 146

* Punica granatuiii, 64
Quercus dumosa, 56, 57

* Rhus glabra, 71
Rhyacophila sp., 43

* Scapania nemorosa, 42
0 Schizocosa sp., 18

0 Scotolathys, 17

* Solidago, 88
Sphex, 88

i. ichneumoneus, 87
tepanecus, 15

Sphyracephala brevicornis, 5-10
hearsiana, 6, 8-11, 13
0 Spinus tristis, 148
0 Spizella pusilla, 148, 149
0 Sternostoma, 146, 150
dureni, 149
hutsoni, 150
nectarinia, 150
porteri, 149, 150, 152

* Symplocarpus foetidus, 5
Synanthedon fatifera, 139-141

viburni, 139, 140

Tabanus abbasalis, 157, 158
annamensis, 157, 158
basalis, 157, 158
chrysater, 157, 158
cinnamomeus, 157, 158
fulvulus, 66, 68-70

Dec., 1962 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 169

f. pallidescens, 68
fuscomaculatus 157, 158,
160

f. altermaculatiis, 157, 158
f. unisignatus, 157
f. var., 158
jacobi, 157, 158, 160
joidiis, 157, 158
laotianus, 157, 158
longiusculus, 66, 69
ochroater, 157, 158
Pallidepectoratus, 157, 158,
161

p. aurea, 158
pallidescens, 68-70
pendleburyi, 158,
pseiidopallidepectoratus,

158

siamensis, 158, 161
sziladyi, 158
thurmani, 158, 160
wilsoni, 66, 68-70
xanti, 158
Temnochila, 51
virescens, 51
Tenagogonus, 141
fijienis, 142
( Limnometra ) , 141
(Tenagogonus), 141
(T.) bergrothi, 144
(T.) ceylonensis, 141
(T.) maai, 143
(T.) pravipes, 144
(T.) p. bergrothi, 144
(T.) robustus, 144
(T.) valentinei, 141
Tenebroides, 52

mauritanicus, 51

* Tephrosia apollinea, 64

0 Tetragnatha laboriosa, 18

* Thamnosma montana, 60
Thymalus, 51, 52

marginicollis, 51

Tipula (Eumicrotipula) magel-
lanica, 35

(E.) navarinoensis, 33

(E.) pictipennis, 35
(E.) varineura, 35

Trialeurodes malayensis, 65
silvarum, 65

Trichinorhipis knulli, 56, 58

0 Trochosa, 21

pratensis, 18, 86

0 Ummidia carabivorous, 20

Vespa arietis, 29

coeruleopennis, 29
cyanipennis, 30

* Viburnum opulus nanum, 139,
140

Villa, 107

*Vitex, 16

agnuscatus, 15

0 Xysticus, 89

bifasciatus, 21

Zethoides smithii, 32

Zethus, 28

amazonicus, 29
apicalipennis, 29
arietis, 29
aurantiacus, 29
aztecus, 29
bicolor, 29
binghami, 29
brasiliensis, 29
brethesi, 29
buyssoni, 29
campanulatus, 29
campestris, 29
cinerascens, 29
coeruleopennis, 29
coloratus, 29
corallinus, 30

170 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVII

corcovadensis, 30

otomitus, 31

coriarius, 30

poeyi, 31

cruzi, 30

productus, 31

curialis, 30

prominens, 31

cyanipennis, 30

proximus, 31

cylindricus, 30

punctatus, 31

dicomboda, 30

pyriformis, 31

felix, 30

rufinodes, 31

geniculatus, 30

rufipes, 31

guatemotzin, 30

schrottkyanus, 32

hexagonus, 30

sessilis, 32

hilarianus, 30

simillimus, 32

histrionicns, 30

smitbii, 32

inennis, 30

Solaris, 32

infelix, 30

spiniventris, 32

infundibulifonnis, 30

spinosus, 32

bmaris, 31

striatifrons, 32

ininiatus, 31

strigosus, 32

minimus, 31

subspinosus, 32

niger, 31

variegatus, 32

nigricornis, 31

venezuelanus, 32

notatus, 31

olmecus, 31

* Zizyphus spina cbristi

orans, 31

0 Zodarion fuscum, 21

In this volume : 28 new species.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY.

The Bulletin. Vols. 1-7, 1879-85, Microfilm $10.00

Vols. 8-57, 1912-62, Regular issue $125.00

Subsequent volumes, per year $ 4.00

Entomologic Americana. Vols. 1-10, 1885-90 & 1926-30,

Microfilm $15.00

Vols. 11-19, 1931-39, Microfilm $15.00

Vols. 20-29, 1940-49, Microfilm $15.00

Vols. 30-42, 1950-62, Regular issue $70.00

Subsequent volumes, per year $ 6.00

A Glossary of Entomology, Torre-Bueno, cloth bound,

including Supplement A $ 7.00

Supplement A to Torre-Bueno’s Glossary of Entomol-

ogy, 36 pp., 1960 $ 1.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

New York Thysanoptera, Hood. 36 pp., 2 plates. 1926 .$ 1.00

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Life History of

Bremus bimaculatus. Prison. 65 pp., 8 figs. 1928 . . . .$ 2.00

A Revision of the Genus Eurema — Part II. New World
Species, Taxonomy and Synonymy, Klots. 73 pp.,

101 figs. 1929 $ 1.50

Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of the Cole-
optera, Boving & Craighead, cloth bound, 351pp., 125
plates. 1930-31 $10.00

The Nearctic Social Wasps of the Subfamily Polybiinae,

Bequaert. 63 pp., 8 figs. 1933 $ 2.00

Revision of the Epistrophe Flies of America North of

Mexico, Fluke. 57 pp., 45 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

The Biology and Taxonomy of the Genus Trichiotinus,

Hoffmann. 76 pp., 20 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

A Review of the Genus Cyrtopogon in North America,

Wilcox and Martin. 95 pp., 58 figs. 1936 $ 2.00

Bibliography of the Described Life Histories of the
Rhopalocera of America North of Mexico, Daven-
port and Dethier. 40 pp. 1937 $ 4.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

Notes and Keys on the Genus Brochymena, Ruckes. 95

pp., 41 figs. 1946 $ 3.00

Femak Genitalia of Culicidae, with Particular Reference

to Characters of Generic Value, Coher. 38 pp. 1948 . .$ 4.00

The Scutate Ticks, or Ixodidae, of Indonesia, Anastos.

144 pp., 28 figures. 1950 $ 5.00

The Tingoidea of New England and their Biology,

Bailey, 140 pp., 6 figs. 1951 $ 5.00

The Hippoboscidae or Louse-Flies of Mammals and
Birds, Part I. Structure, Physiology and Natural

History, Bequaert, 442 pp., 21 figs., 1952-53 $10.00

Part II. Taxonomy, Evolution and Revision
of American Genera and Species. 611 pp., 83 figs.
1954-56 $15.00

A Revision of the Sphaeropthalmine Mutillidae of America
North of Mexico, II. Schuster. 130 pp., 27 figs.

1957 $ 5.00

A Synopsis of American Mycomyiini. Coher. 155 pp.,

131 figs. 1958 $6.00

The Morphology, Phylogeny, and Higher Classification of
the Family Tingidae. Drake and Davis. 100 pp.,

75 figs, and

The External Morphology of the Last-Instar Nymph of

Magicicada septendecim. Lew. 79 pp., 48 figs. 1959 $ 6.00

Taxonomy and Biology of Nearctic Limnephilid Larvae
, (Trichoptera). Flint. 177 pp., 82 figs. 1960 $ 6.00

Revision of the Genus Copris of the Western Hemisphere.

Matthews. 137 pp., 88 figs. 1961 $ 6.00

Revision of the Cosmopterigidae of American North of

Mexico. Hodges. 166 pp., 199 figs. 1962 $ 6.00

All orders for all publications MUST be sent DIRECT to Brook-
lyn Entomologicial Society, R. R. McElvare, Treasurer, P. O. Box
386, Southern Pines, North Carolina.

BUSINESS PRESS INC., Lancaster, Pa.

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

Vol. LVIII 1963

EDITED BY

JOHN F. HANSON

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

JOHN F. HANSON

GEORGE S. TULLOCH JAMES A. SLATER

BUSINESS PRESS, INC.
Lancaster, Pennsylvania

VoL. LVIII

FEBRUARY, 1963

No. 1

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

JOHN F. HANSON

GEORGE S. TULLOCH JAMES A. SLATER

Published for the Society by
Business Press, Inc.

N. Queen St. and McGovern Ave., Lancaster, Pa.

Price, 85 cents Subscription, $4.00 per year

Mailed October 17, 1963

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa. under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Wednesday of November and May at the
Engineers’ Club, 117 Remsen Street, Brooklyn 2, N. Y. The annual dues
are $2.00.

OFFICERS 1961-62
Honorary President
R. R. McELVARE
President

HARRY BEATROS

Vice President
CASIMIR REDJIVES

Secretary

ANNA FLAHERTY

T reasurer

R. R. McELVARE

P. O. Box 386
Southern Pines
North Carolina

CONTENTS

Review of the genus Atractotomus in North America

(Hemip. : Miridae), Froeschner 1

Undescribed species of nematocerous Diptera. Part XII,

Alexander 6

An aid for paraffin embedding, Nutting 12

The identity of Lutzomyia Curran (Diptera), Sabrosky . . 14

New species of Hydroptilidae (Trichoptera), Blickle . . 17

Asian Macrocera (Diptera: Mycetophilidae) with remarks

on related genera, Coher 23

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $4.00 per year ; foreign, $4.25 in advance ; single
copies, 85 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, nores and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Address subscriptions to
the Treasurer, manuscripts and other communications to the editor, JOHN F.
HANSON, Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

VoL. LVIII FEBRUARY, 1963 No. 1

REVIEW OF THE GENUS ATRACTOTOMUS FIEBER

IN NORTH AMERICA WITH NOTES, KEY, AND
DESCRIPTION OF ONE NEW SPECIES
(HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

By Richard C. Froeschner^

Among some miscellaneous Hemiptera collected from bitter-
brush, Purshia tridentata (Pursh) DC., in Idaho by M. M. Furniss
and submitted by him for identification were specimens of a species
of Atractotomus Fieber that appears to be new. It is being de-
scribed at this time so that the name will be available for reporting
the insect’s activities on that host.

To aid in recognition of this and other North American species
of the genus, a key is included.

Studies to determine the organisms on which members of this
genus actually feed are needed. Although several species have been
reported as associating with certain plants (mali (Meyer) with
apple, magnicornis (Fallen) with evergreens, and several with their
“host’s” name incorporated in their own), mali has been credited
with being “predaceous on green apple aphid” and on small cater-
pillars. Possibly all the forms are carnivorous rather than
herbivorous.

Atractotomus purshiae, n. sp.

Diagnosis: The extremely short second antennal segment (sub-
equal to width of vertex) separates this species from all other forms
known from North America except halli Knight; however, the
black osteolar peritreme described for halli afitords a ready separa-
tion since that structure is conspicuously paler than the surrounding
sclerites in purshiae.

^ Entomology Research Division, Agric., Res. Serv., U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Society

Yol. LVIII

Description (all measurements given in millimeters) : General
color black with appendages, including tarsi, weakly embrowned;
membrane dark gray with basal margin black ; osteolar peritreme
dirty white. With long, blunt, silvery-white, scalelike pubescence,
as follows : dorsally most dense on head and pronotum, becoming
less dense posteriorly and smaller and more scattered over most of
membrane ; ventrally most dense laterally ; present also on coxae,
femora (especially anterior surfaces), and sparsely so on tibiae.
Antennae fuscous throughout, with no pale scales, segments I and
II with dense, blackened hairs. III and IV with light and dark hairs
mixed. Labium reaching between hind coxae.

Dimensions: Male holotype: length 2.36; width 1.24. Head:
width 0.88, vertex 0.48. Antennal segments: I, 0.18; II, 0.48
(diameter 0.12); III, 0.23; IV, 0.20. Pronotum: length 0.40,
width 1.08. Female: length 2.53; width 1.29. Head: width 0.88,
vertex 0.48. Antennal segments : I, 0.14 ; II, 0.48 (diameter 0.13) ;
HI and IV missing. Pronotum: length 0.45, width 1.05.

-Holotype : Male, collected six miles south of Krassel Ranger Sta-
tion, Valley County, Idaho, 29 May 1961, M. M. Furniss, elevation
approximately 4,000 feet, from Purshia tridentata, Hopkins number
40971F (United States National Museum Type Number 66078).
Paratypes: Two same locality and host as allotype, collected
29 May and 27 June 1961 ; six same locality and host as holo-
type, collected July 13 and 21 1961.

Nymphs and adults were found on the same hosts on all dates
given above. The nymphs are red in color. The early instars lack
the thickened second antennal segment which is so characteristic of
the adults, but with successive molts this modification becomes more
evident.

In contrast, during equally intensive work on Purshia in Boise
County at an elevation 1,000 feet higher than in Valley County, this
mirid was not found.

Key to the No-rth American species of Atractotomus

1. Antennal segment II as long as or longer than width of head

across both eyes 2

Antennal segment II shorter than width of head across eyes 6

2. Antennal segment II as long as or longer than basal width of

pronotum ; tibiae and apical third or more of femora
orange red ; length, ^ 7 .7 , 5 5.0-5. 2 mm . . hesperius (Uhler)
Antennal segment II not or little more than three-fourths as
long as basal width of pronotum

Fei)., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

3. Entire dorsum, especially anteriorly, with crowded, broadly

obovate, silvery-wbite scale-like pubescence ; coxae creamy
white, contrasting strongly with black pleura ; length

3 mm albidicoxis Reuter

Entire dorsum with flattened pale pubescence narrow, long,
and attenuate apically; coxae black, concolorous with
pleura 4

4. Labium short, scarcely attaining apices of middle coxae ;

length 2. 6-2. 8 mm flavotarsus Johnston

Labium long, reaching well between hind coxae 5

5. Dorsal surface of front and middle tibiae yellow with a com-

plete, longitudinal row of close-set tiny black tubercles ;

length 3.0-3. 6 mm mali (Meyer)

Dorsal surface of front and middle tibiae yellow or fuscous
to black but without a row of tubercles ; length 3. 0-3. 4
mm magnieornis (Eallen)

6. Elind tibiae yellowish white with a conspicuous fuscous spot

surrounding insertions of some of the spines ; length
2. 3-2.6 mm acaciae Knight

Hind tibiae dark fuscous to black 7

7. Osteolar peritreme black, concolorous with pleura 8

Osteolar peritreme distinctly paler than surrounding pleura 10

8. Antennal segment II as dong as or longer than width of

vertex plus one eye 9

Antennal segment II shorter, its length subequal to width of

vertex; length 2.3-2. 5 mm purshiae, new species

9. Antennal segment I short, its length subequal to diameter of

antennal II ; length 2.7-3. 1 mm reuteri Knight

Antennal segment I longer, its length more than twice the
diameter of antennal II ; length 3 mm .... cercocarpi Knight

10. Antennal segment II almost twice as long as width of vertex

(60.35) ; length 2. 6-2. 8 mm crataegi Knight

Length of antennal segment II subequal to or shorter than
width of vertex ; length 2.6 mm halli Knight

Notes on the North American species of Atractotomus

1. Atractotomus acaciae Knight. One pair was collected during
May at Douglas, Arizona, just southeast of the type locality at
Tucson.

2. Atractotomus alhidicoxis Reuter. Reuter’s type from the
Heidemann collection was found in the United States National
Museum. It was the Arizona female listed with the original de-

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

scription (even to the abbreviation for the Chiricahua Mountains)
and bears a label in Reuter’s handwriting indicating it to be a
“n. sp.” On this label the species name is spelled without the syl-
lable “di.” The specimen has been assigned U. S. N. M. Type
Number 66077.

3. Atractotomus halli Knight. So far this species is known only
from the type from Arizona.

4. Atractotomus cercocarpi Knight. Knight’s original records
for Arizona and New Mexico still stand as the only distributional
data.

5. Atractotomus crataegi Knight. Again, the only distributional
record, Iowa, is that given by Knight with the original description.

6. Atractotomus flavotarsus Johnston. This species is included
in the above key solely on the basis of the original description.
The separation as stated is weak and specimens are needed for
evaluation. Specimens found breeding on bluet, Houstonia an-
gustifolia Michx., in Texas during April and May comprised the
type series.

7. Atractotomus hesperius (Uhler). Originally described as the
basis for the genus Dacota, this species appears restricted to the
mountainous western parts of the United States. In his “Cata-
logue” Carvalho listed it for California and Wyoming; I have seen
specimens from Montana and Arizona ; and Uhler reported it from
Colorado and “Dakota” (the latter locality undoubtedly referred to
the old Dakota Territory rather than to the present Midwestern
States of that name).

The great disparity in size of the two sexes results from a sexual
dimorphism in wing length. In the male the wings are so greatly
elongated that the tip of the abdomen scarcely reaches the base of
the cuneus ; in the female the wings are much shorter, the tip of the
abdomen reaching to the apex of the cuneus.

8. Atractotomus magnicornis (Fallen). The presently used con-
cept is based on European specimens, determined by Reuter, in the
U. S. National Museum. This evergreen-frequenting species was
first reported from North America in 1923 by Knight, who had
specimens from evergreens in New York. From this same mate-
rial he described the variety buenoi, which he characterized as being
“smaller and more ovate” and having the second antennal segment
just as long as width of head across both eyes instead of longer, as
in the nominal form.

9. Atractotomus mali (Meyer). This is another European
species which was first reported from North America by Knight in

Fei)., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

1924. He listed specimens from Nova Scotia as being “predaceous
on green apple aphid.” Since no North American specimens were
available for study, European material in the U. S. National Mu-
seum was used to construct the above key. The row of close-set,
tiny, black tubercles on the dorsal faces of the front and middle
tibiae has not been used as a taxonomic character. If examination
of more material establishes the constancy of this character (it
occurs elsewhere in the Miridae), it should be very useful because
it is missing from albidicoxis, acaciae, hesperius, magnicornis and
reuteri.

10. Atractotomus purshiae Froeschner. See notes with original
description in the present paper.

11. Atractotomus reuteri Knight. This species was originally
described as Atractotomus hesperius by Reuter from a specimen
from Siskiyou County, California, in the Heidemann collection.
When Knight found it necessary to synonymize Uhler’s genus
Dacota with Atractotomus there resulted a conflict with Uhler’s
earlier use of hesperius within the genus. Since Uhler’s use has
priority of twenty-seven years over that of Reuter’s, Reuter’s species
had to be renamed.

In the collection of the United States National Museum is a
series of seven specimens from Siskiyou County, California, of
which one female bears Reuter’s determination ‘'Atractotomus hes-
perius n. sp.’’ Because Reuter cited only one female and this speci-
men agrees with the original description, it is assumed that Heide-
mann sent to Reuter only one member of the series. This specimen
is therefore accepted as the type and given the U. S. N. M. Type
Number 66076. In 'addition the collection contains two specimens
from Placer County, California, and one from Las Vegas, New
Mexico.

References

Knight, H. H. 1923. The Miridae, in Britton, W. E., The
Hemiptera or Sucking Insects of Connecticut. Bui. Connecti-
cut Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey, no. 34, pp. 422-658.

1924. Atractotomus mali (Meyer) found in Nova

Scotia (Heteroptera, Miridae). Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 19:
65.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF NEMATOCEROUS
DIPTERA. PART XII/

By Charles P. Alexander, Amherst, Mass.

The preceding part under this general title appeared in April
1962 (Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 57 : 33-39). In the present paper
I am describing three new species of Tipulidae belonging to the
genus Ctenacroscelis Enderlein from Assam, India, collected by
Dr. Eernand Schmid, to whom my thanks are extended for invalu-
able help in making known the rich and varied crane-fly fauna of
India. The genus Ctenacroscelis contains the World’s largest
known crane-flies, some with a wing expanse exceeding 100 milli-
meters. All known species are Old World, with a marked concen-
tration of forms in southern Asia, including more than 30 now
known from India.

TIPULIDAE

Ctenacroscelis hansoni, n. sp.

Belongs to the hrobdignagius group; size very large (wing of
male 39 mm.) ; antennae light brown, pedicel yellow, terminal seg-
ment black ; head huffy with a conspicuous dark brown central
stripe that is narrowed behind ; dark pleural stripe narrow; femora
brownish yellow, tips brownish black, last tarsal segment pale ;
wings relatively broad, almost uniformly rich brown ; 7^^ at fork of
E2 + 3; abdominal tergites dark brown, lateral borders narrowly
yellowish gray, sternites light yellow ; male hypopygium with tergite
shallowly eniarginate, without lateral hair pencils ; inner dististyle
without a basal lobe ; eighth sternite with posterior border very
deeply emarginate, lobes unusually conspicuous, projecting, pro-
vided with abundant but relatively short yellow setae.

Male: Length about 33 mm. ; wing 39 mm. ; antenna about 5 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head cinnamon brown above, dark brown
on sides ; nasus elongate ; palpi black. Antennae light brown, ped-
icel yellow, terminal segment black ; flagellar segments nearly cy-
lindrical, setae small and sparse. Head above huffy, more yellowed
before eyes ; a narrow but conspicuous dark brown central stripe
on vertex, slightly widened and bifld on the low entire vertical
tubercle, narrowed behind, attaining the occiput ; genae less evi-
dently darkened.

^ Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of
Massachusetts.

Feh., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Cervical sclerites darkened laterally. Pronotum broadly brown
above, sides light yellow. Mesonotal praescutum with four dark
gray stripes that are bordered by dark brown, including the inter-
spaces, lateral margins light yellow ; extreme posterior point of
praescutum obscure orange, not conspicuous as in majesticus ; scu-
tum, scutellum and center of mediotergite dark gray, parascutella
light brown ; sides and posterior border of mediotergite and dorsal
part of plenrotergite dark brown ; notal vestiture very sparse on
praescutum, longer and abundant on mediotergite, still longer on
scutellum. Pleura light yellow on dorsopleural region and ventral
plenrotergite, slightly more intense on anepisternum, dorsal ptero-
pleurite and plenrotergite ; a narrow but conspicuous dorsal brown
stripe extending from cervical region to wing base. Halteres dark
brown, base of stem narrowly yellowed. Legs with coxae light
yellow, anterior face of fore pair weakly more darkened ; trochan-
ters deeper yellow ; femora brownish yellow, tips brownish black,
relatively extensive ; tibiae and tarsi similarly brownish yellow,
tips very narrowly infuscated ; fourth tarsal segment uniformly
darkened, terminal segment light brown ; claws toothed, epicondyle
large. Wings relatively broad, almost uniformly rich brown ; pre-
arcular field darkened, obliterative areas restricted but conspicuous,
on both sides of anterior cord ; narrow brown seams on m-cu and
adjoining medial veins and along vein 2nd A in cell 1st A; outer
medial veins with a delicate pale brown line on either side ; veins
fulvous brown. Venation: Ri at fork of R2 + s, R2 obliterated or
barely preserved ; petiole of cell Mx a little shorter than m ; m-cu at
near two-thirds M3 + 4.

Abdominal tergites conspicuously dark brown, lateral borders
narrowly yellowish gray ; sternites light yellow, hypopygium dark-
ened. Male hypopygium with notch of tergite relatively shallow,
lobes narrowly obtuse at tips, the outer third with vestiture short,
black, very abundant, margin broadly glabrous ; no lateral hair pen-
cils. Outer dististyle relatively broad at base, narrowed outwardly,
apex obliquely truncate ; vestiture yellow, sparse and very incon-
spicuous. Inner dististyle without basal lobe, before apex slightly
dilated, tip narrowed, extended beneath into a small flattened blade,
with a further small subterminal ventral tooth. Eighth sternite
with posterior border very deeply emarginate, lobes unusually con-
spicuous, projecting, provided with abundant relatively short yellow
setae, these narrowly lacking on midline.

Habitat: India (Assam).

Holotype: Chingsao, Manipur, 5,400 feet, 14 June 1960

(Fernand Schmid).

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

I take unusual pleasure in dedicating this noteworthy crane-fly to
Dr. John Francis Hanson, former student and later a colleague at
the University of Massachusetts. I, together with most other con-
tributors to the Bulletin, gratefully acknowledge a debt of apprecia-
tion for conscientious help and advice from Dr. Hanson as Editor
of the Brooklyn Bulletin.

The species is readily distinguished from all other regional mem-
bers of the genus by the body and wing coloration and by the struc-
ture of the male hypopygium, particularly the inner dististyle and
eighth sternite. Other Indian species of the hrobdignagius group
that have the eighth sternite of the male hypopygium emarginate
include Ctenacroscelis dorsopleuralis Alexander, C. elohatus Alex-
ander, C. majesticus (Brunetti), C. makara Alexander, C. mara
Alexander, and C. perobtusus Alexander.

Ctenacroscelis leptostylus, n. sp.

Size large (wing of male 33 mm.) ; nasus short and stout ; meso-
notal praescutum brown with four dark gray stripes that are nar-
rowly bordered by darker brown ; pleura conspicuously striped with
yellow and brown, the dorsal dark stripe narrow ; femora light
brown, tips narrowly and vaguely darkened ; wings strongly light
cinnamon brown, vaguely patterned ; abdominal tergites dark
brown, outer segments more cinnamon brown with a light yellow
silken pubescence : male hypopygium with tergite narrow, posterior
border deeply emarginate ; outer dististyle narrowed outwardly,
inner style very slender, gradually narrowed outwardly, at base
with a small slender lobe ; eighth sternite unmodified.

Male: Length about 31-32 mm. ; wing 32-33 mm. ; antenna about
4.4-4. 5 mm.

Female: Length about 30 mm.; wing 31.5 mm.; antenna about
4.5 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head dark brown, restrictedly pruinose
dorsally ; nasus very short and stout, with long black setae ; palpi
black. Antennae with scape and pedicel huffy, the latter weakly
infuscated at apex ; flagellum dark brown, outer two segments
darker ; basal flagellar segments cylindrical, intermediate ones a
trifle produced beneath, setae short and sparse. Head brown, or-
bits light gray, front more yellowed ; vertical tubercle low, entire.

Pronotum narrowly dark brown medially, sides broadly light
yellow. Mesonotal praescutum brown with four poorly defined
darker gray stripes that are narrowly bordered by darker brown,
the extreme lateral border yellowed ; scutum brown, each lobe with

Feh., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

three dark gray areas that are narrowly separated by brown ; scutel-
Inm brownish gray, parascutella yellowed ; mediotergite above light
gray, the precipitous posterior part and the sides yellowed, pleuro-
tergite similarly yellowed ; vestiture of notum erect, conspicuous,
more numerous on scutellum and postnotum. Pleura handsomely
patterned, including a broad yellow dorsopleural stripe, beneath this
with a narrow but conspicuous dark brown stripe extending from
cervical region to beneath the wing root ; still more ventrally, in-
cluding the anepisternum, more brownish yellow ; sternopleurite
and lower posterior pleurites very light cream yellow. Halteres
dark brown, base of stem narrowly yellowed. Legs with coxae
chiefly yellowed, the anterior faces very weakly darkened, less evi-
dent on the middle pair, all coxae with long erect pale setae ; tro-
chanters yellow, patterned with brown ; femora light brown, tips
narrowly and vaguely more darkened ; tibiae light brown ; tarsi with
three proximal segments light brown with darkened tips, outer two
segments uniformly black ; claws long, bidentate ; terminal segment
with a strong epicondyle provided with long black setae. Wings
strongly light cinnamon brown, stigma darker ; very vague darker
clouds over outer end of cell 1st M2, fork of Mi + 2, m-cu and vein
2nd A in cell 1st A; veins brownish yellow, the prearcular veins
conspicuously blackened. Veins very glabrous, + 5 with a few
scattered punctures. Venation: Petiole of cell Mi from about two-
fifths to one-half in; m-cu at near four-fifths M3 +

Abdominal tergites chiefly dark brown, sides of basal segments
more yellowed, outer tergites more cinnamon brown ; basal three
sternites yellowed, outer segments darkened ; sixth and seventh
tergites densely covered with a delicate light yellow pubescence,
more apparent in certain lights. Male hypopygium with tergite
very narrowly and deeply emarginate, the lobes narrowly obtuse
at tips, with abundant yellow setae but without hair pencils. Basi-
style scarcely produced at apex, internally with long yellow setae.
Outer dististyle narrowed outwardly, apex obtuse, vestiture short
and relatively sparse. Inner dististyle very slender, gradually nar-
rowed outwardly, slightly bent beyond midlength, the apex a small
flattened disk ; inner face near base with a small slender lobe pro-
vided with a few black setae. Eighth sternite unmodified.

Habitat: India (Assam).

Holotype: J', Ukhrul, Manipur, 6,000 feet, July 15, 1960 (Fer-
nand Schmid). Allotype: 2, Langdang, Manipur, 5,300 feet. Tune
5, 1960 (Fernand Schmid). Paratype: J', with the allotype.

Despite its large size, the present fly seems better referred to the

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

albovittatiis group of the genus rather than to the brobdignagius
group as is suggested by the size. The very short nasus and
scarcely margined praescutal stripes should be noted. The fly is
readily told from all other known species by the structure of the
inner dististyle of the male hypopygium which is more slender than
in the other described forms.

Ctenacroscelis simplicitarsis, n. sp.

Belongs to the pallifrons group ; mesonotum virtually all orange,
praescutum with three scarcely differentiated stripes ; wings gray-
ish, prearcular and costal fields a little darker but with no other pat-
tern ; male hypopygium with disk of eighth sternite bearing two
large lobes, these, together with the central furrow, with abundant
long yellow setae.

Male: Length about 25 mm. ; wing 24 mm. ; antenna about 4 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head relatively long, brownish yellow,
clearer yellow on sides, ventral and outer dorsal surfaces weakly
darkened ; nasus elongate, tipped with short yellow setae. Antenna
with scape and pedicel yellowed, proximal flagellar segments brown-
ish yellow, slightly produced ; dorsal surface with abundant short
black setae, the produced lower face glabrous. Head yellow ; ver-
tical tubercle large, entire.

Pronotum yellow. Mesonotum appearing almost uniformly
orange ; praescutum with three scarcely differentiated stripes that
are very narrowly and vaguely bordered by darker orange ; sides
of praescutum behind the humeri weakly infuscated ; scutal lobes
orange, each with two vaguely indicated areas, the larger posterior
one slightly margined internally with darker, on sides beyond mid-
length with a small pale brown spot ; scutellum yellow, sides weakly
more darkened, parascutella pearly yellow ; postnotum orange, yel-
low pollinose ; praescutum with sparse erect yellow setae, those of
scutellum and mediotergite similar but longer. Pleura orange yel-
low, propleura and ventral sternopleurite vaguely more darkened.
Halteres with stem pale basally, knob darkened. Legs with all
coxae orange yellow, posterior pair with very long yellow setae ;
trochanters yellow ; femora brownish yellow, slightly darkened
above at tips ; remainder of legs yellowish brown ; claws of male
small, simple ; last tarsal segment elongate, more than four times
the length of the claw, without an epicondyle. Wings grayish, pre-
arcular and costal fields, with the stigma, slightly darker ; veins pale
brown. Veins with the exception of costa virtually glabrous, there
being a few very tiny punctures on Rj, + 5 and a single series of

Feh., 1963 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

scattered trichia on veins R, Ri, and Sc^ + Ri as far as vein R^.
Venation: Ro obliterated, vein Ri fusing with R2 + 3 before fork
leaving a short element Rj + 2 + 3; petiole of cell Ah about two-thirds

Abdomen with basal segments yellowed, the first tergite with a
darkened brown spot on either side ; beyond the second segment ab-
domen brown ; hypopygium with tergite and styli more yellowed.
Male hypopygium with the tergite small, yellow, posterior margin
very gently emarginate, lateral angles subacute ; vestiture including
a marginal fringe of delicate setulae and abundant longer setae on
posterior third of plate, all hairs yellow. Outer dististyle relatively
long, basal half slightly broader, apex obtuse. Inner dististyle with
basal half slightly dilated into a lobe, head moderately expanded,
apex irregularly subtruncate ; face of style before apex ridged, one
of these extended to a slender free spine. Eighth sternite with
posterior border convexly rounded, fringed with long yellow setae;
disk back from margin with two large lobes, their obtuse tips
darkened, inner margins and the broad midventral furrow with
abundant long yellow setae.

Habitat: India (Assam).

Holotype: Phaileng, Mizo District, Lushai Hills, 3,500 feet, 14

Sept. 1960 (Fernand Schmid).

The only other described regional ally is Ctenacroscelis pallifrons
Edwards, of the eastern Himalayas in North Bengal and Sikkim,
which likewise has the claws of the male small and simple, with the
elongate terminal tarsal segment lacking an epicondyle. All other
Asiatic species known to me have the claws of male very long, bi-
dentate, and with the last tarsal segment produced into a well-de-
veloped basal hairy enlargement, the epicondyle. The present fly
is readily told by the unpatterned wings and by the hypopygial
structure, especially the eighth sternite, where the discal lobes are
very large when compared with pallifrons. It may be noted that in
pallifrons there is no clearly defined ventral furrow, the central ster-
nal vestiture consisting of long dark colored setae. The South
African Ctenacroscelis quathlambicus Alexander likewise has
simple male claws but apparently must be referred to a distinct
group in the genus.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

AN AID FOR PARAFFIN EMBEDDING

By Wm. B. Nutting^

Equipment on the market for paraffin embedding of tissues for
section is not only expensive, but very time-consuming in applica-
tion. Conventional folded paper boxes or lead L’s are useful for an
occasional tissue, but both require a great deal of preparation prior
to and during the embedding-to-mounting process. Expense and lost
time are especially irksome for laboratories in which small budgets
and moderate or spasmodic sectioning needs are of prime concern.

This note describes an easily constructed low-cost paraffin em-
bedder which reduces by about one-half the time usually spent in
preparing tissues for sectioning.

Construction

Only three items are needed to construct the embedder : Plaster
of Paris, modelling clay, and the top of a standard ^ gross micro-
scope slide box (3 3/16" x 3 3/16" x%"). Eirst prepare four
truncated pyramids of modelling clay approximately high with
bases 1" square and tops YE' square. These are each positioned
with the base down midway along the side of the inverted slide box
cover. Next, carefully model five clay replicas of a ready-to-section
paraffin block — precision at this point will save block trimming in
the final product. Then mix the plaster to the usual cream-soup
consistency and pour it into the box top. Press the clay models into
the plaster, one in the center and one in each corner. Be sure that
about 3/16" of plaster remains between corner models and the edge
of the slide box. After the plaster has set, peel off the slide box and
remove the modelling clay. Smooth up the embedding pits with a
scalpel and cut Y\' deep V-shaped grooves between corner pits and
center pit (see Eigure). It is also feasible to cut the top of the pit
walls to fit wooden mounting blocks. These are then placed in posi-
tion just after securing the designation slips (below) thus eliminat-
ing one step later in the process.

The embedder design is easily modified to meet special require-
ments such as : size and shape of tissue and number of tissues per
embedder. One may also construct simple trays so that several
embedders may be handled and stored at one time.

Procedure

Soak the embedder in room temperature (20° C) water prior to

^ Zoology Dept., Univ. of Mass., Amherst, Massachusetts.

Feh., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

use taking care that no excess water remains standing in the block
pits. Pour embedding paraffin into the central pit until all pits are
filled to the brim. Embed the tissue and place designation labels in
the surface paraffin. These labels may be so arranged that they can
be bent and paraffin-affixed to the side of the mounting block. Be-
fore the paraffin sets the embedder is placed in the refrigerator (c.
7° C). In about one hour paraffin blocks, ready to mount and slice,
will pop out of the embedder (see Figure) with only slight encour-
agement. It is recommended that blocks be stored overnight in the
refrigerator before slicing to insure complete hardening of the paraf-
fin in the tissue.

In brief

This tissue embedder can be constructed in about one half hour at
a cost of approximately twenty five cents. It is permanent, needs
no maintenance, cuts paraffin waste, obviates messy ice cube mani-
pulation, and reduces the usual oven-to-slicing time by at least
one-half.

"FARI\ffiW “BLOCRS

TuasTER_ Embedder,

■Pos'iTiotr OF
ClKY T*YRftMio

BuUefin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

THE IDENTITY OF LUTZOMYIA CURRAN
(DIPTERA)

By Curtis W. Sabrosky^

Liitsomyia americana Curran, new genus and new species (1934,
Families and Genera of North American Diptera, pp. 387, 396, 398)
were proposed briefly in couplet 1 1 of the key to Muscidae, supple-
mented by a three-line footnote and figures of the head and wing.
The genus was referred to the subfamily Eginiinae, an Old World
group not otherwise known from North America. Thus far it has
not been recognized, but two syntypes were recently located by Dr.
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., in the collection of the American Museum of
Natural History, and kindly loaned to me for study. It appears that
Lutzomyia, preoccupied and renamed P seudolutzomyia\ by Rapp in
1945, equals Bezzimyia Townsend (1919, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus.
56: 591) [New Synonymy], although americana is somewhat
atypical in the genus. Beszimyia was placed by Townsend in the
family Melanophoridae, which I consider to he the primitive sub-
family Rhinophorinae in the Tachinidae.

Inadvertently, two specific names were used by Curran in the
original publication of Lutzomyia, americana in the footnote on p.
387, and latifrons in the legends of figs. 52 and 59 (pp. 396, 398).
As first reviser, I reject the alternate name latifrons, and choose to
call the species Bezzimyia americana (Curran) [New Combina-
tion] .

In view of the brevity of the original description, it is appropriate
to redescrihe the specimen which is here designated as lectotype of
Lutzomyia americana Curran.

Male. — Black or black brown, subshining though finely pollinose,
the second and third antennal segments luteous, first segment and
arista brown, front anteriorly reddish yellow, palpus luteous, stalk
of halter pale yellow, wing light brown with dark brown veins,
calypteres whitish.

Head teneral and slightly collapsed, but the front apparently
wider than an eye ; frontal triangle, including ocellar tubercle, rather
large, extending over half the length of front ; each shining para-
frontal slightly less than width of frontalia, possibly subequal or
wider in a mature specimen ; head in profile as figured by Curran
(p. 396, fig. 52), higher than long, antennal axis longer than vibris-

^ Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

Feh., 1963 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

sal axis, and cheek approximately half the height of an eye ; face
deeply depressed ; antenna long, attaining level of vibrissal angles,
the proximal two segments short, the third elongate, 7 times the
length of second ; arista thickened to tip, gently tapering, both proxi-
mal segments short. Bristles short and inconspicuous, the proclinate
and divergent ocellars almost hairlike, the row of 5 frontals and the
verticals somewhat stronger ; coarse parafrontal hairs extending
ventrad onto parafacials to below the level of base of arista ; back
of head with scattered coarse black hairs ; vibrissal angle with a
group of about 6 subequal bristles, and finer and shorter bristles ex-
tending over half way up the facial ridges, the upper bristles ex-
tremely short.

Thorax relatively narrow, the mesonotum 4/5 as broad as long,
with strong mesonotal suture and conspicuous humeri ; scutellum
short, rounded ; postscutellum narrow, weakly developed ; dorsum
with coarse but short black hairs ; prosternum, propleuron, and
pteropleuron bare. Chaetotaxy: 2 bumeral, 1 (or more) anterior
and 4 posterior dorsocentrals (only the prescutellar pair strong), 1
posthumeral, 1 supraalar, 1 + 1 notopleural, 1 apical and 1 subapical
scutellar, 1 propleural, 1 stigmatal, 3 mesopleurals in row along
hind margin (with scattered, coarse hairs), a row of strong hypo-
pleurals (2 on left side, 4 on right), and possibly 2 sternopleurals
(the sternopleurals are reduced and not readily distinguished from
the coarse hairs) .

Abdomen with segments 2 to 5 subequal in length, with scattered
coarse hairs but without obvious bristles ; fifth sternum large, with
rounded lobes. Genitalia (from paralectotype) as in B. busckii:
Inner forceps bifurcate, slightly curved in profile, broadened at base,
slightly shorter than outer forceps, the latter subtriangular, broadly
rounded ; aedeagus slender, distal portion on each side with a
slender process at right angle to long axis of aedeagus.

Wing venation as figured by Curran (p. 398, fig. 59), but the
hind crossvein straight, parallel to course of fore crossvein and
forming angle of about 80° with fifth vein ; calypteres narrow and
somewhat elongate, as in Melanophora roralis (L.), but longer, the
thoracic calypter approximately 1.5 times as long as broad.

Legs slender, tarsi compressed and especially elongate, the fore
tarsus 1.27 times the length of fore tibia; fore basitarsus long, 0.87
times the length of the remaining segments combined ; claws and
pulvilli short, barely 1/3 the length of last tarsal segment; femora
and tibiae thickly beset with short appressed hairs, bristled only at
apices of tibiae, except for a very short anterodorsal bristle slightly
beyond middle of left hind tibia.

BiiUetin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

Length of body and of wing, 5 mm.

Lectotype male, Santa Cruz Village, Cobabi Mts., Ariz., 10-12
Aug. 1916, 32° 1' N., 111° 54' W., about 3100 ft. Paralectotype
male, “Kits Peak Rincon,” Baboquivari Mts., Ariz., 1-4 Aug. 1916,
31° 57' N., 111° 33' W., about 4050 ft. Both in the American
Museum of Natural History.

I have studied five specimens of the genus : the lectotype and
paratype of americana, the holotype male of the type-species, B.
busckii Townsend, described from Panama, and two females, proba-
bly busckii, from Brownsville, Tex., one collected locally and one
intercepted in a plane from the Panama Canal Zone. Figures of
the head and wing of busckii were published by Greene ( 1934, Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash, 36: 37, 38), and may be compared with Curran’s
figures for americana.

The two species may be separated as follows, using characters
that will be common to both sexes as indicated by the available ma-
terial of busckii.

1 . Arista thickened no more than half way to tip ; crossveins ap-
proximated, separated at most by length of fore crossvein ;
wing with short brown band enclosing the crossveins ; two
short pteropleural bristles B. busckii Tns.

Arista thickened to tip ; crossveins more widely separated, by
twice the length of fore crossvein ; wing membrane clear ; no
pteropleural bristles B. americana (Curran)

In addition to the characters used in the key, the male of amcri-
cana is distinguished by a broad front, wider than an eye, whereas
the male of busckii has a narrower front, slightly less than half the
width of an eye. The specimens of americana are teneral, as the
appearance of the head indicates, and in mature specimens the front
would undoubtedly appear narrower than it now does. The appar-
ent absence of leg bristles, noted by Curran for americana, is a
matter of reduction, and of variation. B. busckii has some short
bristles on femora and tibiae. The lectotype of americana has only
a very short bristle on one hind tibia, but the paralectotype has 4 or
5 short but distinct anterodorsal bristles on the right hind tibia and
1 on the left.

The characters of head and calypteres, in particular, resemble
those of typical melanophorine genera. The nearest known relative
of Beszimyia appears to be Shannoniella Townsend (1939, Revista
Ent. 10: 249), from Brazil, for which Townsend proposed the tribe
Shannoniellini of his family Melanophoridae. The head in Shan-
noniella is like that of B. americana, with broad male front and

Pel)., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

thickened arista, but the fourth vein is complete, there are 2-3 weak
pteropleural bristles as in B. busckii, and the femora and tibiae have
short, weak bristles. The African genus Bequaertiana Curran
(1929, Amer. Mus. Novitates 340: 14) is another in the same tribe.
It has an incomplete fourth vein as in Beszimyia, and a wide male
front, but it has peculiar characters of its own such as plumose arista
and setose first vein. As in Bezsimyia americana, I see no evidence
of pteropleural bristles in the sole example of Bequaertiana before
me, and none are mentioned in the available descriptions. Trypeti-
domima Townsend (1935, Revista Ent. 5 : 68) from Brazil can also
be referred to this tribe.

NEW SPECIES OF HYDROPTILIDAE
(TRICHOPTERA)i

By R. L. Blickle, Durham, New Hampshire

Five new species of Hydroptilidae were encountered in a recent
survey of light trap material from the State of Maine. The material
was furnished through the kindness of Dr. A. E. Brower. The
survey covered a six week period during July and August, 1959.
Most localities were from the Boreal region.

Holotypes and paratypes will be placed in the Illinois Natural
History Survey Collection and paratypes will be retained in the
collection of the University of New Hampshire.

Hydroptila jackmanni, n. sp.

Male. — Length from front of head to tip of wings 2. 5-3.0 mm.
Seventh sternite with a short, pointed apico-mesal process. Eighth
segment is covered with long hairs on apical one-fourth. Genitalia
as in Fig. 1. Lateral view. Fig. lA, has been drawn with the term-
inal segments protruding to better illustrate the genitalia. Claspers,
in lateral view, are C-shaped ; upper arm of clasper wider than
lower ; a small, black protuberance at apical one-third of the ventral

^ Published with the approval of the Director of the New Hamp-
shire Agricultural Experiment Station as Scientific Contribution
No. 296.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

surface of upper arm. Ventral view, Fig. 1C, the tips of the lower
arms meet on the meson and form a “V” when seen in this view ;
upper arms flare out, the tips are further apart than the base.
From a posterior view the upper arms of the clasper are inclined
at an angle of forty-five degrees, the mesal edge being lower than
the ectal edge. Tenth tergite. Fig. lA, tapers irregularly from base
to apex ; lateral edges are sclerotized to a greater degree than rest
of tergite ; a narrow ridge extends down the dorsum ; area between
the dorsal ridge and lateral edges irregularly concave. Suhgenital
plate broadly triangular with two setae near apex. Fig. 1C.

Aedeagus, Fig. IB, 0.4 mm. long; basal and apical parts are of
equal length ; a small spiral process occurs between apical and
basal parts ; tip of aedeagus appears forked in some views.

This species is quite distinct from the other members of the
genus.

Holotype Male. — Dennistown, Maine, 19 July 1959.

Paratype Males. — Dennistown, Maine, 14-31 July 1959, 100
specimens.

Other records. — Allagash, Maine, 5-29 July 1959, 3 specimens;
Dennistown, Maine, 14-31 July 1959, 3,674 specimens; Oquossoc,
Maine, 19 JulyM- Aug. 1959, 35 specimens; Colebrook, New Hamp-
shire, 25 June-29 July 1957, 28 specimens.

Hydroptila broweri, n. sp.

Male. — Length from front of head to tip of wings 2. 2-2. 8 mm.
Seventh sternite with a short, pointed apico-mesal process. Eighth
segment with numerous, long, heavy hairs on the apical sixth, these
hairs concealing the genitalia ; eighth segment with a pigmented
area on dorsum indicated by a single dotted line. Fig. 2 A. Genitalia,
Fig. 2, in lateral view, the claspers are widest at base ; however,
the rounded apex is slightly wider than the main body of the clasper ;
a dark protuberance occurs at the apical seventh on the ectal sur-
face. Ventral aspect. Fig. 2C, claspers appear broad, small hairs
cover the lateral and ventral surfaces of the claspers. Tenth tergite
is composed of one central and two lateral parts ; the central part
is large and extends nearly one-half again beyond the apex of the
claspers ; the central portion appears upcurved at apex ; lateral
parts of tenth tergite extend to just beyond the claspers; apex of
lateral parts appear truncate and pigmented in Fig. 2 A. Ventral
aspect, the lateral arms are excavated at the apex and the ectal
margins are pointed. Subgenital plate is triangular with two setae
near the apex.

Aedeagus, Fig. 2B, 1.0 mm. long; in most specimens the apical

Feh., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

part is bent to one side ; the base is very long, over twice the length
of apical part ; tip of aedeagus curved, a tubular structure extends
beyond tip. The very long aedeagus is quite apparent in cleared
and uncleared specimens.

This species is similar to H. scolops Ross. However, the very
long aedeagus, the parts of tenth tergite being shaped differently,
and the tooth on the clasper occurring before the apico-lateral edge,
serve to distinguish brozueri.

Holotype Male. — Allagash, Maine, 26 July 1959.

Paratype Males. — Allagash, Maine, 22 July-2 Aug. 1959, 53
specimens; Dennistown, Maine, 14-25 July 1959, 21 specimens;
Oxbow, Maine (T9 R5), 19 July-4 Aug. 1959, 4 specimens ; Oquos-
soc, Maine, 17-31 July 1959, 20 specimens; Tramway, Maine, 3
Aug. 1959, 1 specimen; Colebrook, New Hampshire, 5-29 July
1957, 5 specimens.

Hydroptila fiskei, n. sp.

Male. — Length from front of head to tip of wings 2. 6-3.0 mm.
Seventh sternite with a very long apico-mesal process. Genitalia,
Fig. 3. Claspers are short, curved downward at apex; ventrally.
Fig. 3C, claspers are approximate on the meson from base to apex.
Tenth tergite widest at base. Fig. 3D, and tapers gradually to
rounded apex ; apex appearing slightly bilohed ; in lateral view the
slope of the tenth tergite is straight from base to apex, however,
in some specimens the apical one-seventh is at a flatter angle than
the basal part of the tergite.

Aedeagus, 0.8 mm. long. Fig. 3B. Apical part sharply bent at
tip ; a long slender tubular structure extending to tip or slightly
beyond ; a short slender structure near base of apical part ; the
spiral process is short, apparently making no more than one revolu-
tion around aedeagus.

This species is closely related to H. liamata Morton and H. ani-
poda Ross. It is distinguished from the above two species by the
following. In liamata the tenth tergite is concave in profile, and in
dorsal aspect is widest at the middle ; the tip of the claspers do not
meet on the meson. In ampoda the tenth tergite is concave in pro-
file, the aedeagus has an entwined spiral process, and the tip of
the aedeagus is not bent at an angle.

Holotype Male. — Dennistown, Maine, 17 July 1959.

Paratype Males. — Allagash, Maine, 29 July-2 Aug. 1959, 13
specimens; Dennistown, Maine, 15-28 July 1959, 33 specimens;
Oquossoc, Maine, 17 July-4 Aug. 1959, 4 specimens; Oxbow (T9
R5), Maine, 4 Aug. 1959, 2 specimens.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

Oxyethira allagashensis, n. sp.

Male. — Length from front of head to apex of wings 2. 5-3.0 mm.
Seventh sternite with a short apico-mesal process. Genitalia, Fig.
4; claspers short, pointed with apex pigmented and upcurved in
lateral view. Fig. 4 A. The appearance of the claspers and sub-
genital plate, lateral aspect, gives the effect of pincers. In Fig. 4C,
the claspers are pointed towards the meson and the subgenital plate
appears as an ovate plate.

Aedeagus, 0.5 mm. long ; tip of aedeagus appears membranous ;
the spiral process in most specimens makes at least two complete
revolutions around the apical part and extends beyond the apex
of the aedeagus ; the revolutions of the spiral process may be sepa-
rated as drawn. Fig. 4B, or the turns of the process may be ap-
pressed together.

This species is related to 0. rivicola Blickle & Morse but lacks
the heavy spine on the apico-lateral margin of the eighth segment.
The subgenital plate is not indented as it is in rivicola.

Holotype Male. — Allagash, Maine, 29 July 1959.

Paratype Males. — Allagash, Maine, 24 July-2 Aug. 1959, 23
specimens; Oquossoc, Maine, 28 July 1959, 1 specimen.

Ochrotrichia wojcickyi, n. sp.

Male. — Length from front of head to apex of wings 2. 6-3.0 mm.
Genitalia, Fig. 5. Tenth tergite, apical portion divided into sclero-
tized rods. Dorsal view. Fig. 5D, rod A is hooked at apex; rod B
is quite short, broad at base, and pointed at the apex ; rod C is long
and tapers to an acute point; the bases of A, B, and C arise from
approximately the same area; rod D appears short but in lateral
aspect. Fig. 5 A, it is long and down-curving; rod E is long and
pointed, its base approximate with D. Claspers are nearly sym-
metrical with pointed, toothed apex and notched mesally; with a
variable number of teeth near the notched area and several teeth
between notch and apex.

This species is closely related to 0. lometa Ross and O. logana
Ross, being quite similar in the shape and number of sclerotized
rods and the shape of the claspers. However, the above two species
were described from New Mexico and Utah, respectively.

Holotype Male. — Dennistown, Maine, 25 July 1959.

Paratype Males. — Dennistown, Maine, 24-31 July 1959, 8
specimens; Oquossoc, Maine, 28 July 1959, 1 specimen.

Feh., 1963

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Blickle Plate I

Hydroptila male genitalia. A, lateral. B, aedeagus. C, ventral.
D, dorsal.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

Blickle Plate II

Hydroptila, Ochrotrichia, and Oxyethira male genitalia.

Feh., i>)63 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Society

ASIAN MACROCERA MEIGEN, 1803, (DIPTERA:
MYCETOPHILIDAE), WITH SOME REMARKS
ON THE STATUS OF THE GENUS
AND RELATED GENERA^

By Edward I. Cohere
Abstract

Nine species of Macrocera (Diptera: Mycetophilidae) are dis-
cussed. Five of these are described for the first time: M. nepa-
lensis, M. trispina and M. vishnui from males only ; M . simhhan-
jangana from males and females and M. femina from a single fe-
male. The first four of these are from Nepal, the last from Thai-
land. M. crassicornis Winn., 1963, is reported from Afghanistan.
The male of M. brunnea Brunn., 1912, and the female of M. elegans
Brunn., 1912, are described and the description of the female of
M. elegans Brunn. is augmented. The genus F enderomyia Shaw,
1948, is synonymized under Macrocera. The genus N eoditomyia
Lane and Sturm, 1958, is synonymized under Platyura { Taulyrpa)
Edwards.

Introduction

Included in a collection of fungus gnats made in Nepal, Thailand
and Afghanistan, by myself and my co-workers, is a series of
species of the genus Macrocera. The material includes three Nepa-
lese forms which I consider to be conspecific with species described
by Brunetti (1912). One species from Afghanistan represented
by a single male is apparently conspecific with a European species.
A striking new species from Thailand is represented by a single
female. Four new species from Nepal are represented either by
males or by males and females.

In Nepal, some of the species were collected in the Rapti Valley
(520m.) which lies in the ‘terai’ of south central Nepal between
the Siwalik and the Mahabharat Ranges.

At the higher altitude of Simbhanjang (Sim Pass, Nepal) at
8190 feet in a cloud forest of moss-covered rhododendron trees,
snow and ice may be present for several months of the year and

^ Contribution No. 1349 from the entomological laboratory of the
University of Massachusetts. Published with the aid of a grant
from The Guy Chester Crampton Fund of the University of Massa-
chusetts.

2 599 Main St., Waltham 54, Mass.

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

rain is the normal collecting hazard.

The systematic position of the genus Macrocera in relation to
the family Mycetophilidae is now well established by the work of
modern students of the group. On the basis of adult structural
characters (Edwards, 1929a; Lane, 1950; Shaw and Shaw, 1951)
the genus belongs within the subfamily Keroplatinae. Edwards, in
discussing Platyiira (Isoneuromyia') and P. (Pyrtaula), wrote
“This type of hypopygium is identical with that which occurs in
the genera Macrocera and” etc. In 1949, I started a study of
Macrocera adults which caused me to conclude that this genus was
indeed a keroplatine and the material was turned over to Prof .J.
Lane who concurred with the findings and described the species
in his paper “Neotropical Ceroplatinae”. Shaw and Shaw, com-
menting on the form of the pleural sclerites, wrote ''Macrocera on
the basis of thoracic sclerites is intermediate between Palaeoplatyura

and Platyura. . Macrocera, Proceroplatus, Platyiira and Cero-

platus all exhibit one characteristic in common — the reduction of

the lower portion of the epimeron of the mesothorax. . Our

present opinion would be that the Macrocerinae should be included
in the Ceroplatinae”.

Supporting evidence for the above contention is found in a re-
evaluation of earlier studies of the anatomy and the bionomics of
the larval stage (Mansbridge, 1933; Madwar, 1935, 1937; Enslin,
1906). As far as I am able to determine, only the keroplatines build
complicated webs with droplets of fluid [shown to be N/30 oxalic
acid for some Platyura by Buston (1933) ] in which they trap their
prey.^ The larvae have been observed attacking and feeding on
live prey and thus must be predaceous rather than saprophagous
(Earr, 1955; Mansbridge, 1933; Spangler (personal communica-
tion; Enslin, 1906). The retractile head, the deep emargination of
the ventral portion of the head capsule, the proportion of length to
width of the head capsule (as long as or longer than wide), the
hood-like labrum, the presence of prominent circular areas on the
head capsule rather than antennae, the absence of functional spira-
cles, and the papillate condition of the terminal segment all indicate
the relationship of Macrocera to other keroplatines (Edwards,
1933).

^ Study of the descriptions of two web-spinning species, Neodito-
myia andina Lane and Sturm, 1958, and N. colombiana Lane and
Sturm, 1958, convinces me that these are actually Platyura (Tau-
lyrpa). Thus, the keroplatines remain the only group with a pre-
daceous larval stage that spins webs with fluid droplets to capture
prey. New Synonymy.

Feh., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Society

Related genera are : Parama croc era Edwards, 1927, originally
described from New Zealand and later recorded from Chile by Free-
man, 1951; Chiasmoneiira de Meijere, 1913, Java; Burmacrocera
Cockerell, 1917, described from Burmese amber, and later recorded
from Philippines by Edwards, 1929b; Archaemacrocera Meunier,
1917, Baltic amber. Mennier’s illustrations of the genotype indicate
that Archaemacrocera is a synonym of Macrocera. However, I
have not seen the type and therefore I cannot make a final judg-
ment. F end eromyia Shaw, 1948, is based on an erroneous inter-
pretation of the pleural sclerites, a variable condition shown by a
series of M. brunnea Brunetti, 1912, to be a result of distortion
during drying rather than of actual structure. The petiole of the
media ending at the base of M4 as in Fender omyia is a condition
that also occurs in M. alternata Brunetti, 1912, an Asian species,
and also in M. crassicornis Winnertz, 1863, a European species.
The produced costa of Fenderomyia occurs in several species of
Macrocera discussed and described (see PI. 2) in this study: New
Synonomy.

In the following descriptions, the wing venation terminology is in
accordance with Coher (1959). The dististyles which are com-
pressed laterally are figured in broad lateral view which I presently
consider to be most diagnostic for the species. The appearance of
the dististyle varies greatly as it is rotated around its longitudinal
axis. The term genital arch is introduced to name a sclerotized
median cup-shaped sternal structure which appears broadly
V-shaped from the dorsal or ventral view. Apparently it supports
the basistyles and the ejaculatory duct; at present I am unable to
determine its homology and it is not figured for any of the species
although it is described in the text.

All specimens were collected by myself unless otherwise stated.
The types are preserved in my collection.

1. Macrocera alternata Brunetti, 1912.

Brunetti, 1912, Fauna Brit. India: 52, pi. 1., fig. 2; male, female

(Naini Tal, 6000', Mussoori).

Brunetti, 1917, Rec. Indian Mus. 13, Pt. 2: 61 ; female (Simla).

Diagnosis. — I have a single female specimen which agrees well
with the original description of alternata, the following dift'erences
being noted : first flagellar segment yellow ; abdominal segments one
to three narowly dark on posterior margin. In addition, the follow-
ing diagnostic characters are noted for the first time : ocellar promi-
nence black ; upper anepisternum with a cluster of setae ; acrostichal

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

setae absent; wing membrane without macrotrichiae ; wing (PI. 2)
with costa barely produced beyond tip of R5, Sc enters costa at level
of anastamosis, Ri+2+3 swollen apically and entering costa halfway
between fMi+2 and fR4+5, no wing fold in cell R3, M not fused with
Rs and reaching to ni-cu, M1+2 shorter than anastamosis, tips of Mi
and M2 not divergent, Sc apically setose, Ri+2+3, R4+5, R4, Rs, Mi,
M2, M4 and Cui setose almost entire length. Male terminalia are
not available for illustration.

Nezv Record. — Nepal, Suna Chudi (Rapti Valley), 520m., 23
March 1957 (E. I. Coher and G. P. Joshi ), I J.

Discussion. — I have seen the wing of the type of M. ephemerae-
forniis Alexander, 1923, from Japan. The wings are strikingly
similar except for the larger size of the Japanese species, the com-
paratively greater distance that the costa is produced beyond the
apex of R5, and the entry of Sc into the costa just beyond the
anastamosis. It is probable that M. ephemeraeformis Edws. (nec
Alex.) 1933, from North Borneo, is one of a series of species re-
lated to alternata.

Comparison of the Brunetti types with my specimen may show
that different but closely related species are involved. The types
were taken at high altitudes during and immediately after the rainy
season while my specimen was taken at a much lower altitude dur-
ing the dry season.

2. Macrocera hrunnea Brunetti, 1912.

Brunetti, 1912, Eauna Brit. India: 53, pi. 1, fig. 5; 2 females
(Phagu, 9000').

Brunetti, 1917, Rec. Indian Mus. 13: 61.

Edwards, 1924, Rec. Indian Mus. 26: 291.

I have a series of seven specimens taken in the low-lying jungle
bordering India (terai), five males and two females. The male is
here described and illustrated for the first time.

Male. — Head: reddish brown; antenna brown, about four times
body length, scape and pedicel yellow brown. Thorax: yellowish,
anepisternum and katepisternum a little darker ; acrostichal and
dorsocentral setae absent ; upper anepisternum with a couple of
setae. Wings: (PI. 2) ; apex faintly suffused from just beyond
apex of R4 ; dark cloud from costa through apex of Ri+2+3 reaching
R4+5, lightly suffused through anastamosis and into base of cell R5
through M4 to bend in Cui ; membrane with macrotrichiae in cells
R4 and apically in R5, Mi and M2 ; costa not produced beyond tip
of R5 ; Sc enters costa at level of anastamosis ; Ri+2+3 swollen api-

Feh., 1963 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

cally and entering costa at apex of R4 ; slight suggestion of a fold in
cell R3 ; M ending in Rs ; M1+2 longer than anastamosis ; tips of Mi
and M2 diverging slightly ; Sc, Ri+2+3 and R4 setose ; Mi and Cui
with more than distal half setose and M2 and M4 with less than
distal half setose; length 4.75mm. Haltere: yellowish. Legs: yel-
lowish, tibial spurs subequal, apical comb on foretibia. Abdomen:
yellowish ; SVIII shaped like a papal miter. Terminalia: TIX sub-
rectangular; genital arch broadly V-shaped, lightly pigmented; dis-
tistyle as in Plate 1.

Female. — Similar to male. In addition to the original description,
the following characters are noted : acrostichal setae absent, dorso-
central setae present ; wing membrane with macrotrichiae in apical
half of cell R3 and all of cell R4, along a median line in basal portion
of cells R5, Ml and M2, and scattered distally in cells M4, Cih, C112
and 1st A.

Allotype male. — Nepal, Suna Chudi, 520m., 23 March 1957.

Additional records. — Nepal, Parewavir, 570m., 28 March 1957,
1?; Parewavir, 570m., 3 April 1957 (E. I. Coher and G. P.
Joshi), 25?.

Discussion. — The anal angle of the wing is normally ‘squared’ in
my specimens, not as figured by Brunetti.

3. Macrocera elegans Brunetti, 1912.

Brunetti, 1912, Fauna Brit. India : 54, pi. 1, fig. 4 ; male ( Darjiling).
Edwards, 1924, Rec. Indian Mus. 26: 291.

A male and female of this species were taken in the Mahabharat
Range. The female is described and the male terminalia figured for
the first time.

Female. — Head: red brown; antenna yellowish. Thorax: yellow
brown ; anepisternum, katepisternum, posterior pleurotergite, me-
dian area of scutellum and the postnotum red brown ; mesonotum
with median dark triangular area the apex of which nearly attains
the posterior margin, with two lateral dark stripes from scutellum
not reaching humeral angle ; acrostichal setae absent ; upper anepi-
sternum with a cluster of setae. Wing: (PI. 2) ; apex suffused
from halfway in cell R4 to midway in cell Mi and caudad along wing
margin to apex of vein M2, and from costa through apex of Ri+2+3
and through anastamosis and fMi+2, narrowing to reach bend of
Cui ; base of wing suffused ; membrane without macrotrichiae ; costa
produced one-third length of margin of cell Rg beyond tip of Rg ; Sc
enters costa almost at level of distal part of m-cu; Ri+2+3 swollen
apically and entering costa the length of M1+2 beyond fMi+2; a

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

short fold in cell Rg ; M ending free at level of bend in Rs ; M1+2
longer than anastamosis ; tips of Mi and M2 slightly divergent ; Sc,
Ri+2+3, R4, R5, Ml, M2, M4, Cu and Cui setose; length 5.5mm.
Haltere: yellowish. Legs: yellow; midcoxa and apex of hind coxa
suffused ; apical comb on foretibia ; tibial spurs subequal.

Male. — A single specimen agrees well with the original descrip-
tion and Edwards’ correction (1924) except that Ri+2+3 enters the
costa the length of M1+2 beyond fMi+2. Also, the anterior as well
as the posterior margins of the abdominal tergites are darkened
irregularly. In addition to the original description, the following
diagnostic characters are noted: acrostichal setae absent; Ri+2+3,
Rg and Mi setose while R4, M2, M4 and Cui have a couple of apical
setae; SVffll shaped like a papal miter; TIX subrectangular ; geni-
tal arch almost bracket-shaped with deep median posterior emargi-
nation ; dististyle as in Plate 1 .

Allotype female. — Nepal, Mahabharat Range, Simbhanjang
8190', 1 Oct. 1956 (E. I. Coher and G. P. Joshi).

Additional specimen. — One male with same data as allotype (E. I.
Coher and Pratap Singh).

Discussion. — The Brunetti specimen apparently differs only in
the length of Ri+2+3 which enters the costa hasad of M1+2. The
allotype was taken in an unbaited Shannon trap.

4. Macrocera nepalensis, n. sp.

Male. — Head: yellowish except for brownish vertex and black
ocellar prominence ; palpus brownish ; antenna yellow brown, about
four times body length, with basal flagellar segments, scape and
pedicel yellow, with the first three flagellar segments shorter than
the following nine and the last two short. Thorax: yellow brown;
an elongate brown mark on edge of mesonotum in front of wing and
at humeral angle ; acrostichal setae absent ; anepisternum wdth a
couple of setae at upper margin. Wing: (PI. 2) ; apex suffused;
suffused at tip of Ri+2+3, at base of Rs and from base of R4+5 caudad
through fMi+2, narrowing and reaching bend of Cih ; membrane
without macrotrichiae ; costa produced well beyond Rg ; Sc meets
costa barely beyond base of Rs ; Ri+2+3 swollen apically and meeting
costa about the length of M1+2 before the apex of R4 ; no fold in cell
Rg ; M fused with Rs at bend; M1+2 longer than anastamosis; tips
of Ml and M2 curving in the same direction ; Sc bare ; Ri+2+3, R4+5,
R4 apically, Rg, Mi, M2, M4 and Cui setose ; length 4.25mm. Hal-
tere: yellow. Legs: yellow; mid and hind coxae slightly darkened;
tibial spurs subequal; apical comb on foretibia. Abdomen: yellow

Feh.,i96s Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

brown; SVIII shaped like a papal miter. Terminalia: TIX siib-
rectangular; genital arch apparently broadly V-shaped with a deep
median posterior emargination ; dististyle as in Plate 1 .

Holotype male. — Nepal, Suparitar, 650m., 8 Dec. 1956.

Discussion. — This species has a superficial resemblance to M.
brunnea but differs in the form of the terminalia and a number of
characters of the wing.

5. Macrocera trispina, n. sp.

Male. — Head : reddish brown, blackish around ocelli; palpus red-
dish brown ; antenna brown, with first flagellar segment, scape and
pedicel yellowish ; antenna broken, at least three times length of
body, segments increasing in length through the tenth flagellar
segment. Thorax : yellowish brown except for yellow humerus,
anterior and posterior pronotum, scutellum and postnotum ; acros-
tichal setae absent; upper anepisternum apparently bare. Wing:
(PI. 2) ; apex suffused from fR4+s, dark area extending basad along
M4 a short distance; suffused at tip of Ri+2+3, base of R4+5 along
anastamosis and along M1+2 and at bend of Cui in cell M4 ; suffused
below apex of Sc and below humeral vein ; membrane with numer-
ous macrotrichiae in cell R4, a few distally in cell R3 ; costa barely
produced beyond R5 ; Sc ends in costa at level of apex of m-cu ;
Ri+2+3 swollen apically, broadly joining costa basad of the apex of
R4 ; fold in cell R3 ; M fused with Rs at bend ; M1+2 about one half
as long as anastamosis ; tips of Mi and Ms noticeably divergent ; Sc,
Ri+2+3, R+, Rs setose and Mi setose apically; Ms, M4 and Cih bare;
length 4.25mm. Haltere: yellow. Legs: yellow; mid and hind
coxae slightly reddened ; tibial spurs subequal ; apical comb on fore-
tibia. Abdomen: yellowish; SVIII shaped like a papal miter.
Terminalia: TIX subtrapezoidal, anterior margin deeply emargi-
nate ; genital arch broadly V-shaped, pigmented laterally and with
a median V-shaped notch on the posterior margin ; dististyle as in
Plate 1.

Holotype male.- — Nepal, Suna Chudi, 520m., 23 March 1957.

Discussion. — If the anepisternal setae are actually not present,
trispina is the only species in the genus that I have been able to
study which does not have these setae. M. pusilla Mg., 1830, is the
only other species in the genus to have a trifid dististyle but that
species has no wing pattern. This new species does not seem to be
closely related to any species yet described.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

6. Macrocera simbhanjangana, n. sp.

Represented by a series of nine males and three females from
Simbhanjang which were taken along a stream in the rhododendron
forest.

Male. — Head: yellowish, with vertex brown; antenna brown,
about twice the body length, with first flagellar segment, scape and
pedicel yellowish and eighth and ninth flagellar segments lengthened.
Thorax: yellowish, anepisternum, katepisternum and pleurotergite
suffused ; mesonotum with median dark triangle with apex at level
of wing base and the two lateral dark stripes from scutellum not
reaching humeral angle ; scutellum and postnoturn suffused me-
dianly ; acrostichal setae absent ; upper anepisternum with several
setae. Wing: (PI. 2) ; apex lightly suffused from about halfway in
cell R4 ; membrane with abundant macrotrichiae, densest apically,
absent in basal area and absent or sparse basally in cells R3, R5, Mg,
M4, Cui, C112 and 1st A ; costa produced one-fourth length of margin
of cell R5 beyond R5 ; Sc ending in costa at base of or at the level of
the anastamosis ; Ri+2+3 swollen apically and meeting costa widely
just basad of the apex of R4; fold in cell R3 ; M ending in bend of
Rs, sometimes with a small spur ending free ; M1+2 about twice as
long as anastamosis ; tips of Mi and M2 curving in the same direc-
tion; Sc, Ri+2+3, R4+5, R<t, R5, Mi+2, Ml, M2, M4, Cu, Cui, and 1st
A setose, the setae hair-like ; anal angle not excessively squared ;
length 5.00 to 5.25mm. Haltere: yellow, or yellow with brown
knob. Legs: yellow; tibial spurs subequal; apical comb on fore-
tibia. Abdomen: brown, TI with posterolateral angles light, TII
and Tin with light posterior margin, TIV posterolateral angle
light; SVIII shaped like a papal miter with a low peak. Termi-
nalia: TIX shaped like a flattened hemisphere ; genital arch broadly
V-shaped; basistyle appearing subrectangular from a dorsal view;
dististyle with two apical spines situated so that the interior one is
almost hidden in lateral view (PI. 1).

Female. — Similar to male. Wing length 5.00 to 6.20mm. Ab-
domen: TIV with light posterior margin, TV and TVI with pos-
terolateral angles light.

Types. — Holotype male, allotopotype female : Nepal, Mahabharat
Range, Simbhanjang 8190', 1 Oct. 1956. Paratopotypes: 5J'J' and
15 with same data as the holotype; IJ' (E. I. Coher and G. P.
Joshi) ; 2,J'J' and IJ (E. I. Coher and Pratap Singh).

Discussion. — The anal angle of the wing is quite rounded in this
species, a condition also found in M. trinubila Edws., 1933, and M.
smithi (Shaw), 1948, and approaching the shape of the wing found

Fei)., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

in Archaemacrocera which is probably a synonym of Macrocera.
The shape of the basistyle, the position of the terminal spines of the
dististyle and the shape of the ninth tergite separate simhhanjangana
from all other Macrocera I have studied, and this species does not
seem to be closely related to any yet described.

Five males and two females were taken in an unbaited Shannon
trap. A single female was attracted to a light in the Shannon trap.

7. Macrocera vishnui, n. sp.

A single damaged male from Simbhanjang is characteristic
enough to describe despite its poor condition.

Male. — Head: red brown; antenna yellow. Thorax: red brown;
acrostichal and dorsocentral setae absent ; upper anepisternum with
two setae. Wing: (PL 2) ; badly damaged but with remaining
portion showing the veins edged in brown with a hyaline membrane ;
suffused at fR4+s and below apex of Ri+2+3 into cell Rg ; Sc ending
in costa before anastamosis ; Ri+2+3 swollen apically and ending in
costa about halfway between anastamosis and fR4+g ; Sc apically
setose; Ri+2+3, R4+5 and Rg setose; R4 bare; estimated length
6.5mm. Legs: yellow; apical comb on foretibia. Abdomen: yel-
lowish; SVIII shaped like a papal miter. Terminalia: TIX sub-
rectangular; genital arch broadly V-shaped, deeply pigmented and
with a broad, shallow emarginate median posterior margin ; disti-
style with a peculiar basal invagination on the median surface seen
best in lateral view (PI. 1).

Holotype male. — Nepal, Mahabharat Range, Simbhanjang,
8190', 17 April 1957.

Discussion. — This species is distinctive and does not seem to be
closely related to any other species in the genus known to me. The
invaginated structure on the dististyle is unique in the genus as far
as I can determine.

8. Macrocera femina, n. sp.

Represented by a single female taken from the Malay Peninsula,
southern Thailand.

Female. — Head: red brown; antenna yellow, slightly longer than
the body. Thorax: yellow brown; anepisternum brownish; kate-
pisternum and mesepimeron with a horizontal suffused band mid-
way ; pleurotergite suffused dorsally and along posterior margin ;
mesonotum dark brown except for extreme humeral corner ; post-
notum suffused dorsolaterally ; upper anepisternal and mesonotal
setae not visible on mounted specimen. Wing: (PI. 2) ; suffused

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

COHER

Plate I

nepalensis

Macrocera: dististyles of males. Setae omitted.

Feh., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

COHER

Plate II

brunnea

elegans

nepalensis

alternata

vishnui

trispina

simbhanjangana

femina.

crassjcomis.

Macrocera: wings. Male: hrunnea, nepalensis, trispina , vishnui,
simhhanjanganafm.) , crassicornis. Female: elegans, alternata

simhhan janganaf f . ) , femina.

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

except for a small light band basad of anastamosis and a larger one
from R4 barely to cell M4 ; membrane without macrotrichiae ; costa
produced well beyond R5 ; Sc ending in costa just beyond base of
m-cu; Ri+2+3 swollen apically and meeting the costa the length of
R4 before the base of R4 ; fold in cell R3 ; Rs weakly developed ; M
ending free; M1+2 twice as long as anastamosis; tips of Mi and M2
slightly divergent ; M4 obsolete at bend ; Sc with a few apical setae,
Ri+2+3, R4+5, R5 setose, R4 and M1+2 bare. Mi and M2 sparsely
setose on apical half, M4 apically setose and Cui setose distad of
bend; length 3.00mm. Legs: yellow; tibial spurs subequal; apical
comb on foretibia. Abdomen: shiny brown; TI to TIV with a
posterior yellow margin, TV with posterolateral yellow area.

Holotype female. — Thailand, Trang Province, Chong, 29 June
1960.

Discussion. — Taken in an unbaited Shannon trap. This species
does not seem to be closely related to any yet described, although it
has a superficial resemblance to the European M. fascipennis
Staeger, 1840.

9. Macrocera crassicornis Winnertz, 1863.

Winnertz, 1863, Verb. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 13 : 678, male.

A single male taken in Kabul, Afghanistan, 27 Oct. 1958 (P. F.
Beales). The folding between the veins, which shows slightly in
other species, appears almost vein-like in this species, particularly in
photographs (PI. 2). The banded appearance of the antennae is
due to narrow light-colored bands apically and basally on the seg-
ments involved.

Acknowledgment

I would like to thank Dr. Frank R. Shaw for the loan of a slide of
the type of F enderomyia smithi; Dr. C. P. Alexander for the loan of
a slide of the wing of the type of Macrocera ephemeraejormis ; Dr.
Thomas A. Farr for his guidance to the colony of fungus-gnats at
the Windsor Cave, Jamaica; Dr. Paul J. Spangler for information
and material of a new species of Macrocera from the Mary Fawson
Cave, Ira, Missouri; Dr. John F. Hanson for his help and valuable
suggestions in the preparation of this paper. In addition, I am in-
debted to the many fine assistants who worked with me in Nepal,
Thailand, and Afghanistan, and the many unknown passersby who
so kindly assisted in erecting traps and shelters. Finally, I would
like to thank Mrs. Ruth I. Sones for typing the manuscript.

Pel)., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Soeiety

References

Alexander, C. P. 1924. Undescribed species of Nematocera
from Japan. Insec. Insc. Mens. 12 : 649-55.

Brunetti, E. 1912. Diptera Nematocera. The fauna of British
India. Taylor and Francis, London, pp. xxviii, 1-581, figs. 1-44,
pis. 1-12.

1917. Diptera of the Simla District. Rec. Indian

Mns. 13: 61-63.

Buston, H. W. 1933. Note on the chemical nature of the fluid
from the webs of larvae of Platyura and Cero plains. Trans. Ent.
Soc. London 81 : 90-92.

Cockerell, T. D. A. 1917. Insects in Burmese amber. Ann.

Ent. Soc. America 10: 323-329, figs. 1-10.

Coher, E. I. 1959. A synopsis of American Mycomyiini with
descriptions of new species (Diptera: Mycetophilidae) . Ent.
Americana 38(NS., 1958) : 1-155, pis. 1-17.

Edwards, F. W. 1913. Notes on British Mycetophilidae.
Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1913: 334-382, pis. 12-18.

1924. Notes on the types of Diptera Nematocera

(Mycetophilidae and Tipulidae) described by Mr. E. Brunetti.
Rec. Indian Mus. 26: 291-307.

1925. British fungus-gnats (Diptera, Mycetophilidae).

With a revised generic classification of the family. Trans. Ent.
Soc. London 1924: 505-670, pis. 49-61, text figs. 1-4.

1927. See Tonnoir and Edwards.

1929a. Notes on the Ceroplatinae, with descriptions of

new Australian species (Diptera, Mycetophilidae). Proc. Linn.
Soc. New South Wales 54 : 162-175, illus.

1929b. Philippine Nematocerous Diptera III. Notulae

Entomologicae 9: 70-81, figs. 1-2.

1933. Diptera Nematocera from Mount Kinabalu. J.

Eederated Malay States Mus. 17 : 223-296, pi. 12, text. figs. 1-13.

1934. The New Zealand glow-worm. Proc. Linn. Soc.

London, 1933-1934: 3-10.

Enslin, E. 1906. Die Lel^answeise der Larve von Macrocera
fasciata Meig. Zeits. Wiss. Insektbiol. 2: 251-253.

Farr, T. H. 1955. The web-making fungus-gnat larvae of
Windsor Cave. Nat. Hist. Notes Nat. Hist. Soc. Jamaica No.
74: 39, 43, illus.

Freeman, P. 1951. Diptera of Patagonia and South Chile,
Part 3, Mycetophilidae. British Mus., London, pp. vii. 1-138,
figs. 1-355.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIIl

Lane, J. 1950. Neotropical Ceroplatinae (Diptera, Myceto-
philidae). Diisenia 1 : 32-69, illus.

Lane, J. and H. Sturm. 1958. A new genus of “Ditomyiinae.”
Description of two new species with bionomical notes (Diptera,
Mycetophilidae) . Rev. Brasil. Biol. 18(2) : 199-207, illus.

Madwar, S. 1935. The biology and morphology of the imma-
ture stages of Macrocera anglica Edwards. Psyche 42: 25-34,
pi. IV.

1937. Biology and morphology of the immature stages of

Mycetophilidae. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London (B) 227:
1-110, figs. 1-392.

Mansbridge, G. H. 1933. On the biology of some Ceroplatinae
and Macrocerinae. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 81 : 75-90, figs.
1-15.

de Meijere, J. C. H. 1913. Studien uber sudostasiatische Dip-
teren VII. Tijd. Ent. 56: 317-355, pis. 15-17.

Meunier, F. 1917. Uber einige Mycetophiliden und Tipuliden
des Bernsteins nebst Beschreibung der Gattung Palaeotanypeza
(Tanypezinae) derselben Formation. Neuen Jahrb. Miner.,
Geol. und Palaont. 1917: 73-106, pis. 7-16.

Shaw, F. R. 1948. A new genus and species of fungus-gnats
(Mycetophilidae). Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 43: 94-96, pi. 5.

Shaw, F. R. and M. M. Shaw. 1951. Relationships of certain
genera of fungus gnats of the family Mycetophilidae. Smiths.
Misc. Colls. 117(2) : 1-23, illus.

Spangler, P. 1962. Personal communication.

Staeger, R. C. 1840. In Krdjer. Systematisk Fortegnelse
over de i Danmark hidtil fundne Diptera. Tipulariae Eungi-
colae. Naturh. Tidsskr. 3: 228-288.

Tonnoir, A. L. and F. W. Edwards. 1927. New Zealand
fungus gnats (Diptera, Mycetophilidae). Trans. New Zealand
Inst. 57: 748-878, figs. 11-304.

Winnertz, J. 1863. Beitrag zu einer Monographie der Pilz-
mucken. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 13: 637-964, pis. 18-21.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY.

The Bulletin. Vols. 1-7, 1879-85, Microfilm $10.00

Vols. 8-57, 1912-62, Regular issue $125.00

Subsequent volumes, per year $ 4.00

Entomologic Americana. Vols. 1-10, 1885-90 & 1926-30,

Microfilm $15.00

Vols. 11-19, 1931-39, Microfilm $15.00

Vols. 20-29, 1940-49, Microfilm . . . , $15.00

Vols. 3CM-2, 1950-62, Regular issue $70.00

Subsequent volumes, per year $ 6.00

A Glossary of Entomology, Torre-Bueno, cloth bound,

including Supplement A $ 7.00

Supplement A to Torre-Bueno’s Glossary of Entomol-

ogy, 36 pp., 1960 $1.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana
New York Thysanoptera, Hood. 36 pp., 2 plates. 1926 .$ 1.00

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Life History of

Bremus bimaculatus, Frison. 65 pp., 8 figs. 1928 . . . .$ 2.00

A Revision of the Genus Eurema — Part II. New World
Species, Taxonomy and Synonymy, Klots. 73 pp.,

101 figs. 1929 $ 1.50

Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of the Cole-
optera, Boving & Craighead, cloth bound, 351pp., 125
plates. 1930-31 $10.00

The Nearctic Social Wasps of the Subfamily Polybiinae,

Bequaert. 63 pp., 8 figs. 1933 $ 2.00

Revision of the Epistrophe Flies of America North of

Mexico, Fluke. 57 pp., 45 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

The Biology and Taxonomy of the Genus Trichiotinus,

Hoffmann. 76 pp., 20 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

A Review of the Genus Cyrtopogon in North America,

Wilcox and Martin. 95 pp., 58 figs. 1936 $ 2.00

Bibliography of the Described Life Histories of the
Rhopalocera of America North of Mexico, Daven-
port and Detbier. 40 pp. 1937 $ 4.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

Notes and Keys on the Genus Brochymena, Ruckes. 95

pp, 41 figs. 1946 $ 3.00

Female Genitalia of Culicidae, with Particular Reference

to Characters of Generic Value, Coher. 38 pp. 1948 . .$ 4.00

The Scutate Ticks, or Ixodidae, of Indonesia, Anastos.

144 pp., 28 figures. 1950 $ 5.00

The Tingoidea of New England and their Biology,

Bailey, 140 pp., 6 figs. 1951 $ 5.00

The Hippoboscidae or Louse-Flies of Mammals and
Birds, Part I. Structure, Physiology and Natural

History, Bequaert, 442 pp., 21 figs., 1952-53 $10.00

Part II. Taxonomy, Evolution and Revision
of American Genera and Species. 611 pp., 83 figs.
1954-56 $15.00

A Revision of the Sphaeropthalmine Mutillidae of America
North of Mexico, II. Schuster. 130 pp., 27 figs.

1957 $ 5.00

A Synopsis of American Mycomyiini. Coher. 155 pp.,

131 figs. 1958 $ 6.00

The Morphology, Phylogeny, and Higher Classification of
the Family Tingidae. Drake and Davis. 100 pp.,

75 figs, and

The External Morphology of the Last-Instar Nymph of

Magicicada septendecim. Lew. 79 pp., 48 figs. 1959 $ 6.00

Taxonomy and Biology of Nearctic Limnephilid Larvae

(Trichoptera). Flint. 177 pp., 82 figs. 1960 $ 6.00

Revision of the Genus Copris of the Western Hemisphere.

Matthews. 137 pp., 88 figs. 1961 $ 6.00

Revision of the Cosmopterigidae of American North of

Mexico. Hodges. 166 pp., 199 figs. 1962 $ 6.00

All orders for all publications MUST be sent DIRECT to Brook-
lyn Entomologicial Society, R. R. McElvare, Treasurer, P. O. Box
386, Southern Pines, North Carolina.

BUSINESS PRESS INC., Lancaster, Pa.

(hil

DOUBLE NUMBER

VoL. LVIII APRIL-JUNE, 1963 Nos. 2 & 3

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

JOHN F. HANSON

GEORGE S. TULLOCH JAMES A. SLATER

)T-'

Published for the Society by
Business Press, Inc.

N. Queen St. and McGovern Ave., Lancaster, Pa.

Price, 85 cents Subscription, $4.00 per year

Mailed December 11, 1963

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa. under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Wednesday of November and May at the
Engineers’ Club, 117 Remsen Street, Brooklyn 2, N. Y. The annual dues
are $2.00.

OFFICERS 1962-63
Honorary President
R. R. McELVARE
President

HARRY BEATROS

Vice President

CASIMIR REDJIVES

Secretary

ANNA FLAHERTY

T reasurer

R. R. McELVARE
P. O, Box 386
Southern Pines
North Carolina

CONTENTS

New World lassinae with reviews of Scaroidana and

Pachyopsis (Homop. : Cicadellidae), Kramer 37

Types of Dr. O. Duda’s Costa Rican Drosophilidae

(Diptera), Wheeler 51

Abnormal oviposition habits of cowpea weevil, King .... 61

New Californian Melanoplus and Hypsalonla (Orthop. :

Acrididae), Gurney 62

Biological notes on Cerceris blakei (Hymenop. : Spheci-

dae), Krombein 72

Synopsis of Mexican species of Anaffus (Coleop. : Ceram-

bycidae), Chemsak and Linsley 80

Publications Received 50, 79

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $4.00 per year ; foreign, $4.25 in advance ; single
copies, 85 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Address subscriptions to
the Treasurer, manuscripts and other communications to the editor, JOHN P.
HANSON, Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

VoL. LVIII APRIL-jUNE, 1963 Nos. 2 & 3

A KEY TO THE NEW WORLD GENERA OF
lASSINAE WITH REVIEWS OF SCAROIDANA
AND PACHYOPSIS (HOMOPTERA:
CICADELLIDAE)

By James P. Kramer^

The New World genera of the leafhopper subfamily lassinae
have never been keyed. Oman (1949:43) treated two tribes,
lassini and Gyponini, which he considered as forming the sub-
family in the United States. He included, in passing, the Neo-
tropical Krisnini which have since been transferred to the
Deltocephalinae by Linnavuori (1959:151). Other and more
recent workers than Oman have treated the two remaining tribes
as distinct subfamilies, the lassinae and the Gyponinae. It is with
this more recent treatment that I agree.

Definition of N'cw World lassinae. Medium-sized to large leaf-
hoppers (4—13.5 mm.), always robust and stout, frequently some-
what depressed. Face usually short, convex, often tumid, and
with lateral frontal sutures terminating at or slightly above
antennal pits. Ocelli often small, remote from eyes, and located
on extreme anterior margin of crown or on extreme upper portion
of face. Area between crown and face not sharply separated,
always rounded, never foliaceous. Antennae normal. Crown
almost always of uniform width, never sharply produced. Surface
of crown and pronotum transversely rugulose. Scutellum always
large and well developed. Forewings well-developed, venation
often obscure, and with numerous fine setae present (except
Scaroidana ) . Color yellowish to brown, rarely, if at all, with
striking pattern. Male genitalia normal to highly modified.

^ Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Society

Vol. LVlIl

Key to the New World genera of Iassinae

1. Texture of inner apical cell of forewing distinctly membran-

ous and sharply differing from rest of forewing 2

Texture of inner apical cell of forewing the same as the rest
of forewing 3

2. Vein separating appendix of forewing from first apical cell

evanescent distally, never extending beyond base of second

apical cell (Nearctic & Neotropical Stragania Stal

Vein separating appendix of forewing from first apical cell
not evanescent distally, extending beyond base of second
apical cell (Neotropical) Batrachomorphus Lewis

3. Forewings without fine setae; length, males 10 mm. or more,

females 11 mm. or more (Neotropical) . . Scaroidana Osborn
Forewings with fine setae ; length, males 7 mm. or less,
females 9.5 mm. or less 4

4. Setae-bearing punctures of forewings not darkly pigmented ;

male genital capsule normal (Fig. 19) ; mesal lobe of style
long, blunt apically with a short hook (Fig. 20) (Neo-
tropical and Nearctic) Pachyopsis Uhler

Setae-bearing punctures of forewings darkly pigmented ; male
genital capsule retracted into eighth abdominal segment
(Fig. 21) ; mesal lobe of style not as above (Neotropical) 5

5. Setae-bearing punctures sparse and irregularly distributed

over forewing; crown, pronotum, and scutellum without
dots; pronotum in lateral view normal (Peru and Bolivia)

Grunchia, n. g.

Setae-bearing punctures numerous and uniformly distributed
over forewing ; crown, pronotum, and scutellum heavily
marked with dark brown to black dots ; pronotum in lateral
view strongly swollen (Mexico) Gargaropsis Fowler

Stragania Stal

Stragania is the largest and probably the best known genus of
the New World Iassinae. Beamer and Lawson (1945) revised
the Nearctic members and recognized twenty-two species. Lin-
navuori (1956: 16-21) published a key to the Neotropical mem-
bers and included twelve species. The Neotropical fauna is
undoubtedly much richer than this. Linnavuori (1957: 144—145)
reduced Stragania to subgeneric rank under Batrachomorphus.
However, the two genera are easily separated consistently by the
character used in the key above.

The species are short and stout, mostly between 3-5 mm., rarely

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

over 6.25 mm. The forewings are heavily setose. The ground
color ranges from yellow or green to brown or reddish with or
without contrasting shades. The contrasting shades may be any
of the colors already mentioned or black. Stragania can be dis-
tinguished from all other New World lassinae by noting that the
vein which separates the appendix of the forewing from the first
apical cell is evanescent distally.

Batrachonior plius Lewis

As far as known, the new species described below appears to
be the first example of Batrachonior pirns in the Americas. I am
not familiar with the Old World species but am following Lin-
navuori’s definition of Batrachomorphus (Linnavuori 1957: 144).

Batrachomorphus sialos, n. sp.

Length. — Male 7 mm. Female 8-8.25 mm.

Coloration. — Venter including legs and face stramineous to pale
brown, all tibiae with minute black dots. Dorsum including fore-
wings brown, ocelli reddish, crown and pronotum densely marked
with minute black dots which may be variably fused, forewings at
times with a vague dark-reddish or dark-greenish cast, setae-bear-
ing punctures darker. Males darker than females.

Structure. — General form very stout, broad, and somewhat de-
pressed. Face short and wide with clypellus small and depressed,
antennal pits deep, with their bases covered by sharp, overhanging
transverse ledges (Fig. 23). Crown in lateral view very blunt,
rather tumid and turned down over face. Crown in dorsal view
of uniform width and as wide as pronotum. Scutellum large,
surface weakly transversely rugulose, and with anterior angles
lightly setose. Forewings setose, thick, opaque, and with punc-
tures distinct. Spinulation of hind femur 2-1-1.

Male Genitalia. — Male genital capsule retracted into eighth
abdominal segment. Plates absent. Connective membranous and
amorphous. In lateral view pygofer with a strong dorsal indenta-
tion, a few dorsal setae, aedeagus simple and somewhat V-shaped,
styles reduced (Fig. 24). In ventral view aedeagus with a deep
apical notch and styles slender (Fig. 25).

Female Genitalia. — Pregenital sternum with posterior margin
broadly and shallowly indented.

Types. — Holotype male (USNM Type Number 34877) San
Pedro de Montes de Oca, Costa Rica, 19 Aug. 1935, C. H. Ballou,
collected on avocado. Allotype female and two paratypes, one

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

male and one female, with same data. Five additional paratype
females with same data except different collecting dates as follows :
three, 24 Jnne 1935; and two, 23 March 1936.

Discussion. — This new species conforms reasonably well to Lin-
navuori’s refined definition of Batrachomorphus (Linnavuori
1957:144). It differs in spinulation of the hind femur, 2-1-1
versus 2-2-1, and in the male genitalia having the styles reduced
and plates entirely absent. These differences are not considered
great enough to warrant generic separation, at least at this time.

Scar old ana Osborn

Scaroidana contains the largest species found within the sub-
family. Because of the strong resemblance to Gypona and allied
genera, Scaroidana was initially placed in the Gyponinae by Osborn
(1938:49). This placement was used by Metcalf (1962:55) in
his recent catalogue of the Gyponidae (= Gyponinae) . However,
the following combination of characters clearly indicates relation-
ship to the lassinae: The ocelli are located on or just below the

anterior margin of the crown and are not visible in a dorsal aspect
of the head, the crown is narrow and of nearly uniform width, and
the general form is not depressed.

Generic Description. — Form large and robust. Male with
clypellus enlarged and tumid (Fig. 2 ), female with clypellus normal
(Fig. 1). In both sexes the surface of clypeus with dense scaly
microsculpturing and upper portion of face transversely rugulose.
Pronotum large with lateral margins unusually long. Forewings
without setae but roughened, often with shallow inconspicuous
punctures especially in claval area. Color yellow to pale brown.
Male genitalia with capsule normal, pygofer and plates with macro-
setae, setae of plates approximately uniseriate, hair-like setae often
present on plates, pygofer with paired internal ventral processes,
connective modified Y-shaped, and aedeagus simple. Type-
species, Scaroidana flaznda Osborn.

Key to species of Scaroidana

1 . Color yellow to stramineous ; apex of aedeagus in lateral

view as high or higher than basal portion (Fig. 5), pygofer

process slender (Fig. 3) flaznda Osborn

Color pale brown to yellowish brown ; apex of aedeagus in
lateral view lower than basal portion (Fig. 7), pygofer
process stouter (Fig. 8) 2

2. Apical cells at least partially darker than rest of forewing;

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

aecleagal shaft in lateral view distinctly narrowed (Fig. 9)
(South America) fulvula Osborn

Apical cells not darker than rest of forewing; aedeagal shaft
in lateral view not narrowed (Fig. 7) (Panama) xouthe, n. sp.

Scaroidana fiavida Osborn

Scaroidana flaznda Osborn, 1938: 50.

Pachyopsis clypeatus Linnavnori, 1957 : 149, New Synonymy.

Length. — Male 11-11.5 mm. Female 13-13.5 mm.

Coloration. — Yellow to stramineous without darker markings.
Compound eyes usually reddish.

Male Genitalia. — Pygofer process slender and recurved apically
(Fig. 3). Style with mesal lobe long, slender, finely serrated on
inner margin, and terminating in a sharp point (Fig. 4). Aedea-
gus stoutest distally with gonopore apparently located ventrally at
apex (Fig. 5).

Female Genitalia. — Pregenital sternum with posterior margin
truncated or very slightly produced at middle (Osborn, 1938: PI.
I, Fig. 4A).

Nezv Records. — 2 322, Chapada, Brazil, Oct. and Nov. (no

year) (C. F. Baker) ; 1 2, San Bernardino, Paraguay (K. Fie-
brig). All are in the collection of the U. S. National Museum.

Discussion. — The South American countries from which A.
flazdda is now known number four ; these are Bolivia, Argentina,
Brazil, and Paraguay. The species is interpreted here on the
basis of the allotype male and one paratype female kindly made
available for study by Dr. D. M. DeLong.

Scaroidana fulvula Osborn

Scaroidana fulvula Osborn, 1938:51.

Pachyopsis chulumanensis Linnavnori, 1957 : 148, Nezv Syn-
onymy.

Length. — Male 10-11 mm. Female 12-12.5 mm.

Cn/nrafinw.— Pale brown to yellowish brown with apical cells
of forewings at least in part darker. Compound eyes reddish.

Male Genitalia. — Pygofer process slender but broadest pre-
apically (Fig. 8). Style like that of flavida except extreme apex
turned slightly inward. Aedeagus narrowed on distal portion with
gonopore located ventrally (Fig. 9).

Female Genitalia. — Pregenital sternum with posterior margin
broadly but slightly produced (Osborn, 1938: PI. I, Fig. 5A).

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Kramer Plate I

June, 196S Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Nezv Records: 1 J', Hnacapistana, Rio Tarma, Peru, 2 June
1930; 1 Tingo Maria, Peru, Oct., 1949 (H. A. Allard) ; 1 2,
Para, Brazil. All are in the collection of the U. S. National
Museum.

Discussion. — 3'. fulvula is now known from Brazil, Bolivia, and
Peru. The species is interpreted here on the basis of the holotype
female and allotype male available for study by Dr. D. M. DeLong.

Scaroidana xouthe, n. sp.

Length. — Male 10 mm.

Coloration. — Pale yellowish brown without darker markings.
Compound eyes reddish.

Male Genitalia. — Pygofer process similar to that of flavida but
much stouter (Fig. 6). Style like that of flavida except inner
margin not finely serrated. Aedeagus uniformly stout with gono-
pore located ventrally (Fig. 7).

Female Genitalia. — Female unknown.

Type: Holotype male (USNM Type Number 34878) Trinidad
Rio, Panama, 17 March 1912, (A. Busck).

Discussion. — .S', xouthe appears closest to fulvula on the basis
of color, but the genital structures more closely resemble those of
flavida. This new Central American species greatly extends the
known distribution of the genus.

Pachyopsis Uhler

P achy op sis has long been known from but one Nearctic species,
laetus Uhler. Three new species from America south of the
United States are described below.

Generic Description. — Form robust. Face convex, especially so
in males, surface of clypeus finely rugulose. Pronotum large, with
lateral margins short. Scutellum often lightly setose. Forewings

Explanation of Plate I

Scaroidana flavida Osborn: Fig. 1, Face of female; Fig. 2, Face
of male ; Fig. 3, Lateral view of ventral pygofer process ; Fig. 4,
Ventral view of style and enlarged stylar apex; Fig. 5, Lateral
view of aedeagus. S', xouthe, n. sp. : Fig. 6, Lateral view of ventral
pygofer process; Fig. 7, Lateral view of aedeagus. S. fulvula
Osborn: Fig. 8, Lateral view of ventral pygofer process; Fig. 9,
Lateral view of aedeagus. Note: Arrows in Figs. 5, 7, and 9 indi-
cate approximate position of gonopore.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Kramer

Plate II

laetus

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

with numerous hue pale setae and at times with extra veiulets in
apical portions, setae-bearing punctures not pigmented. Color pale
green to brown, rarely pinkish. Male genitalia with capsule
normal, pygofer and plates usually with a few macrosetae and hair-
like setae, pygofer with paired internal ventral processes, connec-
tive strap-like and broadened between styles, mesal lobe of style,
long with a short terminal hook (Fig. 20), and with aedeagus stout.
Key to males of Pachyopsis

1. Pygofer process hooked and decurved (Fig. 19) ; aedeagus

with a distinct ventral hump (Fig. 18) (western United

States) laetiis Uhler

Pygofer process not hooked and decurved ; aedeagus without
a distinct ventral hump (Mexico & Neotropical) 2

2. Aedeagus in lateral view with a distinct “heel” (Fig. 13) ;

pygofer process with a proximal blunt tooth-like expansion
on recurved portion (Fig. 14) (Ecuador) .... calceus, n. sp.
Aedeagus in lateral view without a “heel” ; pygofer process
without an expansion of any sort 3

3. Pygofer process with a right-angle bend in lateral view (Fig.

17) ; style broadened preapically (Fig. 15) ; upper portion

of face and crown yellowish (Brazil) similis, n. sp.

Pygofer process smoothly upturned in lateral view ( Fig. 11) ;
style not broadened preapically ; upper portion of face and
crown fuscous (Mexico) foratits, n. sp.

Pachyopsis laetus Uhler

This species was completely redescribed by Oman (1949: 52) ;
he provided excellent illustrations of the crown, thorax, and fore-
wing. He also included synonymy and distributional data, and
discussed the male genital structures but did not illustrate them.
The distinctive features of the genitalia have already been noted

Explanation of Plate II

Pachyopsis foratus, n. sp. : Fig. 10, Lateral view of aedeagus;
Fig. 11, Lateral view of male genital capsule. P. calceus, n. sp. :
Fig. 12, Broad view of style; Fig. 13, Lateral view of aedeagus;
Fig. 14, Lateral view of male genital capsule. P. similis, n. sp. :
Fig. 15, Broad view of style; Fig. 16, Lateral view of aedeagus;
Fig. 17, Lateral view of male genital capsule. P. laetus Uhler:
Fig. 18, Lateral view of aedeagus and connective; Fig. 19, Lateral
view of male genital capsule; Fig. 20, Broad view of style. Note:
Arrows in Figs. 10, 13, 16, and 18 indicate approximate position
of gonopore.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol LVIII

in the key to males or in the generic description. The ventral
hump of the aedeagus is somewhat variable in shape but the form
illustrated seems most typical.

Pachyopsis calceus, n. sp.

Length. — Male 6.75 mm.

Coloration. — Sordid stramineous without distinct darker mark-
ings ; ocelli reddish.

Structure. — A few extra veinlets near apex of forewing.

Male Genitalia. — Pygofer with internal process recurved, a blunt
proximal toothlike expansion on distal portion (Fig. 14). Aedea-
gus slipper-shaped with a distinct “heel” (Fig. 13). Style typical
of genus (Fig. 12).

Female Genitalia. — Female unknown.

Type. — Holotype male (USNM Type Number 34879) Paute,
Ecuador, 11 August 1955 (H. R. Yust), collected on walnut.

Discussion. — I have before me three females from Banos, Ecua-
dor, collected in 1937 by W. Clarke-Macintyre. All have the pos-
terior margin of the pregenital sternum indented mesally and
rounded laterally, but they appear too large (9-9.5 mm.) to be
properly associated with the male.

Pachyopsis similis, n. sp.

Length. — Male 5.5-6 mm. Eemale 6-6.5 mm.

Coloration. — Yellowish-brown to pale brown with forewings of-
ten somewhat darker than head and thorax; ocelli reddish.

Male Genitalia. — Pygofer with internal process sharply upturned
distally forming a right angle (Pig. 17). Aedeagus stout, pro-
longed basally (Eig. 16). Style with mesal lobe slightly expanded
preapically (Eig. 15).

Female Genitalia. — Posterior margin of pregenital sternum very
slightly produced with an ill-defined mesal notch.

Types. — Holotype male (USNM Type Number 34880), Jus-
saral, Angra-E. Do Rio, Brazil, 9 November 1934 (Travassos
and Lopes). Allotype female and five paratypes, four males and
one female, with same data.

Discussion. — P. similis and foratus are very close but can be
separated readily on the basis of the internal pygofer process and
coloration as indicated in the key.

Pachyopsis foratus, n. sp.

Length. — Male 5.75 mm.

Coloration. — Venter including legs and lower portion of face

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

pale stramineous ; upper portion of face and crown dark fuscous ;
ocelli pale ; pronotum, scutellum, and forewings brown, forewings
of a lighter shade.

Male Genitalia. — Pygofer with internal process gradually re-
curved and slightly narrowed distally (Fig. 11). Aedeagus stout,
prolonged basally (Fig. 10). Style like that of laetus (Fig. 20).

Female Genitalia. — Female unknown.

Type. — Holotype male (USNM Type Number 34881), Cuer-
navaca-Acapulco Road, Mexico, 24 August 1936 (Ball and Stone).

Discussion. — This species is distinct on the basis of color and
male genital characters. The aedeagus, however, is very much like
that of similis.

Grunchia, gen. rov.

Type-species, Batracliomorphus (Stragania) grossus Linnavuori.

Generic Description. — Form moderately large and robust, similar
to P achy op sis but stouter. Clypeus and clypellus tumid, face finely
transversely rugulose. Head distinctly narrower than pronotum.
Lateral pronotal margins of moderate length. Fore wings unusually
shiny, transparent, and glassy ; setae-bearing punctures rather
sparse, darkly pigmented, and scattered ; venation obscure except
at extreme apex. Male genitalia with capsule retracted into eighth
abdominal segment, anal tube and aedeagus simple, and with
pseudostyles present.

Grunchia grossa (Linnavuori), new combination
Batracliomorphus {Stragania) Linnavuori, 1957: 148.

Length. — Male 6.5 mm. Female 7-7.5 mm.

Goloration. — Ground color light yellowish-brown to sordid yel-
lowish-green. Male with irregular fuscous patches on thoracic
venter and on face under antennal bases ; clypellus and clypeus,
except for a pale area centrally at top, darkly fuscous. Female
without such markings. In both sexes ocelli pale ; crown, prono-
tum, and scutellum without definite markings ; forewings pale yel-
lowish to golden yellowish with veins mainly concolorous except
brownish apically, setae-bearing punctures brown.

Male Genitalia. — Genital capsule in lateral view with anal tube
simple, pygofer with a few dorsal setae distally and a row of fine
short stout setae along ventral margin, aedeagus stoutest basally
and upturned distally, style elongated and upturned distally, and
pseudostyle exceeding plate with apex downturned (Fig. 21).
Connective membranous and amorphous. Genital capsule in ven-

BiiUetin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

Kramer * Plate III

Grunchia grossa (Linnavuori) : Fig. 21, Lateral view of male
genital capsule; Fig. 22, Ventral view of male genital capsule.
Batrachomorphus sialos, n. sp. : Fig. 23, Face of female ; Fig. 24,
Lateral view of male genital capsule; Fig. 25, Ventral view of
aedeagus and styles. Gargaropsis innervis Fowler: Fig. 26, Lat-
eral view of aedeagus; Fig. 27, Broad view of style.

June, 1063 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

tral view with styles hooked apically (shaded in drawing), pseudo-
styles slender between rather crescent-shaped plates, and with both
pygofer and valve well-developed (Fig. 22).

Female Genitalia. — Pregenital sternum with posterior margin
truncated.

Records. — This species was described from three female speci-
mens as follows : Holotype, Callanga, Peru, and two paratypes,
Chulumani, Sur-Yungas, Bolivia. All are in European collections.
The male is known from a unique Peruvian specimen in the collec-
tion of the U. S. National Museum.

Discussion. — Grunchia grossa (Linnavuori) is readily distin-
guished by the unusually shiny, transparent, and glassy forewings
and the unique features of the male genitalia.

Gargaropsis Fowler

Gar gar op sis (Fowler, 1896: 167) was initially described as a
genus of the family Membracidae. Although recognized as a cica-
dellid of the subfamily lassinae by various authors, Gargaropsis
has always been listed as a synonym of lassus, Bythoscopus, or
Stragania. In my opinion it is a distinct and valid genus.

The originally included and only species is innervis (Fowler,
1896: 167-168) from Xucumanatlan, Guerrero, Mexico. Unfor-
tunately, the only known specimen is the unique type which has
been illustrated in color (Fowler, 1896: Tab. 10, Fig. 15). Dr.
W. E. China of the British Museum (Natural History) very
kindly re-examined the type and made observation and sketches
which allowed me to re-evaluate Gargaropsis.

Generic Diagnosis. — Similar to Grunchia but shorter and
broader. Upper portion of face tumid. Head narrower than
pronotum and appearing small due to greatly swollen pronotum.
Forewings vitreous with numerous darkly pigmented setae-bearing
punctures; venation moderately distinct. Male genitalia with cap-
sule retracted into eighth abdominal segment ; anal tube simple ;
connective straplike ; aedeagus simple with apex somewhat elabo-
rated and dorsal apodeme forked (Fig. 26, drawing inverted),
style slender without an apical hook on mesal lobe (Fig. 27).

References

Beamer, F. H., and Lawson, P. B. 1945. A revision of the
genus Stragania {Bythoscopus of authors) in America
North of Mexico (Homoptera, Cicadellidae) . J. Kansas Ent.
Soc. 18(2) : 49-66.

Fowler, W. W. 1896. Order Rhynchota, Suborder Hemip-
tera-Homoptera. Biologia Centrali-Americana 2 : 161-168.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society lviii

Linnavouri, R. 1956. Neotropical Homoptera of the Hun-
garian National Museum and some other European museums.
Ann. Ent. Eennici 22(1) : 5-35.

1957. Remarks on the lassinae (Homoptera, Cicadel-

lidae). Ann. Ent. Eennici 23(3): 144-150.

1959. Revision of the Neotropical Deltocephalinae and

some related subfamilies (Homoptera). Ann. Zool. Soc. ‘Va-
namo’ (20(1): 1-370.

Metcalf, Z. P. 1962. General Catalogue of the Homoptera,
Fascicle VI Part 3 Gyponidae. Published by the United States
Department of Agriculture, pp. 1-229.

Oman, P. W. 1949. The Nearctic leafhoppers (Homoptera:
Cicadellidae), a generic classification and check list. Ent. Soc.
Washington Memoir 3 : 1-253.

Osborn, H. 1938. Art. II. Neotropical Homoptera of the
Carnegie Museum. Part 7. Report on species of the sub-
family Gyponinae. Ann. Carnegie Museum 27: 11-62.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

Guide to the Insects of Connecticut. Part VI. The Diptera
or True Flies. Fascicle 8: Blepharoceridae and Deuteroph-
lebiidae, by C. P. Alexander. Conn. State Geol. and Hist. Surv.
Bui. 93 : 39-80, figs. 1-36 1963.

Pesticide Handbook, ed. by Donald E. H. Freer, 331 pp. Col-
lege Science Publishers, State College, Penn. 1963. (Price, $2.50
paperbound, $3.50 cloth)

Collembolenfauna Europas, by Hermann Gisin, 312 pp., 554
figs.. Museum D’Histoire Naturelle, Geneva. 1960.

The Beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part III : Pselaphidae
and Diversicornia I, by Melville H. Hatch, pp. 1-503, 66 pis.
Univ. of Washington Publ. in Biology, Vol. 16, Univ. of Washing-
ton Press, Seattle. 1962. (Price $7.00)

Robber Flies of the World. The Genera of the Family
Asilidae, by Frank M. Hull, 907 pp., 2,536 figs., in 2 volumes.
Smiths. Inst., U. S. N. M. Bui. 224. 1962. (Price $10.25)

June, i[)63 Bulletm of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

NOTES ON THE EXTANT TYPES OF DR. O. DUDA’S
COSTA RICAN DROSOPHILIDAE (DIPTERA)

By Marshall R. Wheeler^

Abstract: The extant type specimens (39) of the Drosophilidae
named by Dr. Duda from Costa Rica zvere borrozved for study from
the National Museum in Budapest, Hungary. They represented
26 species of the 56 named by Duda, the remaining types haznng
been lost. Notes on the morphology and distribution of these
species are presented, leetotypes are chosen zvhen required, and the
follozving nomenelatural and systematic changes are made: Clado-
chaeta infumata {Duda), Nezv Combination {from Diathoneura) ;
Diathoneura iiigrifrons Duda, Nezv Status {described as a '‘variety’'
of nigrescens) ; Paramycodrosophila poeciloptera Duda, 1925^
Drosophila schildi Malloch, 1924, Nezv Synonymy ; Paraliodroso-
phila mihalyii Wheeler, Nezv Species {Costa Rica, Panama) ; Buno-
stoma brasiliensis Frota-Pessoa, 1946 = Noetanygastrella tricolor-
ipes Duda, 1925, Nezv Synonymy.

One of the major contributions to our knowledge of the Neo-
tropical Drosophilidae was that of Dr. Oswald Duda (1925) on the
species of Costa Rica. His study was based on the specimens in
the Hungarian National Museum in Budapest, all apparently col-
lected in 1921 at Suiza de Turrialha. In this paper Duda described
56 new species (including some as “varieties”) and all of the types
seem to have been retained in the museum in Budapest.

In the hope of settling some confusing taxonomic problems
uncovered while working with the extensive Neotropical material
in the University of Texas collection,^ I contacted Dr. F. Mihalyi
of the Zoological Department of the museum. With his coopera-
tion, for which I am extremely grateful, I was able to borrow for
study 39 type specimens representing 26 of Duda’s Costa Rican
species. The holotype of one species, Diathoneura taeniatipennis,
was inadvertently left out of the shipment ; specimens of the remain-
ing 29 species were no longer available. Dr. Mihalyi has written
me concerning them as follows (paraphrased in part for gramma-
tical reasons) :

“There is Drosophilid material of Duda’s from Costa Rica,

^ Department of Zoology, The University of Texas, Austin,
Texas.

^ Field collections were made possible by grant G-4999 from the
National Science Foundation.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Africa, Far East, Australia and Europe. Unfortunately this mate-
rial has been damaged by water and partly destroyed. Therefore
nearly half of the Costa Rican types are missing. All types of the
following genera are missing: Pseudocacoxenus, Stegana, Oxy-
phortica, Proto stegana, N eorhinolencophenga and Zygothrica.
Also missing are: Drosophila nasalis, D. nigrohalterata, D, glabri-
frons, D. juscohalterata, D. flavohalterata, D. semialha, D. jundoma-
culata, D. prorepleta, D. limbiventris, D. medioobscurata, D. fumi-
pennis, D. subinfumata, D. kerteszina, D. mediostriata, Paramyco-
drosophila costaricana, Tanyglossa tenuirostris, and Diathoneura
quadrknttata.

“I am sending you the remaining 39 types ; some do not bear the
same name exactly as the one they were described by ; for example,
four names ending with “. . . lineata'’ are labelled as . . striataP
Duda very rarely labelled the specimens as “type,” but as he gave
the number and date of the types, they are unquestionably the same.
If they were described from a single specimen, I have labelled it as
Holotype ; if there are more of them, as Syntypes. Duda used to
write on the first specimen of his new species both the generic and
the species name, but on the following specimens only the species
name. I think that it is desirable to choose and label these ‘first’
specimens as lectotypes. As nearly as possible, therefore, I am
sending you the first specimen, which I would like for you to
denominate as lectotypes and publish this information.”

Lectotypes are here being designated for 16 of Duda’s species,
each being represented by two or more syntypes ; red lectotype
labels hearing my name have been attached to the pins bearing the
specimens and have been returned to the museum. The remaining
10 species are represented by holotypes.

From our own collections we have been able to identify with rea-
sonable certainty 19 of the 26 species represented by these types.
For each of these any additional information on geographic distri-
bution is given below, with occasional remarks on their morphology
or classification. For the seven species still known only by their
unique types, more extensive notes are presented, including some
carefully drawn figures prepared by Mrs. Linda Kuich. For each
species I have indicated first the number of specimens now present
in the Budapest collection, as reported by Dr. Mihalyi, and, in
parentheses, the number and sex of those loaned for study.

1. Drosophila abregolineata Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 214. One;
(Holotype ij'). Mesonotal pattern very distinctive, with the six
clearly defined dark brown marks strongly contrasting with the dull
tan background ; the two more elongated marks are separated in

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

the midline by exactly one acrostichal row ; posterior third of
mesonotnm with whitish pollinosity when seen from certain angles.
The exposed part of the genitalia shows a slender pincer with a
secondary branch, similar to that figured for bocainensis by Wheeler
and Magalhaes (1962, Fig. 6, C) but the branch is located farther
basally. Other characters, such as the sternopleurals, orals, etc.,
support the conclusion that abregolineata belongs in the subgenus
Sophophora, and most probably in the zmllistoni-bocainensis
complex.

2. Drosophila alternolineata Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 213. Two;
(Lectotype 2). The wings are light brown, with a moderately
heavy cloud over the posterior crossvein ; anterior crossvein dark
and with a small cloud ; apex of first costal section a little darkened.
Setulae of third costal section on the basal 0.5. Additional records
are : San Jose, Costa Rica; La Palma, El Salvador; Santa Maria
de Ostuma, Nicaragua; Boquete, Panama.

3. Drosophila angustibucca Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 218. Fifteen;
(Lectotype J, plus 1 J). This seems to be a widespread Neo-
tropical species. We have only compared specimens from San Jose,
Costa Rica, and Boquete, Panama, but this was enough to indi-
cate that the species considered angustibucca in Brazil by Frota-
Pessoa (1954) is probably an undescribed sibling species.

4. Drosophila fuscolineata Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 213. One;

(Holotype No recurved hairs on the fore tarsi; setulae of

third costal section on the basal 0.5 ; posterior crossvein dark but
without cloud; mid-frontal hairs arranged in an obvious V-shaped
pattern. In addition to Turrialba, Costa Rica, we have speci-
mens from San Salvador, El Salvador.

5. Drosophila gigas Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 217. Five; (Lectotype
J', plus 12). A distinctive character for this unusually large
species is a rather sudden curving of the apex of the fourth vein to-
ward the third, as in some members of the annulimana group. New
records are: Santa Maria de Ostuma, Nicaragua; Volcan Santa
Ana, San Salvador, El Salvador; Monte Vyuca, Honduras;
Boquete, Panama; Chapulhuacan, Hid., Mexico. The speci-
mens reported as gigas from Uruapan, Mexico, by Patterson and
Mainland (1945) are actually tuchaua Pavan, judging from the
individuals remaining in our collection at this time.

6. Drosophila limbinervis 1925, op. cit.: 215. Two; (Lec-

totype J', plus 12)' This belongs to the guarani group, subgenus
Drosophila. We have material from Monte Vyuca, Honduras, and
from many localities in El Salvador.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entornologieal Society

7. Drosophila pictiventris Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 211. One;
( Holotype 5). This distinctive member of the snbgenns Hirto-
(I roso pliila \i3.s been discussed earlier (Wheeler 1954: 54). Wide-
spread, from Mexico to Brazil.

8. Drosophila rostrata Dnda, 1925, op. cit.: 219. One; (Holo-
type ,(5^). Front dnll tan; middle orbital minute; carina rather
large, its surface moderately flat ; face, cheeks, clypens and palpi all
tan; one prominent oral bristle; proboscis (Fig. 1) bearing a re-
markable median born-like process as described. Mesonotum and
scntellnm dark tan, moderately shiny ; pleura and legs tan ; first
femur normal ; fore tarsi without recurved hairs ; third tarsi with
two black bristles near base ventrally. Wings a bit dark, the pos-
terior crossvein with a weak cloud, the anterior one dark but not
clouded ; setnlae of third costal section on the basal 0.4. Abdomen
appearing teneral, mostly tan with poorly defined bands. The band-
ing pattern does not, in my opinion, agree with the description and
my interpretation is shown in Figure 2. This specimen will not key
correctly in Frota-Pessoa (1954) because of this pattern.

9. Diathoneura adiimbrata Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 178. One;

(Holotype Anterior half of wing noticeably dusky, and both

crossveins with strong clouds. Mesonotum dark tan, the pleura
contrastingly darker brown, this color also covering the fore coxae
and the l)asal third of the fore femora ; reminder of legs apparently
pale, but the third femora may he darker near base. Halteres tan ;
palpi light brown ; abdomen all dull brown ; postvertical bristles of
moderate size ; anterior reclinate orbital short and thin, situated
l)ebind proclinate. Male genitalia not visible.

10. Diathoneura albifacies Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 181. Five;
(Lectotype plus 1 5). Although the whitish face is distinctive,
it also occurs in some undescribed similar Neotropical species.
New records are: La Lola, Palmar, Costa Rica; El Recreo,
Santa Maria de Ostuma, Nicaragua; Leticia, El Recuerdo,
Colombia.

11. Diathoneura cruciataSDudd., 192S, op. cit.: 177. One; (Holo-
type 2 ) . This species appears to belong with a group of about six
imdescribed Neotropical species representing (on the basis of pre-
liminary studies of male genitalia) a new snbgenns, or possibly a
new genus. New records are: Volcan Boqneron, Cerro Monte
Cristo, Volcan Santa Ana, El Salvador; Monte Vyuca,
Honduras.

12. Diathoneura curyopa Dnda, 1925, op. cit.: 179. Two: (Lec-
totype 1 2). The flat front with its whitish pollinose orbits

is distinctive. In addition to Tnrrialba, we have seen material from

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Higiiito, Costa Rica; Bliiefields, Nicaragua; Almirante, Venado
Beach, Panama; Ft. Sherman, Mindl Dairy, Galeta Pt., Canal
Zone; Hardware Gap, Mt. Diablo, Mavis Bank, Jamaica.

13. Diatlioneitra guttipcnnis Dnda, 1925, op. cit.: 171. Three;
(Lectotype plus 1 ,J'). The particular pattern of wing spots
seems to be distinctive, but there are several undescribed species
with rather similar patterns. Our only new record is Changninola,
Panama.

14. Cladocliaeta infumata (Dnda). New Combination. = />D-
thoneura injumata Dnda, 1925, op. cit.: 179. One; ( Holotype J).
The arista, with its single dorsal branch hasally, is intact and not
damaged as Dnda suspected. The species is nniqne in Cladocliaeta
(known at present by the type species, ncbulosa, and an estimated
15 nndescribed Neotropical species) by having an nnnsnally high
costal index (3. 7-3. 9). We have four specimens from Boqnete,
Panama.

15. Diatlwneiira laticcps Dnda, 1925, op. cit.: 175. One; (Holo-
type, sex uncertain). There is an nndescribed similar species from
El Salvador in which the posterior orbits and ocellar triangle are
distinctly shiny (dull in laticcps) and the pleural darkening is much
more widespread. In addition to Tnrrialha, we have seen material
from La Lola, Costa Rica, and Cerro la Cam])ana, Almirante,
Panama.

16 Diatlwneiira miniita Dnda, 1925, op. cit.: 182. Three; (Lec-
totype J', pins 1 5) . On the lectotype the arista has four dorsal and
one ventral branch in addition to the terminal fork ; front tan, the
triangle and orbits Iwowner ; postverticals of moderate size ; proc-
linate and posterior reclinate orbitals rather far apart, the anterior
reclinate quite minute and situated just a little behind the procli-
nate ; palpi dark Iwown. IVfesonotnm dark tan, the scntellnm
darker ; pleura also darkened but lacking a distinct pattern ; halteres
discolored ; legs pale tan, the fore tarsi normal. Abdomen appar-
ently wholly dull dark brown ; the visible parts of the male genitalia
are shown in Figure 3.

The female paralectotype seems to be another species. The ante-
rior reclinate orbital is situated beside the proclinate ; palpi pale tan ;
scntellnm with the same color as the mesonotnm ; pleura with an ill-
defined large dorsal stripe and a second stripe along the upper edge
of the sternoplenra ; halteres tan.

17. Diathoneura nigrescens Dnda, 1925, op. cit.: 184. Twenty-
seven; (Lectotype pins 1 J). Arista with six dorsal and four
ventral branches basal to the terminal fork ; proclinate orbital 0.7
length posterior reclinate ; middle orbital very tiny ; postverticals

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVllT

small ; mildly polyvibrissal. Mesonotum dark tan, the pleura much
blacker. Also known from Boquete, Panama and Santa Maria
de Ostnma, Nicaragua.

18. Diath one lira nigrifrons Duda. New Status. = Diatlioneura
nigrescens var. nigrifrons Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 184. Three; (Lec-
totype plus 1 2). This species, along with nigrescens, belongs to
a group of about 12 undescribed Neotropical species, all superficially
quite similar but differing significantly in male genitalia. We have
specimens of nigrifrons from Turrialba, Costa Rica, and Boquete,
Panama.

19. Diatlioneura nuheciilosa Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 180. One;
(Holotype ,J'). We have three specimens from Boquete, Panama,
which agree with the type except for a more intense color, especially
on the wings. The visible parts of the male genitalia of the type
agree well, however, with our material, and we suspect that the
type male was teneral.

20. Diatlioneura pleurolineata Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 183. Two;
(Lectotype 2). There are at least five Neotropical species similar
to this one, but we have not been able to match any of them with
the type. On both aristae there are two ventral branches and no
signs of damage, while on our specimens there is either a single
ventral branch, or there are three or four. In addition, the pleural
stripe is considerably paler than on our specimens and while this
could be due to a teneral condition, this does not seem to be the
case. The abdomen is dull brown, with the circumanal tergite, anal
plates and ovipositor distinctly paler yellow.

21. Diathoneura tanyptera Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 170. One;
(Holotype .J'). The abbreviated posterior wing margin is distinc-
tive (and very rare in the family). Anterior half of wing strongly
browned, noticeably less so posteriorly ; pleural stripe prominent,
dark brown, but lower half of humeral callus quite pale and con-
trasting with the upper half which is as dark as or darker than the
mesonotum. Palpi dark, paler at base, strongly protruding from
the oral cavity, expanded at the tip when viewed from above. Face
white ; cheeks pale except for a small brown mark at vibrissal area.
Legs pale ; abdomen dark brown ; halteres dirty-colored. The
species belongs to a group of about six undescribed species all
characterized by having prominently protruding black palpi.

22. Diathoneura tesselata Duds., 192S, op. cit.: 174. Four; (Lec-
totype plus 12). The tesselated pattern on the abdomen, con-
sisting of distinct black blotches on a gray to grayish-yellow
pollinose background, is shared by at least four undescribed Neo-
tropical species. In addition, the ovipositor in each species is elon-

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

gated, essentially toothless, resembling a sword (Figure 4). The
generic reference for the group is dubious, hut until a more thor-
ough study has been made, it seems premature to remove the species
from Diathoneura. The male genitalia of the lectotype were
removed, examined, and then mounted on a small bit of plastic
which was attached to the pin bearing the specimen. A male from
our collection, from Palmar, Costa Rica, agrees but other speci-
mens, from more distant localities, have not yet been examined. On
superficial resemblances, however, we seem to have material from
Panama, El Salvador, Colombia, Venezuela, Puerto Rico and
Jamaica.

23. Diathoneura nniradiata Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 182. Five;
(Lectotype ij', plus 1 5). Mesonotum moderately dark tan, the
pleura darker brown but paler along the suture between sterno- and
mesopleura, especially anteriorly. Al^domen dark brown, dull when
viewed from most angles. Arista with six dorsal and one ventral
branch basal to the terminal fork, and without signs of damage.
Palpi more brown than black ; postverticals of moderate size ; front
dull tan to light brownish. A single stout sternopleural bristle seen ;
legs, including fore coxae, tan. The male genitalia, moderately well
exposed, are shown in Figures 5 and 6; the ovipositor of the female
appeared to be somewhat retracted hut its general appearance, as
well as we could detemine it, is shown in Figure 7.

24. Neotanygastrella tricoloripes Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 224.
= Bunostoma hrasiliensis Frota-Pessoa 1946, Sum. Brasil. Biol. 1 :
175. New Synonymy. Two; (Lectotype 2) • This is a relatively
common, widespread species, known from Costa Rica, Honduras,
Panama, Colombia, Trinidad, Brazil, Peru, Puerto Rico, and
Haiti. The synonymy of Bunostoma hrasiliensis , suggested as a
possibility by Frota-Pessoa and Wheeler (1951) is confirmed.

25. Paramycodrosophila poeciloptera Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 226.
= Drosophila schildi Malloch 1924, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 66: 10.
New Synonymy. Twenty-one; (Lectotype plus 1 2). The
types of both schildi and poeciloptera have now been examined, and
the synonymy, first suggested as a possibility by Burla and Pavan
(1953), is confirmed. D. schildi is a member of the calloptera
group of the subgenus Drosophila, and has now been seen from
several localities in Costa Rica, Panama, Canal Zone, Colombia,
Brazil and Trinidad.

Further nomenclatural problems involving the name poeciloptera
in Drosophila have been discussed by Wheeler (1959: 184).

26. Paraliodrosophila bipartita Duda, 1925, op. cit.: 184. Two;
(Lectotype ,J', plus 1 2» latter becoming a paratype of the new

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society ^

species descril^ed below). P. bipartita is a fungivorous species
known from Mexico, El Salvador, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and
Panama. In a discussion of this species I earlier stated (Wheeler
1954: 56) that the female specimen mentioned by Duda belonged
to the species dudai which was being described by me at that time.
The present study of this syntype female shows this to have been
an error, this specimen belonging rather to an imdescribed species
represented by an additional five specimens in the University of
Texas collection. I am taking this opportunity to describe this new
one, which I am pleased to name for Dr. Mihalyi of the Budapest
museum.

Explanation of Figures

Fig. 1, Drosophila rostrata Dnda, holotype male: Shadow photo-
graph showing horn-like protrusion on proboscis. Fig. 2, Drosoph-
ila rostrata Dnda, holotype male: Abdominal pattern. Fig. 3,
Diathoneura minuta Dnda, lectotype male : Sketch of the exposed
portion of the male genitalia. Fig. 4, Abdomen of female of tessel-
ata group showing position and appearance of ovipositor. Fig. 5
and 6, Diathoneura uniradiata Dnda, lectotype male: Postero-ven-
tral and lateral views of the exposed parts of the genitalia. Fig. 7,
Diathoneura uniradiata Dnda, paralectotype female: Semi-ventral
view of the exposed part of the ovipositor.

jKue, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Paraliodrosophia mihalyii Wheeler, n. sp.

Male and female. — Front chestnut brown, the margins of the
large snbqnadrate shining portion appearing darker. Antennae yel-
lowish tan, the third segment a little darker ; face, cheeks, palpi and
proboscis pale yellowish ; arista with five dorsal and a single ventral
branch basal to the terminal fork ; proclinate and posterior reclinate
orbitals snbequal, the middle orbital minute. Mesonotum and
scntellum of the same color as the front, lightly pollinose ; acros-
tichal hairs irregularly 4-rowed ; basal scutellars weakly divergent
or straight and about half length of apicals. Pleural color distinc-
tive ; lower part very pale yellow, the upper part chestnut brown ;
this brown area running solidly (not appearing as a stripe) from
the base of the fore coxae across the meso- and pteropleura to the
haltere base, but leaving a distinct pale yellow region around and
below the wing base. Legs wholly pale yellow. Halteres pale.
Wings hyaline ; costal index about 1.4 ; fourth vein index about 2.2 ;
setulae of third costal section on the basal 0. 5-0.6 but not well de-
fined.

Abdomen a little darker brown than thorax, the tergites with in-
distinct paramedian paler areas. Male genital arch broad above,
dark and noticeably contrasting with the pale yellow anal plates and
genital area. Body length about 1.5 mm.

Types. — Holotype male and one paratype male, Heredia (10 km
north), Costa Rica, October, 1955 (W. B. Heed) ; one paratype
male, Volcan Irazu, at 9000 feet, Costa Rica, October, 1955 (W. B.
Heed) ; two paratype males, Boquete, Panama, August, 1958
(W. B. Heed and M. Wasserman) ; one paratype female, Tur-
rialba, Costa Rica (syntype of bipartita). The latter specimen is
in the Hungarian National Museum, Budapest; the remaining
types are in the Drosophila Type and Reference Collection, Ge-
netics Foundation, The University of Texas, Austin.

References

Burla, H. and C. Pavan. 1953. The “calloptera” group of species
(Drosophila, Diptera). Rev. Brasil. Biol. 13:291-314.

Duda, O. 1925. Die costaricanischen Drosophiliden des un-
garischen National-Museums zu Budapest. Ann. Mus. Nat.
Hung. 22 : 149-229.

Frota-Pessoa, O. 1954. Revision of the tripunctata group of
Drosophila with description of fifteen new species (Drosophil-
idae, Diptera). Arq. do Museu Paranaense (Curitiba) 10:
253-330.

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Frota-Pessoa, O. and M. R. Wheeler. 1951. A revision of the
genus “Neotanygastrella” Duda (Diptera, Drosophilidae) .
Rev. Brasil. Biol. 11: 145-151.

Patterson J. T. and G. B. Mainland. 1945. The Drosophilidae
of Mexico. Univ. Texas Publ. 4445:9-101.

Wheeler, M. R. 1954. Taxonomic studies on American Droso-
philidae. Studies in the Genetics of Drosophila, VUI. Univ.
Texas Pnbl. 5422 : 47-64.

1959. A nomenclatural study of the genus Drosophila.

Biological Contributions. Univ. Texas Publ. 5914: 181-205.
Wheeler, M. R. and L. E. Magalhaes. 1962. The alagitans-
hocainensis complex of the zvillistoni group of Drosophila.
Studies in Genetics, II. Univ. Texas Publ. 6205 : 155-171.

A note on abnormal oviposition habits of the cowpea
weevil, Callosobruchus rnaculatus. The pen illustrated in the
figure below was brought to my attention by a colleague with an
inquiry concerning the numerous eggs on the cap and on the barrel.
The pen was still kept in its original card-board and cellophane
box, which at this time also contained a dead adult female of the
cowpea weevil, Callosobruchus maculatus (Fab.). Approximately
half the eggs had hatched, and the small larvae had eaten into the
plastic pen casing to a depth of about 0.5 mm., leaving frass-filled
eggshells behind them. When the pen was cleaned, it was found
to be profusely pitted by their borings, though no living larvae
were seen.

A semi-transparent, plastic, draftsman’s triangle kept near the
pen was attacked in a similar manner. — Edwin W. King, Depart-
ment of Entomology and Zoology, Clemson College, South
Carolina.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Soeiety

NEW CALIFORNIA GRASSHOPPERS OF THE
GENERA MELANOPLUS AND HYPSALONIA
(ORTHOPTERA, ACRIDIDAE)

By Ashley B. Gurney^ and George M. Buxton^

The three species of flightless grasshoppers here described in-
clude two species of Melanoplus from the northwestern part of
California and one species of Hypsalonia from El Dorado County.
Discovery of the latter is somewhat surprising because it occurs
in an area very close to previously known species. The genus
Hypsalonia has recently been revised (Gurney & Eades, 1961).

The two species of Melanoplus comprise a new species group,
discussed following the descriptions. The new group is related
to the oeeid entails group, and it not only adds to previous evidence
of the rich and imperfectly known orthopteran fauna of California,
but provides a further indication of the natural grouping of the
numerous species of this genus. An outline of those species groups
of Melanoplus that contain brachypterous Ear Western species was
given recently (Gurney, 1961, pp. 163-165), and it is anticipated
that active collecting will continue to add considerably to the num-
ber of species, as well as require minor modifications of groups now
recognized and the recognition of several new groups.

Paratypes will be distributed to the principal North American
collections insofar as possible.

Grateful acknowledgement is made of the full cooperation, in
collecting and giving other assistance, of the junior author’s as-
sociates at Sacramento, Calif. ; J. R. Heifer, Mendocino, Calif. ; D.
C. Rentz, California Academy of Sciences ; and H. F. Strohecker,
University of Miami, Coral Gables, Ela. The illustrations were
made by Arthur D. Cushman, Entomology Research Division,
U. S. Department of Agriculture.

Melanoplus keiferi, n. sp.

Figs. 1, 4-6

Holotype. — Male. Northwest corner of Glenn Co., Calif., 4.5
miles south of Mendocino Pass, 6,500 feet, 29 Bdy 1960, in copula
(H. B. Leech). [U. S. National Museum, Type No. 66, 498].

^ Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C.

^ Bureau of Entomology, California Department of Agriculture,
Sacramento 14, California.

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Size medium for group ; tegmina reduced in length, lanceolate.
Head in dorsal view with interocular distance in proportion to
width of compound eye as 4:11; fastigium strongly declivent
anteriorly and shallowly sulcate ; frontal costa not sulcate except
slightly near median ocellus. Pronotum with lateral carinae in-
distinct, especially on anterior part of prozona ; median carina of
prozona weak, absent on posterior half, cut by two sulci ; median
carina of metazona distinct ; entire surface of pronotum dull, with
sparse but prominent short hairs, best seen in lateral view ; principle
sulcus feebly curved anteriorly where it cuts median carina ; median
carina of prozona barely longer than metazona ; posterior margin
of metazonal disk broadly produced, of about 120 degrees angula-
tion; prosternal spine bluntly conical. Tegmina extending above
about one-half the abdomen, overlapping for their entire length.
Apical portion of abdomen moderately enlarged and weakly curved
dorsally. Legs robust.

Supra-anal plate (Fig. 1) equilaterally triangulate, lateral mar-
gins somewhat elevated in basal third ; 2 longitudinal submedian
ridges strongly developed and at posterior ends curved 90 degrees
laterally to form a transverse ridge, centrally broken. Furcula
scarcely present. Cercus (Fig. 4) broadly attached, expanding
slightly for one-half of length, then expanding mesally conspicu-
ously, becoming one-third larger distally and reminiscent of the
occidentalis group, lateroposterior extremity more angulate than in
chimariki, surface near apex broadly and shallowly concave.

Concealed genitalia (extracted and preserved dry, attached to
specimen; description largely from paratypic preparation in gly-
cerine) with main fleshy portion of aedeagus erect (Fig. 5) ; a
specialized, parchmentlike piece arising dorsally at each side, darkly
pigmented on most of a lateroposterior lobe, anterior portion of this
piece unpigmented and divided into a long lateral and a short mesal
lobe ; dorsal valves long, slender, tapering, gently curving post-
teriorly near tips, indistinctly pigmented along margins ; ventral
valves shorter than dorsal valves, narrow, straplike, only moder-
ately pigmented ; epiphallus with ancorae large and down-curved,
lophi prominent and in lateral view with dorsal margins broadly
rounded.

C oloration. — Dorsal surface of head, thorax, tegmina, front and
middle legs light grayish-brown, abdomen and ventral surface of
body pale clay yellow ; hind femur pale, with 3 black transverse
bars on lateral and dorsal surfaces, the one at extreme base indis-
tinct, genicular area also dark, pink ventrally and on basal two-

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

thirds of mesal surface, genicular area and transverse bar on
apical third black on mesal surface ; hind tibia grayish-blue, some
black at base, spines black, spurs black-tipped ; tarsi pale.

Measurements (in millimeters). — Length of body, 17.0; prono-
tum, 4.5 ; hind femur, 9.7 ; front femur, 3.5 ; tegmen, 5.9. Greatest
width of pronotum (posterior, including lateral lobes in perspective
from above), 4.0; hind femur, 3.1; front femur, 1.1; tegmen, 2.4.

Allotype. — Female, same data as holotype and collected mating
with it. [U. S. National Museum].

Head in dorsal view with interocular distance in proportion to
width of a compound eye as 7 : 12 ; eye less globose than in male ;
fastigium feebly sulcate, median carina of prozona slightly longer
than metazona on median carina (as 21:20); posterior margin
of pronotum with about 130 degrees angulation; tegmina reaching
to middle of tergum 4, over a little less than half the length of
abdomen. Cercus with dorsal margin nearly straight, ventral
margin strongly convex, apex blunt, rounded ; dorsal ovipositor
valve with “scoop” deeply and broadly concave, basal portion with
quadrate irregularities along lateral margins, transverse basal
ridges also present.

Coloration. — Essentially as in holotype, but a little darker with
colors less contrasting.

Measurements (in millimeters) . — Length of body, 21.5; prono-
tum, 5.2; hind femur, 11.0; front femur, 3.2; tegmen, 7.0. Width
of pronotum, 5.0 ; hind femur, 3.5 ; front femur, 0.8 ; tegmen 3.1.

Variation. — The holotype and allotype are slightly larger than
the paratypes. Ten male and 10 female paratypes have been
measured (in millimeters), with results as follows: Length of body
of males 14.0-17.0 (av. 15.83), of females 19.0-22.0 (av. 20.90) ;
of pronotum of males 3. 7-4.2 (av. 4.00), of females 4.6-5.3 (av.
4.96) ; hind femur of males 8.7-9.5 (av. 9.00), of females 10.1-
11.4 (av. 10.73). Most males which have not had the abdomen re-
laxed for genitalic study have marked dorsal curvature of the ab-
domen ; average body length for 6 such males is 14.9 mm. Tegmen
length is nearly uniform, and in most paratypes of both sexes the
tegmina extend above a little less than half of the abdomen. Little
variation in the shape of the male cercus occurs, and all the para-
types differ from the unique type of chimariki on the basis of the
male cercus. In about half of the males there are no distinct
transverse ridges at the apices of the submedian longitudinal ridges
of the supra-anal plate.

The aedeagus of 12 paratypes (6 dry, 6 in glycerine) has been
examined, and in most of them the small mesal lobe of the special-

June, 1963 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

ized lateral piece is indefinite and inconspicuous. The tall anterior
lobe is always well developed and conspicuous. The pigmented
area of the lateroposterior lobe is striking in all except one speci-
men ; it sometimes rises decidedly above the level of the fleshy
lobes of the main body of the aedeagus, and it usually is a diagnostic
character of keiferi.

Except that some paratypes are somewhat darker, with light and
dark colors less contrasting, there is no significant color variation
among the paratypes.

Specimens examined. — 56 (26,J^, 28 5, 2 juv. Holotype, allo-
type, paratypes). California: Mendocino Pass, 26 July 1961 (J.
R. Heifer), 5 ,J', 3 J, 2 juv.; northwest corner of Glenn Co., 4.5
miles south of Mendocino Pass, 6,500 feet, 29 July 1960, in copula
(H. B. Leech) (holotype, allotype) ; Plaskett Meadows, 14 Sept.
1960 (G. M. Buxton), 11 J', 8 2, includes 2 mating pairs; 4 miles
west of Plaskett Meadows Station, 27 Aug. 1961 (D. C. Rentz), 5
(2, 5 2 ; 2 miles west of Plaskett Meadows Station, 27 Aug. 1961 (D.
C. Rentz), 4 c?, 112.

The place referred to on labels as ‘‘Plaskett Meadows Station”
appears on some maps as the Plaskett Ranger Station. The type
series originated at various places along a stretch of about 8 miles
of the Alder Springs Road, extending northwest from the ranger
station to Mendocino Pass. Plaskett Meadows, per se, is the
name given to open, upland meadowlike areas bordering the Alder
Springs Road, mainly some 4 miles northwest of the ranger sta-
tion.

It is a pleasure to name this grasshopper in honor of our friend
Hartford H. Keifer, who for many years has been a leading Cali-
fornia naturalist. The vicinity of Plaskett Meadows in Glenn
County is one of his favorite collecting sites.

Melanoplus chimariki, n. sp.

Figs. 2, 7-9

The only known relative of chimariki is keiferi, described above.
The male cercus apparently permits separation of the two species,
but the aedeagus is clearly diagnostic for each and should be con-
sulted for precise identification. The most distinctive structure is
the specialized lateral piece which arises from the aedeagus.

Holotype. — Male. South Fork Mountain, 4 miles southwest of
Hyampom, Trinity Co., Calif., 14 Sept. 1960, Calif. Dept. Agric.
no. 62J23-3 (T. Gallion) [U. S. National Museum, Type no. 66,
499].

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Soeiety ^

Size medium for group ; tegmiua lanceolate, the widest area iu the
proximal oue-third. Head iu dorsal view with iuterocular distance
in proportion to width of compound eye as 3 : 7 ; fastigium strongly
declivent anteriorly and moderately silicate ; frontal costa shallowly
sulcate. Pronotum with lateral carinae very broadly rounded on
metazona, absent from anterior part of prozona; median carina
low but distinct on metazona, absent on prozona ; principal sulcus
slightly curved anteriorly where it cuts the mid-line ; mid-line of
prozona cut by a sulcus very near anterior margin, a second one
about mid-length, and a third one-fourth the length from posterior
margin ; prozona and metazona of subequal length on mid-line ;
posterior margin of metazonal disk rounded, with 120 degrees
angulation; prosternal spine bluntly conical. Tegmina extending
slightly beyond base of abdominal tergum 5, over about half of
abdomen, overlapping for entire length ; wings a little shorter than
tegmina, incapable of flight.

Apical portion of abdomen weakly enlarged and moderately
curved dorsally. Supra-anal plate (Fig. 2) equilaterally triangu-
late ; lateral margins somewhat elevated in basal two-thirds ; longi-
tudinal submedian ridges moderately developed ; no transverse
ridges. Furcula scarcely present; cercus (Fig. 7) broadly attached
as in keiferi, expanding lateroposteriorly in a gentle curve, not
abruptly as in keijeri, the mesoposterior portion broadly produced,
the surface of apical half conspicuously concave.

Concealed genitalia (preserved in glycerine) with fleshy portion
of aedeagus erect and turretlike (Fig. 8) ; a specialized piece arising
dorsally from mesal margin of each outer side ; transparent and
membranous except for narrow pigmented vertical stripe latero-
posteriorly ; dorsal valves slender, tapering, erect and gently curving
posteriorly near apex, moderately pigmented ; ventral valves short,
narrow, not curved posteriorly, scarcely pigmented ; epiphallus as
in keijeri.

Coloration. — Ground color grayish-brown, region of mouth,
ventral surface of thorax, and most of abdomen pale brown ; com-
pound eyes reddish-brown ; hind leg about as in keijeri, ground
color of femur a little paler, and transverse bars less distinct.

Measurements (in millimeters). — Length of body, 20.0; prono-
tum, 4.6; hind femur, 10.7 ; front femur, 3.7 ; tegmen, 7.2. Great-
est width of pronotum, 4.3; hind femur, 3.2; front femur, 1.2;
tegmen, 2.8.

Specimens examined. — I J' (holotype).

The type locality of chimariki, on the Blake Mountain Lookout

June, 1D63 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

service road, is on the crest of the South Fork Mountain ridge
where it crosses the line between Trinity and Humboldt Counties
at an estimated elevation of 5,700 feet. This is 4 miles southwest
of the village of Hyampom and about 55 air miles north and west
of Plaskett Meadows where keiferi was discovered.

The specific name is adapted from the name of the Chimariko
Indians, a very small tribe which occupied a restricted area of the
Trinity River valley just north of Hyampom.

Characters of the keiferi group

For the two species just described we recognize a new species
group, known as the keiferi group. Particularly in the shape of the
male cerci, closest relationship to the occidentalis group is sug-
gested. The cerci also suggest relationship to the rileyanits group,
but an analysis of several characters shows that relationship to the
rileyanus group is apparently quite distant.

Male cerci of the keiferi and occidentalis groups are somewhat
similar to each other except that those of the former have a longer
base, thus acquiring a more boot-shaped appearance. On the other
hand, the cerci of the rileyanus group curve mesally more strongly
and the apical margin is more irregular. The furcula is absent
to very short in the keiferi group, very short in the occidentalis
group but approaches one-half the length of the supra-anal plate
in the rileyanus group. Tegmina are reduced in length and lanceo-
late in the keiferi group, fully developed in all of the occidentalis
group except occidentalis hreznpennis Bruner, which has reduced
lanceolate tegmina, and quite short and lobate in the rileyanus
group.

In the keiferi group the dorsal .and ventral valves of the aedeagus
are elongate and narowly straplike, and each dorsal valve is dis-
tinct at base from the corresponding specialized lateral piece which
arises from the aedeagus. In the occidentalis group the dorsal and
ventral valves are shorter, scarcely or not at all straplike, and at the
base the dorsal valve is closely joined to the specialized lateral
piece. The dorsal and ventral valves of the rileyanus group are
quite different from those of the keiferi group.

In distribution the keiferi group is restricted to northwestern
California; the occidentalis group extends from the Great Plains
westward across the Great Basin, but it occurs in California only
in the extreme northeast and near the base of the eastern Sierras
(Panamint Range) ; the rileyanus group is known only from Yuba
and Placer Counties south to Inyo, Kern, and Los Angeles Coun-
ties, California. The most fundamental reason for placing keiferi

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Yol. LVIII

and chimariki in a group distinct from the occidentalis group
(occidentalis occidentalis (Thomas), occidentalis brevipennis
Bruner, cuneatus Scudder, rugglesi Gurney, is the dissimilarity in
the parts of the aedeagus. Each of the three groups here discussed
is a very cohesive assemblage of species so far as the aedeagus is
concerned.

Hypsalonia merga, n. sp.

Figs. 3, 10-12

In size, coloration and distribution, Hypsalonia merga is very
similar to H. rentzi Gurney & Eades. The aedeagus, however, is
very distinct, especially in the ventral valve, which is forked in
merga and knobbed in rentzi. For most male specimens, the prom-
inences of the supra-anal plate are more evenly shelflike in merga
than in rentzi, but this feature does not separate all males, and de-
pendence must be placed on the aedeagus.

Holotype. — Male. Top Lake, El Dorado Co., Calif., tyi-Carex
sp., 22 Aug. 1962, Calif. Dept. Agric. no. 62J23-1 (Buxton &
Blanc) [California Department of Agriculture, Sacramento, Calif.]

General appearance fusiform ; without conspicuous vestiture.
Head with dorsal interocular distance about twice the width of an
eye; frontal costa a little narrowed at junction with fastigium,
strongly sulcate; carinae bordering fastigium at narrowest inter-
ocular area prominent ; width across eyes in frontal view compared
with width across genae as 30:34; dorsal level of eyes in frontal
view slightly below highest level of vertex.

Lateral lobe of pronotum with ventral margin straight in poster-

Explanation of Plate

Melanoplus keiferi, n. sp. Fig. 1, Supra-anal plate, holotype. Fig.
4, Cercus, male paratype from Mendocino Pass. Fig. 5, Posterior
view of aedeagus (in glycerine), paratype from Plaskett Meadows.
Fig. 6, Lateral view of aedeagus, same paratype as in Fig. 5.

Melanoplus chimariki, n. sp. (all drawn from holotype). Fig. 2,
Supra-anal plate. Fig. 7, Cercus. Fig. 8, Posterior view of aedea-
gus. Fig. 9, Lateral view of aedeagus.

Hypsalonia merga, n. sp. Fig. 3, Supra-anal plate, holotype.
Fig. 10, Dorsoanterior view of aedeagus (dry), paratype. Fig. 11,
Lateral view of aedeagus. Fig. 12, Posterior view of aedeagus.
Figs. 11-12 from same paratype as Fig. 10.

June, 1063 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Gurney and Buxton

DuUetin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society ^ Lrni

ior portion, curved with slight concavity anteriorly ; ventroposterior
angle approximately 90 degrees ; prosternal process extremely
weak; minimum width of mesosternal interspace snhequal to op-
posite width of a lateral lobe; distance between metasternal pits
a little less than opposite width of a lateral lobe, as 11:14; front
and middle femora each longer than pronotnm.

Cercus roughly quadrate, the apical margin directed obliquely
to the ventral margin from a moderately acute point at the ex-
treme apex, near the end of the dorsal margin; furcula consisting
of minute rounded lobes; prominences of supra-anal plate (Fig,
3) shelflike, the lateroposterior corners distinctly elevated but in
line with posterior margin of “shelves’’ ; paraproct with subapical
Carina.

Concealed genitalia (preserved in glycerine) with dorsal aedeagal
valves erect, slender, blunt-tipped, shorter than ventral aedeagal
valves ; each ventral valve distinctively forked so that a broad shelf-
like portion extends anteriorly (Figs. 10-12). Epiphallus much
as drawn for miwoki by Gurney and Fades (1961, Figs. 17-19),
but posterior margin of bridge much narrower in dorsal view.

Coloration. — Agrees well with rentzi as originally described, but
pale areas with yellow ochre tinge more than gray ; a third dark
transverse bar on hind femur (at extreme base) hardly distinct,
but two usual bars and that opposite darkened genicular area well
developed.

Measurements (in millimeters). — Length of body, 19.0; prono-
tum, 3.0; hind femur, 9.5; front femur, 3.7. Greatest width of
pronotum, 5.3; hind femur, 2.5; front femur, 1.2.

Allotype. — Female, same data as holotype. [U. S. National
Museum] .

Head with ratio of dorsal interocular distance to width of an
eye as 9:11; frontal costa scarcely sulcate ; fastigium moderately
concave, the bordering carinae prominent ; width across eyes in
frontal view compared to width across genae as 8 : 9. Disk of pro-
notum scarcely cut by 2 sulci anterior to principal sulcus ; minimum
width of mesosternal interspace much greater than opposite width
of a lateral lobe (as 5:3); metasternal pits much more distant
than width of a metasternal lobe (surface not smooth for measur-

ing).

Supra-anal plate with longitudinal depression anterior to distinct
transverse carina, trace of longitudinal depression in posterior
fourth ; dorsal prominences well developed for this sex ; dorsal
valves of ovipositor shallowly concave, lateral margins acute. Sper-

June, 1063 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

niatheca not examined.

Coloration. — Essentially as in holotype, Init contrasting colors
not conspicuous due to method of preservation.

Measurements (in millimeters) — Length of body, 22.5; prono-
tnm, 4.6; hind femur, 10.5; front femur, 3.4. Greatest width of
pronotum, 6.5 ; hind fermur, 2.6; front femur, 1.0.

Variation. — The 4 male paratypes show no significant structural
variation. Three of them have traces of pink on the ventral surface
of the thorax and near the end of the abdomen ; one of the three
also has the dorsum of the abdomen tinged with red. The four
are of very uniform size (measurements in millimeters: Body, 18.0;
pronotum, 3.0; hind femur, 9.0).

Specimens examined. — 9 (5,J', 1 J, 3 juv. Holotype, allotype,
paratypes). The entire series has the same data as the holotype.

Hypsalonia- merga is known only from Top Lake, in northeastern
El Dorado County, Calif. It is 8 miles west of Lallen Leaf Lake
and about 4 miles northwest of Devils Basin, the nearest locality
known for H. rentzi. The altitude of Top Lake is about 8,200 feet,
and an escarpment rises rapidly to the north and east to a ridge
of 9,300 feet ; an equally rapid drop to the south and west of an-
other thousand feet tends to isolate the lake, which occupies about
3 acres in the fall and probably twice that area in the spring. The
terrain is essentially granitic, and the new grasshopper appears to
be associated with sedges that grow abundantly around the lake.

The name merga^ is from a Latin word meaning “two-pronged
pitchfork,” in allusion to the forked apical portion of the ventral
aedeagal valves.

References

Gurney, A. B. 1960. Grasshoppers of the im munis group of
Melanoplus, and notes on the grouping of other Ear Western
brachypterous species of this genus. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash-
ington 62 : 145-166, 93 figs.

Gurney, A. B. and D. C. Eades. 1961. A new genus of wingless
grasshoppers from California related to Bradynotes. Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc. 87 : 281-306, 49 figs.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Voh LVIII

BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON CERCERIS BLAKEI
CRESSON (HYMENOPTERA: SPHECIDAE)

By Karl V. Krombein^

Cerceris blakei Cresson is one of the smallest species of Cerceris
in the southeastern United States, females usually ranging in length
from 7.5 to 9 mm. It is also one of the most abundant species of
the genus in sandy areas. I have taken it in large numbers on the
barrens at Kill Devil Hills, North Carolina, and from several areas
with sandy soil in Florida. Label data on specimens in the U. S.
National Museum and my personal collections indicate a flight
range of at least March 29 to September 17 in peninsular Florida
and May 24 to September 14 in coastal North Carolina, so un-
doubtedly there are two or three generations a year in both areas.

The observations which follow were made during a period of
residence at the Archbold Biological Station, Lake Placid, Fla.,
June 17 to July 5, 1962. The actual observations were made in
an area of gently rolling white-sand scrub adjacent to Lake Annie,
just SW of the junction of State Roads 17 and 70, about a mile
north of the Station property, and on the sparsely vegetated sand
flats along the Peace River at Arcadia, about 35 miles west of the
Station. The Lake Annie area had a sparse to moderately thick
vegetative cover with grasses, Leptoglottis, and other sand-scrub
plants, together with scattered scrub hickory, scrubby live oak, and
scrub palmetto or bluebud, Sabal Eltonia Swingle. This palmetto
has a lengthy blooming period ; some plants were in fruit, others in
bloom, and still others just in the early bud stage during my visit.
I mention it particularly because the flowers were very attractive
to the principal prey of the Cerceris.

The Florida population of blakei has darker wings, frequently
reduced yellow markings on the abdomen, and the first two abdomi-
nal segments dull red. However, there is a clinal gradation to-
ward the coastal North Carolina population which has lighter
wings, well-developed yellow markings on the abdomen, and an
absence, or reduction in the amount, of red on the basal segments.

Despite its abundance, I was unable to obtain any biological data
on blakei during a number of visits to coastal North Carolina. In
the Lake Annie area, however, at 0830 hours on June 23 I saw a
female (62362 A) fly into her burrow near a grass tuft in an almost
level area of bare sand. She flew out in a few seconds and returned

^ Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C.

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

half a minute later, at which time I netted her, took her prey, and
freed her. The prey was a small (2.5 mm. long), rather slender,
light-tan weevil, Derelomus hasalis LeConte, having a castaneous
bill and a small median blotch anteriorly on the elytra. This is a
common weevil and has much the same range as the wasp which
preys on it. Several minutes later I saw a second female blakei
(62362 B) fly into her burrow near a fallen twig in a bare sandy
area only % meter from the nest of A. I took a basalis weevil
from her on her next provisioning flight. The identity of both of
the wasps was determined by hand-lens examination of the char-
acteristic clypeal process and inflated tegulae. No other individuals
were found in the immediate area on June 23, nor during the fol-
lowing 3 days while nest A was under observation.

The burrow entrances were about 3 mm. in diameter, and there
was no spoil heap of excavated sand surrounding the entrances. If
such a spoil heap existed, it was undoubtedly washed away by the
heavy rains of the previous day or two.

I watched the provisioning flights of these two females during
part of the morning and found that 1 1 provisioning flights of wasp
A averaged minutes (range 15 seconds to 3% minutes), and
that she stayed in the burrow an average of 28 seconds ( range
10-70 seconds) between flights. Wasp B worked a little slower
or flew farther for prey, because 10 provisioning flights required an
average of 2 minutes each (range 40 seconds to 3)4 minutes) ; her
periods in the burrow also averaged 28 seconds (range 10-55 sec-
onds). So far as I could determine the wasp clutched the small
weevil prey in her mandibles and flew directly and swiftly into the
burrow. As is customary in Cerceris, blakei did not make a tem-
porary closure when leaving the burrow. So far as I observed,
blakei never made a temporary closure from within until she com-
pleted her hunting activities each day. When returning with prey,
the wasps usually flew swiftly and directly toward the burrows,
and only half a meter above the ground.

Wasp A always flew WSW when she left the burrow to hunt
for prey, and B flew ESE. I was able to trace A to the source of
her weevil prey, and found that she was visiting the flowers of a
couple of scrub palmettos located 5-6 m. from her burrow. The
basalis weevils were apparently visiting the flowers only, because I
could find none on the buds or fruits of other palmetto plants. The
weevils were quite abundant, and crawled fairly rapidly over the
flower spikes, particularly on the stamens. Erequently a dozen
could be seen on a single spike of bloom. The wasp flew from flower
spike to spike and explored each on foot. Usually she found a

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

weevil in only a few seconds, grasped it in her mandibles, and bent
her abdomen underneath to sting it in the venter. Sometimes she
would fly with the weevil to an adjacent palmetto leaf or grass blade
before stinging it. At such times she clung to the leaf or grass
blade with her mid and hind legs while stinging the weevil. The
entire capture and stinging took only a few seconds, and then the
wasp flew off straight to her burrow.

When I returned from lunch at 1330, both burrows were tightly
closed from within, and I dug up that of wasp B. The sand was
moist 4^ cm. beneath the surface, and I found a solid plug of damp
sand in the upper 9 cm. The burrow was perpendicular and 3 mm.
in diameter. There was a holding cell immediately beneath the
plug containing 39 paralyzed basalis weevils, 2.3-3. 5 mm. long,
interspersed among loose sand grains. The wasp flew out and
escaped when I reached a depth of 15 cm. I continued the excava-
tion to a depth of 30 cm. and the same diameter, but I found no
provisioned cells. This nest probably was begun just the day
before, because I watched wasp B bring in at least 17 weevils the
morning of the 23rd.

On the following three days, June 24-26, I watched the nesting
activities of wasp A during each morning. The nest entrance was
already open when I arrived at 0755 on June 24. The air tempera-
ture in the shade was 83° F. at 0800 and had risen to 91° by noon.
The wasp worked diligently and brought in 76 weevils between
0805 and 1151. Sixty-six of the provisioning flights averaged 58
seconds each, and ranged from 15 to 200 seconds. Seventy-one
periods in the burrow averaged 23 seconds each and ranged from
5 to 75 seconds. All of her provisioning flights were toward the
WSW, to the same palmetto plants visited the previous day, but
periodically the wasp flew toward the NE and remained away for
longer periods. Presumably these flights were made to obtain
nectar, for I saw several female blakei visiting flowers of Aldenella
tenuifolia (Torrey and Gray) Greene subsequently. When wasp
A returned from these feeding (?) flights, she always flew in from
WSW, so presumably she flew from her nectar source to the
weevil source before returning to her nest. There were at least
five feeding (?) flights on June 24, ranging from 4 to 51 minutes
in duration. The longest one was made just prior to her closing
the burrow from within at 1151. There were no other burrow
closures during the morning, and the nest remained closed for the
rest of the day.

There was an extremely heavy rain the evening of June 24, and
wasp A did not open her burrow until 0928 on June 25. Her exit

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

was impeded by several grass blades which had washed across the
entrance. She flew off to the NE at 0930 (to feed ?) without
making an orientation flight, and returned from SW with a weevil
at 0943. Prior to her return I removed the grass Iflades and
apparently loosened some of the sand at the entrance, because the
wasp spent several minutes firming the sand around the upper part
of the burrow after sbe deposited her first weevil in the nest. This
day, wasp A worked until between 1330 to 1400, at which time the
entrance was plugged from below. In the light of data obtained
subsecpiently, it appears that wasp A worked for a long enough
period eacli morning, approximately 4 hours, to obtain sufficient
weevils to store one cell and then closed the burrow for the day.
Fifty-six timed provisioning flights this morning ranged from 15
seconds to 2 minutes and averaged 52 seconds each. Sixty-three
periods in the next averaged 21 seconds each, and ranged from 10
to 85 seconds. Again, the wasp made at least five flights to feed
(?) ranging from 6^ to 14 minutes. Again this day she con-
tinued to exploit for prey the palmetto blooms 5-6 m. WSW of
her nest.

There was no rain the evening of June 25, and wasp A was
already bringing in weevils when I reached the nesting site at 0808
on June 26. For the next 10 minutes she continued flying WSW
to obtain weevils, but then she started to fly S for prey. When I
examined the palmetto she had been visiting earlier, I found that
the blooming period was finished and that no weevils remained on
the plant. The nearest blooming palmetto was now 18 m. S of
the nest, and there were plenty of weevils on it. Thirty-four
provisioning flights averaged 77 seconds each, and ranged from j4
to 4 minutes. Thirty-seven periods in the burrow averaged 23
seconds, and ranged from 10 to 80 seconds. I did not watch the
wasp for the entire morning. However, it closed its burrow from
within between 1130 and 1255.

This wasp (62362 A) was a very efficient huntress. Several
periods of sustained provisioning uninterrupted by feeding (?)
flights were clocked as follows on the indicated dates :

June 24 — 0824 to 0845 — 21 weevils in 21 minutes
0852 to 0908 — 15 weevils in 16 minutes

0935 to 1018 — 22 weevils in 43 minutes

June 25 — 0947 to 1013- — 23 weevils in 26 minutes
1023 to 1030 — 7 weevils in 7 minutes

1054 to 1110 — 13 weevils in 16 minutes

June 26 — 0824 to 0910 — 30 weevils in 46 minutes

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

The longest sustained period of hunting was the 46-minute span
during which the wasp brought in 30 weevils.

I did not observe nesting activities at nest 62362 A on June 27,
but I did note that the burrow entrance was open at 0820, 1250,
and 1430.

At 1050 on June 27 I noted another female blakei (62762 B)
fly into her nest 20 cm. E of 62362 A. I captured the wasp when
she left the burrow, confirmed her identity, and released her. The
nest was on a slight slope of bare sand, the burrow diameter at the
entrance was 6 mm., and there was a low mound of excavated sand
at the entrance. The entrance was still open at 1315, when I began
to dig up the nest. I captured the female when she returned to the
burrow 20 minutes later. There was a holding cell containing 45
basalis weevils about 10 cm. directly under the burrow entrance.
Beneath the holding cell the burrow angled off at about 80° to
the horizontal. There was only one cell in this nest, 23 cm. below
the surface, and 13 cm. from a perpendicular line from the burrow
entrance. It contained 70 basalis weevils and one small milto-
grammine maggot. I could find no trace of the wasp egg ; presum-
ably it had been destroyed by the maggot. I continued this
excavation to a depth of 30 cm. and a radius of 15 cm. but found
no additional cells. The miltogrammine maggot finished feeding
and pupated on the morning of July 1.

The entrance of 62362 A was closed all day on June 28, and was
still closed the morning of June 29. I assumed that the wasp had
made a final closure, so I dug up this nest at mid-morning on the
29th. The shallowest cell was 18 cm. below the surface and under
the burrow entrance ; it contained 69 basalis, some of which had
been hollowed out, but no wasp egg or larva. The next cell was
22 cm. below the surface and 10 cm. WSW of a perpendicular line
from the burrow entrance ; I did not recover all of the prey frag-
ments, but did collect one small black weevil, Limnobaris confusa
(Boheman), 3.5 mm. long, and 13 entire basalis weevils, as well
as 42 pairs of basalis elytra. Again, there was neither wasp egg
nor larva, but many of the weevils had been hollowed out, presum-
ably by miltogrammine maggots which had already left the cell.
The deepest cell was at the 23-cm. level and 15 cm. WSW of a
perpendicular line from the burrow entrance. I did not recover
all the weevil fragments, but all were of D. basalis and included 51
whole weevils, many of which had been hollowed out, and 7 pairs
of elytra. This cell, like the other two, presumably had been
parasitized by Miltogrammini. I continued the excavation to a
depth of 50 cm. and a radius of 30 cm. from the entrance, but I

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

could find no other cells.

On June 30 I began making observations at the Arcadia site,
35 miles to the west. The emergence may have been somewhat
later in this area, because there were a number of blakei males
visiting flowers at Arcadia, whereas I had seen none of them at
Lake Annie from June 22 to 29 or on July 5. At 1340 I captured
a female blakei (63062 C) carrying a basalis weevil, and I released
her after confirming her identity. Her burrow entrance, 3 mm. in
diameter, was near a small prostrate plant on a slightly sloping
sand bank. There was no spoil heap around the burrow entrance.
This wasp continued to store weevils on July 1. Her burrow
entrance was still open at 0845 on July 2, and again at 1015 when
I began to dig up the nest. Apparently she had completed the
nest, but did not fill in the entire burrow, because there was no
trace of the main or lateral burrows below the 7-cm. level. This
upper section of 7 cm. went downward at an angle of 60°. The
shallowest cell was at the 22-cm. level, 10 cm. SE of a perpendicu-
lar line from the entrance ; it contained 48 basalis, and 9 other
weevils, Anthonomus sexguttatus Dietz, 2. 3-2. 5 mm. long; I did
not recover the wasp egg and there was no evidence of infestation
by Miltogrammini. The next cell was at the 24-cm. level, 10 cm.
W of the perpendicular line from the entrance ; it contained a
miltogrammine maggot, 11 basalis and 31 sexguttatus weevils.
The third cell was also at the 24— cm. level, 10 cm. WSW of the
perpendicular line from the entrance ; it contained a partially grown
wasp larva, which I decapitated during the dig, and 25 pairs of
elytra from two species of weevils, mostly A. sexguttatus but a few
Hyperodes sp., and also the freshly dismembered parts of two
chrysomelid beetles, Graphops floridana Blake, 4.5 mm. long. I
continued this excavation to a depth of 30 cm. and a radius of 20
cm. from the entrance, but I found no other cells. Probably the
Arcadia blakei were using other weevils in addition to basalis,
because there were no palmetto blooms available to concentrate the
basalis.

At 0835 on July 4 I found the nest of another blakei (7462 A),
just a meter from that of 63062 C. The entrance was still open
when I began to dig up this nest at 1230. I captured the wasp
when she flew out of the nest 15 minutes later. The burrow had
a diameter of 3.5 mm. at the entrance. It went downward at an
angle of about 75° for 16.5 cm. At this point, 14.5 cm. below the
surface, I found 4 basalis and 1 sexguttatus in the holding cell.
The first cell which was only partially stored, was at the 18-cni.
level, 12 cm. SE of a perpendicular line from the entrance. It

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society ^viii

contained 8 hasalis and 8 sexguttatus weevils, and 1 chrysomelid,
Graphops floridana Blake, 4 mm. long, but no wasp egg. I con-
tinued this excavation to a depth of 25 cm. and a radius of 20 cm.
from the entrance, but found no other cells.

At 0900 I saw another blakei (7462 B) hunting around the base
of a small plant. I captured her with her prey, just as she started
to fly off with it. The latter was a tenebrionid beetle, Blapstinus
interrupt us ( Say) .

F. E. Kurczewski captured a female blakei on July 15, at Venus,
several miles south of the Archbold Biological Station. She was
carrying a basalis weevil.

Although I have recorded several specimens of Chrysomelidae
and Tenehrionidae as prey of blakei, the available data clearly
indicate a strong preference for Curculionidae. Perhaps beetles
of other families are taken only (inadvertently?) when weevils
are scarce.

Reference was made above to parasitism of blakei by milto-
grammine flies. I never observed any of these flies trailing a prey-
laden wasp to her burrow. However, on two successive mornings
I saw from one to three of these flies perched on grass stems near
the burrow of 62362 A observing the nesting activities. Sub-
sequently, when this nest was excavated, each of the three cells
contained hollowed-out specimens of prey whose appearance was
consistent with infestation by miltogrammine maggots. Two of
the cells from other nests (62762 B, 63062 C) which I dug up
contained one miltogrammine maggot each. Of the seven com-
pletely provisioned cells which I recovered, apparently five had
been parasitized by Miltogrammini.

Cerceris blakei belongs to the Rufinoda Group, which Banks
(1947, p. 26) erroneously identified with the subgenus Apiraptrix
Shestakov. Unfortunately we have no biological data on any of
the species most closely related to blakei. As a matter of fact,
there are only limited data on two other members of the Rufinoda
Group, rufinoda Cresson and finitima Cresson as reported by
Strandtmann (1945, pp. 311-312, figs. 9-10). These two species
are the same size as blakei. Strandtmann found a partially stored
cell of rufinoda in gravelly clay soil in Ohio ; the steep burrow was
about 9 cm. long and ended in a cell about 6 cm. beneath the surface
containing 36 tiny, gray weevils, Tychius picirostris F. His nest
of finitima was a partially stored, enlarged cell in sandy clay soil
at the end of a vertical burrow about 5 cm. long ; the cell contained
9 tiny black flea beetles, Chaetocnema pulicaria Melsh The cells

June, 1963 BiiUetin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

of these species were at a much shallower level than those of blakei.
Since they were only partially stored, a possibility exists that each
represented a holding cell rather than a cell in which an egg would
he deposited. However, some species of Ccrccris do nest at
shallow depth: For example, nigrcsccns Smith, which Krombein
(1938, pp. 1-2) reported as provisioning cells at depths of
2. 5-7. 5 cm.

I am indebted to T. J. Spilman, G. B. Vogt, and R. E. Warner
of the Entomology Research Division, U. S. Department of Agri-
culture, for determinations of the coleopterous prey of Ccrccris
blakei, and to L. J. Brass of the Archbold Biological Station, for
identification of the plants. F. E. Kurezewski of the Department
of Entomology, Cornell University, has kindly furnished a prey
record for blakei from Venus, Fla., several miles south of the
Station.

Literature Cited

Banks, N. 1947. Synopsis of West Coast Ccrccris. Psyche
54: 1-35, 22 figs.

Krombein, K. V. 1938. Further observations on the nesting
habits of Ccrccris nigrcsccns Smith. Ent. News 49: 1-3.
Strandtmann, R. W. 1945. Observations on the nesting
habits of some digger wasps. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 38 : 305-
313, 10 figs.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

The Molecular Basis of Evolution, by Christian B. Anfinsen,
228 pp., 98 figs. John Wiley and Sons. 1961. (Price $6.35)

Biological and Biochemical Bases of Behavior, edited by
Harry E. Harlow and Clinton N. Woolsey, 476 pp. Univ. of
Wisconsin Press. 1958.

The Origin of Races, by Carleton S. Coon, 724 pp. Alfred
x\. Knopf, Inc. 1963. (Price $10.00)

The Exploitation of Natural Animal Populations, edited by
E. D. Le Cren and M. W. Holdgate, 399 pp. Blackwell Scientific
Publications, Oxford, England. 1962. (Price $10.75)

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. L VIII

SYNOPSIS OF THE KNOWN MEXICAN SPECIES OF
ANEFLUS (COLEOPTERA: CERAMBYCIDAE)

By J. A. Chemsak and E. G. Linsley ^

When Bates reviewed the Cerambycidae of Mexico in the Bio-
logia Centrali-Americana (1880-1885), no species of Aneflus was
known from the Mexican mainland, although LeConte (1873) had
described one species from the Cape Region of Baja California.
Subsequently, Bates (1892) assigned two new species to the genus,
one of which (A. cylindricoUis) was incorrectly transferred to
Aneflomorpha by Casey (1912). The other (A. fulvipennis) is
now the type of Meganeflus Linsley (1961).^ Several additional
species were described or recorded from Mexico by Linsley (1936).
Franz (1954) added two species from El Salvador. Aneflus zilchi
Franz can probably be assigned to the subgenus, Protanefius, the
males of which possess 12-segniented antennae. The other species,
Aneflus protensus planus Franz has no close affinities to protensus
and should be regarded as a good species also in the subgenus Pro-
taneflus. Including the six new species herein described, 17 spe-
cies are now assignable to the genus as it is currently defined, al-
most all of which are now known to occur in Mexico. The re-
mainder ( except A. zilclii and A. planus) have been included in the
key presented below, since they may reasonably be expected to oc-
cur within the boundaries of that country. The species now known
from America north of the Mexican boundary have been treated
elsewhere by Linsley (1963).

^ The authors (University of California, Berkeley) gratefully
acknowledge the support of the National Science Foundation
through Grant G- 19959. Appreciation is also expressed to the fol-
lowing individuals and their respective institutions for the loan of
material utilized in this study : G. Byers, University of Kansas ;
P. J. Darlington, Jr., Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard
University; E. G. Gilmour, Doncaster, England; H. B. Leech,
California Academy of Sciences; J. G. Rozen, P. Vaurie, and M.
Statham, American Museum of Natural History; and F. Werner,
University of Arizona.

^ In this genus the integument is shining and glabrous and the
antennal scape possesses a distinct apical cicatrix. Through a typo-
graphical error, the original description reads “pubescent” rather
than “not pubescent.” The lack of pubescence is an important fea-
ture.

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Genus Aneflus LeConte

Aneflus Le Conte, 1873, Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 11(264): 185;
ibid. (265): 302; LeConte and Horn, 1883, Smithsonian Misc.
Coll. 26(507) : 287; Leng, 1885, Ent. Amer. 1:34; Horn, 1885,
Ent. Amer. 1:131; Casey, 1912, Memoirs on the Coleoptera,
3: 291 ; Bradley, 1930, Manual of the Genera of Beetles, p. 233 ;
Linsley, 1936, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 29:468, 469; Linsley, 1961,
Pan-Pacific Ent. 37 : 181 ; Linsley, 1963, Univ. California Pubis.
Ent. 21:29.

Eorm elongate, subcylindrical, a little depressed. Head concave
and narrowly channeled between antennal tubercles ; palpi unequal,
last segment expanded ; eyes coarsely faceted ; antennae with basal
segments spinose at apex, outer segments beginning with fourth or
fifth flattened and usually expanded externally, beginning with
fourth, fifth, or sixth obtusely carinate. Pronotum subcylindrical,
sides a little convex, unarmed ; disk dull, usually densely punctured
or rugose ; prosternum with coxal cavities closed or open behind by
less than apical width of intercoxal process. Legs moderately
slender ; femora not clavate, unarmed at apex. Elytra pubescent,
the pubescence sometimes interrupted by denuded lines or small
round dots ; apices emarginate, bispinose or trispinose.

Type species: Elaphidion protensum LeConte.

The form of the antennae and the nature of the pubescence dis-
tinguish this genus from its relatives (for further comparisons, see
Linsley, 1961). Most of the species are large, ranging in length
from 24 to 36 mm., although individual specimens of one or two
species may not exceed 19 or 20 mm. The species may be distin-
guished as follows :

Key to the species of Aneflus

1. Elytral puliescence uniform, short, depressed and usually
inconspicuous; antennae of males 12-segmented ; color

dark brownish testaceous 2

Elytral pubescence irregular, usually dense, conspicuous,

often condensed into patches or stripes, if pubescence
sparse, erect hairs abundant; antennae of males 11-seg-

mented ; color dark reddish brown to piceous 5

2(1) Third and fourth antennal segments subequal in length, or
third only slightly longer than fourth ; head not asper-

ately punctate 3

Third antennal segment twice as long as fourth ; head

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Yol. LVJII

grossly asperate punctate. Length, 30 mm. Vera Cruz

cylindricollis

3(2) Elytral pubescence uniform, fine, very short, appressed,
not interrupted by rows of round denuded spots with a

coarse puncture each hearing an erect seta 4

Elytral pubescence dense, coarse, obscuring surface, inter-
rupted by rows of round denuded spots each enclosing a
coarse puncture bearing an erect seta ; pronotum densely
pubescent, surface obscured ; twelfth antennal segment
of male only slightly shorter than eleventh. Eength, 24-

32 mm. Yucatan glahropunctatus

4(3) Each elytron with two costae ; twelfth segment of male an-
tennae about one-half as long as eleventh. Eength, 21-

30 mm. San Luis Potosi minutivestis

Elytra without costae ; twelfth segment of male antennae
only slightly shorter than eleventh. Length, 28-30 mm.

British Honduras to Vera Cruz pubescens

5(1) Elytral pubescence interrupted by three longitudinal, gla-
brous lines or by rows of round, denuded spots, each en-
closing a large puncture bearing a coarse suberect

hair 6

Elytral pubescence uniform, or variegated with irregular
patches of depressed hairs, not interrupted by longi-
tudinal, glabrous lines or rows of round, denuded

spots 8

6(5) Elytral pubescence interrupted by three longitudinal, gla-
brous lines 7

Elytral pubescence broken by rows of round denuded
spots, each enclosing a large puncture bearing a suberect
seta ; anterior coxal cavities closed, or practically closed,
behind. Eength, 22-27 mm. Baja California, south-
Avestern United States to Texas, Sonora and Tamauli-

pas prolixus

7(6) Intercoxal process of prosternum obtusely expanded at
apex, the coxal cavities open behind by about width of
apex of prosternal process ; antennae shorter than the
body in both sexes, segments beginning with fourth ex-
panded externally and carinate. Eength, 22-30 mm.

Western Texas to Arizona and Sonora sonoranus

Intercoxal process of prosternum expanded and more or
less truncate at apex, the coxal cavities closed or essen-
tially closed behind; antennae longer than the body in

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

the male, segments beginning with fifth flattened, exca-
vated, carinate, but scarcely expanded externally.

Length, 19-22 mm. Arizona levettei

Elytral pubescence usually dense, variegated with patches
of condensed hairs ; suberect hairs indistinct, not numer-
ous 9

Elytral pubescence consisting chiefly of short suberect
hairs, condensed pubescence, if present, sparse, indis-
tinct ; pronotum densely, transversely rugose. Length,
27-38 mm. Baja California to Arizona and Sinaloa

calvatus

Outer segments of antennae with a very distinct elevated
Carina; last antennal segment of male moderately to
heavily appendiculate ; elytral pubescence distinctly con-
densed into patches 10

Outer segments of antennae vaguely carinate, carinae not
prominently elevated ; last antennal segment of male very
distinctly appendiculate, almost divided ; short appressed
pubescence more uniform throughout. Length, 25-31
mm. Southern California to Texas and northern Mexico

(Sonora, Coahuila, Tamaulipas) protensus

Antennal scape feebly emarginate on underside of apex ;
basal punctures of elytra coarse, dense, subconfluent

Antennal scape strongly emarginate on underside at apex ;
basal elytral punctures small, irregularly placed, well
separated ; color reddish-brown, pubescence fulvous,
pubescent patches coalescing. Length, 29-31 mm. Si-
naloa basicornis

11(10) Humeri not prominent, without a deep impression along
base of elytra at insides of humeri ; discal tubercles at
base of pronotum not very prominent or highly ele-
vated 12

Humeri prominent, base of elytra deeply impressed be-
tween humeri and scutellum ; discal tubercles at base of
pronotum very prominent, highly elevated, glabrous ;
pubescence white ; base of elytra very densely, coarsely,
confluently punctate. Length, 30 mm. Mexico

humeralis

12(11) Intercoxal process of prosternum rounded or subtruncate
at apex, not notched medially; pubescence of pronotum
sparse to dense, usually not obscuring surface ; pubes-
cence gray to fulvous 13

8(5)

9(8)

10(9)

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVJII

Intercoxal process of prosternum rounded at apex, deeply
notched medially ; pubescence of pronotum dense, at
least partially obscuring surface ; pubescence white ;
basal elytral punctures moderately coarse, irregular,
confluent and separated. Length, 28-31 mm. Chiapas,

Oaxaca, Veracruz nivarius

13(12) Third antennal segment shorter than or subequal in length

to fourth segment 14

Third antennal segment distinctly longer than fourth ; pro-
notum irregularly, transversely rugose; integument dark
piceous, pubescence grayish. Length, 25-37 mm. So-
nora to Colima and Mexico rugicollis

14(13) Vestiture of elytra consisting only of dense patches of
white-fulvous pubescence, surface mostly obscured; pro-
notum densely pubescent, surface obscured except for
calluses. Length, 28-31 mm. Yucatan .... variegatus
Vestiture of elytra consisting of short recurved hairs with
small patches of appressed fulvous pubescence not ob-
scuring surface ; pronotum thinly pubescent. Length,
29-40 mm. Arizona paracalvatus

Aneflus (Protaneflus) cylindricollis Bates

Anefhis cylindricollis Bates, 1892, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1892:
147, pi. 5, fig. 2; Linsley, 1936, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 29: 471.
Aneflomorpha cylindricollis, Casey, 1912, Memoirs on the Coleop-
tera 3 : 293.

This species resembles A. puhescens Linsley in coloration and
type of pubescence. It differs by having the third antennal seg-
ment twice as long as the fourth in the female, and by the grossly
asperate punctures of the head. The male is unknown but presum-
ably falls in the group having 12-segmented antennae.

Type locality. — Jalapa, Vera Cruz.

Aneflus (Protaneflus) glabropunctatus Chemsak and Linsley,

sp. n. (Plate 1 )

Male. — Eorni elongate, cylindrical, moderate sized, piceous,
elytra pale brownish ; pubescence fulvous, dense, moderately
coarse, interrupted on elytra by rows of round denuded spots en-
closing a puncture bearing an erect seta. Head densely, shallowly,
not coarsely punctate, densely pubescent ; antennae longer than
body, 12-segmented, segments distinctly narrowed basally giving
the outside edge a sinuate appearance, segments 3 to 7 spinose at

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

apex, outer segments prominently carinate, pubescence very short,
fine, dense. Pronotum slightly longer than broad, subcylindrical,
base impressed ; disk somewhat convex, dorsal calluses vague,
punctures shallow, slightly rugose ; pubescence dense, obscuring
surface except for elongate, postmedian, glabrous callus ; proster-
num impressed, transversely rugose, densely pubescent ; meso- and
metasternum sparsely punctate, densely pubescent. Elytra over
three times as long as broad, tapering apically ; basal punctures
coarse, dense ; pubescence dense, obscuring surface except for rows
of round, denuded spots with coarse punctures each bearing an
erect seta ; lines extending length of suture and spines darker ;
apices bispinose ; scutellum densely clothed with white appressed
pubescence. Legs slender ; femora very densely, finely punctate,
densely pubescent. Abdomen sparsely punctate, very densely
clothed with pale appressed pubescence ; apex of fifth sternite eniar-
ginate. Length, 25-28 mm.

Female. — Antennae 1 1-segmented, not extending beyond first
abdominal segment ; apex of fifth abdominal sternite sub-truncate.
Length, 32 mm.

Types. — Holotype male, allotype female (American Museum of
Natural History) and nine paratypes (male) from Piste, Yucatan,
Mexico, 3-5 June 1959 and 8-10 June 1959 (P. and C. Vaurie) ;
additional paratypes as follows: 1 J', Piste, 8 June 1959 (E. C.
Welling) ; 1 J', Piste, 6 Dec. 1950 (E. C. Welling) ; 1 J', Merida,
Yucatan, 12 May 1960 (E. C. Welling); LcJ, Uxmal, Yucatan,
16-18 June 1959 (P. and C. Vaurie).

This species differs from others in the subgenus by the much
denser pubescence which is interrupted by round denuded elytral
spots.

Aneflus (Protaneflus) minutivestis Chemsak and Linsley, sp. n.

(Plate 1)

Male. — Eorm elongate, subcylindrical; integument dark reddish-
brown, but with head, prothorax, and appendages piceous ; pubes-
cence very fine, short, appressed and suberect. Head moderately
coarsely, very shallowly, punctate ; pubescence moderately dense,
yellowish, mostly depressed; antennae 12-segmented, shorter than
body, segment finely, densely pubescent, three to seven spinose at
apex, third and fourth subequal in length, outer segments vaguely
carinate, twelfth about one-half as long as eleventh. Pronotum
cylindrical, a little longer than broad, sides feebly rounded ; disk
very shallowly punctate, slightly, shallowly rugose transversely ;

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

VoJ. LVIII

pubescence fairly sparse, depressed, with fewer longer snberect
hairs interspersed ; prosternnm transversely impressed, coarsely,
sparsely punctured and transversely rugose, anterior coxal cavities
wide open behind ; meso- and metasternnm finely, sparsely punc-
tate, densely pubescent ; scntellnm rounded, densely clothed with
white pubescence. Elytra more than three times as long as broad,
narrower apically; basal punctures coarse, dense, subcontiguous,
becoming finer and sparser apically ; each elytron with two costae
which do not extend to apex ; pubescence very short and fine, ap-
pressed, with numerous short and long, suberect hairs interspersed ;
apices bispinose, outer spine longer. Legs slender ; femora very
densely, finely punctate, densely pubescent. Abdomen finely,
sparsely, irregularly punctate, pubescence dense, both short and
depressed and long and suberect ; apex of fifth sternite shallowly
emarginate. Length, 21-23 mm.

Female. — Much more robust than male ; antennae extending to a
little beyond mid-elytra, 1 1 -segmented ; each elytron with a third
costa extending obliquely from base of subsutural costa to suture ;
apex of fifth abdominal sternite rounded. Length, 29 mm.

Types. — Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) from
Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, 28 Mar. 1956 (D. H.
Janzen) ; allotype female (University of Kansas) from El Salto,
San Luis Potosi, Mexico, 17 June 1955 (University of Kansas
Mex. Exped.) ; one male paratype from Tenosique, Tabasco,
Mexico, Leb., 1945 (M. Guerra).

The costate elytra will readily distinguish this species from A.
pubescens Linsley. It differs from A. cylindricollis Bates by the
longer fourth antennal segment of the female and the punctation of
the head.

Aneflus (Protane flits) pubescens Linsley

Protaneflus pubescens Linsley, 1934, Psyche 41 : 233.

Aneflus {Protaneflus) pubescens, Linsley, 1961, Pan-Pacific Ent.
37: 181.

This species is a rather pale reddish-brown with darker head,
prothorax, and appendages. The pubescence is very short, fine, re-
cumbent and uniform. The elytra lack distinct costae and the
twelfth antennal segment of the male is subequal to or only slightly
shorter than the eleventh.

Type locality. — Punta Gorda, British Honduras.

Linsley (1961) lists the range of pubescens as Guatemala to
Panama. A single female specimen is at hand from Cordoba, Vera
Cruz, Mexico (A. Lenyes) ; 3 males, Cayuga, Guatemala, April-

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

May, 1915 (W. Schaiiss) ; 1 male, Barro Colorado Island, Canal
Zone, May, 1941 (J. Zetek).

Ane flits prolixus LeConte

Ane flits prolixus LeConte, 1873, Smtihsonian Misc. Coll. 11(264) :
203; Linsley, 1963, Univ. California Pnbls. Ent. 21: 31.

This species may be easily recognized by the dense pubescence
which is interrupted by rows of round, glabrous spots each bearing
a coarse puncture giving rise to an erect seta.

A. prolixus segregates geographically into subspecies as follows:

Ane flits prolixus prolixus LeConte

Ane flits prolixus LeConte, 1873, Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 11(264) :
203; Leng, 1885, Ent. Amer. 1 : 35 ; Horn, 1885, Ent. Amer. 1 :
132; Linsley, 1936, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 29:470; Linsley, 1942,
Proc. California Acad. Sci. (4)24: 36.

Ane flits prolixus prolixus, Linsley, 1963, Univ. California Pubis.
Ent. 21: 32.

In this subspecies the pubescence is very fine, dense, and short.
Also, the hairs of the elytra are uniform except for the round, de-
nuded spots, and the antennae of the male are usually about as long
as the body. Length, 20-26 mm.

Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Baja California.

From all indications, this subspecies appears to be restricted to
Baja California. Material has been seen as follows: 4 , 1 J,
Triunfo, 13 July 1938 (Michelbacher and Ross) ; 1 J', six miles N.
Triunfo, 15 July 1938 (Michelbacher and Ross) ; 1 J', Las Animas,
Sierra Laguna, 12 Oct. 1941 (Ross and Bohart) ; 2 J'J', 20 miles
NW La Paz, 16 July, 1938 (Michelbacher and Ross) ; 1 J', Arroyo
Seco, 6 Oct. 1941 (Ross and Bohart).

Aneflus prolixus flsheri Knull

Aneflits flsheri Knull, 1934, Ohio Jour. Sci. 34: 335.

Aneflus prolixus, Linsley, 1936, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 29:470;
Linsley, 1942, Proc. California Acad. Sci. (4)24:36; Linsley,
Knull, and Statham, 1961, Amer. Mus. Nov. 2050: 13 (record).
Aneflus prolixus flsheri, Linsley, 1963, Univ. California Pubis. Ent.
21:32.

The coarser, denser, more irregular pubescence differentiates this
subspecies from the typical form. Additionally, the integument is

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society ^

a darker piceous and the male antennae are shorter than the body.
Length, 24-28 mm.

Type locality. — Globe, Arizona.

The distribution of fisheri ranges from southeastern Arizona to
Durango along the western side of the continental divide. Mexican
material has been examined as follows : 2 1 Desemboque,

Sonora, 1-15 Aug. 1953 and 1-10 Sept. 1953 (B. Malkin) ; 3

I 5, six miles NE El Salto, Durango, 10 Aug. 1947 (D. Rocke-
feller Exp. Michener).

Aneflus pro-lixus insoletus Chemsak and Linsley, subsp. n.

Eorm and size of prolixus prolixus, integument dark piceous;
antennae of male about as long as body, spines small, that of fourth
segment distinctly finer than spine of third segment ; pubescence
dense, not coarse, fairly long, appressed. Length, 21-26 mm.

Types. — Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) and
two male paratypes from 29 km. S. Hidalgo, Tamaulipas, Mexico,

II July 1952, “ebony scrub” (F. W. and G. W. Werner) ; addi-

tional paratypes as follows: 3 eight miles N. Jimenez, Ta-
maulipas, 15 June 1953 (Univ. Kansas Mex Exped.) ; 1 J' 1 J,
Abasolo, Tamaulipas, 17 May 1952 (M. Cazier, W. Gertsch, R.
Schrammel) ; 3 San Fernando, Tamaulipas, 27 Aug. 1954
(C. D. Michener and party) ; 2 San Fernando, 26 Aug. 1951 ;
1 J', La Gloria, S. of Monclova, Coahuila, 24 Aug. 1947 (Mich-
ener) ; 2 167 km. E. San Luis Potosi, San Luis Potosi, 3 July

1948 (Werner and Nutting) ; 1 J, San Pedro de Colonas, Coahuila,
20 Aug. 1947 (Cazier) ; LcJ, Jacala, Hidalgo, 6 July 1939; 4J'J',
Pedricena, Durango, 19 Aug. 1947 (Cazier) ; 2 San Juan del
Rio, Durango, 30 July 1947 (Cazier) ; 2 20 miles SW Ca-

margo, Chihuahua, 13 July 1947 (Gertsch, Schrammel).

This subspecies differs from the others by the nature of the
pubescence. The hairs are longer and thicker than in prolixus and
denser and finer than in fisheri. The form is generally less robust
than fisheri, and the male antennae longer, with smaller spines.

This population occurs from the east side of the continental di-
vide to the coast and as far south as Hidalgo.

Aneflus sonoranus Casey

Aneflus sonoranus Casey, 1924, Memoirs on the Coleoptera, 11:
241; Linsley, 1936, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 29:470, pi. 1, fig. 5,
5a; Linsley, Knull, and Statham, 1961, Amer. Mus. Nov. 2050:
13 (record) ; Linsley, 1963, Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent. 21:30.

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Axestinus ohscurus Leng (nec LeConte), 1885, Ent. Amer. 1, pi.
2, fig. 27 ; Schaeffer, 1908, Bill. Brooklyn Inst. Arts Sci. 1 : 335
(Misident.) .

This species may be readily recognized by the three longitudinal,
glabrous, impunctate lines of the elytra and the posteriorly closed
anterior coxal cavities.

Although no material from Mexico is at hand, A. sonoranus un-
doubtedly occurs in Sonora and perhaps elsewhere.

Aneflus levettei (Casey)

Elaphidion levettei Casey, 1891, Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 6:29;

Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 23: 167.

Aneflus levettei, Schaeffer, 1908, Bui. Brooklyn Inst. Arts Sci.
1:335; Casey, 1924, Memoirs on the Coleoptera, 11:241, 242;
Linsley, Knull, and Statham, 1961, Amer. Mns. Nov. 2050: 13
(record) ; Linsley, 1963, Univ. California Pubis. Ent. 21 : 31.
Aneflomorpha levettei, Casey, 1912, Memoirs on the Coleoptera,
3 : 293; Linsley, 1936, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 29: 475.

A. levettei may be separated from A. sonoranus, which it closely
resembles, by the posteriorly open front coxal cavities. The form
is also narrower and less robust. Although available specimens are
all from montane areas of Arizona, the species may extend into
Mexico.

Aneflus calvatus Horn

Aneflus calvatus Horn, 1885, Ent. Amer. 1:132; Linsley, 1936,
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 29:471; Linsley, 1942, Proc. California
Acad. Sci. (4)24:37; Linsley, 1963, Univ. California Pubis.
Ent. 21:36.

The robust form, piceous color, short inconspicuous pubescence
consisting chiefly of suberect hairs, and the strongly wrinkled pro-
notum, distinguish this species.

Type locality. — Arizona.

A. calvatus ranges from about the middle of Baja California to
Arizona and south to Sinaloa. Mexican records as follows : 1 J',
15 miles N. San Ignacio, Baja California, 27 July 1938 (Michel-
bacher and Ross) ; 2 1 J, 45 miles N. San Ignacio, 27 July 1938

(Michelbacher and Ross) ; 1 J, 5 miles NW Punta San Eelipe,
Baja California, 9 July 1955 (J. P. Slevin) ; 1 J, San Bernardino,
Rio Mayo, Sonora, 18 Aug. 1935 (B. S. Gentry) ; 1 2, Alamos,
Sonora, 22 Aug. 1959 (R. L. Westcott) ; 1 5, 26 miles N. Pericos,
Sinaloa, 13 Aug. 1960 (Arnaud, Ross, and Rentz).

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Aneflus protensus (LeConte)

Elaphidion protensiim LeConte, 1858, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, p. 82.

Aneflus protensus, LeConte, 1873, Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 11
(264) : 185 ; Leng, 1885, Ent. Amer. 1 : 34, pi. 3, fig. 5 ; Horn,
1885, Ent. Amer. If 131; Linsley, 1936, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
29:470; Linsley, 1942, Proc. California Acad. Sci. (4)24:36;
Linsley, Knnll, and Statham, 1961, Amer. Mus. Nov. 2050: 13
(record) ; Linsley, 1963, Univ. California Pubis. Ent. 21:32.
Aneflus cochisensis Casey, 1912, Memoirs on the Coleoptera, 3:
296.

Color piceous ; pubescence fairly uniform, condensed patches
small, numerous, giving a somewhat speckled appearance. Anten-
nal carinae feeble, not prominently elevated.

Type locality. — Sonora, Mexico.

The distributional range of this species extends from Baja Cali-
fornia to Texas and northern Mexico. Mexican material exam-
ined: 2 Desemhoque, Sonora, 20-31 Aug. 1953 (B. Malkin) ;
1 J', 16 miles SW Hermosillo, Sonora, 21 July 1950 (J. P. Figg-
Hoblyn) ; 1 J, Navajoa, Sonora, 24 June 1956 (R. and K. Dreis-
bach) ; 3 San Bernardino, Rio Mayo, Sonora, 26 June 1935;
1 Guaymas, Sonora, 13 June 1954 (C. Dodson) ; 1 J', 42 miles

SW Camargo, Chihuahua, 15 July 1947 (Cazier) ; 6 12 miles

N. Hermanas, Coahuila, 11 Aug. 1959 (L. A. Stange, A. S.

Menke) ; 2 Coahuila, July, 1952; 1 43 km. E. Mante, Ta-

maulipas, 27 May 1948 (Nutting and Werner) ; 1 J', Abasolo,
Tamaulipas, 17 May 1952 (M. Cazier, W. Gertsch, R. Schrammel).

Aneflus basic or nis Linsley

Aneflus hasicornis Linsley, 1936, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 29: 471, pi.
1, fig. 9.

The strongly emarginate apex on the underside of the scape dis-
tinguishes this species. The color is reddish-brown with patches of
fulvous pubescence. The pronotum is not strongly rugose but pos-
sesses five irregular calluses on the disk.

Type locality. — Venedio, Sinaloa.

This species is known only from the type locality, all specimens
(males) taken on 27 July 1918.

Aneflus humeralis Chemsak and Linsley, sp. n.

Male. — Form stout, somewhat compressed; color dark reddish-

June, 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

piceous ; pubescence white, appressed, condensed into patches.
Head irregularly, shallowly punctate ; antennal tubercles prominent ;
pubescence somewhat sparse, rather long, depressed ; antennae ex-
tending to about apex of fourth antennal segment, segments three to
seven spinose at apex, carinae prominent beginning with sixth seg-
ment, basal segments densely white pubescent, outer segments
clothed with very short appressed pubescence, third segment longer
than fourth, fifth longer than third, eleventh segment longer than
tenth. Pronotum slightly broader than long, deeply impressed near
base behind middle ; disk with two very large, prominent calluses at
base, one on each side of middle, center longitudinally glabrous,
calluses near apex irregular, tranverse rugae prominent ; pubescence
moderately dense, appressed, with few long erect hairs interspersed ;
prosternum deeply impressed, coarsely, rugosely punctured behind
coxae, intercoxal process narrow, apically expanded, coxal cavities
open behind ; meso- and metasternum coarsely, densely punctate,
pubescence dense, appressed ; scutellum densely white pubescent.
Elytra less than three times as long as broad ; base deeply impressed
inside of humeri giving a sinuate appearance ; basal punctures
coarse, dense, becoming obsolescent toward apex ; each elytron bicos-
tate ; pubescence consisting of irregular, dense patches of white ap-
pressed hairs, longer, suberect hairs few ; apices bispinose. Legs
moderate, slender ; femora densely, moderately coarsely and finely
punctate, densely pubescent. Abdomen finely, sparsely punctate,
moderately pubescent. Length, 30 mm.

Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) from Tejupilco,
Mexico, Mexico, June, 1933 (Hinton and Usinger).

This species may be recognized by the prominent humeri and the
two high calluses near the base of the pronotum.

The type specimen has been partially destroyed by dermestids
with the apex of one antenna, elytra near the base, and apex of the
abdomen damaged. However, the specimen is distinct enough to
permit characterization in spite of the minor damage.

Aneflus nivarius Chemsak and Linsley, sp. n.

Male. — Lorm robust, somewhat compressed ; color dark reddish-
brown ; pubescence dense, white, appressed, condensed into patches.
Head finely, shallowly punctate, white appressed pubescence par-
tially obscuring surface ; antennal tubercles not produced apically ;
antennae extending to fourth abdominal segment, basal segments
except scape densely white pubescent, segments three and four sub-
equal in length, fifth longer, segments three to seven spinose at apex.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

outer segments prominently carinate, eleventh segment longer than
tenth, appendiculate. Pronotum broader than long, sides sinuate,
impressed behind middle ; disk irregular, with five raised calluses,
central callus glabrous, irregularly rugose ; white appressed pubes-
cence dense, partially obscuring surface ; prosternum deeply im-
pressed, rugosely punctate, densely pubescent, intercoxal process
narrow, slightly expanded apically, apex rounded, notched medially,
coxal cavities open behind ; meso- and metasternum moderately
coarsely, rather sparsely punctate, densely pubescent ; scutellum
densely white pubescent. Elytra less than three times as long as
broad ; basal punctures moderately coarse, irregular, well separated
in spots ; costae vague, almost not discernible ; short, white,
appressed pubescence condensed into many irregular patches ; apices
bispinose. Legs slender ; femora finely punctate, densely pubescent.
Abdomen finely, densely punctate, very densely pubescent ; apex of
fifth sternite emarginate. Length, 30 mm.

Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) from 7 miles
W. Tuxtla Gutierrez, Chiapas, Mexico, 2 April 1953 (R. C. Bech-
tel, E. I. Schlinger). Also tentatively assigned to this species are
two males from 23 miles S. Matias Romero, Oaxaca, 5, 22 April
1962 (L. D. Parker, L. A. Stange) and one female from 20 miles S.
Veracruz, 16 June 1961 (J. H. Legue). These specimens differ
slightly in the elytral punctation from the type and in addition, the
front coxal cavities of the female are more widely open behind.

This species is distinctive by the dense white patches of pubes-
cence over the elytra, densely pubescent head and prothorax and
l)y the rounded, medially notched apex of the prosternal intercoxal
process.

Ane fills rugicollis Linsley

Anefliis rugicollis Linsley, 1935, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 61 : 74.

This species in suggestive of paracalvatus except for the piceous
color, and denser patches of condensed pubescence. The pronotum
is moderately densely pubescent and the third antennal segment dis-
tinctly longer than fourth.

Type locality. — Jofutla, Morelas.

Mexican material as follows: 1 J', Tejupilco, Mexico, June, 1933
(Hinton and Usinger) ; 3 1 5, Jesus Maria, Nayarit, 6, 27 July

1955 (B. Malkin) ; 1 ,J', 26 miles N. Perico, Sinaloa, 13 Aug. 1960
(Arnaud, Ross, Rentz) ; 1 .J', Teloloapan, Guerrero, 12 June 1957
(W. Gibson) ; 1 J, Alpuyeca, Morelas, 27 June 1951 (H. E.
Evans) ; 2 1 J, 10 miles W. Alamos, Sonora, 21 July 1954

June, 196S Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

(Cazier, Gertsch, Brack). A specimen from Colima was included
in the type series.

Aneflus variegatus Chemsak and Linsey, sp. n.

Male. — Form elongate, subcylindrical ; color dark reddish-brown;
pubescence dense, white-fulvous, appressed, condensed into patches.
Head moderately coarsely, shallowly punctate, densely clothed with
appressed pubescence ; antennal tubercles not prominent, rounded ;
antennae shorter than body, segments three to six spinose at apex,
seventh minutely dentate, carinae of outer segments prominent,
basal segments finely, densely pubescent, outer segments densely
clothed with very short pubescence, segments three and four sub-
equal in length, fifth longer, eleventh longer than tenth, appendicu-
late. Pronotum slightly broader than long, widest at middle ; disk
irregularly rugosely punctate, calluses distinct, median callus gla-

Plate 1. Left: Aneflus fProtaneflus) glabropunctatus Chemsak
and Linsley, ; Right: Aneflus (Protaneflus) minutivestis Chem-
sak and Linsley, ,J'. x 3.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

brous, elongate ; appressed pubescence dense, partially obscuring
surface, long suberect hairs sparse ; prosternum deeply impressed,
coarsely, sparsely punctate before coxae, densely pubescent, inter-
coxal process slightly expanded apically, apex subtruncate, coxal
cavities open behind ; meso- and metasternum rather finely, not
densely punctate, densely pubescent. Elytra about three times as
long as broad, surface densely variegated with patches of appressed
pubescence, surface partially obscured ; basal punctures coarse,
dense, irregular, subconfluent ; costae vague ; apices bispinose ;
scutellum densely white pubescent. Legs slender ; femora finely
and moderately coarsely punctate, densely pubescent. Abdomen
finely punctate, densely pubescent ; apex of fifth sternite emarginate.
Length, 28-31 mm.

Plate 2. Left: Aneflus humeralis Chemsak and Linsley, J' ;
Right : Aneflus variegatus Chemsak and Linsley, J'. x 3.

June, i!)63 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 95

Types. — Holotype male (American Museum of Natural History)
from Piste, Yucatan, Mexico, 8-10 June 1959 (P. and C. Vaurie).
One male paratype from Chichen-Itza, Yucatan.

This species has densely variegated elytra with patches of ap-
pressed hairs. It resembles nivarius and riigicollis hut may be dis-
tinguished by the characteristics used in the key.

Anefliis paracalvatus Knull

Anefhis paracalvatus Knull, 1955, Ent. News 66: 21 ; Linsley, 1961,
Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent. 21 : 33.

Plate 3. Left: Aneflus rugicollis Linsley, ; Right: Aneflus
nivarius Chemsak and Linsley, J'. x 3.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Yol. LVIII

Aneflus prosopidis Linsley, 1957, Amer. Mus. Nov. 1828: 20.

The robust form, brown color and thin patches of fulvous pubes-
cence separate this species from calvatus. The pronotum is thinly
pubescent and rugose with a T-shaped, glabrous callus usually
present on the disk. The elytra contain very few erect hairs.

Type locality. — Santa Rita Mts., Arizona.

This species is not yet known from Mexico but may occur in the
northern portions of the country.

Literature Cited

Bates, H. W. 1880-1885. Biologia Centrali- Americana, Cole-
optera, 5 : 1-525, 26 pis.

1892. Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Cen-
tral America, with remarks on some of the previously recorded
species. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1892: 143-183, pis. 5-7.
Casey, T. L. 1912. Studies in the Longicornia of North Amer-
ica. Memoirs on the Coleoptera, 3: 215-386.

Franz, E, 1954. Cerambyidae aus El Salvador. Senckenber-
giana, 34: 213-229, 1 pi.

LeConte, J. L. 1873. New species of North American Coleop-
tera. Part III. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 11(264) : 169-240.
Linsley, E. G. 1936. Preliminary studies in the North Ameri-
can Phoracanthini and Sphaerionini. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
29: 461-479.

1961. A reclassification of the described Mexican and

Central American Sphaerionine Cerambycidae. Pan-Pacific
Ent. 37: 165-183.

1963. Cerambycidae of North America. Part IV.

Taxonomy and Classification of the subfamily Cerambycinae,
Tribes Elaphidionini through Rhinotragini. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Ent. 21 : 1-165.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY.

The Bulletin. Vols. 1-7, 1879-85, Microfilm $10.00

Vols. 8-57, 1912-62, Regular issue $125.00

Subsequent volumes, per year $ 4.00

Entomologic Americana. Vols. 1-10, 1885-90 & 1926-30,

Microfilm $15.00

Vols. 11-19, 1931-39, Microfilm $15.00

Vols. 20-29, 1940-49, Microfilm $15.00

Vols. 30-42, 1950-62, Regular issue $70.00

Subsequent volumes, per year $ 6.00

A Glossary of Entomology, Torre-Bueno, cloth bound,

including Supplement A $ 7.00

Supplement A to Torre-Bueno’s Glossary of Entomol-
ogy, 36 pp., 1960 $ 1.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

New York Thysanoptera, Hood. 36 pp., 2 plates. 1926 .$ 1.00

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Life History of

Bremus bimaculatus. Prison. 65 pp., 8 figs. 1928 . . . .$ 2.00

A Revision of the Genus Eurema — Part II. New World
Species, Taxonomy and Synonymy, Klots. 73 pp.,

101 figs. 1929 $ 1.50

Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of the Cole-
optera, Boving & Craighead, cloth bound, 351pp., 125
plates. 1930-31 $10.00

The Nearctic Social Wasps of the Subfamily Polybiinae,

Bequaert. 63 pp., 8 figs. 1933 $ 2.00

Revision of the Epistrophe Flies of America North of

Mexico, Fluke. 57 pp., 45 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

The Biology and Taxonomy of the Genus Trichiotinus,

Hoffmann. 76 pp., 20 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

A Review of the Genus Cyrtopogon in North America,

Wilcox and Martin. 95 pp., 58 figs. 1936 $ 2.00

Bibliography of the Described Life Histories of the
Rhopalocera of America North of Mexico, Daven-
port and Dethier. 40 pp. 1937 $ 4.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

Notes and Keys on the Genus Brochymena, Ruckes. 95

pp., 41 figs. 1946 $ 3.00

Female Genitalia of Culicidae, with Particular Reference

to Characters of Generic Value, Coher. 38 pp. 1948 . .$ 4.00

The Scutate Ticks, or Ixodidae, of Indonesia, Anastos.

144 pp., 28 figures. 1950 $ 5.00

The Tingoidea of New England and their Biology,

Bailey, 140 pp., 6 figs. 1951 $ 5.00

The Hippoboscidae or Louse-Flies of Mammals and
Birds, Part I. Structure, Physiology and Natural

History, Bequaert, 442 pp., 21 figs., 1952-53...- $10.00

Part II. Taxonomy, Evolution and Revision
of American Genera and Species. 611 pp., 83 figs.
1954-56 $15.00

A Revision of the Sphaeropthalmine Mutillidae of America
North of Mexico, II. Schuster. 130 pp., 27 figs.

1957 $ 5.00

A Synopsis of American Mycomyiini. Coher. 155 pp.,

131 figs. 1958 $ 6.00

The Morphology, Phylogeny, and Higher Classification of
the Family Tingidae. Drake and Davis. 100 pp.,

75 figs, and

The External Morphology of the Last-Instar Nymph of

Magicicada septendecim. Lew. 79 pp., 48 figs. 1959 $ 6.00

Taxonomy and Biology of Nearctic Limnephilid Larvae

(Trichoptera). Flint. 177 pp., 82 figs. 1960 $ 6.00

Revision of the Genus Copris of the Western Hemisphere.

Matthews. 137 pp., 88 figs. 1961 $ 6.00

Revision of the Cosmopterigidae of American North of

Mexico. Hodges. 166 pp., 199 figs. 1962 $ 6.00

All orders for all publications MUST be sent DIRECT to Brook-
lyn Entomologicial Society, R. R. McElvare, Treasurer, P. O. Box
386, Southern Pines, North Carolina.

BUSINESS PRESS INC., Lancaster, Pa.

OCTOBER, 1963

No. 4

f 7n C 73

VoL. LVIII

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

JOHN F. HANSON

GEORGE S. TULLOCH JAMES A. SLATER

Published for the Society by
Business Press, Inc.

N. Queen St. and McGovern Ave., Lancaster, Pa.

Price, 85 cents Subscription, $4.00 per year

Mailed July 10, 1964

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Wednesday of November and May at the
Engineers’ Club, 117 Remsen Street, Brooklyn 2, N. Y. The annual dues
are $2.00.

OFFICERS 1962-1963

Honorary President
R. R. McELVARE
President

EDWIN J. NEWMAN

Vice President
CASIMIR REDJIVES

Secretary

ANNA FLAHERTY

T reasurer

R. R. McELVARE
P. O. Box 386
Southern Pines
North Carolina

CONTENTS

Notes on Tabanidae from Delaware, MacCreary 97

Larva of Protanyderus margarita (Diptera), Knight 99

Larvae and pupae of two limnephilid genera (Trichop.),

Wiggins 103

Lectotype of Ranatra quadridentata (Hemip.: Nepidae),

Menke 112

Leptocoris trivittatus and Coriomeris humilis in New

England (Hemip.: Coreidae), Slater and Schaefer . . 114
Prey of solitary wasps. V. (Hymenop.), Krombein . 118
Density dependent fighting of females of the cicada

killer wasp, Lin 121

Stoneflies from Alaska, Jewett 123

Determining scale patterns on alcohol-preserved mos-
quitoes, Means 126

A new Parasimulium and type species records (Diptera),

Stone 127

A new Panamanian stink bug (Pentatomidae), Ruckes . 129

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $4.00 per year ; foreign, $4.25 in advance ; single
copies, 85 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Address subscriptions to
the Treasurer, manuscripts and other communications to the editor, JOHN P.
HANSON, Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

VoL. LVIII OCTOBER, 1963 No. 4

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON DIPTERA (TABANIDAE)
FROM DELAWARE^

By Donald MacCreary^

A list of the Tabanidae of Delaware was published in 1940.^
Since that time an additional species and subspecies of C hr y sops
have been added through systematic studies by Pechuman.'^ Also
the presence of a Goniops has been confirmed and a C hi or ot ah anus
has been collected for the first time. These notes also report the
collection of numerous specimens of Dichlorus jerrngatus (Fab.)
formerly thought to be rare.

Two females of Goniops chrysocoma O.S. were taken by H. E.
Milliron in a wooded area near Newark on June 20, 1956. One
female of Chlorofabanus crepuscularis (Bequaert), determined by
Alan Stone, was collected on man near Lewes, August 12, 1957.
He states in a personal communication that this is close to the
northern record for this species and that a specimen from Garrett
Park, Maryland (north of Washington) is in the National Museum.

D. jerrngatus was considered extremely rare in the State when
the Delaware list was published. However, some years later New
Jersey-type mosquito traps were operated at the margins of Cedar

^ Published as Miscellaneous Paper No. 446 with the ap-
proval of the Director of the Delaware Agricultural Experi-
ment Station. Publication No. 333 and Scientific Article 349
of the Department of Entomology.

^ Research Professor, Department of Entomology, Delaware
Agricultural Experiment Station, Newark.

® MacCreary, Donald. 1940. Report on the Tabanidae of
Delaware. Del. Agri. Expt. Sta. Bui. 226, 41 pp.

^ Pechuman, R. L. 1949. Some notes on Tabanidae (Dip-
tera) and the description of two new species. Canad. Ent.
81(4) : 77-84.

JUL 1

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Swamp in southern Sussex County. Numerous specimens of fer-
riigatus were taken in these traps. Nearly 30 were recovered, most
of them during the last 10 days of June. The area where the collec-
tions were made is a swamp that in former years was flooded and
produced much cypress lumber. Apparently Cedar Swamp, which
is actually a “cypress’’ swamp, is ecologically similar to such
swamps in North Carolina and Virginia. In the latter area where
the species is extremely common it is known as the “yellow fly of
the Dismal Swamp.” In 1958 specimens were collected near Bethel
in the vicinity of the only known habitat of the pitcher plant, Sarra-
cenia purpurea, in Delaware. All of these collection points are in
the southern part of the state.

In the list of Tabanidae mentioned above, MacCreary provided
the following statement on Chrysops flazhdus Wiedemann, “An
anomalous form of this species is found in Delaware. Wide varia-
tions exist within it and it is far more common than the typical C.
flavida. Many specimens approach C. brunnea Hine rather closely.
Both C. B. Philip and Alan Stone have examined a considerable
series. Since a new variety has not yet been set up, the data pre-
sented above for C. flaznda include this related form.”

Since that time the situation has been clarified. In 1949 Pechu-
maiP described from this complex a new species, Chrysops atlantica
Pechuman and a new subspecies, Chrysops flazndus celata Pechu-
man.

Lewis'^ quoted MacCreary on certain habits of flavidus in Dela-
ware, discussed Pechuman’s new species and indicated that it was
net known whether the anomalous specimens from Delaware were
atlantica or flavidus celata.

Recently 261 specimens of this complex, which has been retained
from the study of 23 years ago, were examined by Hugo Jamnback
as well as by L. L. Pechuman. Of this lot 241 proved to be atlantica.
Thirteen were identified as flavidus and five as fiavidus celata. Two
brunnea had been included. Seven of these specimens had been
reared from larvae. All reared specimens proved to be atlantica.

From this information it would appear that most, if not all, of
the rearing data and plant and water relationships discussed by
MacCreary^ under flavidus apply instead to atlantica. Likewise
information on seasonal and geographical distribution and habits
would seem to relate very largely to atlantica.

® Lewis, L. F. 1959. The Biology of Chrysops flavida in the
Yazoo Mississippi Delta. Jour. Econ. Ent. 52(5) : 884-887.

Oct., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

DESCRIPTION OF THE TANYDERID LARVA
PROTANYDERUS MARGARITA ALEXANDER
FROM COLORADO’

By Allen W. Knight^

While conducting an aquatic invertebrate investigation in Colo-
rado, the author encountered the larvae of a Tanyderid Diptera.
These larvae are almost certainly those of the heretofore unde-
scribed Protanyderus margarita Alexander. The adult of this
rare species is known to occur from Colorado northward and west-
ward into British Columbia, Oregon and Utah (Alexander, per-
sonal communication, 1962). The adult of Protanyderus margar-
ita Alexander was described by C. P. Alexander from Zion National
Park, Utah, and named for his wife, Mabel Marguerite Alexander.
It has also been reported from British Columbia, Oregon (N.E.,
Great Basin area), Idaho, and Colorado (Alexander, personal com-
munication, 1962). The last is the most easterly known record
for the species and genus in North America (Sunset, Boulder
County, 22 July 1915, T. D. A. Cockerell).

A photograph of the larval Tanyderid was sent to Dr. Alexander
for his inspection. He stated that “it is virtually certain from its
habitat that the species concerned is Protanyderus margarita
Alexander.”

The only Tanyderidae whose early stages have been described
are Protoplasa ftchii (Osten-Sacken) in Eastern North America,
Peringueyomyina barnardi Alexander in South America and Pro-
tanyderus vipio (Osten-Sacken) discovered in California by Dr.
Joseph H. Rose (Alexander, personal communication, 1962) who
is describing it.

The author secured a total of three Tanyderid larvae. All were
encountered on July 11, 1961, in Blue Creek, Gunnison County,
Colorado. The collection was made in a meadow through which
Blue Creek flows, approximately one mile above the point where
Bine Creek passes under a bridge on High 50. Blue Creek, in
this area, is a shallow stream with a depth of 1 to 2 feet, and has
a rubble to stony bottom. The immediate shore where the larvae
were found has overhanging banks of grass and willow. The
stream at this point is mainly riffles. The larvae were found a foot

^ Einancial support for the research upon which this paper is
based came from a National Science Foundation grant (NSF
G-20703).

^ Zoology Department, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah.

100

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

or two from the southern bank in shallow water where the rocky
bottom contained considerable sand between and under the stones.

I would like to thank Dr. Charles P. Alexander for his determina-
tion of the larvae, as we as his generous supply of data and informa-
tion pertaining to the Tanyderidae, and Alan V. Nebeker for
preparing the excellent figures. Grateful acknowledgment is also
made to George F. Edmunds, Jr., Louis T. Nielsen and Arden R.
Gaufin, for their aid during the preparation of this paper.

Description of the Larva

The body of the larva is quite midge-like in appearance and is
about 12 mm long, exclusive of filaments (total length including
filaments, 15-17 mm). The body is yellowish-brown in color
and appears nearly white in live specimens. The sclerotized head
capsule is of a very complex nature and diverges downward from
the main body axis at about a 45° angle. The antennae are three-
segmented with the basal segment being the larger and the two
distal segments each progressively smaller. Two large lobes of
epipharyngeal brushes are borne on the labrum. Ventral to the
epipharyngeal brushes are the mandibles, maxillary palpae, maxil-
lary mala and labial sclerite, each in a ventro-posterior position to
the preceding structure. The eyes are located just posterior to the
base of the antennae. The thoracic segments are swollen and
slightly larger than the abdominal segments. The prothoracic seg-
ment exhibits a dark brown spiracle on the posterior edge of the
lateral margins. The prothorax is divided into an anterior and
posterior subdivision. The mesothorax and metathoracic segments
also possess this subdivision but it is less defined and restricted, for
the most part, to the dorsal portion of the segments. The abdomen
is divided into nine distinct abdominal segments that become
progressively longer with a gradual reduction in diameter.

The eighth abdominal segment possesses a lateral spiracle near
the posterior edge of the segment and just anterior to the origin
of a filament that extends posteriorly for about 3 mm. The ninth
abdominal segment is produced into a dorsal and ventral pair of
posterior projections. The dorsal pair of filments, which are about
4 mm long, are slightly longer than any of the other terminal fila-
ments. The ventral projections are produced into stout “pseudo-
pods” or posterior leg-like structures, about 2 mm long, which pro-
ject posterolaterally from the ninth segment. A dorsal filament
arises from the pseudopods and extends posteordorsally for about
1.5 mm. Each of the pseudopods terminates in a fan-like arrange-

Oct., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entotnological Soeiety

101

Larva of Protanyderus margarita Alex. Fig. 1, Lateral view of
entire larva. Fig. 2, Dorsal view of head. Fig. 3, Lateral view
of head and prothorax. Fig. 4, Caudal end, ventral aspect of
larva. Fig. 5, Lateral view of enlargement of “pseudopod” and
crotchets.

102

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

ment of 23 contractile crotchet-like structures. Just anterior and
ventral to the crotchet-like structures are seven large ventrally
curved hooks.

At the base of each pseudopod and slightly posterodorsal is lo-
cated a pair of gills about to 1 mm long.

Chaetotaxy. — The dorsal aspect of the head has a pair of setae
located on the anterodorsal surface of each torma with a pair of
setae dorsal and lateral to each epipharyngeal brush at the anterior
of the postclypeus. A pair of setae are located slightly posterior,
and a single seta anterior, to the antennae. The frontal sutures
are bordered by two pairs of setae with three additional pairs along
the coronal suture. A pair of setae project from the paragula just
lateral and anterior to another pair located somewhat more ventrally
on the paragula. A single seta extends anteriorly from each para-
gula.

The prothorax has a pair of ventral setae just posterior to the
basal labial plate as well as a group of four ambulatory setae on the
prothorax, mesothorax and metathorax. The setae behind the
metathorax consist of a pair of lateral ventral setae on each segment.
Another group of three setae is located on the anterolateral aspect
of the prothorax, as well as a single seta just anterior to the spiracle.
The remainder of the segments exhibits a prominent single anterior
and two less prominent posterolateral setae per segment. A group
of four weak setae is distributed across the dorsal aspect of each
segment. The eighth abdominal segment possesses a group of
three lateral setae just anterior to the filament. A dorsal seta
occurs on the dorsal aspect of the lateral filament, shortly beyond
its origin.

The morphological terminology utilized in the present description
was adapted from descriptions of Protoplasa fitchii, set forth by
Alexander (1930) and Crampton (1930).

Collection Data. — Larvae, Blue Creek, Gunnison County, Colo-
rado; 11 July 1961 (A. W. Knight), deposited in collection of the
University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah.

Literature Cited

Alexander, C. P. 1930. Observations on the Dipterous Family
Tanyderidae. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W., Vol. Iv: 221-232.
Crampton, G. C. 1930. A comparison of the more important
structural details of the larva of the Archaic Tanyderid Dip-
teron Protoplasa fitchii with other holometahola from the
standpoint of phyAgeny. Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 25 : 239-
58.

Oct., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

103

LARVAE AND PUPAE OF TWO NORTH AMERICAN
LIMNEPHILID CADDISFLY GENERA
(TRICHOPTERA: LIMNEPHILIDAE).

By Glenn B. Wiggins^

Knowledge of the biology of North American caddisflies con-
tinues to be impeded by the inability to even identify most of the
species in their larval stages. The outstanding example is the
family Limnephilidae, in which only about one-half of the 40-odd
genera in North America are now recognizable as larvae. It is
toward this barrier that some of my studies on Trichoptera are
being directed, and the following descriptions are among the results
of recent work. Unless otherwise indicated, all material is in the
collection of the Department of Entomology and Invertebrate Zool-
ogy, Royal Ontario Museum.

Philarctus qiiaeris (Milne)

This is the only North American species assigned to Philarctus,
although six others from central Asia are also attributed to this
genus by Schmid (1955). The validity of some of these is ap-
parently questionable (Schmid, op. cit.).

Larvae of this species, and presumably of this genus, key to
Asynarchus in the recent study of limnephilid larvae by Flint
(1960), and to Limnephilus, which includes Asynarchus among
other genera, in the generic key of Ross (1959). The colour pat-
tern of the head, with three light patches on the base of the fronto-
clypeus, is common to both Philarctus and Asynarchus, but the two
can be most readily distinguished by the larval cases. The cornu-
copia-like case of Asynarchus, made of conifer needles, bark and
leaf fragments, some seeds, but generally elongate pieces of plant
material placed obliquely, is distinct from the straight, narrow cyl-
indrical case of shells, seeds and fine gravel constructed by P.
quaeris. In addition, the ventral surface of the first abdominal
segment in Philarctus bears something of the order of 50 hairs,
while in Asynarchus there are about 35 or fewer hairs. The con-
cave anterior margin of the sclerotized plate on the mesonotum of
Philarctus seems also to be distinct from Asynarchus. If Flint’s
(1960) generalization, that the larval cases in Limnephilus are
made of plant materials placed longitudinally or transversely, holds
then Philarctus could be distinguished by the larval case from Lim-
nephilus S.S., too.

^ Royal Ontario Museum, University of Toronto.

104

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Larva (Figs. 1, 4, 5). — Head medium brown in colour; pointed
basal portion of the frontoclypeus with 3 light patches, one at the
confluence of the frontoclypeal and epicranial sutures and extending
posteriorly along the epicranial suture for some distance, the other
2 paired, with one lying along each lateral margin ; a few dark
brown muscle scars in the central area between these light patches.
Several rows of conspicuous dark muscle scars present, beginning
at about the level of the eyes and extending posteriad. Ventral
surface of the head uniform medium brown, with a few dark brown
muscle scars around the occipital foramen. Mandibles as shown.

Pronotum mostly medium to light brown, the edges darker. A
transverse depression extending across the anterior portion ; scat-
tered dark brown muscle scars lying behind this. Long, dark
hairs arising from the anterior and lateral areas, and from the cen-
tral portion ; fine, clear hairs along the anterior edge. Prosternal
horn shorter than the front coxae, prosternal plate moderately de-
veloped, with a very small sclerite at each side. Mesonotum me-
dium to light brown, with dark brown muscle scars, anterior margin
conspicuously concave ; mesosternum with a transverse row of
small, dark sclerites. Metanotum with sclerites typical. Legs
typical for the subfamily Limnephilinae.

First abdominal segment with 8-10 black hairs around the base
of the median dorsal hump, about 6 hairs around each lateral hump,
and 40-50 similar hairs on the ventral surface. Gills long and
stout, mostly arising in groups of 2 or 3, arranged as in Fig. 5. An
oval sclerotized ring on the ventral surface of segments III to VII
inclusive. Sclerite on the dorsum of segment IX light brown, with
4 long hairs and 5 or 6 shorter hairs. A row of tiny bifid processes
dorsad of the lateral line. Anal claws with 1 or 2 accessory teeth.
Length of mature larva about 15mm.

Pupa (Figs. 6, 7). — The comparative features of limnephilid
pupae are so little known that nothing can be added to the details
provided by the figures at the present time.

Case (Figs. 2, 3). — The larval case is composed of the shells of
small aquatic snails, pieces of larger broken shells, very small rock
fragments, or of the seeds of littoral plants. One or another of
these different materials is sometimes used exclusively, and some-
times all of them in the same case. Outside of plant seeds, which
approximate the mineral materials in shape and texture, other plant
materials were not observed in the cases. The arrangement of the
individual pieces on the case is quite irregular, but the overall
architecture, whatever the materials, is clearly of the same basic
type.

Oct., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

105

The pupal case is apparently the same larval case with the ends
stopped up with similar materials, the small interstices covered with
a typical sieve membrane of silk.

Habit and Behavior. — Larvae of this species were extremely
abundant in most of the small, shallow ponds or sloughs encoun-
tered in the aspen parkland area of southern Manitoba and Sas-
katchewan. Pupation had not begun in early June, but was well
advanced by early July, and a few adults were on the wing by that
time. The small sloughs, sometimes referred to as pot-holes,
around Neepawa and Minnedosa in Manitoba were especially rich
in these larvae. Other caddisflies present included Agrypnia
pagetana, M ol anna flame or nis, Anabolia bimaculata and Triaenodes
sp. The fauna, generally, of these sloughs was extremely rich in
crustaceans, copepods, molluscs, mosquitoes and aquatic beetles and
bugs. In view of the importance of this area as a breeding ground
for ducks, and the abundance and relatively large size of these
caddisfly larvae, it is likely that Philarctus quaeris comprises a sig-
nificant part of the food of the ducks.

The larvae were crawling actively over the bottom of the sloughs,
on aquatic plants and on various items of debris. There was a
general tendency to congregate in the shallower water around the
edge of the pond, in dej^ths ranging from a few inches to a foot or
so, rather than in the deeper, central areas. Pupae were fastened
to almost any type of solid surface, often in very dense aggregations.

Material Examined. — Manitoba: Erickson, 10 June 1962, many
larvae; 2 July 1962, many larvae, pupae and adults, some larvae
and pupae reared. Minnedosa, 10 June 1962, many larvae; 2
July many larvae and pupae, some reared, emerging 12-31 July.
Neepawa, 9 June 1962, many larvae. Oakland, 9 June 1962, many
larvae. Oak River, 3 July 1962, many pupae, some reared, emer-
ging 10-30 July. Saskatchewan; St. Denis, 16 mi. e. Saskatoon,
14 June 1962, many larvae, some reared, emerging 25 July-16 Aug.

Chyranda centralis (Banks)

The genus Chyranda is confined to North America, where several
species have in the past been proposed. These were, however, re-
duced to synonymy in the single species C. centralis by Schmid
(1951). This species has been recorded previously from Utah,
Colorado, British Columbia and Quebec, and is here recorded from
the Cypress Hills area in both Alberta and Saskatchewan, from
Jasper National Park, Alberta, and from Kootenay National Park
in British Columbia.

106

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Larvae of this genus key to Pseudostenophylax {= Dm sin us) in
Ross (1959) and in the general key to the eastern limnephilid gen-
era given by Flint (1960, p. 15). Chyranda is, however, readily
separated from that genus by the very unusual case, by the flattened
head, and by the absence of hairs between the posterior sclerites on
the metanotum, to mention the more conspicuous distinctions.
Moreover, Chyranda is a member of the subfamily Limnephilinae,
and is further differentiated from the Pseudostenophylacinae (and
Pseudostenophylax) by the characters separating these two sub-
families given by Flint {op. cit.).

Larvae from Corvallis, Oregon, in the collection of the Illinois
Natural History Survey, identified as Clostoeca disjuncta (Banks),
are very similar to the larvae of Chyranda. These larvae have
been described under the name C. disjuncta by Flint ( 1960). Ma-
ture pupae of C. disjuncta, apparently associated with, although not
in, pupal cases similar to those described here, are dated April 9,
1942. It is noteworthy that these pupae do not have sclerotized
plates on the eighth abdominal segment as pupae of Chyranda cen-
tralis do. Larvae of Chyranda centralis and Clostoeca disjuncta
might, then, be very similar, although the larval association of C.
disjuncta appears not entirely clear and should be confirmed.

Larva (Figs. 8, 10, 11). — Head distinctly shortened, broad in
relation to the length ; central and anterior portions of the dorsum
of the head flattened, the area delimited by a low ridge, and tra-
versed by many small transverse corrugations. Head mainly shiny
dark brown in colour ; several of the dorsal hairs of the head long
and very stout at the base. Ventral surface of the head dark brown,
gula somewhat lighter.

Pronotum shiny dark brown, a row of dark hairs along the an-
terior margin, with a row of very fine clear hairs beneath these ;
hairs almost totally lacking from the area in front of the transverse
depression, but with scattered hairs, mostly lateral, posterior to this
depression ; prosternal horn slightly longer than the front coxae,
prosternal plate very lightly sclerotized. Mesonotum dark brown,
a lighter patch at each posterolateral corner, just inside a very dark
corner margin ; a row of small sclerites on the sternum. Metano-
tum with the anterior sclerites (seta 1) broadly elliptical, the pos-
terior sclerites (seta 2) ovoid, and the lateral sclerites (seta 3)
narrow in front, broadened posteriorly ; dorsal hairs confined to
these sclerites. Legs typical for the subfamily Limnephilinae.

First abdominal segment with some 40 short, black hairs widely
scattered over the dorsum, about the same number on the ventral

oet., 19 G 3 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

107

surface, and in addition to these a ventromedian prominence,
slightly sclerotized, with about 12 more hairs; dorsal and lateral
humps moderately developed, the lateral humps lightly sclerotized
around the base. Gills stout, arising singly, arranged as in Fig. 11.
An oval sclerotized ring on the ventral surface of segments III to
VII inclusive. Sclerite on the dorsum of segment IX medium
brown, with 4 long hairs and 5 or 6 shorter hairs. No minute
bifid processes dorsad of the lateral line. Anal claws each with one
dorsal accessory tooth. Length of mature larva about 18 mm.

Pupa (Figs. 12, 13 ). — Unusual among other limne])hilid pupae
in having the sclerotized hook-bearing plates extending to the
eighth abdominal segment, rather than the seventh. Dififering
from many other limnephilid pupae in the presence of 3 short black
hairs on the basal segment of each antenna. The apex of each ter-
minal process not clavate as in Philarctus.

Case (Fig. 9). — Larval case composed of cjuadrate pieces of
decidnous leaves and thin bark fastened together to form a tubular
case with a prominent flange-like seam along each side ; the case,
in cross-section, broadly elliptical ; terminal pieces at the posterior
end generally fastened together around much of apical margins,
leaving a small central opening. This is a very unusual type of
larval case.

Pupal case apparently the same as the larval case, but with the
posterior end cut ofif truncately and stoj^ped with a silken sieve
membrane, with relatively few open meshes ; anterior end of the
case closed with pieces of leaves fastened flatly together by means of
a thin, sieve membrane between them.

Habitat. — Larvae of this species were found in several very small
cold spring streams and runs in western Canada. Adult emergence
dates indicated by the reared specimens listed below are probably
unusually late because the larvae were held in ice from late June
until the return to the laboratory on July 6. Adults probably
emerge over much of July, as indicated by the Alberta records fol-
lowing.

Material Examined. — Alberta: Cypress Hills Prov. Pk., 4—29
July 1952, 4(J' 35 (Can. Nat. Coll., Saskatoon) ; Jasper Nat. Pk.,
Cottonwood Cr., nr. Jasper, 20 June 1962, 2 larvae, 1 reared emer-
ging 7 Aug. 1962. British Columbia: Kootenay Nat. Pk., roadside
springs on Hwy. 93 nr. Mt. Assiniboine, 23 June 1962, many
larvae. Saskatchezvan : Cypress Hills Prov. Pk., spring run enter-
ing Loch Leven, 27 June 1962, many larvae, 2 reared, emerging
30 July and 3 Aug. 1962.

108

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Wiggins

Plate I

Philarctus quaeris (Milne). Fig. 1, Larva. Fig. 2, Larval
case of seeds. Fig. 3, Larval case of snail shells.

109

Wiggins Plate II

Philarctus quaeris (Milne). Fig. 4a, Larva, head and thorax.
Fig. 4b, Larva, mandibles, dorsal view. Fig. 5, Larva, diagram of
arrangement of gills. Fig. 6, Pupa, head. Fig. 7, Pupa, abdomen,
with enlarged views of sclerites.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Wiggins

Plate III

Chyranda centralis (Banks). Fig. 8, Larva. Fig. 9a, Larval
case. Fig. 9b, Cross-section of case, dorsum uppermost.

Oct., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

111

Wiggins Plate IV

Chyranda centralis (Banks). Fig. 10a, Larva, head and thorax.
Fig. 10b, Larva, mandibles, dorsal view. Fig. 11, Larva, diagram
of arrangement of gills. Fig. 12, Pupa, head. Fig. 13, Pupa,
abdomen, with enlarged views of sclerites.

112

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Acknowledgments

Support from the National Science Foundation (G22135) for the
continuing project from which the present study is derived is
acknowledged with appreciation. T. Yamamoto served as a stu-
dent assistant during the summer of 1962. The figures were pre-
pared by K. S. Pogany (larvae) and C. N. Storwick (pupae).

Literature Cited

Flint, O. S. 1960. Taxonomy and biology of nearctic limnephilid
larvae (Trichoptera) , with special reference to species in east-
ern United States. Ent. Amer. 40 (N.S.) : 1-120.

Ross, H. H. 1959. Trichoptera. In Ward and Whipple’s
Freshwater Biology. 2nd ed. Edited by W. T. Edmondson.
John Wiley & Sons, New York.

Schmid, F. 1*951. Le groupe de Enoicyla (Trichopt., Lim-
noph.). Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 94: 207-226.

1955. Contribution a I’etude des Limnophilidae

(Trichoptera). Univ. Lausanne, Switzerland, pp. 1-245.

LECTOTYPE DESIGNATION FOR RANATRA
QUADRIDENTATA STAL (HEMIPTERA:
NEPIDAE)

By Arnold S. Menke
University of California, Davis

Recently Dr. Eric Kjellander of the Stockholm Naturhistoriska
Riksmuseet sent me the syntypes of Ranatra quadridentata Stal for
study. Stal did not specify how many specimens he had before him
at the time of his description. One male and three female speci-
mens sent to me bear labels “Mexico,” Salle, and probably represent
the original series studied by Stal. In addition, one of the females
has a hand written label “4-dentata,” Stal, and a red “typus” label,
the latter obviously a recent addition. I am designating this speci-
men as lectotype.

Oct., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

113

The front femur and the anterior lobe of the pronotum are
shorter and stouter in the syntypes of qiiadridentata in comparison
with other material of this species from Mexico and the United
States, indicating that further study is needed to ascertain the sig-
nificance of this variation. Figure 1 illustrates the dorsal aspect of
the pronotum of a female qiiadridentata from Del Rio, Texas and
Figure 2 the pronotum of the lectotype. Figure 3 is a lateral view
of the front femur, tibia and tarsus of the lectotype. The prominent
tooth and semicircular notch near the apex of the femur are dis-
tinctive in this species.

Ranatra quad rid entata is a common insect in southern Arizona
and ranges westward to the Coachella and Imperial Valleys of Cali-
fornia. This species also occurs in southern Texas and the central
plateau region of Mexico.

114

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

LEPTOCORIS TRIVITTATUS (SAY) AND

CORIOMERIS HUMILIS UHL. IN NEW ENGLAND
(HEMIPTERA: COREIDAE)

By James A. Slater^ and Carl W. Schaefer^

In the present paper we have attempted to bring together exist-
ing records of the Box Elder Bug in New England and to report
the occurrence of another coreid hitherto unknown east of the
Mississippi River. ^

Leptocoris trivittatus (Say)

The Box Elder Bug is a well known pest in the western and
midwestern United States. It breeds upon the Box Elder tree or
Ash-leaved maple (Acer negundo L.) and often becomes a distinct
nuisance in towns and farmyards, particularly in the fall of the year
when the adults leave the trees to hibernate on or within houses.

Although apparently originally a western species, the insect has
been extending its range eastward for many years. There have
been reports in the economic literature for a considerable period
from New York and the middle Atlantic states, but it has not been
thought to be present in New England. (McAtee (1926) noted
its eastward' trend and arrival in the District of Columbia).

L. triznttatiis came to our attention several years ago when it
was reported in outbreak numbers from several Connecticut lo-
calities. Since the species is not recorded from New England in
any of the comprehensive hemipterological works (Van Duzee
1917, Parshley 1923, Blatchley 1926, Torre Bueno 1941) , we have
attempted by a review of the often ephemeral economic literature
and by correspondence to ascertain when the bug entered New
England and its current status in the area.

The Box Elder Bug became established in New England in the
1940’s although the first literature records occur almost simulta-
neously in 1953 and 1954. (Coop. Econ. Ins. Rpt. 3:294 — New
Hampshire (1953); 4:12 — Massachusetts: 4:95 — Rhode Island
(1954).)

The earliest authenticated specimens we have been able to dis-
cover are from Storrs, Ct., in 1940 (Parshley Coll., Calif. Acad.

^ Department of Zoology and Entomology, University of Con-
necticut, Storrs, Connecticut.

5 Department of Biology, Brooklyn College, Brooklyn 10, N. Y.

^ Torre-Bueno (1921) records Coriomeris humilis (Uhler)
from St. Petersburg, Ela. and this distribution is followed by
Blatchley (1926). However, Torre-Bueno (1941) does not in-
clude Elorida in the distribution. Until the original material can
be examined this must remain a questionable record.

Oct., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

115

Sci.) ; and Amherst, Mass., in 1942 (U. Mass. coll.). There are
specimens from Willimantic, Conn, taken in Oct. 1949 (U. Conn,
coll.) ; from Providence, R. I., in Sept. 1953 (U.R. Is. coll.) ; and
from Amherst, Mass, in 1953 (U. Mass. coll.).

In the U. of Massachusetts collection are two specimens taken
in October, 1923, and bearing the label “Springfield.” One infers
that this is Springfield, Massachusetts, but the ambignity of the
label and the 19 years between this and the next available record
makes it suspect. However, it is quite possible that the species
was present in New England in very small numbers at that time.
In any event the Box Elder Bug first appears as a pest species in
houses at the end of the 1940’s and in the early 1950’s. Since
1953 it has been reported three additional times in the literature
(Coop. Econ. Ins. Rpt. (1957) 7:933 and (1961) 9:390— Rhode
Island; (1958) 3* :327 — Connecticnt) . We have also obtained the
following records subsequent to 1954:

Connecticut: Storrs 1955, Willimantic 1956 (U. Conn.) ; Wind-
sor 1957, 1958, 1960, South Windsor 1959, New Milford 1959,
Plainfield 1961 (Conn. Agr. Expt. Sta. “blue book”).

Massachusetts: Springfield 1958. (Conn. Agr. Expt. Sta.)

Rhode Island: Kingston 1955, W. Warwick 1958 (U. Rhode Is.)

Nezu Hampshire : Manchester 1955, 1957, 1961. (U. N. Hamp.)

Interestingly the Box Elder Bug has not yet been reported from
Vermont and Maine although we have received information from
the U. of Maine and the U. of Vermont collections.

The irregular and widely separated locality data are almost cer-
tainly not fortuitous and reflect only in part the location of collec-
tors and academic institutions. Most of the reports have come
from economic workers in reply to requests for aid when the in-
sect has become a nuisance. The scattered records probably reflect
the distributional picture of an animal at the periphery of its range
or where it is extending the limits of its range. In the case of
Leptocoris trivittatus this irregular distributional picture is accent-
uated by its marked host specificity. Despite occasional feeding
by the adults upon fruits, ornamentals, etc., the Box Elder Bug is
normally restricted as a breeding species to Acer negundo. This
rapidly growing tree is rare as a native species east of the Alle-
ghenies but has been planted in a number of towns throughout the
northeast and many of the trees have attained maturity. We have
no evidence of the outbreak of the species except where there is an
association with the host tree.

In addition to the New England records cited above the United
States National Museum possesses specimens from the following
states, many of which have not previously been reported in the
literature :

116

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society lviii

Arizona

Colorado

District of Columbia

Florida

Illinois

Iowa

Kansas

Maryland

Minnesota

Missouri
Montana
Nebraska
New Jersey
New Mexico
New York
North Dakota
Oklahoma
Pennsylvania

South Dakota
Tennessee
Texas
Utah
Virginia
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Saskatchewan
Alberta ( F roeschner
coll.)

The attempt to trace the spread of this conspicuous and brightly
colored insect has brought home to us the deplorable decline in the
study of local faunas in the past decades. Granting the abuses
and provincialisms that such studies have often exhibited in the
past, they remain the only practical means by which really detailed
knowledge can be obtained for analysis of expansions and contrac-
tions of ranges and to delineate the faunal composition as it re-
flects changing environmental and ecological conditions. The en-
tomologist cannot but be envious of the data available to the
ornithologist when the latter attempts to document the spread in
New England of such birds as the Cardinal and the Tufted Tit-
mouse.

Coriomeris humilis (Uhler)

This coreid was described by Uhler (1872) from Calif., Colo.,
and Kans. ; and it was reported by Blatchley (1926) and Torre
Bueno (1946) from Calif, to Kans. and north to Brit. Col.

In May, 1960, a single male specimen was collected by a student
(R. Darrow) in an introductory entomology course, from Storrs,
Connecticut (J. A. Slater coll.). This may represent a fortuitous
individual far east of its range. However, the distribution is not
so exclusively western as the literature would indicate. The U.
of Michigan museum collection possesses specimens from Lucas
Co., Ohio and seven counties in Michigan (Marquette, Oakland,
Washtenaw, Otsego, Saginaw, Crawford and Cheboygan). In
addition, the Calif. Acad. Sci. possesses a single specimen from
Berrien County. These Michigan records (four from northern
counties) are of considerable interest, as are additional ones from
southern Canada. Three specimens in the Entomology Research
Institute of the Canada Department of Agriculture were collected
from Wellington (1916) and Pt. Pelee (1931), Ontario; and
Moore (1950) records it from St. Thomas de Joliette, Quebec.

There is a definite although poorly understood hemipterous
fauna that is predominantly western but extends far eastward in
the northern tier of states and in southern Canada (the mirid

Oct., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

117

Lahops liirtus Knight is another example (see Slater, 1954)).
The occurrence of C. humilis in Connecticut may therefore repre-
sent an extreme eastern point in a range across the northern states
rather than merely a stray individual.

Acknowledgments

We wish to express our appreciation to the following individuals
for sending information on material present in their respective
institutions: R. T. Bell (U. Vermont), J. G. Conklin (U. New
Hampshire), R. C. Froeschner (U.S. National Museum), Leonora
K. Gloyd (Illinois Nat. Hist. Survey), K. E. Hyland (U. Rhode
Island), L. A. Kelton (Entomology Research Inst., Canada Dept.
Agric.), J. N. Knull (Ohio State U.), J. B. Kring and D. E.
Leonard (Conn. Agric. Exper. Station), T. E. Moore (U. Mich-
igan), C. V. Reichart (Providence College), J. C. Schaffner (Iowa
State U.), G. W. Simpson (U. Maine), M. *E. Smith (U. Massa-
chusetts). In addition, Mr. P. D. Ashlock (U. Calif., Berkeley)
kindly checked the Parshley Collection at the Calif. Acad. Sci.

Literature Cited

Blatchey, W. S. 1926. Heteroptera of Eastern North America.
Nature Publ. Co., Indianapolis.

McAtee, W. L. 1926. Notes on Nearctic Hemiptera. Ent.

News 37: 13-16.

Moore, G. A. 1950. Check-list of Hemiptera of the province
of Quebec. Natural. Canad. 77 : 49. (Reprint Pagination).
Parshley, H. M. 1923. Eamily Coreidae. In Britton, Hemip-
tera of Connecticut. Bui. Conn. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. 34:
746-753.

Slater, J. A. 1954. Notes on the genus Lahops Burmeister in
North America, with the descriptions of three new species
(Hemiptera: Miridae). Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 49 : 57-65,
89-94.

Torre-Bueno, J. R. 1921. New records of Elorida bugs. Bui.
Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 16: 61.

. 1941. A synopsis of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of

America North of Mexico. Part H. Ent. Amer. 21 :
41-122.

Uhler, P. R. 1872. Notice of the Hemiptera of the Western
Territories of the U. S., chiefly from the surveys of Dr.
F. V. Hayden. Prelim. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Montana
pp. 392-423.

Van Duzee, E. P. 1917. Catalogue of the Hemiptera of
America North of Mexico. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entom. 2:
1-902.

118

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Soeiety

MISCELLANEOUS PREY RECORDS OF SOLITARY
WASPS. V. (HYMENOPTERA: ACULEATA)^

By Karl V. Krombein^

In the present contribution I am reporting some miscellaneous
prey records and other biological observations made during 1960-
1962 on solitary predaceous wasps of the families Pompilidae and
Spbecidae at Plummers Island, Maryland, and in Arlington, Vir-
ginia. I am indebted to the following specialists for identifications of
the prey or parasites of the wasps : My colleagues R. H. Foote, J. P.
Kramer, C. W. Sabrosky and D. M. Weisman for Diptera, Hemip-
tera and Coleoptera ; W. J. Gertscb and W. Ivie, American Mu-
seum of Natural History, for Araneae ; and W. L. Downes, Jr.,
University of Illinois, for Diptera.

Family Pompilidae
Episyron q. quinquenotatus (Say)

Two females of this wasp were taken with their prey on sandy
beaches on Plummers Island. One of the wasps (73061 A), 8 mm.
long, was captured at 1530 on July 30, 1961. She was taken on a
low bush with a paralyzed, immature araneid spider, Araneus sp.,
4.5 mm. long. The second wasp (72162 A), 9 mm. long, was cap-
tured at 1645 on July 21, 1962, just after she had left her paralyzed
araneid prey on a small cottonwood leaf 23 cm. above the ground.
This spider was an immature male of Neoscona arabesca (Walck.),
6 mm. long. I watched a third female (72162 D) excavate a shal-
low burrow in the same locality at 1715 on July 21, 1962. She
abandoned this project, and presumably dug another burrow else-
where.

Family Sphecidae
Podimn luetuosum Smith

I watched a female of this species sealing her nest entrance with
mud at Plummers Island on July 17, 1961. The nest was in a boring
in a large, dead, standing, barked tree with sound wood, in dense
shade just a few meters above the Potomac River. Several weeks
later I chiseled out this nest and obtained a mature larva which was
preserved for taxonomic study. On July 21, 1962, I watched an-
other female (72162 E) near the cabin from 2000 to 2020. She

^ The preceding number in this series was published in Bui.
Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 56: 62-65, 1961.

^ Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

Oct., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

119

was gathering mud near the outdoor fireplace and then flying ofif
high into the air. Presumably her nest was in a dead, standing
linden nearby, because the wasp returned at frequent intervals for
more mud. That the wasp was working into the late dusk is
remarkable.

Gorytes (G.) canaliculatus Packard

A small population of this species nests in coarse sand at the
upper end of Plummers Island. On July 17, 1961, at 1400 I cap-
tured a female, 8.5 mm. long, hovering low over the sand with her
paralyzed leafhopper prey. The latter was a pale-green, adult
female cicadellid. Macro psis viridis (Fitch), 5.3 mm. long. On
June 9, 1962, I dug up a nest of this wasp (6962 A) in the same
area. The burrow was on a slight slope and nearly 5 mm. in diam-
eter. It went in at an angle of 10° to the horizontal for nearly 4
cm., then turned at right angles and went downward at an angle of
45° for another 10 cm. The cell was in moist sand nearly 13 cm.
below the surface. It held a dozen, mostly fifth-instar, cicadellid
nymphs, 4. 5-6.0 mm. long, of a species of Idiocerus. There was no
wasp egg, so presumably the cell was not completely stored. I did
not capture the wasp. I dug up a second incomplete burrow
(6962 B) on the same date. It also had a diameter of nearly 5 mm.,
went in at a 20° angle, and ended about 3 cm. from the entrance.

Cerceris insolita Cresson

This species also nests in the coarse sand on the beach at the
upper end of Plummers Island. I captured a female (72261 A), 9
mm. long, at 1430 on July 22, 1961. She was hovering in the air
just above her burrow entrance near a small plant, and was carry-
ing her paralyzed beetle prey. The latter was a dark-green
chrysomelid, Rhabdopteriis praete.vtus (Say), 5 mm. long. I did
not excavate the burrow.

Crossoceriis (C.) planipes (Fox)

I found two nests of this species at Plummers Island, both in
partially shaded, bare soil. The first female (6461 A), 5.8 mm.
long, was caught as she left her burrow near the picnic table at 1 500
on June 4, 1961. The burrow went downward at a shallow angle
of 20°-30°, had two angulations, and ended in a cell about 3 cm.
below the surface. This cell was only partially stored ; it contained
five empidid flies, Drapetis sp., 2-2.5 mm. long. A second cell, to
one side and about a centimeter nearer the surface, contained 16
flies of the same species and a wasp egg. Both cells were ovoid and
about 6 mm. long. I captured the second female (52662 A), 5.2

120

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

mm. long, on May 26, 1962, as she left her burrow in a sloping
woodland path. The entrance had a diameter of about 3 mm., and
was surrounded by a low tumulus of fine grains of excavated soil
about 25 mm. long and 15 mm. wide. Most of this spoil heap was
on the downhill side of the entrance ; it was about 8 mm. high to the
left of the entrance, but most of it was only 1-3 mm. high. The
burrow went downward at a shallow angle for about 3 cm. to a
depth of 0.8 cm., then turned downward at an angle of about 60°
to a point 2 cm. below the surface. I found a cell about 2 cm. from
the lower end of this burrow at a depth of about 2.5 cm. Although
there was no visible connection between the cell and the end of the
burrow, the cell in all probability had been completely stored by this
wasp and the part of the burrow leading to it solidly filled in. There
were no other burrows in this section of the path. The cell con-
tained 13 paralyzed empidid flies, Chersodromia sp., 2.5 mm. long.
I did not recover a wasp egg, but it may have been knocked ofif un-
noticed when I removed the flies from the cell.

Ectemnius {Hypocrahro) continuus (Fabricius)

I found a nest (11760 A) of this crahronine wasp in a rotten
pear limb near my home in Arlington on November 7, 1960. It
consisted of several burrows with cells separated from each other
by 10-20 mm. of tightly packed hits of rotten wood. Altogether
there were seven or eight cells in the section of limb which I recov-
ered. Four of the cells contained crahronine cocoons, 11-13 mm.
long, and a fifth cell contained the large puparium of a dipterous
parasite. In the other two or three cells the wasps failed to develop,
and only the dipterous prey remained. The dipterous prey from
these cells was identified as follows : Calliphoridae, 5 Pollenia rudis
(F.) and 2 Pliaenicia (?) sp. ; Tachinidae, 1 Winthemia sp. ; Sar-
cophagidae, 1 Sarcophaga sens. lat. ; and Muscidae, 1 specimen,
genus and species unidentifiable. The live material, except for one
wasp larva preserved for taxonomic study, was kept outside from
November 14, 1960, to March 24, 1961. A female of continuus
emerged from one of the cocoons on April 5. On April 7 a male of
Macronychia aiirata (Coq.) emerged from the dipterous puparium.
This is the first host record for an American Macronychia ; some of
the European species have also been reared from crahronine wasps.

Oxybelus emarginatus Say

I captured a female (6962 C), 4.7 mm. long, with her prey on
coarse sand at Plummers Island at 1235 on June 9, 1962. The prey
was a male dolichopodid fly, Gymnopternus sp., 3.5 mm. long.

Oct., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

121

OBSERVATIONS OF SUSPECTED DENSITY
DEPENDENT FIGHTING BETWEEN FEMALES
OF THE CICADA KILLER WASP
SPHECIUS SPECIOSUS

By Norman Lin^

Fighting between females of the cicada killer wasp, Sphecius
speciosus (Drury), is virtually unknown, there being only one pub-
lished account of fighting, and that dififered from the kind discussed
in this paper. On August 2, 1961, in the Parade Grounds, a sandlot
ball field in Brooklyn, New York, a female cicada killer climbing a
fence while holding prey (in order to get enough altitude for a
successful flight to her nest) was suddenly pounced upon by an-
other female in flight which then fought with her. The cicada
dropped to the ground and about a second later both females, locked
in wrestling, also fell to the ground where they continued to wrestle
and buzz loudly. A small cage (approximately three inches by six
inches) was placed over them after about five minutes of fighting
and they continued to wrestle for about five minutes more in the
cage. They then ceased fighting and showed no apparent interest in
each other, even though they were next to one another much of the
time because of the small size of their quarters. They were kept
together under similar conditions of crowding for a week with no
observed change in their behavior.

On August 20, 1961, a female cicada killer was noted on the
sparsely vegetated ground adjacent to the same fence. Another
female carrying a cicada was on the ground about two feet away,
and still a third female landed about six inches from the first.
These two met, grasped each other, and wrestled for a few seconds.
They then separated and disappeared, presumably down one or two
of the several nest burrows in the immediate vicinity.

The female carrying the cicada was frightened from the area a
number of times by passing people. She returned each time to pick
up the cicada. On one occasion, she landed several feet away, and
only a few inches from another female. The two females met and
wrestled for a few seconds.

These aggressive situations involving fighting pairs of females
were rare, at least in the vicinity of the four major Parade Ground
colonies. Studies of these colonies, which are located on approxi-
mately equal sized sandy footpaths along opposite sides of two
adjacent baseball fields, have been in progress for the last six years

^ Department of Zoology, The University of Kansas.

122

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

(1956-61), and most intensively for the last four years. This type
of aggressive activity was observed three times and only during the
1961 season. Females, however, have occasionally directed seem-
ingly aggressive flights at other females (without prey) and males
in flight (Lin, 1963). Another type of fighting is food induced and
will be discussed in a later paper.

The factors responsible for the aggressive activity described
above are unknown. There is,, however, some evidence that such
fighting is associated with high population density. The colony in
which the fighting occurred had, in 1961, a larger population size
and density than other colonies during the period of study, with the
possible exception of 1956, when only a relatively insignificant
amount of data was obtained. This colony’s population size and
seemingly its density were almost four times as great as its previous
high in 1960, and almost four times as great as the second largest
colony studied.

The total amount of time spent in observing the wasps from
1956-61 was considerably greater than that amount spent in the
largest colony in 1961, and the total number of wasps for all these
seasons was more than 2^ times greater than the number in the
largest colony in 1961. Consequently, these observations of fighting
were not associated with a greater amount of observation time nor
with a larger number of observed wasps.

The fighting observed on August 20 also lends support to the
view that the fighting is density dependent. There were three or
four female wasps on the ground in a small area, and pairs only
inches apart met and fought on two occasions. In preceding sea-
sons there were no observations of two or more females so close
together on the ground. The occurrence of chance meetings as a
result of high density cannot be the entire explanation for the
fights, however, since females kept in confined quarters in captivity
continually encounter each other without fighting.

The observation made on August 2 might also in part be a conse-
quence of high density though this is not nearly as evident. This
situation differs from the other two in the following ways :

1. A female in flight pounced directly on another female.

2. The female which was pounced upon was carrying a cicada.

3. The fighting lasted considerably longer.

While the two fights observed on August 20 seemed to involve
chance meetings, this almost definitely was not the case on August
2 when a female apparently “deliberately” pounced on another.
Because the latter female was carrying a cicada, there is some
reason to suspect that the cicada was wholly or partly responsible
for triggering the attack.

Oct; 196S BiiUetin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

123

Such fighting l)etween nesting females is possibly a mechanism
for regulating population size possibly by causing emigration or
alTecting reproduction.

Reference

Lin, Norman. 1963. Territorial behavior in the cicada killer
wasp Sphccius skcciosKS (Drury) (Hymenoptera : Sphecidae)
I. Behaviour 20 : 1 1 5-133.

THREE STONEFLIES (PLECOPTERA) FROM
CAPE THOMPSON, ALASKA^

By Stanley G. Jewett, Jr.^

Among the large collections of invertebrates secured during 1959,
1960 and 1961 by General Electric Company biologists assigned to
Project Chariot^ near Cape Thompson, Alaska, are several score
stonefly nymphs and adults. These were sent to me for identifica-
tioiT and include the three species recorded below.

The streams where the specimens were collected are situated in
an arctic tundra environment. Collecting sites on Ogotoruk Creek
are about nine miles inland from the coast, and on the Kukpuk
River, about fifteen miles inland northeast from the mouth of
Ogotoruk Creek. Keeseemalowk Creek runs parallel to Ogotoruk
Creek and enters the sea about four miles southeast of Ogotoruk
Creek.

Specimens are deposited in the collections of the United States

^ Supported by NSF Grant G12858, National Science Founda-
tion.

^ 7742 S.E. 27th Avenue, Portland 2, Oregon.

^ A proposal of the United States Atomic Energy Commission’s
Plowshare Program which involves testing nuclear explosives for
harbor and channel excavation. The project site is at the mouth of
Ogotoruk Creek (Weichold, 1962).

^ I am grateful to Jared J. Davis, formerly of Hanford Labora-
tories of General Electric Company, for sending the material to me
for study.

124

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

National Museum (USNM), California Academy of Sciences
(CAS), Hanford Laboratories (HL), and the writer (SGJ).

Nemoiira arctica Esben-Petersen

Ricker (1952, p. 36) records this species from Alaska to Hud-
son Bay, south to Churchill, Manitoba.

Judging from abundant nymphal material this species is common
in Ogotoruk Creek. Wings of the adults vary in length but none
extends less than to the end of the abdomen. Wings of some of
the female specimens are fully developed.

The material contains many score nymphs of various sizes and
the following adult specimens from Ogotoruk Creek and adjacent
headwater ponds: IJ' 2 2?, 21 lime, 1960, D. G. Watson (SGJ) ;
1 1 ?, 28 June, 1960, W. C. Hanson (HL) ; 2 2?, 29 June, 1960,

D. G. Watson (USNM); 1 2* 30 Tune, 1961, T- T- Davis
(USNM) ; 2 J'J'222. 25 June, 1960, D. J. Watson (CAS, SGJ).

Capnia ogotoruka, n. sp.

Coloration and structural details typical for genus.

Male. — Length of body, 6. 5-7. 5 mm., wings, 8-10 mm. Body
and appendages heavily sclerotized, dark brown on upper surfaces,
lighter below. First 9 abdominal segments without special modi-
fication ; 9th sternite without a lobe ; no prominent humps or knobs
on any tergites, low humps on 9th ; light, medium, narrow stripe
across first 9 tergites. Supra-anal process. Figure 1, reflexed,
reaching nearly across tergite 9, slightly thickened midway in its
length in both dorsal and lateral view, the tip with sharp median
projection.

Female. — Similar in general features to the male but somewhat
larger. Subgenital plate recessed. Figure lA, with a broadly-
rounded apical portion. There is a pair of large, oval, darkly-
pigmented areas on the sternite at either side of the plate.

Types. — Holotype male and one paratype male, Ogotoruk Creek
(Upper Station), Cape Thompson, Alaska, 28 July, 1960, W.C.
Hanson (USNM). Allotype female, Ogotoruk Creek (Pond 4),
Cape Thompson, Alaska, 20 Sept., 1961, R. Adee (USNM). Ad-
ditional paratypes as follows : Mouths of Ogotoruk and Keeseema-
lowk Creeks, 2 2 22» 1 August, 1961, J. J. Davis ( HL & SGJ) ;

Upper Station, Ogotoruk Creek, male. 30 Tune, 1961, T- T- Davis
(SGJ) ; Ogotoruk Creek, 2 6 Aug., 1961 (CAS).'

Discussion. — This species is near C. projecta Frison and C.
oenone Neave, differing from both principally in the shape of the

Oct., i9(i3 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

125

male supra-anal process. It goes to C. oenone Neave in couplet
24 in my key to the males of Capnia found in the Pacific Northwest
(1959, p. 43) but ditfiers from that species in being slightly smaller
and in having a differently shaped snpra-anal process, particularly
in dorsal view.

Arcynopteryx com pact a MacLachlan

A single female specimen of this northern species was taken
along the shore of the Kukpuk River, June 23, 1961, by W. C.
Hanson (USNM). The species is transcontinental in the arctic
region (Ricker, 1952, p. 70.

References

Je'wett, S. G., Jr. 1959. The Stoneflies (Plecoptera) of the
Pacific Northwest. Oregon State Monographs, Studies in
Entomology, Number 3, Corvallis, Oregon.

Ricker, Wm. E. 1952. Systematic Studies in Plecoptera. In-
diana University Publications, Science Series No. 18, In-
diana University. Bloomington, Indiana.

Weichold, B. (Editor). 1962. Bioenvironmental Features of the
Ogotornk Creek Area, Cape Thompson, Alaska. United States
Atomic Energy Commission, TID- 17226. Office of Technical
Services, Department of Commerce, Washington 25, D. C.

126

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

TECHNIQUES FOR DETERMINING THORACIC
SCALE PATTERNS ON ALCOHOL-PRESERVED
MOSQUITOES^

By Robert G. Means, Amherst, Mass.

Occasionally, as with the author’s study of host preferences, adult
mosquitoes must be preserved in alcohol for future determination.
Since the identification of many species depends upon the thoracic
scale patterns, and since the scales are pale and therefore extremely
difficult to see in alcohol-preserved specimens, it was important to
devise a technique for making the scales more readily visible.

Various stains and dyes were tried in an attempt to gain color
contrast between the scales and the light thoracic background. For
the author’s specimens of Culex and Aedes preserved in 80% ethyl
alcohol the following methods achieved the desired results :

1. The scales could be seen more easily and more accurately
when the alcohol was replaced with malachite green stain
in a 5 ppm absolute alcohol solution just prior to examina-
tion.

2. Even better results were obtained if the specimens were
stained with safranin 0 (5% aqueous) for 12-18 hours,
then rinsed with water and placed in the malachite green
solution.

In both cases described above, the malachite green serves only as a
contrasting background and does not stain the specimens. The
safranin 0 colors the internal organs and parts of the exoskeleton a
deep red but tends not to affect the scales. The red-stained thorax
and the green-blue alcohol serve very effectively to define the scale
patterns.

It should be noted that overstaining may make the scales pinkish
and more difficult to see than not staining at all. Also, staining does
cause some other taxonomically important parts to be less easily
seen, for example, banding of legs and palps and coloring of wing
scales. Therefore, the staining method should be applied only when
a study of thoracic or abdominal scale patterns is necessary for
identification. To reduce chances of losing scales, it is best to
decant and replace the liquids rather than to transfer the specimens
from one liquid to another.

^ Contribution No. 1364 from the entomological laboratories of
The University of Massachusetts. Part of a project on host prefer-
ences of mosquitoes, supported by New York State Museum and
Science Service.

Oct., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

127

A NEW PARASIMULIUM AND FURTHER RECORDS
FOR THE TYPE SPECIES (DIPTERA: SIMULIIDAE)

By Alan Stone^

The genus Parasiniiiliuni Malloch has, until recently, been known
from a single male only. Recently more specimens of the type-
species, P. furcatum Malloch, have been brought to light and a
single, headless male of a second species has been found. It is
unfortunate that the head of the type of the new species is missing,
since some of the most interesting features of the genus lie in the
head. However, I am describing the species in spite of its mutila-
tion because of the great interest the genus has aroused among
simuliidologists. I hope this note will stimulate further search for
the females and immature stages so that the correct position of the
genus within the family can be established.

Parasimulium melanderi, n. sp.

Almost black species, the wings somewhat milky white. Head
missing. Scutum brownish black, subshining, with appressed
brown hair. Setae on thorax dark, those on pronotum long and
curved, on propleuron shorter and straighter, a proclinate group an-
terior to scutellum, and an irregular row of long curved ones on
margin of scutellum. Rest of thorax bare. Halter dark. Wing
2.2 mm. long. Costa, subcosta, and radius yellowish brown, the
other veins very weak and pale. Venation as in Fig. 1. Stem vein
with long dark setae. All strong veins with rather long, slender
hairs, particularly dorsally. No trace of basal cell ; submedian fork
scarcely indicated. Legs nearly black, with concolorous hair. Fe-
mora and tibiae somewhat flattened. First hind tarsomere about
four times as long as wide, scarcely narrowed at ends. Ratio of
hind tarsomeres 1 to 3 as 9 : 4 : 2. Abdomen dark, the basal fringe
very long, dark brown. Terminalia with ventral plate as figured
(Figs. 3, 4) ; paramere as figured (Fig. 2) the distimere slightly
longer than basimere, flat, rounded distally, with no tooth.

Holotype; Male, Nooksack River, Mt. Baker, Washington, 11
Aug. 1925, A. L. Melander (U. S. National Museum).

This species can be readily distinguished from furcatum by its
entirely dark colors in contrast to furcatum with yellow basal ab-
dominal segments and legs. As A. L. Melander has collected seven
of the eight known specimens of Parasimulium, it is appropriate
that this new species be named in his honor.

^ Entomology Research Division, Agric. Res. Serv., U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

128

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Society

Parasimulium fureatmn Malloch

A short note was published on the discovery of a second locality
for this species (Stone, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 64: 174, 1962).
Further search through the Melander collection revealed four more
specimens, bringing the total number to seven. All were males and
nothing that could possibly be the female of this species was dis-
covered. The collection data for the entire series are as follows,
all but the holotype having been collected by Melander, and each
locality (except Viento) represented by one specimen only.

California: Bair’s Ranch, Redwood Creek, Humboldt Co., H.

S. Barber (holotype). Bolling Park, 19 June 1935: This locality
is not certain but is probably Bolling Grove in the Humboldt Red-
woods area, Humboldt County. Oregon: Eagle Creek, Hood

River County, 15 June 1925: According to Mrs. Melander this
specimen came from Eagle Creek Park near Bonneville and not
from the Eagle Creek east of Oregon City in Clackamas County.
Corvallis, Benton County, 21 June 1925. Benson Park, Multno-
mah County, 24 June 1935 : Southwest of Bonneville, Viento,
Hood River County, 1 July 1917.

Figs. 1-4, Parasimuliiim rnelanderi, n. sp. 1, Wing. 2, Para-
mere, ventral view. 3, Ventral plate, ventral view. 4, ventral
plate, lateral view.

Oct., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

129

It is of interest to note that four of the specimens were collected
along the north border of Oregon in three different years and that
all of the known collecting dates are between June 15 and July 1.
These dates contrast with the August 11 date for P. melanderi.

Parasimulium melanderi does possess certain characters in com-
mon with the type species not particularly noted in previous de-
scriptions of the genus, as follows : The meso- and metapleuron en-
tirely without hairs or scales ; no basal cell in the wing ; submedian
fork very indistinct or absent ; no spine at tip of distimere. I hope
that an additional characteristic is not that females and immatures
are immune to capture by man.

A NEW PANAMANIAN STINK BUG (HETEROPTERA ;

PENTATOMIDAE, DISCOCEPHALINAE)

By Herbert Ruckes^

In the course of field work conducted during 1962 in Panama
and Costa Rica numerous interesting Heteroptera were captured.
Among these was an outstanding pentatomid procured in the high-
lands of the state of Chiriqui, Panama. Unfortunately only a
single female specimen was taken, but that one is so distinctive
that it merits a new generic and specific name. It was collected
while sweeping herbaceous vegetation on a previously burned-over
jungle area, and at the time no notes were made concerning its
food preferences.

Selenochilus, gen. n.

Closely related to Oncodochilus Fieher, subgenus Oncoeochilus
Breddin.

Ovate, depressed above, moderately convex beneath. Head and
anterior two-thirds of pronotum declivous.

Head longer than wide between the eyes ; lateral margins with-
out an anteocular spinous process, the region there merely

^ Research Associate, Department of Entomology, the American
Museum of Natural History, and Professor Emeritus, the City
University of New York. This study was supported in part by
National Science Eoundation grant G-9830.

130

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society lviii

thickened, then convexly arcuate, subparallel without distinct am-
pliation ; juga longer than tylus, slightly incurved but not con-
tiguous, leaving a distinct apical sinus ; ocelli three times as far
apart as distant from the eyes ; tylus slightly swollen at its
middle but not distinctly umbonate there. Antennae reaching
the middle of scutellum, segment II shorter than I and about half
the length of III.

Pronotum subhexagonal, posterolateral margins short, about
one-third length of anterolateral margins ; anterior margin very
slightly wider than head through the eyes, centrally concave-ar-
cuate, then obliquely truncate laterally, no intramarginal groove or
furrow present ; anterolateral margins entire, essentially straight,
thinly carinate, distinctly reflexed. Scutellum subtriangular, about
twice as long as wide at its base, frena ending well past the middle,
postfrenal portion distinctly shorter than prefrenal part, the
margins converging to a somewhat narrowly rounded apex.
Hemelytral membranes slightly exceeding abdominal apex, veins
few and simple. Connexival angles not produced.

Bucculae prominent, strongly elevated, triangular in lateral
aspect, slightly divergent posteriorly. Labrum proportionately
large, very much compressed, distinctly lunate in silhouette (hence
Selenochilus) from the lateral aspect, its free (ventral) margin
forming about two-thirds the arc of a circle, its surface transversely
rugulose. Rostrum arising in line with antennal tubercles and
eyes, surpassing the metacoxae, segment I exceeding the bucculae
but not attaining middle of prosternum, segments II, III, and IV
subequal. Mesosternum with a broad, low, subcalloused median
ridge. Metasternum broadly hexagonal, tumid, its posterior sur-
face weakly impressed. Mesocoxae and metacoxae farther apart
from themselves transversely than they are distant from one
another longitudinally. Posterior tibiae weakly curved, tarsi two-
segmented. Pairs of trichobothria lying laterad of an imaginary
longitudinal line joining the row of spiracles.

Female genital plates apparently five in number, the basal ones
triangular, a little wider than long, the median one subtrapezoidal,
the apical ones elliptical, widely separated from one another and
convergent posteriorly.

Tvpe Species — Selenochilus nitidus, new genus, new species.

Notes. — This genus differs from OncodochUus, and the sub-
genus Oncoeochilus by the reflexed lateral margins of the prono-
tum, reduction of anteocular spinous processes to mere thickened
margins, more widely spaced ocelli, longer frena and more nar-
rowly rounded scutellar apex, slightly curved posterior tibiae.

Oct., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

131

longer hemelytral membranes with simple veins, and five plates in
the female genitalia.

Relationship to Oncoeochilus is shown by the apically incised
head, presence of a broad subcallonsed median ridge on the mesos-
ternum, and tarsi composed of two segments.

Fieber put his genus Oncodochilus in the family Sciocoridae
along with Dryptocephala, Discocephala, and several other Old
World genera. Stal transferred the three genera mentioned above
to the Discocephalinae as a subfamily of the Cimicidae (= Pen-
tatomidae). Later, Kirkaldy reduced the Discocephalinae to tri-
bal status, but retained the phyletic relationship of these genera.
That Dryptocephala and Discocephala are true discocephalines is
beyond question. Certain characters evident in Oncodochilus and
the new genus S elenochilus make me question their close affilia-
tion with Dryptocephala and Discocephala ; certain aspects of them
tend to make me believe that they are intermediate genera between
the Discocephalinae on the one hand and the tribe Halyini of the
Pentatominae on the other, and may be more closely allied to the
Halyini. For the time being I am retaining Oncodochilus and
Selenochilus in the Discocephalinae with the proviso that future
analysis of these genera may cause me to change my mind and
remove them from that position.

Selenochilus nitidus, sp. n

Rich brownish testaceous, very glossy ; above overlain with very
fine, darker brown, shallow punctures, beneath essentially im-
punctate except for some extremely fine, vague punctures on the
thoracic pleura and submarginal area of the abdomen.

Head three-fourths median length of pronotum, surface some-
what undulant or irregular ; vertex feebly elevated, its anterior
margin declivous ; tylus without a distinct umbo at its middle ;
punctures irregularly distributed with a vague oblique rugosity evi-
dent ; lateral margins shallowly sinuate just before eyes and slightly
thickened there. Antennae finely setose, medium brown, segment
V and apical portion of IV flavescent ; segmental ratios: 30/19/-
40/50/70, i.e., segment HI about twice as long as segment II,
segment V longest.

Pronotum two and one-half times as wide across the humeri
as long medially, surface slightly convex, punctures unequally
distributed, not dense, most of them two to five times as far apart
as their own diameters, sparsest across the transhumeral area ;
cicatrices vague with a posteriorly evanescent pale, median line
between them. Scutellum as described for the genus, very slightly

132

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

longer than wide at base, basal third feebly convex ; punctures
about twice as far apart as their diameters, vaguely arranged in
transverse arcuate lines, leaving a slightly rugose condition across
the middle of the disc. Hemelytra more uniformly and densely
punctured than elsewhere ; free apical margin of corium straight,
external apical angle roundly acute ; an obscure pale, discal spot
present ; membranes pale smoky yellow darkening basally, veins
concolorous, three in number, and simple. Connexivum uni-
formly fuscous, very finely and densely punctured, connexival
angles rectilinear and not produced.

Bucculae, labrum, and rostrum as described for the genus, the
the terminal rostral segment reaching the posterior margin of
basal abdominal sternite. Thoracic pleural areas somewhat darker
than sternal areas, with fine punctures. Mesosternum shallowly
impressed on each side of its median raised ridge. Surface of
metasternum tumid, posterior margin truncate. Metapleural os-
tiole with a raised, short, curved, spatulate auricle which ends
abruptly before reaching the middle of the plate ; evaporatorium
quite extensive. Legs more or less uniformly colored, tibiae and
tarsi tending to be a little darker than femora. Abdomen more
convex than thorax, some very fine, shallow punctures between
the spiracles and lateral margin ; no median rostral furrow evi-
dent.

Basal plates of female genitalia triangular, slightly longer than
wide, their external margins obtusely rounded, their internal apical
angles roundly rectilinear, their apical margins feebly sinuate ;
median plate trapezoidal ; apical plates elliptical, well separated
from one another, their axes posteriorly convergent, their apices
not exceeding the abdominal margin.

Described from one specimen.

Holotype — Female: 8.0 mm. long; 4.0 mm. wide across the
humeri ; 4.5 mm. wide across the greatest abdominal diameter.
Cerro Punta, Chiriqui, Republic of Panama, 13 May 1962 (H.
Ruckes). Deposited in the American Museum of Natural History.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY.

The Bulletin. Vols. 1-7, 1879-85, Microfilm $10.00

Vols. 8-57, 1912-62, Regular issue $125.00

Subsequent volumes, per year $ 4.00

Entomologic Americana. Vols. 1-10, 1885-90 & 1926-30,

Microfilm . $15.00

Vols. 11-19, 1931-39, Microfilm . .$15.00

Vols. 20-29, 1940-49, Microfilm .$15.00

Vols. 30-42, 1950-62, Regular issue $70.00

Subsequent volumes, per year 6.00

A Glossary of Entomology, Torre-Bueno, cloth bound,

including Supplement A ... $ 7.00

Supplement A to Torre-Bueno’s Glossary of Entomol-

ogy, 36 pp., 1960 $ 1.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

New York Thysanoptera, Hood. 36 pp., 2 plates. 1926 .$ 1.00

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Life History of

Bremus bimaculatus. Prison. 65 pp., 8 figs. 1928 . . . .$ 2.00

A Revision of the Genus Eurema — -Part II. New World
Species, Taxonomy and Synonymy, Klots. 73 pp.,

101 figs. 1929 $ 1.50

Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of the Cole-
optera, Boving & Craighead, cloth bound, 351 pp., 125
plates. 1930-31. $10.00

The Nearctic Social Wasps of the Subfamily Polybiinae,

Bequaert. 63 pp., 8 figs. 1933 $ 2.00

Revision of the Epistrophe Flies of America North of

Mexico, Fluke. 57 pp., 45 figs. 1935 .$ 2.00

The Biology and Taxonomy of the Genus Trichiotinus,

Hoffmann. 76 pp., 20 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

A Review of the Genus Cyrtopogon in North America,

Wilcox and Martin. 95 pp., 58 figs. 1936 $ 2.00

Bibliography of the Described Life Histories of the
Rhopalocera of America North of Mexico, Daven-
port and Dethier. 40 pp. 1937 . .$ 4.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

Notes and Keys on the Genus Brochymena, Ruckes. 95

pp, 41 figs. 1946 $ 3.00

Female Genitalia of Culicidae, with Particular Reference

to Characters of Generic Value, Coher. 38 pp. 1948 . .$ 4.00

The Scutate Ticks, or Ixodidae, of Indonesia, Anastos.

144 pp., 28 figures. 1950 $ 5.00

The Tingoidea of New England and their Biology,

Bailey, 140 pp., 6 figs. 1951 $ 5.0C

The Hippoboscidae or Louse-Flies of Mammals and
Birds, Part I. Structure, Physiology and Natural

History, Bequaert, 442 pp., 21 figs., 1952-53 $10.00

Part II. Taxonomy, Evolution and Revision
of American Genera and Species. 611 pp., 83 figs.
1954-56 ' $15.00

A Revision of the Sphaeropthalmine Mutillidae of America
North of Mexico, II. Schuster. 130 pp., 27 figs.

1957 $5.00

A Synopsis of American Mycomyiini. Coher. 155 pp.,

131 figs. 1958 $ 6.00

The Morphology, Phylogeny, and Higher Classification of
the Family Tingidae. Drake and Davis. 100 pp.,

75 figs, and

The External Morphology of the Last-Instar Nymph of

Magicicada septendecim. Lew. 79 pp., 48 figs. 1959 $ 6.00

Taxonomy and Biology of Nearctic Limnephilid Larvae

(Trichoptera). Flint. 177 pp., 82 figs. 1960 $ 6.00

Revision of the Genus Copris of the Western Hemisphere.

Matthews. 137 pp., 88 figs. 1961 $ 6.00

Revision of the Cosmopterigidae of American North of

Mexico. Hodges. 166 pp., 199 figs. 1962 .......$ 6.00

All orders for all publications MUST be sent DIRECT to Brook-
lyn Entomologicial Society, R. R. McElvare, Treasurer, P. O. Box
386, Southern Pines, North Carolina.

BUSINESS PRESS INC., Lancaster, Pa.

DECEMBER, 1963

No. 5

VoL. LVIII

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

JOHN E. HANSON

GEORGE S. TULLOCH JAMES A. SLATER

Published for the Society by
Business Press, Inc.

N. Queen St. and McGovern Ave., Lancaster, Pa.

Price, 85 cents Subscription, $4.00 per year

Mailed March 14, 1966

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa. under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Aleetings are held on the second Wednesday of November and May at the
Engineers Club, 117 Remsen Street, Brooklyn 2, N. Y. The annual dues
are $2.00.

OFFICERS 1962-1963
Honorary President
R. R. McELVARE
President

EDWIN J. NEWMAN

T reasnrer

R. R. McELVARE
P. O. Box 286
Southern Pines
North Carolina

CONTENTS

Viee President
CASIMIR REDJIVES

Seeretary

ANNA FLAHERTY

Undescribed species of Nematocerous Diptera. Part XIII,

Alexander 133

The genus Neochrysis in America north of Mexico (Hy-

menoptera: Chrysididae), Bohart 139

Observations on the biology of Tipula Footeana Alex-
ander (Diptera: Tipulidae), Foote 145

The life history of Fitchia aptera Stal (Hemiptera:

Reduviidae), DeCoitrsey 151

Announcement 156

Table of Contents, Volume LVIII [ 157

Index to Species, Volume LVIII 159

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, June, October and I)eceml)er of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $4.00 per year; foreign, $4.25 in advance: single
Copies, 85 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Address subscriptions to
the Treasurer, manuscripts and other communications to the editor, JOHN F.
HANSON, Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

VoL. LVIII DECEMBER, 1963 No. 5

[ UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF NEMATOCEROUS
[. DIPTERA. PART XIIP

I By Charles P. Alexander, Amherst, Mass.

[: The preceding part under this general title appeared in 1963 (Bril.

I Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 58: 6-11). Species considered at this time in-
l dude the families Ptychopteridae, Blepharoceridae and Tipulidae,
I' with materials from Assam, Australia, New Caledonia and Cali-
I fornia. All types of the novelties are preserved in my personal
f collection.

PTYCHOPTERIDAE

Ptychoptera sikkimensis, n. sp.

Size relatively large (wing of male 10 mm. or more) ; head black,
rostrum yellow ; mesonotal praescutum and scutum polished black,
posterior sclerites of notum orange ; pleura yellow dorsally, the
ventral portion with major blackened areas; femora yellow, tips
abruptly black ; tibiae black, the posterior pair with a broad nearly
terminal yellow ring ; wings brownish yellow, prearcular and costal
regions clearer yellow ; abdomen yellow basally, the posterior bor-
ders of tergites blackened, the amount increasing on outer segments,
the end of abdomen, with the hypopygium, black ; male hypopygium
with outer tergal lobes small and slender.

Male — Length about 10-11 mm.; wing 10-11 mm.; antenna
about 4.4—4. 5 mm.

Female — about 10 mm. ; wing 11 mm.

Rostrum and mouthparts orange ; basal three segments of palpus
obscure yellow, the terminal segment black. Antennae black, basal
half of scape obscure yellow. Head black.

Pronotum and pretergites obscure yellow. Mesonotal prae-

^ Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of
Massachusetts.

133

SI!»THS06

IHST1T'‘

MAR28196B

134

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIIl

scutum with disk and the scutal lobes uniformly polished black,
Immeral region yellowed ; scutellum and postnotum orange, ventral
end of pleurotergite brownish black. Pleura with major blackened
areas on propleura, sternopleurite and ventral pteropleurite, less
conspicuously so on lower anepisternum ; dorsopleural membrane
yellow. Halteres yellow, extreme apex of knob vaguely infuscated.
Legs with coxae and trochanters light yellow ; femora yellow, tips
abruptly black, slightly broader on fore femora; tibiae black, with
a broad nearly terminal yellow ring on posterior pair, barely indi-
cated on mid-tibiae ; tarsi black. Wings brownish yellow, prearcu-
lar and costal fields clearer yellow ; very narrow to scarcely evident
darkenings in stigmal region, over r-m and basal section of M3+4;
veins dark brown, more yellowed in the brightened fields. Vena-
tion: r-m at near three-fourths Rs; cell 2nd A narrower than in
tibialis.

Basal abdominal segments yellow, posterior borders of tergites
blackened, very narrow on segment two, the color increasing in
amount outwardly ; outer segments and bypopygium uniformly
blackened ; basal sternites yellow. Male bypopygium with outer
tergal lobes small and very slender, tips obtuse, inner lobes corru-
gated ; paired sternal blades short, oval in outline. Dististyle with
stem fringed with long light yellow setae, apical spine long and
slender.

Habitat — India (Sikkim).

Holotype — J', Yedang, in Rhododendron association, 9,680 feet,
10 June 1959 (Fernand Schmid). Allotype: $, teneral damaged,
Yagtang, in Rhododendron association, 11, 600 feet, 17 June 1959.
Paratypes: Chachu, in Rhododendron association, 9,950 feet,

17 May 1959 (Fernand Schmid).

The nearest regional ally is Ptychoptera tibialis Brunetti {atri-
tarsis Brunetti), which differs in the distinct coloration of the body
and legs and in the details of the male bypopygium, including the
tergite, dististyle and inner sternal armature.

BLEPHAROCERIDAE

Philorus vanduzeei, 11. sp.

Male — Length about 12 mm.; wing 10 mm.; antenna about 1.5
mm.

Female — Length about 13 mm. ; wing 10 mm.

Differs from the genotype, Philorus yosemite (Osten Sacken),
in the unicolorous wings of both sexes and, especially, in the hypo-
pygial structure of the male.

Dec., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

135

Terminal segment of antenna longer than the penultimate.
Wings virtually hyaline in both sexes. Anal lobe of wing much
less developed than in yosemite, in the latter extended basad to
almost opposite the wing insertion. In yosemite the wings of male
strongly infuscated on about the proximal two-thirds, the apex
paling to hyaline, the secondary venation in the cubital and anal
fields white and very distinct against the ground. In vandmzeei the
secondary venation is very faint and more difficult to detect in both
sexes. Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle very large,
divided into two broadly flattened plates, the outer one narrowed
into a point that is tipped with a few long setae ; inner blade even
larger, more or less folded, the lower parts broadly obtuse. Inner
dististyle much smaller, constricted beyond the base, the elongate
outer blade with an appressed pendant outer portion.

Habitat — California (San Diego County).

Holotype — J', mounted on two microscope slides, Alpine, 9 April
1915 (M. C. Van Duzee). Allotopotype, on slide, with the type.

Named for the late Millard C. Van Duzee, distinguished student
of the Dolichopodidae. I am indebted to Dr. Charles L. Hogue,
Curator of Entomology at the Los Angeles County Museum, and
to Mr. D. G. Gibo, who collected material of Philorus yosemite.

TIPULIDAE

Plusiomyia kraussiana, n. sp.

Size large (wing of female to 23.5 mm.) ; general coloration of
thorax dark brownish gray, the praescutum with inconspicuous
stripes, scutellum abruptly yellowed ; antennae with proximal two
flagellar segments each with single branches, segments three through
nine with two unequal branches that exceed the segments in length ;
femora yellow, tips abruptly black ; wings with a strong brownish
tinge, prearcular field more darkened ; veins beyond cord without
macrotrichia excepting a sparse series on A4 + 5; vein M3 + 4 very
long.

Female — Length about 27-35 mm.; wing 17.5-23.5 mm.; an-
tenna about 4.2-5 mm.

Erontal prolongation of head relatively short, less than the re-
mainder of head, brownish black ; no nasus ; palpi short, black, ter-
minal segment shorter than the penultimate. Antennae 15-seg-
mented ; scape dark brown, pedicel light yellow, flagellum light
brown, the branches black ; first flagellar segment with a short apical
branch, that of the second segment more than twice as long ; flagel-
lar segments three to nine inclusive each with two unequal branches.

136

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society yoi.LViii

the longest exceeding the segments; four outer segments simple.
Head black, sparsely pruinose; anterior vertex less than twice the
diameter of the scape.

Pronotum brownish black. Mesonotal praescutum dark brown
with four still darker inconspicuous stripes, the intermediate pair
strongly narrowed and widely separated behind, lateral praescutal
borders more blackened; scutum dark brown, lobes extensively
darker ; scutellum abruptly yellow, parascutella dark ; mediotergite
dark, silvery gray pruinose, on either side of basal half with a
blackened spot. Pleura and pleurotergite brownish gray, dorso-
pleural membrane paler brown. Halteres dark brown. Legs with
coxae brownish gray ; trochanters dark brown ; femora yellow, the
tips rather narrowly and abruptly black; tibiae yellow; proximal
two tarsal segments yellowed, the tips narrowly darkened, outer
segments black. Wings with a strong brownish tinge, prearcular
field more blackened; veins brown. Veins unusually glabrous, be-
yond cord with a very few small scattered trichia on distal section
of i^4 + 5, the glabrous condition contrasting with that of neocale-
donica where all veins beyond cord have abundant elongate trichia.
Venation: R2 + 3 subequal to Rs; cell Mi sessile; M3 + 4 very long,
about two and one-half to three times the basal section of Mi +2.

Abdomen elongate ; tergites dark reddish orange, the posterior
borders narrowly, the sublateral areas broadly, blackened, lateral
tergal borders narrowly light gray ; sternites chiefly reddish orange,
outer segments more uniformly darkened ; genital shield polished
black. Ovipositor with cerci very long and slender, virtually
straight.

Habitat — New Caledonia.

Holotype — J, Col de la Pirogue, 13 February 1962 (N. L. H.
Krauss). Paratypes: 2 JJ, Montagues des Koghis, February
1962 (Krauss).

Named for NoH L. H. Krauss, who has collected insects in every
faunal region on earth, and to whom I am indebted for many new
and rare crane-flies. The species is entirely different from the only
other regional member of the subgenus, Plusiomyia neocaledonica
Alexander. It is a larger fly with the general coloration of the
thorax darkened except for the yellow scutellum, the yellow femora
with abruptly blackened tips, and with the costal border of the
wing undarkened. Particular attention is called to the unusually
glabrous wing veins.

Gymnastes (Paragymnastes) comes, n. sp.

Thorax polished yellow, the praescutal disk and scutal lobes pol-

Dec., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

137

ished black ; antennae of male elongate, about two-thirds the wing ;
femora brownish yellow, tips broadly blackened, preceded by nar-
row yellowed rings ; wings conspicuously patterned with brownish
black and white, the cells beyond cord chiefly darkened, with broad
white bands before cord and near wing base ; basal abdominal ter-
gites light brown, outer segments brownish black ; male hypopygium
with the outer dististyle blackened, very strongly bent at near mid-
length, apex obtuse.

Male — Length about 4.5 mm. ; wing 4.5 mm. ; antenna about 3
mm.

Female — Length about 5.5 mm. ; wing 5 mm.

Rostrum yellow, with long black setae ; palpi black. Antennae
with scape yellow, pedicel brown, flagellum black; in male, an-
tennae very long, flagellar segments elongate-cylindrical, much
shorter than in dasycera, the erect vestiture correspondingly shorter
but conspicuous. Head of male polished dark brown, of female
yellow with a transverse brown band on the broad anterior vertex.

In the male, the pronotum and broad lateral margins of the
praescutum polished yellow, the disk, with the scutal lobes, polished
black, median region of scutum, scutellum and anterior half of
mediotergite polished yellow, the last with two confluent black
areas on posterior half ; pleurotergite weakly darkened. In the fe-
male, anterior half of praescutum yellow, central area ferruginous,
posterior margin of mediotergite likewise ferruginous. Pleura
polished yellow. Halteres brownish black. Legs with coxae and
trochanters light yellow ; femora brownish yellow, tips broadly
blackened, preceded by a narrow more yellowed ring ; tibiae and
tarsi black ; scales of legs broad, leaflike. Wings of male con-
spicuously patterned, the ground brownish black, with major
whitened areas, including a broad band before cord, more obscured
behind Cui, and with large areas in bases of cells R and M and in
the bases of the Anal cells, including the prearcular field; beyond
the cord the outer medial cells paler brown than the radial field ;
veins brownish black, including those in the whitened areas. In
the female, wing apex beyond cord more uniformly blackened, cen-
tral whitened band complete, subbasal whitened areas more con-
fluent, forming a broad diffuse band. Conspicuous macrotrichia
on veins beyond general level of origin of Rs, including nearly
complete series on Cui and 2nd A, lacking on 1st A. Venation:
R2 + 3 + 4 about one-third longer than R3.

Abdominal tergites light brown, sternites yellowed, hypopygium
more brownish black. Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle

138

BiiUctm of the Brooklyn Entomological Society LViii

blackened, very strongly bent at near midlength, the apex obtuse.

Habitat — New Caledonia.

Holotype — J', Montagues des Koghis, February 1962 (Krauss).
Allotopotype: $.

The only other regional member of the genus with patterned
wings is Gymnast es (Paragymnastes) dasycera Alexander, readily
told by the much longer antennae of the male, the only slightly
patterned wings, and in the structure of the male hypopygium, in-
cluding the outer dististyle.

Horistomyia oxycantha, n. sp.

Generally similar to the genotype, Horistomyia leucophaea
(Skuse), differing conspicuously in the structure of the male hypo-
pygium, particularly the phallosome.

Wings with the stigma and darkened seam along vein Cu more
conspicuous than in leucophaea. Venation: Veins and only
slightly divergent, cell at wing margin about one-half more ex-
tensive than cell and less extensive than cell i?2 ; in leucophaea,
vein is deflected more strongly toward the wing tip, cell R^ being
from about two and one-half to nearly three times as extensive as
cell and slightly more than cell R^. Male hypopygium with
the phallosome relatively small, the various elements weak and not
expanded at their tips, all being extended into acute pale points, the
largest element with three or four long slender subterminal spines,
subappressed, directed outwardly. In leucophaea, the strongest
phallosomic element is conspicuously dilated at apex, the weakly
developed subterminal spines recurved. Horistomyia occidentalis
Alexander and H. znctoriae Alexander have the hypopygial details
quite distinct.

Habitat — Australia (New South Wales).

Holotype — Kutinga, near Tamworth, 24 August 1960 (M.
Edwards).

Dec., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

139

THE GENUS NEOCHRYSIS IN AMERICA NORTH

OF MEXICO (HYMENOPTERA: CHRYSIDIDAE)

By R. M. Bohart^

The genus Neochrysis Linsenmaier has usually been included
under Chrysis but this seems to be a purely artificial arrangement.
Only one misidentified species has been recorded from our area,
but four additional ones are now known to occur in Florida, Texas,
Arizona and occasionally somewhat farther north. The genus is ob-
viously Neotropical with an abundance of species in Central and
South America. The reported hosts are wasps of the sphecine
genus Podium and the eumenine genus Pachodyneriis.

Institutional collections indicated by symbols are: U. S. National
Museum (USNM), American Museum of Natural History
(AMNH), British Museum of Natural History (BM), Hungarian
Natural History Museum (BUDAPEST), Zoological Institute of
Lund University (LUND), Museum of Comparative Zoology
(MCZ), University of Kansas (KU), University of California at
Berkeley (CIS) and at Davis (UCD).

Genus Neochrysis Linsenmaier

The genus was partially defined by Linsenmaier (1959, Mitt.
Schweiz. Ent. Ges. 32:73). He included three suhgenera, Neo-
chrysis S.S., Ipsiura Linsenmaier and Pleurocera Guerin (a homo-
nym herein renamed Pleiiroehrysis) . The first two of these, along
with a new subgenus, Exochrysis, have representatives in the
United States.

The most obvious generic character of Neochrysis lies in the
shape of tergite I. It is broad with sharply rounded anterior
corners which in normal position nearly touch the metathoracic
teeth. Also, the radial (apical) cell of the forewing is broadly open
instead of nearly closed as in Chrysis. The genitalia are especially
distinctive, being very long and thin, the gonostyle simple, the digi-
tus irregular and somewhat clavate. The eighth sternite of the male
is unusually large, shovel-shaped, and often protrudes in dried
specimens so as to resemble an ovipositor. In addition the basal
vein of the forewing is interstitial with the first crossvein or nearly
so, tergite HI terminates in four to six teeth or lobes, the malar
space is short to very short, the parapsides are generally faint, the
scapal basin is hardly ever broader in front view than a compound
eye, and the tergites usually have dark cross bands. Insofar as
known, Neochrysis occurs only in the New World.

^ Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis.

140

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

Key to the subgenera of N eochrysis and the species known
TO OCCUR IN America North of Mexico

1. Pronotum rather sharply edged but without a complete

Carina 2

Pronotum with a carinate lateral margin (subgenus
Ipsiura) 4

2. Tergite 111 with six distal teeth or angles ; scapal basin limited

above by a simple, sharp transverse carina ; male flagel-
lomeres greatly produced rib-like, (one species, viridis

Guerin from Chile) subgenus Pleurochrysis Bohart

Tergite III with four distal teeth ; scapal basin not limited
above or with a carina having superior branches ; male
flagellomeres somewhat flattened toward middle of antenna
but not produced 3

3. Pit row practically absent, not distinguished by a sharp groove

nor a transverse swelling (subgenus N eochrysis) , neither
postscutellum nor propodeum with median projec-
tions montesuma Cameron

Pit row definite, mostly hidden in a deep transverse groove
preceded by a swelling (suhgenus Exochrysis) ; propodeum
with a sharp median projection above . . panamensis Cameron

4. Tergite III with a prominent transverse roll or bulge followed

by a plainly visible row of elongate rectangular pits, laterally

with a large whitish spot neolateralis Bohart

Tergite III with a low transverse convexity before a some-
what hidden row of small pits 5

.S. Tergite III with a laterobasal white spot . . . genhergi Dahlbom
Tergite III all greenish blue pilifrons Cameron

Subgenus (N eochrysis) Linsenmaier

Neochrysis Linsenmaier, 1959. Mitt. Schweizerischen Ent. Ges.
32: 74. Type by orig. desig: Chrysis punctatissima Spinola 1840
(nec. Villers, 1789) = carina Bridle, 1846.

The subgenus N eochrysis has tergite III quadridentate, the pit
row indefinite or entirely absent ; and the pronotum rather sharply
edged but not carinate. Some of the other species in this subgenus
in addition to carina Brulle are glabriceps Ducke, lecontei Ducke,
paraensis Ducke, inseriata Mocsary, and montezuma Cameron.
The following is the only species of N eochrysis ss. so far reported
in the United States.

Dee., 1063 Biillefin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

141

Ncochrysis (Ncochrysis) montezuma (Cameron)

Chrysis montczunia Cameron, 1888. Biol. Centrali-Amer. I.,

Hymen., p. 463. Holotype female, Valladolid, Yucatan (BM).

This species is close to carina Bridle, the female holotype of
which I have seen in the Natural History Mnsenm in Paris. In
montezuma there is no smooth ridge on the postscntellnm, no
frontal carinae, the propodeal tooth is less slender, there are no spe-
cial hairs on male flagellomeres I — II, and the mid notch of tergite
III is deeper and narrower. Also, the cuspis is more sharply
pointed, and the digitus is stouter.

In addition to the type and several specimens from Mexico
(Chiapas, Nuevo Leon, Jalisco, Sinaloa), I have seen one female
from Tucson, Arizona, August 12, 1955 (C. W. O’Brien, UCD).

Ncochrysis (Exochrysis) Bohart, new subgenus
Type : Chrysis panamensis Cameron

Diagnosis. — Pronotum somewhat sharp laterally hut without a
definite carina ; mid ocellus enclosed by an inverted, heart-shaped
carina ; anterior pronotal slope with neither a shiny area nor a defi-
nite pair of pits; tergite HI with four well formed distal teeth.

Ncochrysis (Exochrysis) panamensis Cameron

Chrysis panamensis Cameron, 1888. Biol. Central-Amer., Hymen.

I, p. 464. Holotype female, Chiriqui, Panama (BM).

Chrysis alabamensis Moesary, 1914, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici 12:

49. Holotype female, Alabama (BUDAPEST). New

Synonymy.

This species has the third tergite with a distinct row of pits of
which the median pair are large, directed anteriorly, and deep.
There is a noticeable swelling before the pit row, and the propodeum
bears an upper median ridge-like tooth behind a zone of very coarse
punctation on the postscntellnm. Other distinctive features are the
somewhat flattened flagellum in both sexes, but especially in the
male, and the form of the digitus, which tapers rather evenly toward
the slender apex.

I have seen specimens from Panama (panamensis type), Costa
Rica, and Mexico (Colima, Chiapas), as well as three males and
five females from eastern United States. The latter are from “Flor-
ida” (Mrs. A. T. Slosson, AMNH) ; DeFuniak Springs, Florida,
3 May (Acc. no. 5407, AMNH) ; Bradentown, Florida (USNM) ;
Jacksonville, Florida (W. H. Ashmead, USNM) ; Atlanta, Geor-
gia, 20 May 1940 (P. W. Fattig. USNM and UCD) ; and Stone

142

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIll

Mt., Georgia, 29 May 1936 (P. W. Fattig, USNM, homotype of
C. alabamensis Mocsary by K. V. Krombein).

The host of panamensis (as alabamensis) has been recorded as
Podium Carolina Robwer by K. V. Krombein (1958. U. S. Dept.
Agr. Monog. 2: 95).

Snbgenus (Ipsiitra) Linsenmaier

Ipsiura Linsenmaier, 1959. Mitt. Scbweizerischen Ent. Ges. 32 : 74.

Type species : Chrysis marginalis Bridle. Orig. desig.

Essential characters of the snbgenus are : the sharp, longitudinal
lateral pronotal carina ; the coarsely punctate anterior pronotal slope
with special pits absent or obscure ; a tendency toward reduction of
the median longitudinal pronotal groove ; the obtuse apicolateral
corner of tergite II ; the enclosure of the median ocellus by an
inverted U-shaped carina from the scapal basin ; and the frequent
occurrence of a translucent or whitish laterobasal spot on tergite
III. Typical Ipsiura, such as marginalis Bridle and ellampoides
Ducke, have a projecting postscutellum, and tergite III has a de-
flected quadridentate apical margin as well as a whitish laterobasal
spot. In the group represented by leucochila Mocsary and leuco-
cliil aides Ducke the postscutellum is not projecting and tergite III
is quadridentate and spotted but not deflected. Similar to these but
hexadentate are lateralis Bridle, leucobasis Mocsary, cristata Moc-
sary, albibasalis Mocsary, longiventris Ducke, friesiana Ducke,
anisitsii Bischoff, klugii Dahlbom, genbergi Dahlbom, and neolater-
alis Bohart. In the same group hut without a spotted third tergite
is pilifrons Cameron.

Three species of Ipsiura have been found within our boundaries,
one from Florida, one from southeastern Texas, and the other from
the southern section of the country as far north as 38 degrees in
Kansas, Illinois and Virginia.

N eochrysis (Ipsiura) genbergi (Dahlbom)

Chrysis genbergi Dahlbom, 1854. Hym. Europeae 2: 319. Holo-

type female, Brazil (LUND).

A female in the collection of the U. S. National Museum is labeled
“Fla.” It agrees closely with material in the Natural History Mu-
seum at Paris from Minas Gerais, Brazil, determined as genbergi
by dll Buysson. Except for the large white lateral spot on tergite
III it is very similar to pilifrons Cameron. Minor points of differ-
ence are the slightly broader interocular area and the longer sub-
antennal distance (1.2 times mid ocellus diameter instead of 0.8

Dec., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

143

times) in genhergi. It differs from neolateralis, which is also white-
spotted, by the U-shaped rather than V-shaped carina enclosing the
mid ocellus, and by the low and weakly defined swelling before the
pit row.

Neochrysis (Ipsiura) neolateralis Bohart, n. sp.

Chrysis lateralis of authors, not Bridle.

Male. — Length 9 mm. Dark green with purplish areas on vertex
and thorax, purplish bands across abdominal tergites, a large
creamy spot along pit row from base of tergite III almost to outer-
most tooth ; sternite II with a pair of large black submedian, sub-
basal spots ; flagellomere I bluish above ; wings lightly brown
stained in cellular area. Scapal basin with fairly dense, somewhat
appressed silvery hair, pale inconspicuous hair on rest of body.
Punctation moderate to coarse, mostly moderate and close, sublat-
erally on tergite II about one-half diameter apart, fine in scapal
basin, summit of postscutellum rough, area of tergite III beyond pit
row mostly smooth. Head about as broad as long, least interocular
distance about equal to length of scape; flagellomere I about 1.3
times length of II in inner view; subantennal space 1.0 times mid
ocellus diameter, interantennal space 0.9 times and malar space 0.2
times ; scapal basin without a definite cross carina but an inverted
and somewhat U-shaped carina above it encloses mid ocellus ; ocelli
slightly lidded; fore femur with an angle beneath at distal two-
thirds ; mesopleuron with two distinct teeth and other irregularities ;
propodeal tooth blunt, hardly lobed beneath; tergite III with a
strongly bulging roll before elongate pit row, followed by short,
single-edged teeth, outermost one rounded, median notch not
depressed nor shiny at base, lateral edge of tergite broadly and
evenly bowed out ; genitalia slender, aedeagus not drawn out at
apex.

Female. — Essentially as in male. Angle of fore femur forming a
short, sharp ridge.

Holotype male. — West Frankfort, Franklin Co., Illinois, 5 July
1963 (R. M. Bohart, UCD).

Paratypes. — 10 males, 17 females. Kansas : Atchison Co. (R. H.
Beamer, KU) ; Stockdale, Riley Co. (UCD) ; Bourbon Co.
(R. H. Beamer, KU). Arkansas: Pyatt, Marion Co. (J. C.
Downe}q Univ. So. Illinois). Illinois: Crabtree Orchard Lake,
Williamson Co. (J. C. Downey, UCD). D. C. : Washington
(J. C. Bridwell, USNM). Virginia: Falls Church (N. Banks,
MCZ). Georgia: Atlanta (P. W. Fattig, USNM); College
Park (P. W. Fattig, USNM). Texas: “Texas” (UCD);

144

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

Brownwood, Brown Co. (M. A. Cazier, AMNH) ; Austin,
Travis Co. (J. E. Gillaspy, AMNH) ; Somerset, Atascosa Co.
(A. J. Adelson, CIS) ; Llano Co. (J. E. Gillaspy (AMNH, CIS,
UCD) ; Nueces River, Uvalde Co. (J. Bequaert, MCZ). Also
in Mexico and Central America as follows: Sinaloa: Mazatlan
(R. and K. Dreisbach, Dreisbach collection) ; Elota (F. Parker,
L. Stange, UCD). Nayarit: Navarrete (C. and P. Vaurie,
AMNH), Jalisco: Plan de Barrancas (F. Parker, L. Stange,
UCD). Morelos: Temisco (F. Parker, L. Stange, UCD)
Puebla: Petlalcingo (F. Parker, L. Stange, UCD). El Salva-
dor: Quezaltepeque (M. Irwin, D. Cavagnero, UCD).

Neochrysis (Ipsiura) pilifrons (Cameron)

Chrysis pilifrons Cameron, 1888. Biol. Centrali-Amer. I, Hymen.,
p. 465. Holotype male, Panama (BM).

Chrysis stenops Mocsary, 1889. Monog. Chrysidarum, p. 571.
Lectotype female, Tampico, Mexico (Geneva) Present desig.
This species has tergite HI unspotted, the pit row greatly sunken
and slit-like, and the Irons at the narrowest point less than the
length of the scape. In addition, there is a short carina from the
unlidded lateral ocellus obliquely forward to the compound eye.
The outermost tooth of tergite II is not so sharp as the others. This
is especially true in the type of stenops.

In addition to the type specimens listed above, I have seen a
female lectoparatype at the Natural History Museum in Vienna
from Orizaba, Mexico, and a female at the U. S. National Museum
from Brownsville, Texas, June.

Subgenus Pleurochrysis Bohart, new name

Pleurocera Guerin, 1842. Rev. Zool (Soc. Cuv.) 5: 149. Type
species by monotypy: P. zhridis Guerin, 1842, Chile. Preoccu-
pied by Pleurocera Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. 3(5) :
355 (Mollusca).

The subgenus is known only from the type species, P. viridis
Guerin, which occurs in Chile. Tergite HI has six teeth but no pale
markings, the scapal basin is limited above by a sharp transverse
carina, the pronotum is not carinate laterally, and the postscutellum
has a sharp median longitudinal ridge. However, the most striking
feature of the genus is the foliaceous antenna of the male in which
most of the flagellomeres are flattened and produced outward some-
what rib-like. The host is reported to be Pachodynerus gayi
(Spinola) by H. Janvier ( 1933, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool, Paris (ser. 10)
16 : 292, as ''Odynerus gayP).

Dec., 1963

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 145

OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIOLOGY OF TIPULA
FOOTE AN A ALEXANDER (DIPTERA: TIPULIDAE)

By Benjamin A. Foote^

During the Spring of 1959, several fourth instar larvae of a
species of Tipiila were collected from a mudflat bordering Robin-
son’s Lake in Latah County, Idaho. Later, the laboratory-reared
and feral adults were forwarded to Dr. C. P. Alexander, who sub-
sequently described them as representing a new species (1961,
Great Basin Nat. 21 : 11). The purposes of the present paper are
to present observations on the life history and to give descriptions
of the immature stages.

The larval habitat consists of an extensive mudflat lying along
the northeast shore of Robinson’s Lake on either side of the small
inlet stream. The shallow lake, located approximately eight miles
east of Moscow, was formed during the 1930’s by damming a small
southflowing stream. Although the eastern and western shores of
the lake are partially wooded, the mudflat itself is unshaded and
during the summer months supports a lush growth of reed canary
grass (Phalaris arundinacea L.). The larvae were most abundant
among the roots of this grass, although a few were discovered
several feet away from any vegetation. All were taken in the
upper two inches of soil, and a few were located by the slight sur-
face ridges produced as they progressed through the mud.

Numerous larvae were discovered on March 27, several more
were collected on April 25, but none were found during a two-hour
search of the habitat on May 10. No pupae or pupal exuviae were
discovered before April 5, they were abundant by April 25, but only
a few were obtained after May 10. Adults began to appear during
mid- April, became very abundant during late April and early May,
but had largely disappeared by early June. No adults were seen
during numerous trips to the mudflat during the summer and fall
months. The collecting records indicate that footeana is uni-
voltine, with overwintering apparently occurring as last instar
larvae. Pupation takes place during April, with adults reaching
a peak of abundance during late April and early May.

Teneral females were found to contain large numbers of appar-
ently mature eggs, and, in the laboratory, adults mated within two
days after emerging from pupae. Oviposition generally took
place within four days after emergence.

^ Department of Biology, Kent State University, Kent, Ohio.
This research supported by a grant from the American Philosoph-
ical Society.

146

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

Efforts to rear larvae in the laboratory were only partially suc-
cessful as a complete life cycle was not obtained. On May 10, a
female taken in copula at the mudflat was transferred to the labo-
ratory at the University of Idaho. After the head, legs and wings
were removed, she was floated on a slight amount of water in a
small Petri dish (see Laughlin, 1958, Entomol. Exp. and Appl. 1:
241-245, for a discussion of this technique). Egg-laying began
quickly and within an hour 51 eggs had been obtained. No ad-
ditional oviposition occurred until the following day when her
abdomen was torn slightly by cutting the pleural membrane near
the thoracic-abdominal junction. Within three hours after this
treatment, she produced an additional 149 eggs. Dissection two
days later disclosed that all of the mature eggs had been deposited.

The eggs possess a coiled, thread-like filament at the end oppo-
site the micropyle. When placed in water, the filament gradually
uncoils and then resembles a pale thread extending approximately
one centimeter from the egg. According to Robinson (1956, Proc.
Univ. Durham Phil. Soc. 12: 175-182) terminal filaments are
found on eggs of species that oviposit in habitats where there is a
danger of the eggs being washed away. He believes that the par-
tially uncoiled filament reduces this possibility by becoming en-
tangled in stationary debris and acting as an anchor. Certainly the
mudflat at Robinson’s Lake is subjected to periodic flooding, and
the anchoring function ascribed to the terminal filament would seem
to have considerable survival value.

Approximately 1 50 eggs were placed on moist filter paper in small
Petri dishes and allowed to develop at room temperatures. The
remaining eggs were preserved. Hatching began on May 16, six
days after eggs were deposited, and continued until May 18. Only
55 of the 150 eggs hatched, the remainder became covered by mold
and were obviously inviable. Hatching occurred from the micro-
pylar end of the egg.

Dried powdered grass was added to the dishes containing newly
hatched larvae. This material, when moistured, was fed upon
readily, and larval growth was fairly rapid. Ten larvae molted into
the second instar on May 24 and 25, giving a first larval stadium
lasting eight to nine days. Two second instar larvae molted again
on May 29, giving a second larval stadium of approximately five
days. One larva passed into the fourth instar on June 8, indicating
that the third larval stadium lasts about ten days. This larva lived
for an additional 22 days, but died before pupating. The rearing
results indicate that the first three larval stadia are passed through
quickly, but that the final larval stadium is greatly lengthened and

Dec., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 147

probably serves as the overwintering stage.

On both March 27 and April 25 larvae of undetermined species
of Tahanus and Chrysops were abundant in the mudflat, along with
numerous larvae of dolichopodids and other tipulid genera, particu-
larily Limonia. In the laboratory, the Tahanus larvae fed vora-
ciously on the fourth instar footeana larvae, while the dolichopodids
readily attacked the earlier instar larvae. No Chrysops larvae were
seen feeding on the tipulids.

Descriptions of Immature Stages

Egg (Fig. 12). — Length 0.98-1.04 mm. (x= 1.01 mm.) ; width
1.33-1.41 mm. (x=1.38 mm). Elongated-ovoid, with one side
more flattened. Chorion shining dark brown to black, without
sculpturing. Micropyle subapical on convex side of egg, situated
in center of raised, subcircular pit. End opposite micropyle with
pale, coiled terminal filament between one and two centimeters in
length. (Based on 30 specimens).

Eirst instar larva (unfed) — Length 1.98-2.32 mm. (x = 2.25
mm.) ; width 0.35-0.42 mm. (x = 0.40 mm.). Pale yellow; each
segment with darker annulus posteriorly ; integument subtrans-
parent, with abundant minute hairs and numerous long, pale setae.

Spiracular disc (Fig. 11) with two lateral and two ventral lobes;
each lateral lobe with narrow, dark hrown stripe, apex with brush
of 15-20 long, pale setae; each ventral lobe lightly pigmented, apex
with brush of 10-15 long setae. Dorsal border of disc with eight
pencils of paired setae, those nearest midline longest. Anal papillae
four, pale, slender and tapering, subequal in length.

Head capsule lightly pigmented ; antennae slender and hair-like ;
mentum with five blunt teeth, median tooth longest. (Based on 10
specimens) .

Second and third instar larva — Very similar to fourth instar
larva, differing primarily in smaller size and in having less pigmen-
tation on spiracular disc.

Eourth instar larva (Figs. 1-10) .—Length 30.0 to 36.0 mm.
(x = 34.0 mm); width 3.0 to 3.5 mm. (x = 3.2 mm). Yellowish
brown to grayish brown in color, with vague indication of middorsal
stripe running length of abdomen, paler ventrally ; color fading in
specimens preserved in alcohol. Cuticle densely clothed with hairs ;
dorsum of fifth abdominal segment with hairs arranged in short lines
with ends of lines indistinct (Fig. 7A) ; lines of hairs more widely
spaced along middorsal line. Numerous longer hairs around
base of setae D2-4 and D5 (Fig. 7). Lateral region with abun-
dant scattered short hairs, these not arranged in lines or only
vaguely so, without clusters of long hairs. Venter with short hairs

148

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Unto mo logical Society

Vol. LVIII

arranged in transverse lines similar to dorsal pattern, with weak
cluster of longer hairs slightly anterior to setae V1-V3.

The chaetotaxy, very similar to that illustrated for Tipula flavo-
lineata Meigen (Chiswell, 1956), is as follows. Dorsum of pro-
thorax (Fig. 1) with seven setae arranged in two rows; in anterior
row D2 and D3 arise close together, D3 longer than D2, D1 short;
in posterior row D6 and D7 arise close together, D6 longest. Lat-
eral region with eight setae: LI very short and close to L2, L3, L4,
and L5 close together, L8 very short and close to anterior margin
of segment. Venter with six setae ; V1-V4 very close together, V3
and V4 about twice length of VI and V2, V5 and 6 closer to mid-

Structures of fourth instar larva of Tipula footeana Alex. Fig. 1,
Chaetotaxy of prothorax. Fig. 2, Chaetotaxy of mesothorax and
metathorax. Fig. 3, Chaetotaxy of first abdominal segment. Fig.
4, Chaetotaxy of abdominal segments two through seven. Fig. 5,
Lateral view of eighth abdominal segment. Fig. 6, Posterior spirac-
ular disc. Fig. 7, Dorsum of fifth abdominal segment showing
chaetotaxy and distribution of microhairs ; A, Enlarged view of
portion of dorsum. Fig. 8, Antenna. Fig. 9, Hypopharynx. Fig.
10, Mentum.

Dec., Idas Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

149

ventral line and with V6 anterior to V5. Setal patterns of meso-
thorax and metathorax very similar to each other (Fig. 2). Dor-
sum of each segment with five bristles ; D2 and D3 long and nearly
contiguous, D4 and D5 close together, D5 slightly longer than D4.
Lateral region with six setae. Venter with five setae, V1-V4 very
close together, VI shortest, V5 near midventral line and slightly
anterior to V1-V4.

First abdominal segment shorter than remaining segments, with
setae arising near its mid-length (Fig. 3). Dorsum with six setae
arranged in anterior row of two (D5 and D6) and posterior row
of four (D1-D4), with D2 and D3 close together and closer to D4
than to Dl. Lateral region with four setae, L1-L3 fairly close to-

150

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

gather, L4 more anterior, L2 and L4 longer than LI and L3.
Venter with five setae, V1-V3 close together, V4 and V5 slightly
anterior to V1-V3, V3 and V4 longer than other setae. Abdominal
segments two through seven each divided into long anterior and
short posterior annuli. Setal patterns similar, with all setae except
L4 arising on posterior annuli (Fig. 4). Six dorsal setae on each
side arranged in two rows, D2 and D3 close together ; four lateral
setae, L1-L3 in small triangle with apex directed posteriorly, LI
short, L4 far forward near margin of segment ; five ventral setae,
V1-V3 close together, VI shortest, V4 and V5 anterior of V1-V3.
Eighth abdominal segment with spiracular disc on posterior surface
(Fig. 5). Each dorsal lobe of disc without setae on anterior sur-
face ; each lateral lobe with one long seta on anterior face near mid-
length ; each ventral lobe with one very short seta near apex, one
long seta at mid-length, two slightly shorter setae along ventral
margin and four setae on base. Each dorsolateral surface of seg-
ment with two long setae anterior to bases of dorsal and lateral
lobes, more anterior seta partially surrounded by short hairs ; each
lateral surface with long seta anteriorly ; each ventrolateral surface
with two setae near midventral line anterior to anal field.

Spiracular disc (Eig. 6) with dorsal and lateral lobes subequal in
length and width, ventral lobes somewhat shorter and broader.
Lobes with numerous marginal hairs. Each dorsal lobe with pig-
mented marginal stripes, stripes broader at bases of lobes ; each
lateral lobe with central dark stripe ending before apex of lobe ;
each ventral lobe with pigmented marginal stripes that join at base
of lobe, with elongate black spot near apex and with small trans-
verse dark spot at base. Posterior surface of disc glabrous except
for numerous hairs and setae on marginal lobes. Each dorsal lobe
with short seta near apex ; each lateral lobe with four setae, two
close together near apex and two along dorsal margin near base ;
each ventral lobe with five setae, one long seta arising in clear area
at tip of apical dark spot, four shorter setae arising near apex of
lobe near marginal hairs. Spiracles subcircular, stigmatic scars
black, peritremes brown.

Anal field with six papillae ; dorsal ones longest and about four
times longer than wide ; lateral lobes nearly as long as dorsal lobes ;
ventral lobes short and bluntly rounded.

Mentum of head capsule with five distinct teeth anteriorly, median
tooth largest (Fig. 10) ; hypopharynx (Fig. 9) with well developed
median tooth and two blunt lateral teeth; each antenna (Fig. 8)
elongate, with small apical papilla. (Based on 20 specimens).

Dec., 19 63

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 151

THE LIFE HISTORY OF FITCHIA APTERA STAL
(HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA : REDUVIIDAE)

By Russell M. DeCoursey^’^

Fitchia apt era Stal is one of the less well known bugs of the North
American Reduviidae. It lives on the ground at the bases of tall
grass clumps such as those in abandoned fields and is seldom abun-
dant. Readio (1927), for example, does not give the life history of
this species. Adults have been taken occasionally by sweeping tall
grass, especially in the early evening, but during the day they
remain secluded on the ground. Nymphs invariably have been col-
lected on the ground usually in grassy areas but when placed in
cages they climb and remain near the top of the cage on any avail-
able foliage.

Adults pass the winter in hibernation under stones, boards, or
around the roots of grass clumps. They begin to appear in April
in Connecticut in sunny, protected places presumably at some dis-
tance from their place of hibernation.

Distribution. — This species ranges from the east coast of the
United States to the Rocky Mountains and into the southwest.
The recorded range is from Maine south to South Carolina and
west to Utah, Oklahoma and Texas. Blatchley (1926), Fracker
(1912), Readio (1927), Van Duzee .( 1917) .

Rearing Methods. — Nymphs were reared in 16 ounce black top
jars at room temperature. Each jar contained a small branch of
blueberry (Vaccinium sp.). Blueberry was selected simply be-
cause it retains its leaves well for several days. The nymphs seem
better able to catch their prey if they can hide among leaves and
branches. Small flies were introduced daily into the cages. The
nymphs tend to become cannibalistic if they are not well fed.
Drosophila sp. and various other species of small flies are quite
acceptable as food for both nymphs and adults. Nymphs and oc-
casionally adults of the following families also are accepted as
food: Cicadellidae, Cercopidae and Membracidae (Homoptera).
Aphids and a variety of species of beetles were not accepted.
Nymphs may be reared without water being supplied. However,
fourth instar nymphs were observed inserting their stylets into
freshly cut apple, presumably to obtain water. They also take
water from wet paper toweling.

Duration of egg and nymphal stages. — The duration of the egg
stage is 9-14 days, averaging 10 days. The insects remain as

^ Department of Zoology and Entomology, University of Con-
necticut, Storrs, Conn.

^ Acknowledgement is made to the University of Connecticut
Research Eoundation for financial support.

152

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

first iiistar nymphs for 8-11 days, averaging 9.6 days. The second
instar time period is 8-10 days with an average of 9 days and the
nymphs remain in the third instar 8-11 days, averaging 9.5 days.
The nymphs remain in the fourth instar for the greatest length of
time, 17-22 days, averaging 18.7 days. The total time period from
egg to adult is 51-67 days with an average of 60 days. These
results are based on a small number of rearings and this plus un-
controlled laboratory conditions may account for the variations in
different stages.

The evidence from rearing indicates that Fitehia aptera has only
four instars. All but one of the reared emerging adults were
brachypterous forms hut even the macropterous one had four
instars. There have been several references in the literature to
Hemiptera having only four nymphal instars. These insects are
usually wingless or micropterous forms but not necessarily so.
Torre-Bueno (1917) reports Mierovelia borealis Torre-Bueno as
having four nymphal instars and describes the stages. Hoffman
(1925) confirms Torre-Bueno in reporting four nymphal instars
for M. borealis and adds M. buenoi Drake to the list of semiaquatic
Hemiptera having only four instars. In addition, Hoffman reports
rearing Nepa apieulata Uhler and finding only four instars. Frick
(1949) reported that the normal number of instars for Mierovelia
capitata Guerin in the Panama Canal Zone is 5 but that eight
apterous males and one apterous female had only four nymphal
stages out of a total of 110 reared from egg to adult, 76 of which
were apterous.

Southwood and Fewkes (1961 describing the immature stages
of the common British Nabidae report Dolichonabis limbatis
(Dahlbom) as having only four nymbal instars and that D. lineatiis
(Dahlbom) probably has a similar life cycle. These are almost
always micropterous forms. Readio (1927) found only four in-
stars in the reduviid, Melanolestes picipes Herrich-Schaeffer.

The phenomenon of reduction of instars from five to four in
Heteroptera is of particular significance since it is usually as-
sociated with brachyptery or aptery. It is of interest also in that
it appears to be confined to predacious forms. This may indicate
a possible neotinic condition associated with wing polymorphism.

Description of Stages.

The egg (Figure 1). — The pale brown eggs are laid in clusters
averaging 12 eggs per cluster. They are glued to leaves and stems
of plants. The length is 2 mm, width at middle, 0.625 mm. The
chorion is plain, the micropylar processes are short and flat, form-
ing a compact cap. The red eye spot of the developing nymph

Dec., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

153

DeCoursey

Plate V

Stages in the life history of Fitchia aptera. Fig. 1, The egg.
Fig. 2 First instar. Fig. 3, Second instar. Fig. 4, Third instar.
Fig. 5, Fourth instar. Fig. 6, Adult.

154

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

can be seen through the chorion as well as some indication of seg-
mentation and the outline of appendages in the later stages of
embryonic growth.

First instar (Figure 2). — The emerging first instar nymph is a
pale cream color with lateral red stripes along the abdomen. Before
feeding, it measures 2.45 mm. in length and 0.49-0.5 mm. in width
across the abdomen. After feeding, it attains a length of 2. 8-2.9
mm. and the width of the abdomen increases to 1.26 mm. The
head anterior to the eyes is black. Length of head 0.6 mm. ; width
of head behind the eyes at the widest point is 0.35 mm ; interocular
space 0.28 mm. The rostrum is stout, curved, with three apparent
segments. The short distal segment is a darker color. The
antennae are as long as the body and setaceous. The segments
are dark colored except the terminal ones which are red. Ratio
of antennal segments 55 : 18 : 20 : 60.

The legs are long, pale, almost translucent and setaceous. The
distal ends of the femora and the proximal ends of the tibiae are
black. Forelegs raptorial but femora not greatly enlarged. The
terminal portions of the tarsi are dark also. Tarsi two-segmented,
the first segment very short and inconspicuous.

Thorax and abdomen pale except the two posterior segments of
the abdomen which are piceous. Each of these segments bears
two strong, dark colored curved spines on the dorsal aspect. Three
dorsal scent gland openings are present but inconspicuous.

Second instar (Figure 3). — Length 3.85-4.2 mm.; maximum
width of abdomen 0.9-1.26 mm. ; length of head 0.9 mm. ; width of
head 0.42-0.49 behind eyes ; interocular space 0.3-0.35 mm. ; ratio
of antennal segments, 59 : 20 : 22 : 62. The second instar nymph
resembles the first instar except in size. The color is nearly the
same. There is a slight change in body proportions ; the head is
a little longer, the thoracic segments better defined and the abdomen
is a little larger. The legs and antennae more strongly setaceous.
The openings of the dorsal abdominal scent glands are more evi-
dent.

Third instar (Figure 4). — Length 6.5 mm.; width of abdomen
1.4 mm. ; length of head 1.0 mm. ; width of head 0.5-0.63 mm. ; inter-
ocular space 0.4 mm. ratio of antennal segments, 90 : 29 : 43 : 68.
The head appears longer and there is a stout spine at the base of
each antenna. A brown stripe extends laterally on either side
along the head, over the notum and wingpads.

The prothorax is better developed in this instar and wing pads
are evident, arising from the caudal margins of the meso- and
metanota. The metathoracic wing pads extend posteriorly over

Dec., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 155

the first abdominal segment. Prothoracic femora somewhat en-
larged. Color of legs light brown with darker areas at distal ends
of femora.

Color of abdomen, light brown ; lateral margins tinged with red.
First abdominal spiracles dorsal in position, those of segments
2-8 ventral in position. Dorsal scent gland openings along an-
terior margins of segments 4, 5 and 6 are conspicuously located in
shiny black areas. A median dorsal, dark colored area persists on
the three posterior segments. Just anterior to this dark area are
two dark colored papillae on either side of the midline, each bearing
a dark colored seta.

Fourth instar (Figure 5). — Length 9.0 mm.; width of abdomen
2.45 mm.; length of head 2.1 mm.; width of head behind eyes 0.7
mm.; interocular space 0:53 mm. The head has become con-
siderably longer in proportion to its width. Ratio of antennal
segments, 120:35:60:78. The brown stripe which extends
laterally on either side of the head, pronotum and over the wingpads
is more pronounced in this instar. The borders of the wingpads
are nearly black. Rostrum strong and curved.

The prothorax has developed a collar anteriorly with flattened
ridges laterally along the pronotum. Wing pads arising from the
caudal margins of the meso- and metanota extend posteriorly over
the second abdominal segment. The legs are pale brown to
brown. The dark areas at the distal ends of the femora are not
as prominent as in earlier instars. The forefemora are enlarged.

The abdomen is considerably larger than in the preceding instar.
The color is pale brown with the narrow scent gland openings lo-
cated in three piceous areas. A median dorsal piceous stripe is
located on the three posterior segments.

After approximately 18 days the fourth instar emerges as an
adult (Figure 6) which is 11.5 mm. long and characterized by a
wide black median dorsal stripe extending along the abdomen. The
adult has ocelli, may be brachypterous or macropterous and the
tarsi are 3-segmented. The pronotum is not armed with spines.

Literature Cited

Blatchley, W. S. 1926. Heteroptera or true bugs of Eastern
North America with special reference to the faunas of Florida
and Indiana. Indianapolis: The Nature Publishing Company.

1116 pp.

Bueno, J. R. de la Torre. 1917. Life history of the Northern
Microvelia, Microvelia borealis. Ent. News 28: 354-359.
1 plate.

156

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society yoi.LViii

Fracker, S. B. 1912. A systematic outline of the Reduviidae of
North America. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 19: 217-252.

Fracker, S. B. and R. L. Usinger. 1949. The generic identifica-
tion of Nearctic Rednviid nymphs. Annals of the Ent. Soc.
Amer. 42 : 273-278.

Frick, K. E. 1949. Biology of Microz’dia capitata Guerin in the
Panama Canal Zone and its role as a predator on Anopheline
larvae. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 42: 77-100.

Hoffman, W. E. 1925. Some acquatic Hemiptera having only
four nymphal stages. Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 20: 93-94.

Readio, P. A. 1927. Biology of the Reduviidae of America
North of Mexico. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bui. 17: 1-291, 21
plates.

Southwood, T. R. E. and D. W. Fewkes. 1961. The immature
stages of the common British Nabidae. Trans. Soc. Brit.
Ent. 14: 147-166.

Van Duzee, E. P. Catalogue of the Hemiptera of America North
of Mexico. Univ. Cal. Pub. Ent. 2: 1-902.

ANNOUNCEMENT

The Brooklyn Entomological Society has designated Henry
Tripp of 92-06 Jamaica Avenue, Woodhaven, New York as its sole
agent for the sale of back issues of the Bulletin of the Brooklyn
Entomological Society and of Entomologica Americana. All in-
quiries concerning the sets, volumes or individual issues as well
as microfilms or photostats should be directed to Henry Tripp who
is the successor to the well-known bookdealers Henry G. Fiedler
and John D. Sherman, Jr.

9 December 1964

George S. Tulloch, Publication Committee
Brooklyn Entomological Society

CONTENTS OF VOLUME LVIII

(Arranged alphabetically throughout)

COLEOPTERA

A note on abnormal oviposition
habits of the cowpea weevil,
Callosbruchus macnlatus, Ed-
win W. Kings, 61

Synopsis of the known Mexican
species of Aneflns (Coleop-
tera ; Cerambycidae ) J. A.
Cheinsak & E. G. Linsley, 80-
95

Diptera

A new Parasimilium and fur-
ther records for the type
species (Diptera: Simuliidae)
Alan Stone, 127-129
Additional notes on Diptera
(Tabanidae) from Delaware,
Donald MacCreary, 97-98
Asian Macrocera Meigen, 1803
(Diptera : Mycetophilidae) ,

with some remarks on the
status of the genus and related
genera, Edward I. Coher, 23-
36

Description of the tanyderid
larva protanyderus margarita
Alexander from Colorado, Al-
len W. Knight, 9^103
Notes on the extant types of
Dr. O. Duda’s Costa Rican

Drosophilidae (Diptera)
Observations on the biology of
Tipila Eooteana Alexander
(Diptera: Tipulidae) B. A.
Foote, 145-150

Techniques for determining
thoracic scale patterns on al-
cohol-preserved mosquitoes,
Robert G. Means, 126
The identity of Lutzomyia cur-
ran (Diptera), Curtis W. Sa-
brosky, 14-17

Undescribed species of nema-
tocerous Diptera Part XII,
Charles P. Alexander, 6-11
Undescribed species of nema-
tocerous Diptera XIII,
Charles P. Alexander, 133-
138

General

A note on abnormal oviposition
habits of the cowpea weevil,
Callosbruchus maculatus, Ed-
win W. Kings, 61
An aid for paraffin embedding,
Wm. B. Nutting, 12-13
Announcement

Appointment of Sales Agent,
156

Notes on the extant types of
Dr. O. Duda’s Costa Rican
Drosophilidae (Diptera)
Marshall R. Wheeler, 51-61

Publications received :

Biological and biochemical
bases of behavior, edited by
Harry F. Harlow and Clin-
ton N. Woolsey, 476 pp.
Univ. of Wisconsin Press,
1958, 79

Collembolenfauna Europas,
by Hermann Gisin, 312 pp.,
554 figs. Museaum D’His-
toire Naturelle, Geneva,
1960, 50

Guide to the Insects of Con-

157

158

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

necticiit. Part VI. The Dip-
tera or true flies. Fascicle
8 : Blepharoceridae and

Deuterophlebiidae, by C. P.
Alexander, Conn. State
Geol. and Hist. Snrv. Bull.
93: 39-80, figs. 1-36 1963,
50

Robber Flies of the World.
The genera of the family
Asilidae, by Frank M. Hull,
907 pp., 2,356 figs., in 2
volumes. Smiths. Inst.,
U.S.N.M. Bull. 224. 1962
(Price $10.25), 50
The beetles of the Pacific
northwest. Part HI : Psel-
apbidae and Diversicornia
I, by Melville H. Hatch, pp.
1-503, 66 pis. Univ. of

Hemiptera :

A key to the new world genera
of lassinae with reviews of
Scaroidana and Pachyopsis
( Homoptera : Cicadelliade ) ,

James P. Kramer, 37-50
A new Panamanian stink bug
(Heteroptera : Pentatomidae,
Discocephalinae) , Herbert
Ruckes, 129-132
Lectotype designation for Ran-
atra quadridentata Stal
(Hemiptera: Nepidae), Ar-
nold S. Menke, 112-113
Leptocoris trivittatus (Say) and

Washington Publ. in Bio.,
Vol. 16, Univ. of Washing-
ton Press, Seattle, 1962.
(Price $7.00), 50
The exploitation of natural
animal populations, ed. bv
E. D. LeCren and M. W.
Holdgate, 399 pp. Black-
well Scientific Publications,
Oxford, England. 1962.
(Price $10.75), 79
The molecular basis of evolu-
tion, by Christian B. An-
finsen, 228 pp., 98 figs. John
Wiley & Sons. 1961. (Price
$6.35), 79
The origin of races, by Carle-
ton S. Coon, 724 pp. Alfred
A. Knopf, Inc. 1963. (Price
$10.00), 79

Homoptera

Coriomeris bumilis Uhl. in
New England (Hemiptera:
Coreidae), James A. Slater &
Carl W. Schaefer, 114-117
Review of the genus Atracto-
tomus Fieber in North Amer-
ica with notes, key, and de-
scription of one new species
(Hemiptera: Miridae), Rich-
ard C. Froeschner, 1-5
The life history of Fitchia aptera
Stal ( Hemiptera-Reduvi-
idae), Russell M. DeCoursev,
151-156

Hymenoptera

Biological notes on Cerceris
hlakei Cresson (Hymenop-
tera: Sphecidae), Karl V.

Krombein, 72-79
Miscellaneous prey records of

solitary wasps V. (Hymenop-
tera: Aculeata), Karl V.

Krombein, 118-120
Observations of suspected den-
sity dependent fighting be-

Dec., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

159

tween females of the cicada
killer wasp Sphecius speciosus,
Norman Lin, 121-123
The genus Neochrysis in Amer-

ica north of Mexico (Hymen-
optera: Chrysididae) , R. M.
Bohart, 139-144

Other Orders

New California grasshoppers of
the genera Melanoplus and
Hypsalonia (Orthoptera: Ac-
rididae), A. B. Gurney and
G. M. Buxton, 62-71
Three stoneflies (Plecoptera)
from Cape Thompson, Alaska,
Stanley G. Jewett, Jr., 123-
125

Larvae and pupae of two North
American Limnephilid cad-
disfly genera (Trichoptera :
Limnephilidae), Glen B. Wig-
gins, 103-112

New species of Hydroptilidae
(Trichoptera), R. L. Blickle,
17-22

INDEX TO VOLUME LVIII

New species and other new forms are indicated by boldface. ^
indicates animals other than insects, * plants.

* Acer negundo, 114
Aedes, 126

Agrypnia pagetana, 105

* Aldenella tenuifolio, 74
Anabolia bimaculata, 105
Aneflomorpha cylindricollis, 84
Aneflus basicornis, 83

calvatus, 83, 96
cochisensis, 90
cylindricollis, 80, 82
fisheri, 87
fulvipennis, 80
glabropunctatus, 84, 93
humeralis, 90
insoletus, 88
levettei, 83
minutivestis, 85, 93
nivarius, 91, 95
paracalvatus, 84, 92
planus, 80
prolixus, 82, 88
prosopidis, 96

protensus, 83
pubescens, 82, 84
rugicollis, 84, 92
sonoranus, 82, 88

variegatus, 93
zilchi, 80

Anthonomus sexguttatus, 77, 78
Apiraptrix, 78
^ Araneus, 118
Arcynopteryx compacta, 125
Asynarchus, 103
Attractotomus acaciae, 3, 5
albidicoxis, 3, 5
balli, 1,3
buenoi, 4
cercocarpi, 3, 4
crataegi, 3, 4
flavotarsus, 3, 4
hesperius, 4, 5
magnicornis, 3, 4
mali, 3

purshiae, 1, 3

160

BuUetin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society ^oi.lviii

reiiteri, 3, 5
Axetstiniis obscurus

Batrachomorphus grossus, 47
sialos, 39

Bezzimyia americana, 14, 16
biisckii, 15, 16
Blapstinus interruptus, 78
Bunostoma brasiliensis, 57

Callosobruchus maculatus, 61
Capnia oenone, 124
ogotoruka, 124
projecta, 124
Cerceris blakei, 76, 77, 79
finitima, 78
insolita, 119
nigrescens, 79
rufinoda, 78

Cbaetocnema piilicaria, 78
Chlorotabanus crepuscularis, 97
Cbyranda centralis, 105
Cbrysis alabamensis, 142
albibasalis, 142
anisitsii, 142
Carina, 140
cristata, 142
ellampoides, 142
friesiana, 142
genbergi, 142, 143
klugii, 142
lateralis, 143
leucobasis, 142
leucochila, 142
leucochiloides, 142
longiventris, 142
marginalis, 142
montezuma, 141
neolateralis, 142, 143
panamensis, 142
pilifrons, 142, 144
punctatissima, 140
stenops, 144

Chrysops, 147
atlantica, 98
brunnea, 98
celata, 98
flavida, 98
flavidns, 98

Cladochaeta infumata, 55
nebulosa, 55
Clostoeca disjiincta, 106
Coriomeris humilis, 114
Crossoceriis planipes, 119
Ctenacroscelis albovittatus, 10
hansoni, 6
leptostylus, 8
pallifrons, 10, 11
simplicitarsus, 10
Cnlex, 126

Derelomiis basilis, 73, 78
Diathoneura adumbrata, 54
albifacies, 54
cruciata, 54
euryopa, 54
giittipennis, 55
infumata, 55
laticeps, 55
minuta, 55
nigrescens, 55
nigrifrons, 56
nubeculosa, 56
pleurolineata, 56
qiiadrivittata, 52
tanyptera, 56
taeniatipennis, 51
tesselata, 56
uniradiata, 57
Dichlorus ferrugatiis, 97
Dolichonabis limbatis, 152
lineatus, 152

Drosophila abregolineata, 52
alternolineata, 53
angustibucca, 53
annulimana, 53

Dec., 1963 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

161

bocainensis, 53
calloptera, 57
flavohalterata, 52
fumipennis, 52
fundomaculata, 52
fuscohalterata, 52
fuscolineata, 53
g-igas, 53
glabrifrons, 52
guarani, 53
kerteszina, 52
limbiventris, 52
medioobscurata, 52
mediostriata, 52
nasalis, 52
nigrohalterata, 52
pictiventris, 54
poeciloptera, 57
prorepleta, 52
rostrata, 54
schildi, 57
semialba, 52
suldnfumata, 52
tuchaua, 53

Ectemnius continuus, 120
Elaphidion levettei, 89
protensum, 81

Episyron qiiinquenotatus, 118
Exochrysis panamensis, 141

Eenderomyia smithi, 34
Eitchia aptera, 151

Gargaropsis imiervis, 49
Goniops chrysocoma, 97
Gorytes canaliculatus, 119
Graphops floridana, 77
Grunchia grossa, 47
Gymnastes comes, 136
dasycera, 137

Horistomyia oxycantha, 138

* Houstonia angustifolia, 4
Hydroptila ampoda, 19

broweri, 18
fiskei, 19
hamata, 19
jackmanni, 17

scolops, 19

Hypsalonia merga, 68

miwoki, 70
rentzi, 68

Idioceriis, 119
Ipsiura, 142

Leptocoris trivittatus, 114
* Leptoglottis, 72
Limnephilus, 103
Limnobaris confusa, 76
Limonia, 147
Eutzomyia americana, 14

Macrocera alternata, 25
brunnea, 25, 28
crassicornis, 23, 25
elegaiis, 23, 27
ephemeraeformis, 26, 34
fascipennis, 34
femina, 23, 31
nepalensis, 28
simbhanjangana, 30
smithi, 30
trinubila, 30
trispina, 29
vishnui, 23, 31
Macronychia aurata, 120
Macropsis viridis, 119
Melanolestes picipes, 152
Melanophora roralis, 15
Melanoplus brevipennis, 67
chimariki, 65
cimeatus, 68
keiferi, 62
occidentalis, 62, 63
rileyanus, 67
rugglesi, 68

162

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. LVIII

Microvelia borealis, 152
biienoi, 152
capitata, 152

Molanna flavicornis, 105

Nemoura arctica, 124
Neochrysis carina, 140
genbergi, 142
glabriceps, 140
inseriata, 140
lecontei, 140
montezunia, 140, 141
neolateralis, 143
panamensis, 141
paraensis, 140
pilifrons, 144
Neoditomyia andina, 24
colombiana, 24
0 Neoscona arabesca, 118
Neotanygastrella tricoloripes, 57
Nepa apiculata, 152

Oncoechilus, 129
Oxybelus emarginatiis, 120

Oxyethira allagashensis, 20

rivicola, 20

Ochrotrichia wojcickyi, 20

logana, 20
lometa, 20
Odynerus gayi, 144

Pachodynerus gayi, 144

Pachyopsis calceus, 46

chulumanensis, 41
clypeatus, 41
foratus, 46
laetus, 43

similis, 46

Paraliodrosophilia bipartita, 57
dudai, 58
mihalyii, 60
Paramacrocera, 25

Paramycodrosophilia
costaricana, 52
poeciloptera, 57
Parasimulium furcatum, 127
melanderi, 127
Peringueyomuina barnardi, 99

* Phalaris arundinacea, 145
Philarctus quaeris, 107
Philorus vanduseei, 134
Pleurochrysis viridis, 140
Plusiomyia kraussiana, 135
Podium Carolina, 142

luctuosum, 118
Pollenia rudis, 120
Protaneflus pubescens, 86
Protanyderus margarita, 99
vipio, 99

Protoplasa fitchii, 99
Ptychoptera atritarsis, 134
sikkimensis, 133

* Purshia tridentata, 1

Ranatra quadridentata, 112
Rhabdopteros praetextus, 119

* Rhododendron, 134

* Sabel Eltonia, 72

* Sarracenia purpurea, 98
Scaroidana flavida, 40, 43

fulvula, 41, 43
xouthe, 43

Selenochilus nitidus, 130

Sphecius speciosus, 121

Tabanus, 147

Tanyglossa tenuirostris, 52
Tipila flavolineata, 148
Footeana, 145, 148
Tychius picirostris, 78

* Vaccinium, 151
Zygothrica, 52

Number of new forms in this volume — 36.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY

The Bulletin. Vols. 1-7, 1879-85, Microfilm $10.00

Vols. 8-57, 1912-62, Regular issue $125.00

Subse(juent volumes, ]:>er year $ 4.00

Entomologica Americana. Vols. 1-10, 1885-90 & 1926-30,

Microfilm $15.00

Vols. 11-19, 1931-39, Microfilm $15.00

Vols. 20-29, 1940-49, Microfilm $15.00

Vols. 30-42, 1950-62, Regular issue $70.00

Subsequent volumes, per }^ear $ 6.00

A Glossary of Entomology, Torre-Bueno, cloth bound

including Supplement A $ 7.00

Supplement A to Torre-Bueno’s Glossary of Entomol-

ogy, 36 pp., 1960 $1.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

New York Thysanoptera, Hood. 36 pp., 2 plates. 1926 $ 1.00

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Life History of

Bremus bimaculatus, Prison. 65 pp., 8 figs. 1928 $ 2.00

A Revision of the Genus Eurema — Part II. New World
Species, Taxonomy and Synonymy, Klots. 73 pp.,

101 figs. 1929 $ 1.50

Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of the Cole-
optera, Boving & Craighead. Cloth bound, 351 pp.,

125 plates. 1930-31 $10.00

The Nearctic Social Wasps of the Subfamily Polybiinae,

Bequaert. 63 pp., 8 figs. 1933 $ 2.00

Revision of the Epistrophe Flies of America North of

Mexico, Fluke. 57 pp., 45 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

The Biology and Taxonomy of the Genus Trichiotinus,

Hofifmann. 76 pp., 20 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

A Review of the Genus Cyrtopogon in North America,

Wilcox and Martin. 95 pp., 58 figs. 1936 $ 2.00

Bibliography of the Described Life Histories of the Rho-
palocera of America North of Mexico, Davenport
and Dethier. 40 pp. 1937 $ 4.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

Notes and Keys on the Genus Brochymena, Ruckes. 95

pp,, 41 figs. 1946 $ 3.00

Female Genitalia of Culicidae, with Particular Reference

to Characters of Generic Value, Coher. 38 pp. 1948 $ 4.00

The Scutate Ticks, or Ixodidae, of Indonesia, Anastos.

144 pp., 28 figures. 1950 $ 5.00

The Tingoidea of New England and their Biology,

Bailey, 140 pp., 6 figs. 1951 $ 5.00

The Hippoboscidae or Louse-Flies of Mammals and
Birds, Part I. Structure, Physiology and Natural

History, Bequaert, 442 pp., 21 figs. 1952-53 $10.00

Part II. Taxonomy, Evolution and Revision of
American Genera and Species. 611 pp., 83 figs.
1954-56 $15.00

A Revision of the Sphaeropthalmine Mutillidae of Amer-
ica North of Mexico, II. Schuster. 130 pp. 27 figs.

1957 $5.00

A Synopsis of American Mycomyiini. Coher. 155 pp.,

131 figs. 1958 $ 6.00

The Morphology, Phylogeny, and Higher Classification
of the Family Tingidae. Drake and Davis. 100
pp., 75 figs $ 6.00

The External Morphology of the Last-Instar Nymph of

Magicicada septendecim. Lew. 79 pp., 48 figs. 1959 $ 6.00

Taxonomy and Biology of Nearctic Limnephilid Larvae

(Trichoptera). Flint. 177 pp., 82 figs. 1960 . . . .$ 6.00

Revision of the Genus Copris of the Western Hemi-
sphere. Matthews. 137 pp., 88 figs. 1961 $ 6.00

Revision of the Cosmopterigidae of America North of

Mexico. Hodges. 166 pp., 199 figs. 1962 $ 6.00

All orders for all publications MUST be sent DIRECT to Brook-
lyn Entomological Society, R. R. McElvare, Treasurer, P.O. Box
386, Southern Pines, North Carolina.

BUSINESS PRESS INC., Lancaster, Pa.

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

Vols. LIX & LX 1964-65

EDITED BY

JOHN F. HANSON

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

JOHN F. HANSON

GEORGE S. TULLOCH JAMES A. SLATER

BUSINESS PRESS, INC.
Lancaster, Pennsylvania

1964-65

^ ‘7

^ 7

VoL. LIX & LX

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

JOHN F. HANSON

GEORGE S. TULLOCH JAMES A. SLATER

Published for the Society by
Business Press, Inc.

N. Queen St. and McGovern Ave., Lancaster, Pa.

Subscription, $4.00 per year
Mailed June 29, 1966

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa. under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

OFFICERS 1964-65

Honorary President
R. R. McELVARE
President

HARRY BEATROS

Vice President
CASIMIR REDJIVES

Secretary

ANNA FLAHERTY

T reasurer

R. R. McELVARE
P. O. Box 386
Southern Pines
North Carolina

CONTENTS

New crane flies from southern Asia, Alexander 1

New species of Iron, Traver 23

Use of sand grains by pavement ants, Lin 30

Packard’s record of American entomology, Dexter 35

Notes on the Buprestidae: IV, Nelson 37

New Sphegina from Nepal, Thompson 42

Arctic Muscidae, Huckett 46

Book review, McElvare 50 .

Biology of Mastrus argae, Bobb 53

Case-building by Nemataulius, Bernhardt 63

Anomaly in a Coreid, Schaefer . 77

Mixed colonies of ants, Sanwald 81

Use of emergence holes of cicada killer, Lin 82

New caddisfly species. Root 85

Feeding habits of Alaska mosquitoes, Hopla 88

Table of Contents and Index to Vols. LIX & LX 129

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $4.00 per year; foreign, $4.25 in advance; single
copies, 85 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Address subscriptions to
the Treasurer, manuscripts and other communications to the editor, JOHN F.
HANSON, Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.

SPECIAL ANNOUNCEMENT

With the printing of this double volume (LIX & LX),
the Bulletin suspends publieation indefinitely.

The Publieation Committee
Brooklyn Entomologieal Soeiety

APPOINTMENT OF SALES AGENT

9 December 1964

Publication Committee
Brooklyn Entomological Society

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

VoLS. LIX & LX

1964-65

NEW SPECIES OF ERIOPTERINE CRANE FLIES
FROM SOUTHERN ASIA (TIPULIDAE: DIPTERA)

Charles P. Alexander^

The species discussed herewidi belong to the vast tribe Eriop-
terini which includes a majority of the small and medium sized
species in the Tipulidae. The materials are from various parts of
India and Ceylon, where they were collected by Dr. Fernand
Schmid, outstanding student of the Trichoptera, with one further
species that was taken by Dr. Edward I. Coher in Afghanistan. The
types of the novelties are preserved in my collection of world
Tipulidae and allied families.

BAEOURA Alexander

Erioptera (Baeoura) Alexander; Ent. Soc. America, 17: 67;
1924 (type nigrolatera Alexander, South Africa).

Although originally placed with Erioptera, Baeoura actually is
much closer to Cryptolahis Osten Sacken, being distinguished there-
from chiefly by the very different venation of the radial field of the
wing. Very numerous species occur in the Oriental region with
fewer in the Ethiopian.

Baeoura angustisterna, n.sp.

Size very small (wing of male less than 4 mm.) ; mesonotum
gray, praescutum with a broad dark brown central stripe and in-
tensely blackened oval areas on sides ; setae of legs inconspicuous ;
wings grayish subhyaline, vein Sc short ; male hypopgium with
tergal lobes very slender, ninth sternite unusually long and narrow,
setuliferous ; phallosome including a relatively short slender straight

^ Contribution from the entomological laboratory. University of
Massachusetts.

2 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

aedeagus, the gonapophyses much broader, terminating in short
paired obtuse blades.

Male: Length about 3 mm. ; wing 3.8 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout ; flagellar
segments oval, the outer ones more elongate. Head gray.

Pronotum brownish gray, pretergites and sides of scutum yel-
lowed. Mesonotal praescutum light gray with three conspicuous
darkened areas, the broad central stripe dark brown, the oval lateral
areas intensely blackened, subcircular in outline ; posterior sclerites
plumbeous gray. Pleura black, sparsely pruinose ; dorsopleural
membrane brown. Halteres dark brown. Legs with coxae and
trochanters brown ; remainder of legs dark brown with inconspicu-
ous setae. Wings grayish subhyaline, prearcular and costal fields
slightly more whitened ; veins brown. Prearcular field unusually
long and narrow. Venation: Sc short, Sc^ ending about opposite
midlength of Rs, the latter a little shorter than R ; vein bent
caudad, generally parallel to the distal section of R^ ; m-cu at from
one-fourth to one-fifth M3 + 4 ; cell 2nd A narrow.

Abdomen, including hypopygium, black. Male hypopygium with
a broad U-shaped emargination on posterior border of tergite, the
lateral tergal lobes extended into narrow glabrous blades with ob-
tuse apices, at their bases with unusually long setae. Ninth sternite
darkened, unusually long and narrow, its length about five to six
times the greatest width, near outer end with several long setae, the
entire surface with abundant microscopic setulae. Basistyle with a
small darkened apical lobe. Dististyle terminating in a gently curved
rod that narrows gradually to the obtuse tip. Phallosome including
a relatively short and slender straight aedeagus, the tip acute ; gona-
pophyses much broader, short, terminating in paired short obtuse
blades.

Habitat: India (Madras). Holotype: J', Senbaganur, 5,500-
6,500 feet, December 7, 1958 (Fernand Schmid).

Other regional species having vein Sc of the wings unusually
short and with the dististyle of the hypopygium generally similar
include Baeoura acustyla Alexander, B. primaeva Alexander, and
B. sternata Alexander, all differing in thoracic coloration and espe-
cially in hypopygial structure, including the tergal lobes, ninth ster-
nite and phallosome. The sternite of the present fly proportionately
is narrower than in other species.

Baeoura bilobula, n.sp.

General coloration of thorax black, the praescutum intensely so ;

196^-65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

femora brownish black, tibiae and tarsi paler, the segments with
very long erect setae ; wings strongly darkened ; male hypopygium
with posterior end of tergal plate produced into obtuse lobes ; ster-
nite bilobed, with long setae ; dististyle boomerang-shaped.

Male: Length about 4-4.3 mm. ; wing 5-5.3 mm. ; antenna about
1.3-1. 4 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae dark brown ; outer
flagellar segments progressively more slender, with very long ver-
ticils. Head dark brown, the front and broad orbits light gray ;
setae erect and very long.

Pronotum dark brown. Mesonotal praescutum intensely black,
scutum more gray pruinose, scutellum light brownish gray, the post-
notum again blackened ; praescutal setae long, erect. Pleura black,
the membranes paler. Halteres brownish black, base of stem nar-
rowly yellowed. Legs with coxae brownish black; trochanters
brown ; femora brownish black, tibiae and tarsi brownish yellow,
outer segments darker; legs with very long erect setae. Wings
strongly darkened, stigmal region restrictedly and very vaguely
more darkened; whitened streaks along veins M and 1st A; veins
dark brown. Costal and posterior wing fringes very long, especially
the latter. Venation: Sci, ending about opposite fork of Rs, the
latter subequal to or about one-third longer than R ; m-cu at near
midlength of Ms + 4,; cell 2nd A narrow.

Abdomen dark brown, the small hypopygium blackened. Male
hypopygium with the tergal plate long, outer lateral angles pro-
duced into obtuse points or knobs, laterally on either side with a
row of five or six peglike structures. What appears to represent the
sternite is a conspicuous bilobed structure, the inner margins of the
lobes with long setae. Dististyle brownish yellow, boomerang-
shaped. Aedeagus broad-based, narrowed to the slender apex.
Eighth sternite terminating in a rounded knob.

Habitat: India (Sikkim). Holotype: J', Palam, 5,100 feet, April
25, 1959 (Fernand Schmid). Paratopotypes : 5 J', with the type.

In the strongly darkened wings and erect setae of the legs the
present fly suggests Baeoura funebris (Alexander), of the eastern
Himalayas, which differs especially in hypopygial structure, includ-
ing the lateral lobe of the dististyle. Other Indian species that have
very long setae on the legs include B. irula, n.sp., B. nilgiriana Alex-
ander, B. pollicis Alexander, and some others in South India and
Ceylon, and B. subnebula Alexander, of Nepal, all differing con-
spicuously in the coloration of the wings and structure of the
hypopygium.

4 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX £ LX

Baeoura bistela, n.sp.

General coloration gray ; antennae black ; halteres infuscated ; legs
black, setae of femora inconspicuous, of tibiae and basitarsi longer ;
wings weakly infuscated ; male hypopygium with posterior border
of tergite truncate, with yellow lateral blades ; dististyle terminal,
very long and slender ; phallosome including the elongate aedeagus
and still longer pale gonapophyses.

Male: Length about 4.8-5 mm. ; wing 4-4.2 mm.

Female: Length about 4.5 mm. ; wing 4.3 mm.

Rostrum brown ; palpi black. Antennae black, pedicel very
large; verticils of proximal flagellar segments very long. Head
light brownish gray ; anterior vertex broad.

Pronotum dark gray, sides of scutellum obscure reddish. Meso-
notum light gray, praescutum with a broad darker central stripe and
poorly differentiated lateral areas ; posterior border of scutellum re-
strictedly reddish brown. Pleura gray, dorsopleural membrane
buffy. Halteres infuscated, base of stem narrowly light brown.
Legs with coxae gray; trochanters yellowish brown; remainder of
legs black, femoral setae sparse and inconspicuous, those of tibiae
longer, of basitarsi long and conspicuous. Wings weakly infus-
cated, costal border more whitened, stigma very vaguely darker ;
veins pale brown, cord more darkened, veins of costal region paler.
Venation : i?2 + 3 + 4 subequal to basal section of R^.

Abdomen dark brown. Ovipositor with the fleshy valves obscure
orange. Male hypopygium with the tergite transverse, gently nar-
rowed outwardly, posterior border truncated, the lateral angles pro-
duced into flattened yellow blades that are directed slightly mesad.
Dististyle terminal, unusually long and slender, only a little shorter
than the basistyle ; base enlarged, thence gently curved to the sub-
acute tip ; surface with scattered microscopic punctures, before apex
with a long erect seta. Phallosome with three elongate pale ele-
ments, the two gonapophyses longer than the relatively stout aedea-
gus, the latter narrowed very gradually to an acute point ; apophyses
subparallel throughout their extent, near apex constricted and
twisted to the acute tip.

Habitat: India (Assam). Holotype: J', Nongjni, United Khasi-
Jaintia Hills, 3,750 feet, April 19, 1960 (Fernand Schmid). Allo-
topotype: $, pinned with type. Paratypes: J, Nongrim, Khasi-

Jaintia, 1,800 feet, March 27, 1960; Nongjrong, Mikir-Cachar,
2,700 feet, April 25, 1960 (Fernand Schmid)

Baeoura bistela is quite distinct from other regional species in the
hypopygial structure, particularly the long slender gonapophyses.

196J,-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

A conspicuous development of these latter structures is very un-
common in the genus but is found also in the genotype, B. nigrola-
tera (Alexander), of southeastern Africa.

Baeoura irula, n.sp.

Size large (wing over 5 mm.) ; general coloration of mesonotum
brown with four poorly indicated darker stripes; halteres infus-
cated ; legs brownish yellow, with long conspicuous setae ; wing
veins with very long trichia, Rs longer than R ; male hypopygium
with apex of dististyle bifid, the upper lobe with six or seven long
subretrorse setae.

Male: Length about 4.5 mm. ; wing 5. 3-5. 5 mm.

Femaie: Length about 4.5 mm. ; wing 5.2 mm.

Rostrum brownish yellow, palpi pale brown. Antennae brown ;
flagellar segments subcylindrical, the outer ones more slender, all
shorter than their verticils. Head light gray, with very long setae.

Pronotum light brown, yellowed on sides and behind, setae long ;
pretergites yellowed anteriorly. Mesonotal praescutum brown, with
four poorly indicated darker stripes, sides gray pruinose, vestiture
very long, erect ; scutum brownish gray, scutellum obscure yellow ;
mediotergite gray, pleurotergite brownish gray. Pleura gray ; dor-
sopleural membrane obscure yellow. Halteres infuscated, base of
stem narrowly yellowed. Legs with fore coxae light brown, remain-
ing coxae and all trochanters yellow ; remainder of legs brownish
yellow, extreme tips of tibiae and the outer tarsal segments darker ;
vestiture of legs long and conspicuous. Wings whitened, stigma
and a seam over cord pale brown, Anal cells paler brown ; veins
brown, prearcular and costal field paler. Venation: Rs from one-
third to one-half longer than R and about three times i?2 + 3 + 4 ; veins
beyond cord long, much as in Erioptera; m-cii at near midlength of
Mg + 4 ; cell 2nd A narrow, especially outwardly.

Abdomen, including hypopygium, brown. Male hypopygium
with the tergite large, arched, posterior border convex, with strong
setae ; median area farther produced into a small shield-shaped area.
Dististyle large, arcuated, apex bifid, the lobes unequal with obtuse
tips ; margin of the larger upper lobe with six or seven long subre-
trorse setae. Aedeagus stout, the tip upcurved to an acute point.

Habitat: India (Madras). Holotype: Kodaikanal, 6,500-

7,200 feet, December 5, 1958 (Fernand Schmid). Allotopotype :
pinned with type. Paratopotype: 1 J, pinned with type; paratype:
J', Gudalur, 4,000-6,500 feet, January 7, 1959 (Fernand Schmid).

The structure of the aedeagus is somewhat as in the otherwise

6 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX LX

quite different Baeoura palmulata, n,sp. The simple lobe of the
tergite and the bifid apex of the dististyle provide strong characters
for the recognition of the species.

Baeoura longiloba, n.sp.

General coloration of thoracic dorsum blackened, sparsely prui-
nose to appear plumbeous, scutellum conspicuously orange yellow ;
halteres infuscated ; legs brownish black, vestiture inconspicuous ;
wings weakly infuscated, vaguely patterned with darker, Rs about
one-half longer than R ; male hypopygium with both the tergal lobes
and the dististyle unusually long and slender ; apex of ninth sternite
broadly obtuse ; phallosome with short obtuse gonapophyses and a
very short pale aedeagus.

Male: Length about 4 mm. ; wing 4.3 mm.

Rostrum light brown, palpi slightly darker. Antennae dark
brown ; flagellar segments beyond the proximal three or four elon-
gate, shorter than their verticils. Head light gray.

Pronotum chiefly brown, the sides and the pretergites yellowed.
Mesonotal praescutum and scutum almost uniformly blackened, with
a sparse gray bloom to appear plumbeous and subnitidous ; scutel-
lum conspicuously orange yellow, restrictedly darkened medially at
base ; parascutella and postnotum blackened. Pleura blackened,
sparsely pruinose; dorsopleural membrane obscure yellow. Hal-
teres infuscated, base of stem restrictedly obscure yellow. Legs
with coxae infuscated, trochanters more brownish yellow ; remain-
der of legs brownish black, femoral bases restrictedly yellowed ;
segments with inconspicuous vestiture. Wings weakly infuscated,
stigmal region and a vague seam over cord slightly darker, base and
costal field more whitened ; veins brown. Venation : Rs about one-
half longer than R; i?2 + 3 + 4 nearly three times R2 + 3; R2 trans-
verse, pale brown ; m-cu before fork of M ; cell 2nd A relatively
broad.

Abdomen dark brown throughout. Male hypopgium with tergal
lobes unusually long and slender, entirely glabrous, tips obtuse, their
length seven or eight times the width. Ninth sternite elongate, the
apex broadly obtuse. Dististyle terminal, unusually long, about
equal in length to the basistyle, widest at near midlength ; outer half
of nearly uniform diameter, the tip obtuse ; setae sparse, restricted to
outer half and chiefly near apex. Phallosome pale, including short
obtuse gonapophyses and a very short slender aedeagus.

Habitat: India (Assam). Holotype: J', Luanglong, Khunou,
Manipur, 2,500 feet. May 28, 1960 (Fernand Schmid).

1964-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Society

Baeoura longiloba is best told from other regional members of the
genus by the blackened mesonotiim, inconspicuous setae of legs, and
especially in the hypo])ygial details, as the unusually long and slen-
der tergal lobes and dististyle and the structure of the phallosome.
The very short aedeagus of the unique type does not appear to be
broken and appears to represent a normal condition.

Baeoura naga, n.sp.

General coloration dark brown, sides of praescutum with a major
oval black area ; rostrum brown, antennae black ; segments of legs
brown with darker tips, the tibiae and tarsi with long erect setae ;
wings gray with a broad pale brown band over the cord ; male
hypopygium with lateral tergal lobes appearing as slender spines ;
dististyle a long sinuous rod, at near two-thirds the length on outer
margin with a slender lobe ; aedeagus stout, apex unequally bifid.

Male: Length about 4. 5-4.6 mm. ; wing 4.5-5 mm. ; antennae
about 1-1.1 mm.

Female: Length about 5 mm. ; wing 5 mm.

Rostrum brown, palpi black. Antennae black throughout. Head
gray.

Thorax above almost uniformly dark gray, sides of praescutum
with a major oval black area. Pleura light gray: dorsopleural
membrane brown. Halteres infuscated, base of stem slightly more
reddened. Legs with coxae and trochanters brown ; femora, tibiae
and basitarsi brown, the tips darker, remainder of tarsi brownish
l)lack ; tibiae and tarsi with conspicuous long erect setae, those of
femora more appressed. Wings gray, prearcular and costal regions
more whitened ; a broad pale brown band crossing wing at cord,
more intense anteriorly, with a second paler suffusion near the wing
base; veins brown. Venation: Sc long, Sc^ ending shortly before
fork of R2 + 3 + 4, Sc2 retracted, Sc-^ alone about one-half longer than
T?2 + 3 + 4; m-cu shortly before midlength of Mg + 4.

Abdomen dark brown. Male bypopygium with the tergite trans-
verse, posterior border truncate, each outer lateral angle produced
into a slender spine with long setae at its base. Dististyle distinc-
tive, appearing as a long sinuous rod, tip obtuse, at near two-thirds
the length on outer margin with a slender lobe, farther distad with a
low obtuse protuberance. Aedeagus a stout yellow rod, near apex
bifid to form a longer spike and a shorter subterminal spine.

Habitat: India (Mysore). Holotype: Kulgunda, 1,000-1,250

feet, January 21, 1959 (Fernand Schmid). Allotopotype: 5, pinned
with type. Paratopotypes: with the types.

8 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX <£• LX

Baeoura naga is entirely distinct from other regional members of
the genus, especially in the hypopygial structure, including the ter-
gite, dististyle and aedeagus. The coloration of the thorax is much
as in the genotype, B. nigrolatera (Alexander) of southeastern
Africa but the hypopygial structure is entirely different.

Baeoura palmulata, n.sp.

Mesonotal praescutum blackened, the remainder of thorax more
plumbeous gray ; halteres darkened ; legs dark brown, the setae very
conspicuous ; wings subhyaline, with a vague pale brown cloud along
cord ; 7^2 + 3 + 4 long, about three times R2 + Z, cell 2nd A narrow ; male
hypopygium with tergal lobes slender, ninth sternite terminating in
a short obtuse darkened lobe ; dististyle a flattened dark colored pad-
dlelike blade ; aedaegus large, yellow, flattened, narrowed gradually
outwardly, the tip a slightly upcurved spine.

Male: Length about 4 mm. ; wing 4. 3-4.5 mm.

Female: Length about 4 mm. ; wing 4.2 mm.

Rostrum and palpi blackened. Antennae dark brown ; pedicel
only moderately enlarged, flagellar segments slender, the outer ver-
ticils very long. Head light gray.

Pronotal scutellum light yellow, in cases the entire pronotum
uniformly darkened. Mesonotal praescutum blackened, the poste-
rior sclerites of notum dark gray. Pleura dark plumbeous gray.
Halteres darkened, base of stem narrowly yellowed. Legs with fore
coxae darkened, remaining coxae more brownish testaceous ; re-
mainder of legs dark brown, very conspicuously hairy. Wings sub-
hyaline, with a vague brown cloud extending from the stigma across
the cord; veins brown. Venation: Rs long, about one-third longer
than R; Ro + ^ + i: long, about three times R2 + 3; m-cii close to mid-
length of Mg + 4 ; cell 2nd A narrow.

Abdomen entirely dark brown. Male hypopygium with tergal
plate large, gradually narrowed outwardly, outer lateral angles pro-
duced into long slender glabrous lobes that are separated by a broad
U-shaped emargination. Ninth sternite produced into a short
darkened obtuse lobe. Dististyle a simple flattened dark colored
paddlelike blade. Aedeagus yellow, large, flattened, gradually nar-
rowed and arcuated outwardly, the tip a slightly upcurved spine.

Habitat: India (Assam). Holotype: Dawkin, Khasi-Jaintia

Hills, 200 feet, April 8, 1960 (Fernand Schmid) . Allotype: J, Cher-
rapunji, Khasi-Jaintia Hills, 4,500 feet, October 14, i960. Para-
types: 2 with the allotype; 1 Nongjni, Khasi-Jaintia Hills,
3,750 feet, April 19, 1960.

1964-65 BuJleiin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Baeoura palmulata is closest to B. angustilobata (Alexander), of
southeastern China, which differs in details of all hypopygial struc-
tures, including especially the tergite, sternite, dististyle and phallo-
some.

Baeoura platystyla, n.sp.

Size medium (wing of male 4.2 mm.) ; general coloration of
thorax plumbeous gray, the mesonotal scutellum extensively obscure
orange ; halteres dusky ; femora, tibiae and basitarsi brownish yel-
low to yellow, their tips narrowly darkened; wings pale gray
with two broad inconspicuous slightly darker bands ; male hypopy-
gium with dististyle broad, the lower apical angle produced into a
slender beak ; phallosome including very long slender gonapophyses
that appear lyriform, exceeding the sinuous aedeagus.

Male: Length about 4 mm. ; wing 4.2 mm.

Rostrum brown, palpi dark brown. Antennae brownish black, the
enlarged pedicel black ; flagellar segments elongate. Head light gray.

Pronotal scutum brownish gray, its posterior border and the
scutellum brownish yellow. Mesonotal praescutum and scutum al-
most uniformly light gray, vaguely patterned with darker plum-
beous gray ; scutellum obscure orange, the central part of base
darkened ; postnotum plumbeous gray. Pleura dark gray ; dorso-
pleural membrane extensively light brown. Halteres dusky, base of
stem restrictedly brightened. Legs with fore and middle coxae
darkened, posterior pair paler ; trochanters brownish yellow ; femora
and tibiae obscure brownish yellow, tips narrowly blackened ; basi-
tarsi yellowed, outer tarsal segments blackened ; vestiture of femora
short and inconspicuous, of tibiae and tarsi longer, not erect.
Wings pale gray, with two broad inconspicuous slightly darker dif-
fuse bands, one at level of origin of Rs, the other at the cord ; pre-
arcular and costal fields pale yellow ; veins pale brown, those com-
prising the cord darker brown, in the brightened fields more brown-
ish yellow. Venation: Rs long, subequal to R; R2 + 3 erect, subequal
to R 2', m-cu before midlength of Mg + 4.

Abdomen dark brown. Male hypopygium with the tergite large,
subquadrate, posterior border truncate, the outer angles produced
into the very broad obtuse glabrous lobes. Dististyle distinctive,
very broad, the lower apical angle produced into a slender rostrum.
Phallosome including the slender sinuous aedeagus and the much
larger gonapophyses, the latter appearing lyriform, each broad on
proximal third, thence suddenly narrowed, the tip a long straight
spine.

10 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

Habitat: India (Assam). Holotype: Nongjrong, United Dis-

strict of Mikir and North Gachar Hills, 2,700 feet, April 25, 1960
(Fernand Schmid).

The most similar regional species is Baeoura histela, n.sp., which
has the phallosome somewhat the same in the elongate gonapo-
physes, differing in all other details of the hypopygium, including
the slender tergal lobes and very different dististyle and phallosome.

Baeoura taprobanes, n.sp.

Size medium (wing of male about 4 mm.) ; general coloration of
thorax plumbeous ; legs light brown, conspicuously hairy ; wings
whitish subhyaline, vaguely patterned with darker, costal fringe and
vein trichia very long, Rs about one-half longer than R ; male hy-
popygium with the tergite terminating in a low broad central lobe ;
dististyle a simple curved blade, the apex narrowly obtuse, with two
pale spinoid setae ; aedeagus a simple stout nearly straight spinelike
organ, narrowed to the acute tip.

Male: Length about 3.8 mm. ; wing 4.1 mm.

Rostrum brownish yellow ; palpi dark brown. Antennae with the
scape brown, the enlarged pedicel and flagellum brownish black.
Head light gray ; setae erect, long and conspicuous.

Pronotum brownish gray. Mesonotum plumbeous, any pattern
present concealed in mounting medium. Mesopleura light plum-
beous, the posterior sclerites paler ; dorsopleural membrane buffy.
Halteres broken. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellowed, fore
coxae darkened ; remainder of legs light brown, conspicuously hairy.
Wings whitish subhyaline, cord and anal cells very vaguely dark-
ened ; veins brown, those of the cord somewhat darker. Costal
fringe and trichia of veins very long. Venation: Rs about one-half
longer than R; m-cu about its own length beyond fork of M ; cell
2nd A narrow, especially outwardly.

Abdomen dark brown. Male hypopygium with the tergite large,
gently narrowed outwardly, terminating in a broadly transverse
glabrous lobe, its apex virtually truncate; sides of tergite with five
or six strong setae. Dististyle a simple stout blade, curved beyond
midlength, the extreme apex narrowly obtuse, before tip with two
or three strong pale spinoid setae. Aedeagus a simple nearly straight
pale spine, broadest at base, narrowed very gradually to the acute
tip, the outer third very gently sinuous but not bent.

Habitat: Ceylon. Holotype: Lindula, 4,100 feet, March 3,

1954 (Fernand Schmid).

Baeoura taprobanes is most readily distinguished from other re-

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

gional species that have unusually hairy legs and wing veins hy the
hypopygial structure. The most similar species is B. irula, n.sp.,
which is readily told by the tergite, dististyle and aedeagus.

Baeoura tricalcarata, n.sp.

Size medium (wing slightly less than 5 mm.) ; general coloration
black, pruinose, in teneral individuals paler; male hypopygium with
posterior border of tergite produced into three elongate glabrous
lobes with obtuse tips ; dististyle elongate, near apex with two small
spinoid setae ; aedeagus at apex extended into an acute point.

Male: Length about 3.5-4 mm. ; wing 4. 2-4. 8 mm.

Female: Length about 3.5 mm. ; wing 4.8 mm.

Rostrum brownish yellow ; palpi dark brown. Antennae with
scape obscure yellow, remainder dark brown ; flagellar segments
long-subcylindrical, shorter than the verticils. Head light brown ;
anterior vertex broad. ^

Thorax of the type light brown, of the paratype almost black,
pruinose, the latter evidently the normal fully colored condition.
Halteres whitened. Legs of type pale, almost whitened, of the
paratype much darker ; segments with long pale setae. Wings whit-
ish subhyaline to light gray; veins brown. Venation: Sc ending
about opposite four-fifths to five-sixths the long Rs, the latter about
one-third to one-half longer than R ; m-cii at near one-third to one-
half M3+4.

Abdomen brown to almost black. Male hypopygium with the ter-
gite large, the posterior border produced into three elongate gla-
brous lobes, the tips obtusely rounded, before apex with two small
spinoid setae. Aedeagus broad at base, the outer end a narrow
curved horn, tip acute.

Habitat: India (Sikkim). Holotype: Lathong, 6560 feet, May

15, 1959 (Fernand Schmid). Allotopotype : pinned with type.

Paratype: Kechoiperi, 5,900 feet, April 9, 1959 (Fernand

Schmid) .

Baeoura tricalcarata is entirely dififerent from other regional
members of the genus in the tridentate tergite of the male hypopy-
gium.

Baeoura trisimilis, n.sp.

General coloration of mesonotal praescutum blackened, more in-
tense laterally, scutellum clear light yellow ; legs medium brown,
conspicuously hairy ; wings very weakly infuscated, slightly pat-
terned with darker ; costal fringe and vein trichia very long and

12 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX £ LX

conspicuous; Sc long, Sc^ ending just beyond fork of Rs, the latter
about one-fourth longer than R, cell 2nd A narrow; male hypopy-
giuni with the dististyles and aedeagus generally similar in outline,
appearing as yellow blades, the aedeagus narrowed to the slender
microscopically angulatd tip.

Male: Length about 4.5 mm. ; wing 5. 3-5.6 mm.

Rostrum light brown, palpi darker brown. Antennae brownish
black ; flagellar segments elongate. Head brownish gray.

Pronotum brownish gray, pretergites yellowed. Mesonotal prae-
scutum blackened, the lateral margins intensely so, disk with indi-
cations of slightly more plumbeous stripes ; scutum brown, scutel-
lum clear light yellow, the base at midarea and the parascutella
darkened ; postnotum dark brown ; mesonotal praescutum and
scutum with very long erect setae. Pleura with mesepisternum
blackened, propleura and metapleura paler ; dorsopleural membrane
obscure yellow. Halteres brown, extreme base of stem obscure
orange. Legs with coxae light brown ; trochanters brownish yellow ;
remainder of legs medium brown, with very long outspreading pale
setae. Wings very weakly infuscated, slightly darker at stigma and
over cord and vein Cii ; veins brown. Costal fringe and vein trichia
very long and conspicuous, the latter on virtually all longitudinal
veins. Venation: Sc long, Sc^ ending just beyond fork of Rs, Sc-i
alone slightly exceeding the sinuous m-cu; Rs about one-fourth
longer than R ; R2 + Z + 4. about twice the perpendicular R2 + s‘, m-cu at
near midlength of M^ + 4; cell 2nd A narrow.

Abdomen dark brown. Male hypopygium with the tergite nar-
rowed outwardly, terminating in a subquadrate glabrous lobe, the
apex virtually truncate. Dististyle a gently curved yellow blade,
apex narrow, with a lower subtending flange on margin that does
not attain the tip. Aedeagus of approximately the same size and
shape as the dististyle but narrower, especially outwardly, the
slender tip microscopically angulated and with a tiny tubercle before
apex.

Habitat: India (Assam). Holotype: J', Rumkheng, United
Khasi-Jaintia Hills, 5,500 feet, March 24, 1960 (Fernand Schmid).
Paratopotype :

Baeoura trisimilis is well distinguished from other regional species
by the coloration of the thorax and wings and especially by the hy-
popygial structure. Species with the aedeagus most similar to this
species are B. funehris Alexander and B. nilgiriana Alexander.

ERIOPTERA Meigen

Erioptera Meigen; Illiger’s Mag., 2: 262; 1803.

i96J,-65 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Erioptera comprises a vast group of small crane flies, with repre-
sentatives in all biotic regions. Numerous species belonging to sev-
eral subgenera are found in southern Asia, particularly in the
Himalayas and their southern spurs.

Erioptera (Erioptera) balioptera, n.sp.

Belongs to the alhoguttata group, allied to paivai; wings short
and broad, dark colored, with twelve large whitened areas, including
a larger one before the ends of the anal cells ; male hypopygium with
the interbase unusually long and slender, at midlength bent at a
right angle.

Male: Length about 3 mm. ; wing 3.6 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae with scape and pedicel
brownish black, basal flagellar segment brown, the remainder yel-
lowed ; proximal two flagellar segments fused into a suboval struc-
ture; outer segments long, shorter than the verticils which are
longest on the intermediate segments. Head yellow ; eyes large.

Pronotum obscure yellow above, darkened laterally ; pretergites
whitened. Mesonotal praescutum brownish yellow to fulvous,
lateral borders narrowly darkened, scutum fulvous, scutellum and
central region of mediotergite darkened, the parascutella and lateral
areas of postnotum yellowed. Pleura chiefly dark brown. Halteres
yellow, base paler. Legs with coxae infuscated ; trochanters brown-
ish yellow ; remainder of legs yellow, femoral bases vaguely more
darkened, tibiae and tarsi clear light yellow. Wings shorter and
broader than in paivai; ground strongly infuscated, more so on
costal third in radial field, prearcular and costal fields somewhat
more yellowed ; a series of about twelve large circular whitened
areas, the largest at cord ; the other areas at origin of Rs, over fork
of M, and at ends of longitudinal veins from i^i + 2 to 2nd A, includ-
ing also a larger area in both anal cells before outer end of cell 2nd
A; veins yellow, virtually invisible in the whitened areas. Vena-
tion: Vein 2nd A sinuous; due to their color the positions of cross-
veins and deflections lying in the whitened areas are not sufficiently
distinct to describe.

Abdomen dark brown. Male hypopygium with structure gener-
ally as in paivai, including the long spine on the outer dististyle, the
chief differences being in the inner dististyle, interbase and phallo-
some. Inner style with setae of outer margin very long, fully one-
half the length of the style ; interbase unusually long and slender, at
midlength bent at a right angle, tip acute, the base not dilated but
with a small pale lobule that is provided with delicate setae. Phal-
losome appearing lyriform, the apophyses blackened, the apex of

14 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX & LX

each with a few weak denticles.

Habitat: India (Assam). Holotype: Serrarim, United Khasi-

Jaintia Hills, 5,500 feet, October 6, 1960 (Fernand Schmid).

The various species that center about Erioptera (Erioptera)
alhoguttata Edwards (Formosa) include also E. (E.) daisenica
Alexander (Honshu), E. {E.) leucosticta Alexander (western
China, and E. (E.) paivai Alexander (India). The last species,
together with the present fly, differs from the others in the spined
outer dististyle. It may be emphasized that the wing pattern in
paivai has the last whitened area placed at the end of vein 2nd A
and not as described above for the present fly.

Erioptera (Erioptera) brahma, n.sp.

Mesonotal praescutum light gray with four poorly indicated pale
brown stripes ; a conspicuous dark brown central vitta on pronotum
and anterior end of praescutum, pleura brownish black ; knobs of
halteres blackened ; legs black, tarsi slightly paler ; wings light
orange, including the veins ; male hypopygium with tip of inner
dististyle recurved, terminating in an acute spine ; gonapophysis
near base with a conspicuous spine.

Male: Length about 5-5.5 mm. ; wing 6-6.4 mm.

Eemale: Length about 6 mm. ; wing 6.5 mm.

Rostrum dark brown, palpi black. Antennae with the proximal
six or seven segments yellow, the outer ones more elongate and
weakly darkened. Head brown, orbits yellowed.

Pronotum dark brown medially, paling to yellow on sides.
Mesonotal praescutum light gray, with four poorly indicated pale
brown stripes, the intermediate pair anteriorly separated by a nar-
row dark brown median line that is continuous with the pronotal
darkening, posterior interspaces paler brown ; scutal lobes gray,
yellowed behind, central area with a narrow darker line, scutellum
and postnotum dark brown. Pleura dark brown to brownish black,
sparsely pruinose. Halteres with stem pale yellow, knob abruptly
black. Legs with coxae brownish gray, trochanters obscure yellow ;
femora and tibiae black, tarsi slightly paler. Wings light orange,
stigmal region elongate, more saturated yellow ; veins and macro-
trichia deep orange yellow. Venation as in the subgenus, vein 2nd
A long and sinuous.

Abdomen dark brown to brownish black. Male hypopygium
with median region of posterior border of what is interpreted as
being the tergite produced into a stout darkened lobe. Basistyle
with mesal apical lobe relatively small. Outer dististyle a simple

i96Ji-65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

glabrous blade that narrows gradually to an acute point ; inner style
shorter, yellow, sinuous, the apex darkened, recurved, terminating
in an acute spine. Gonapophyses appearing as a single pair of
blackened horns, curved to the acute tip, on mesal face at base with
a long acute spine.

Habitat: India (Sikkim.) Holotype: J', Zema, 9,100 feet, June
14, 1959 (Fernand Schmid). Allotopotype: J, pinned with type.
Paratypes: J' J, Chumzomoi Choka, in Rhododendron association,
11,800 feet, July 8, 1959; 1 J', Lachung, 8,610 feet, July 10, 1959;
1 broken specimen, Yagtang, in Rhododendron association, 11,650
feet, July 17, 1959; 1 J', Yumtang, in Rhododendron association,
12,140 feet, June 27, 1959 (Fernand Schmid).

Erioptera (Erioptera) brahma is readily told from all other re-
gional members of the subgenus by the blackened legs and knobs of
the halteres and in the somewhat striking unpatterned orange wings.
No other species has such a combination of characters.

Erioptera (Erioptera) litostyla, n.sp.

General coloration pale brownish yellow ; antennae, halteres, legs
and wings yellow ; male hypopygium with both dististyles simple,
the outer a slender blackened blade, inner style about one-half as
long, subcylindrical ; phallosome with four blackened spines, the
inner pair shorter, slightly curved.

Male: Length about 4.5 mm. ; wing 5 mm. ; antenna about 1 mm.

Female: Length about 5 mm. ; wing 6 mm.

Rostrum light brown, palpi black. Antennae light yellow, outer
flagellar segments somewhat darker. Flead yellow.

Pronotum yellow, weakly darkened medially, pretergites light
yellow. Mesonotum almost uniformly pale brownish yellow, the
praescutal stripes scarcely differentiated except at the slightly
darker extreme anterior ends ; pseudosutural foveae pale ; medio-
tergite faintly infuscated, pleurotergite yellowed. Pleura pale
yellow with a broad pale brown dorsal stripe. Flalteres pale yellow.
Legs yellow. Wings yellow, veins darker yellow ; macrotrichia pale
brown. Venation: as in the subgenus, vein 2nd A long and very
strongly sinuous.

Abdominal tergites obscure brownish yellow, infuscated medially,
posterior borders broadly yellow ; sternites pale yellow. Male hy-
popygium with basistyle only slightly produced at apex, the larger
lobe with very long setae. Both dististyles simple, the outer a black-
ened blade, inner style about one-half as long, subcylindrical, nearly
glabrous, tip obtuse. Phallosome with four blackened spines, the

16 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX £ LX

gonapophyses slightly shorter, gently curved, the outer apophyses
(or interbases) a little longer and nearly straight.

Habitat: India (Sikkim). Holotype: J', Lachen, 8,900 feet, June
13, 1959 (Fernand Schmid). Allotopotype: J.

Erioptera (Erioptera) litostyla is readily told from other gen-
erally similar regional species by the yellow halteres and legs and
especially by the hypopygial structure, including the dististyles and
phallosome.

Erioptera (Erioptera) pila, n.sp.

General coloration yellow, including the rostrum, bases of anten-
nae, legs and wings ; male hypopygium with the inner dististyle bi-
spinous, including the slender apical point ; gonapophyses appearing
as simple blackened rods.

Male: Length about 5.5-6 mm. ; wing 6.5-7 mm.

Female: Length about 6-7 mm. ; wing 6.5-7. 5 mm.

Rostrum yellow, palpi black. Antennae yellow basally, the outer
flagellar segments becoming progressively darker, the outermost
light brown. Head yellow.

Thoracic dorsum yellow, praescutum with poorly delimited more
fulvous stripes, the narrow median line vaguely still darker. Pleura
light yellow, with faint indications of a pale brown dorsal stripe.
Halteres with stem light yellow, knob brown. Legs yellow, the last
two tarsal segments darker. Wings pale yellow, the costal border
more saturated yellow ; veins pale yellow, difficult to see in balsam
mounts. Venation as in the subgenus, vein 2nd A very sinuous.

Abdominal tergites yellowed, narrowly brown medially ; basal
sternites pale yellow ; outer segments, including the genitalia, dark
brown. Male hypopygium with posterior border of ninth tergite
unequally trilobed, including widely separated setiferous lateral
lobes and a much lower median elevation. Outer dististyle slender,
narrowed outwardly, tip obtuse; inner style distinctive, the outer
two-thirds strongly recurved, terminating in a slender black spine,
the dilated base of the recurved portion with microscopic setigerous
tubercles ; outer margin of style at near midlength with a strong
black spine. Gonapophyses appearing as nearly straight black rods.

Habitat: India (Sikkim). Holotype: ,J', Yagtang, in Rhododen-
dron association, 11,650 feet, July 17, 1959 (Fernand Schmid).
Allotopotype: J, with the type. Paratopotypes : several of both
sexes, 11,600-11,650 feet; paratypes Sherabtang, m Rhododen-
dron association, 12,700 feet, August 28, 1959 (Fernand Schmid).

The specific name, 'pila is hindi for yellow and was suggested by

1964-65 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Dr. Schmid, together with several others. The species is most
similar to others such as Erioptera (Erioptera) brahma, n.sp., and
E. (£.) palliclavata Alexander having unpatterned yellow or orange
wings, differing evidently in the hypopygial structure, particularly
the bispinous inner distisyle.

Erioptera (Tasiocerodes) cnephosa, n.sp.

General coloration of the entire body and appendages brownish
black to black ; wings weakly tinged with brown ; vein complete,
directed basad, joining R opposite termination of vein Sc^ ; male
hypopygium with outer lobe of basistyle with very long setae ; outer
dististyle a flattened dark blade, at apex suddenly narrowed into a
slender rod ; basal style pale, apex dilated, irregular ; interbase a
powerful curved rod, narrowed to an acute spine; phallosome in-
cluding slender spinelike apophyses.

Male: Length about 3.5-4 mm. ; wing 3. 5-4.4 mm.

Eemale: Length about 4 mm. ; wing 4 mm.

Rostrum, palpi and antennae black ; flagellar verticils very long.
Head brownish black.

Pronotum blackened, pretergites obscure yellow. Mesothorax
uniformly dull black; vestiture of praescutum sparse but long and
conspicuous. Halteres with stem dusky, base yellow, knob dark
brown. Legs dark brown throughout. Wings faintly tinged with
brown, prearcular and costal fields a trifle more yellowed ; veins and
the long conspicuous tricbia brown. Venation : 7^2 + 3 + 4 present as a
short element that is about one-half the perpendicular R2 + 3, with R2
at the angulation of the latter, appearing as an entire arcuated ele-
ment directed backwards, connecting more basally with Rx, this
vein variable in length, in the type exceeding ^2 + 3-

Abdomen brownish black, hypopygium somewhat paler brown.
Male hypopygium with mesal face of basistyle at apex with a pale
lobe that bears very long setae, those near apex longer. Outer
dististyle a flattened dark blade, at apex suddenly narrowed into a
somewhat shorter slender rod; second style far basad, pale, ex-
panded on outer half, irregular in conformation, including a slender
pale rod. Interbase a powerful curved rod that narrows into an
acute blackened spine. Phallosome including the slender aedeagus
and subtending spinelike apophyses that are blackened, narrowed
into acute points.

Habitat: India (Sikkim and West Bengal). Holotype: Tashi-

gang, Sikkim, 3,120 feet, September 29, 1959 (Fernand Schmid).
Allotype: J, Tinglin, Sikkim, 2,950 feet, September 28, 1959.

18 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX & LX

Paratopotypes: with the type; paratypes: 1 J', with the allo-

type; Chumtang, Sikkim, 5,120 feet, July 18, 1959; J', Teng,
Sikkim, 4,600 feet, August 1, 1959; 1 <J', Lingsoka, West Bengal,
3,930 feet, September 7, 1959 (Fernand Schmid).

Erioptera {Tasioc erodes) enephosa is quite different from the
other regional member of the subgenus, E. (T.) nepalensis Alex-
ander, which has vein R2 represented only by a short spur and with
all details of the male hypopygium distinct.

Erioptera (Psiloconopa) hirsutissima, n.sp.

General coloration yellow, the praescutum and scutal lobes con-
spicuously patterned with dark brown ; pleura with a broad white
longitudinal stripe that is bordered by pale brown; legs with very
long setae, yellow, tips of segments narrowly darkened ; wings pale
yellow, restrictedly patterned with brown ; abdomen yellow, both
the tergites and sternites narrowly lined laterally with brownish
black ; male hypopygium with two simple apical dististyles, the inner
one shorter, the tip acute and blackened ; gonapophyses black, con-
spicuous.

Male: Length about 4. 3-4.5 mm. ; wing 4. 5-4.8 mm.

Female: Length about 5.5 mm. ; wing 5.8 mm.

Rostrum yellow, palpi black. Antennae brownish black; basal
flagellar segments short-cylindrical, outer segments more elongate ;
verticils of the more proximal articles very long, nearly four times
the segments, the outer ones shorter and weaker, less than three
times the segments. Head light yellow.

Cervical sclerites, pronotum and pretergites light yellow. Meso-
notal praescutum with four fulvous yellow stripes that are nar-
rowly bordered by brown, the central dark line single, becoming
obsolete before the suture, pseudosutural foveae black, triangular ;
scutum fulvous yellow, each lobe with two brown lines, the outer
one darker ; scutellum obscure yellow ; postnotum yellow, the ante-
rior mediotergite and posterior pleurotergite light gray pruinose ;
setae of praescutal interspaces and scutum sparse but very long and
erect. Pleura with a broad white longitudinal stripe, bordered both
above and beneath by a narrower pale brown stripe, dorsopleural
region light yellow. Halteres with stem yellow, knob weakly dark-
ened. Legs with fore and middle coxae weakly darkened, posterior
pair and all trochanters yellow ; remainder of legs yellow, tibiae with
a darkened ring at near one-third the length ; tips of tibiae and indi-
vidual tarsal segments darkened ; all leg segments with abundant
very long erect setae, light yellow, darkened on the patterned rings.

196J,-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Wings pale yellow, restrictedly patterned with brown, including
origin of Rs, Sc2, outer half of Rs, cord, and small marginal spots
on all veins from Scx to 2nd A, lacking on R^, the latter vein
weakly seamed with brown ; veins yellow, dark brown in the pat-
terned areas including the costal fringe. Venation: 5'ci ending op-
posite R2, Sc2 far retracted, about opposite two-fifths Rs ; i?2 + 3 + 4
nearly three times the basal section of R^; m-cu before fork of M ;
vein 2nd A nearly straight.

Abdomen yellow, both tergites and sternites with conspicuous
brownish black marginal dashes. Ovipositor with valves very long,
slender, bases of hypovalvae darkened. Male hypopygium with two
simple dististyles, the outer longer, appearing as a narrow blade
with the tip narrowly obtuse ; inner style about two-thirds as long,
the narrowed tip acute and blackened, with a few long setae, base
dilated, with several pale setae. Phallosome with gonapophyses
blackened, conspicuous, appearing as gently curved horns that nar-
row into long spines, outer margin before apex with a few micro-
scopic spinules, inner border near base with a strong recurved spine ;
inner elements of phallosome very small and inconspicuous.

Habitat: India (Assam). Holotype: J', Umbaso, Mikir Hills,
United District of Mikir and North Cachar Hills, 2,300 feet, April
26, 1960 (Fernand Schmid). Allotopotype: J, pinned with type.
Paratype: Phaiphengmun, Manipur, 2,157 feet, August 29, 1960

(Fernand Schmid).

Erioptera (Psiloconopa) hirsutissima is told from all other
known members of the subgenus by the unusual development of
setae on the legs. The open cell M2 further distinguishes the fly
from somewhat similar regional species of the subgenus llisia Ron-
dani, including Erioptera (llisia) asymmetrica Alexander (indica
Senior-White) .

Erioptera (Psiloconopa) sparsiguttula, n.sp.

Allied to areolata; mesonotum gray, praescutum vaguely lined
with darker ; wings yellowed, restrictedly patterned with brown
spots ; male hypopygium with a single three-armed dististyle, the
intermediate arm with a small lateral spur.

Male: Length about 4 mm. ; wing 4 mm.

Rostrum brown ; palpi dark brown. Antennae with scape and
pedicel dark brown, flagellum yellowish brown. Head brownish
gray.

Pronotum brownish yellow, clearer yellow laterally and behind.
Mesonotol praescutum gray, the interspaces vaguely and narrowly

20 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

darkened, each with a row of small black setae ; tuberculate pits black,
pseudosutural foveae castaneous ; posterior sclerites of notum gray.
Pleura brownish gray, restrictedly variegated with yellow, most evi-
dent on the metapleural region and dorsopleural membrane. Hal-
teres brownish yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow ; re-
mainder of legs obscure yellow, outer tarsal segments infuscated.
Wings yellowed, more saturated in the stigmal region ; a restricted
pattern of small brown spots at origin of Rs, Sc2, tip of .Sci and R2
and more dilYusely at ends of veins R1 + 2 and R3 ; cord and outer end
of cell 1st M2 more vaguely clouded ; veins brownish yellow, darker
in the patterned areas. Venation : Sc^ about opposite R2, Sc2 at near
two-fifths the length of the long straight Rs ; R2 + 3 + 4. more than
twice R2; dfs + 4 shorter than the sinuous M4; m-cu shortly before
fork of M ; vein 2nd A straight.

Abdominal tergites and hypopygium light yellow, sternites still
paler. Male hypopygium with the tergal lobes heavily blackened,
low, separated by a broad V-shaped emargination. Basistyle elon-
gate, the apical lobe pale, about twice as long as broad, with a smaller
lobule at its base. Dististyle single, with three arms, the outer arm
or style a slightly curved blade that narrows into an acute spine ;
inner arm of style a broad flattened blade, the apex slightly more
expanded, all angles obtuse ; intermediate arm a straight darkened
spine that is about one-half as long as outer arm, at near midlength
with a small lateral spur. Phallosome with lateral apophyses ap-
pearing as slender curved spines, subequal in size and shape to the
outer dististyle, near mesal end with a small erect black spine that
curves slightly toward the midline.

Habitat: Northeastern Afghanistan. Holotype: Chanlacha,

near Kunduz, altitude 590 meters, October 11, 1958 (E. I. Coher).

The present fly is related to Erioptera (Psiloconopa) areolata
(Siebke) and various other allied species in the western Palaearctic
region, including E. (P.) intermedia Bangerter, E. (F.) spinosa
Neilsen, E. (P. ) subalpina Bangerter, and E. (P.) vicina Tonnoir
in Europe, E. (P.) iranica Alexander and E. (F.) multiserrata
Alexander in the western Himalayas, and some additional species
in eastern Asia and in western North America. It differs from all
these species in the distinctly patterned wings and in hypopygial
structure.

Erioptera (Teleneura) ctenophora, n.sp.

General coloration of thorax brownish black; head light silvery
gray ; halteres yellow ; legs brown, the color produced in part by

i96J,-65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Society

abundant vestiture ; wings strongly darkened, the cord lying imme-
diately before midlength ; male hypopygium with outer dististyle
expanded outwardly, the margin with a double row of about twelve
strong spines ; inner style a narrow yellow blade ; phallosome in-
cluding straight blackened apophyses and a conspicuous fanlike
central structure that bears many flattened scales.

Male: Length about 3.6 mm.; wing 4.2 mm.; antenna about 0.8
mm.

Female: Length about 4 mm. ; wing 4.2 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout, all flagellar
segments distinct, shorter than their longest verticils. Head light
silvery gray.

Thoracic dorsum dark brown to brownish black, the lateral bor-
ders, including the praescutum, scutal lobes, parascutella and medio-
tergite more yellowish brown ; setae of scutum and praescutal inter-
spaces black, erect, those of the scutum longer. Pleura brownish
black, ventrally more yellowed, most evident on metapleura and
meron. Halteres yellowed, knob clearer yellow. Legs with fore
coxae and trochanters brownish black, of middle and hind legs
yellow ; remainder of legs brown but appearing brownish black from
the abundant vestiture that includes setae and very narrow scales.
Wings strongly darkened ; veins darker brown ; macrotrichia on all
longitudinal veins, brownish black, conspicuous. Venation: Cord
immediately before midlength of wing, all outer veins long and gen-
erally parallel to one another; 7^2 + 3 + 4 about two-thirds Rs ; vein
2nd A elongate, only slightly sinuous.

Abdomen, including hypopygium, dark brown to brownish black.
Male hypopygium with the dististyles slightly subterminal, outer
lobe of basistyle with four powerful yellow fasciculate setae. Outer
dististyle expanded on outer half, the apex with a double row or
narrow crown of about a dozen strong blackened spines or elongate
pegs, the outermost more acute ; inner style a narrow yellow blade.
Phallosome including blackened straight apophyses and a conspicu-
ous depressed-flattened fanlike structure that is covered with many
flattened scales that are applied shinglelike, outwardly these becom-
ing smaller and more separated.

Habitat: India (Assam). Holotype: J', Rumkheng, United
Khasi-Jaintia Hills, 5,500 feet, March 24, 1960 (Fernand Schmid).
Allotopotype : 5, pinned with type.

Erioptera (Teleneura) ctenophora is most similar to species such
as E. (T.) jusca de Meijere, E. (T.) melanotaenia Alexander and
E. (T.) Alexander, differing conspicuously in hypopygial

structure, particularly the outer dististyle and phallosome.

22 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

Erioptera (Teleneura) lushaiensis, n.sp.

Mesonotum brownish yellow, sides of praescutum light brown;
rostrum and antennae black ; anterior vertex silvery white, with
white setae ; thoracic pleura dark brown with a broad ventral yellow
stripe ; knobs of halteres brownish black ; legs yellow, ends of the
individual segments not darkened ; wings tinged with brown, incon-
spicuously patterned with darker brown and yellow, not forming
distinct rows of spots along the veins beyond cord ; 7^2 + 3 + 4 long, sub-
equal to Rs.

Female: Length about 3.2 mm. ; wing 3.5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout ; flagellar
segments long-oval, shorter than the verticils. Head darkened pos-
teriorly, the front and anterior vertex silvery white with short white
setae.

Cervical region obscure yellow above, darker beneath. Pronotum
dorsally brownish yellow. Mesonotum brownish yellow, the sides
of praescutum narrowly light brown. Pleura dark brown, with a
broad ventral longitudinal yellowed stripe extending from behind
the fore coxae to the base of halteres ; dorsopleural region paler
brown. Halteres with stem yellow, knob brownish black. Legs
with fore coxae and middle coxae and trochanters brownish black,
posterior pair yellowed ; remainder of legs light yellow without
darkening at ends of the individual segments ; legs with very long
slender scales additional to the setae. Wings tinged with brown,
inconspicuously patterned with darker brown and yellow ; darker
brown spots along costa and marginally at ends of veins, lacking on
i?5 and Ml + 2, the costal series alternating with yellow costal inter-
spaces ; a weak darkening over cord, with scarcely indicated vague
clouds on disk ; veins yellow, pale brown in the darkened areas, the
trichia darker. Venation: Sc^ ending about opposite two-fifths
^2 + 3 + 4, ^^'2 before the level of fork of Rs; 7^2 + 3 +4 very long, sub-
equal to Rs ; T?2 + 3 nearly perpendicular, longer than R2 ; cord shortly
before midlength of wing, the outer veins long, extending generally
parallel to one another.

Abdomen black. Ovipositor with cerci horn yellow, the bases
darkened, conspicuously compressed-flattened, strongly upcurved to
the acute tips.

Habitat: India (Assam). Holotype: 5, Thingsat, Lushai Hills,
Mizo District, 3,500 feet, September 10, 1960 (Fernand Schmid).

The most similar species is Erioptera {Teleneura) annandaleana
Alexander {punctipennis Brunetti, preoccupied) which differs in
the pattern of the wings and in the details of coloration of the head,
antennae, halteres and wings.

1961,-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

A NEW SPECIES OF THE SUBGENUS IRON FROM

MEXICO (EPHEMEROPTERA: HEPTAGENIIDAE

By Jay R. Traver^

The specimens herein reported were sent to me several years ago
by Dr. Lewis Berner of the University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

Epeorus (Iron) metlacensis, n. sp

Allied to Epeorus (L) hesperus (Banks), differing from that
species by reason of the abdominal markings as well as by the dis-
similar fore claws of the male imago. Like hesperus, metlacensis
belongs in the albertae group of this subgenus.

Male imago (holotype). Body 12 mm.; fore wing 13 mm.;
fore leg 13 mm. Head light reddish brown; narrow black mark-
ings anterior to ocelli and along anterior margin of frontal carina.
Pedicel of antenna black in apical half ; filament reddish brown.
Large eyes, contiguous apically, mostly obscure vertex and occiput
of head ; however, occiput appears black-margined posteriorly.
Thorax reddish brown. Anterior margin of pronotum, a somewhat
crescent-shaped mark at middle of posterior margin, and a stripe
extending down on to fore coxa, blackish. Narrow black median
stripe and narrow lateral line anterior to wing roots, on mesonotum ;
scutellum smoky brown tinged strongly with reddish. Metanotal
scutellum similar in color to that of mesonotum ; area directly pre-
ceding it brighter reddish brown with narrow dark transverse
markings. Black streaks on pleura anterior to wing roots, before
and behind leg bases ; black markings on coxa and trochanter of
mid- and hind legs. Narrow black markings at posterior borders of
meso- and metasterna.

Legs pale reddish brown. Deep brown median and pre-apical
bands and narrow dark basal pencilings on all femora; median
bands tend to form a dark spot. Fore femur approximately
tibia. Fore tibia black at apex; narrow dark transverse line at
“knee” on all tibiae. Tarsal joinings and claws dark reddish
brown; fore tarsus shaded with smoky apically. Claws of fore
tarsus dissimilar, one sharp-pointed, one blunt ; first three segments
subequal to each other. See Fig. 4. One fore leg of holotype miss-
ing. Legs originally mounted in Hoyer’s but had to be re-
mounted; in this process segments 3 and 4 of remaining fore leg
were lost. Data cited above taken previous to the original mount.
Claws and distal segment as well as the two basal segments still
present on type slide.

^ University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.

24 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society lix&lk

Wings hyaline. Venation of fore wing light reddish brown,
paler in anal area. Costal space before humeral cross vein faintly
purplish when first studied, purple tinge no longer noticeable.
Cross veins distinct, somewhat heavier than longitudinals ; stigmatic
area opaque whitish. Humeral cross vein widely black at subcosta-
radial end, narrowly so at costal margin, giving the effect of a black
comma-shaped mark, its tail on costal margin. Before bulla, eight
cross veins (wide space between seventh and eighth) ; three be-
tween bulla and stigmatic area; circa 12 stigmatic veins, most of
which are upright or but slightly oblique. At bulla, three somewhat
crowded cross veins in subcostal and also in radial space. Veins
in hind wing paler, cross veins prominent only in anterior half ;
faintly darker area at extreme base.

Basal and middle segments of abdomen yellowish translucent,
apicals reddish brown, opaque. Continuous black median streak
dorsally on tergites one thru eight, wider in anterior half of each
tergite where it encloses a very narrow pale median line ; on last
two tergites, reduced to a very narrow median streak. Posterior
margins of tergites one thru seven blackish, this band continuous
laterally on two thru seven with an oblique black streak surround-
ing a pale spot at stigma and extending forward from this spot
along pleural fold, as in hesperus. In addition, an oblique grayish
brown streak on all tergites except the last two, midway between
median line and pleural fold. Sternites pale yellowish ; dark gray
mid-line, faint except over ganglionic areas, widest on sternite one.
Tails yellow, very narrowly darker at joinings. Genitalia yellow-
ish with faint reddish tinge; for details of structure, see figs. 1, 7
and 8. Note the small spines (spinules?), on the larger central
ones, which seems to be a distinguishing feature separating this
species from others of the same group which have been heretofore
described.

Male paratype. Similar to holotype, except as indicated. In
one fore wing, five and an incomplete sixth cross vein before bulla,
in the other fore wing seven in this area ; in each wing, 1 1 stigmatic
cross veins. Abdominal markings rather more prominent. Penes
as in Figs. 5 and 6. Note apparent absence of any lateral spine-
like extensions on these structures.

Explanation of Plate I

All figures are of Epeorus {Iron) metlacensis n. sp. Fig. 1, Gen-
italia of holotype male. Fig. 2, Head of presumed nymph. Fig. 3,
Claw of presumed nymph. Fig. 4, Claw of the fore leg, male imago.
Fig. 5, Details of spines on penes, paratype male. Fig. 6, Penes of
paratype male. Fig. 7, Details of spines on penes, holotype male.
Fig. 8, Penes of holotype male.

19 6 -i- 65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Traver

Plate I

26 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

Female imago (allotype). Body 13 mm.; fore wing 15 mm.
Differs from male, in addition to usual sexual dimorphism, as
follows. Posterior margin of head, streak from median ocellus to
posterior margin, and lateral streaks between eyes and lateral
ocelli, dark brown. Thorax somewhat ruddy. Venation of fore
wing darker and more conspicuous than in male ; stigmatic area
faintly pink-tinged. Humeral cross vein not paler toward costal
margin. Mid-dorsal line on abdominal tergites more prominent,
does not enclose a paler central line. Oblique lateral streaks
reddish brown, more extensive, so that entire dorsal portions of
tergites three thru six appear suffused with a reddish tinge, leaving
paler areas between dark mid-line and inner margin of oblique
streak on each side ; on three, these pale areas in anterior half of
tergite only, somewhat square in shape ; on four thru seven, pale
areas triangular, base of triangle on anterior margin, apex not
attaining posterior margin. Tergite two largely dark gray with
reddish tinge, except for narrow pale anterior margin and pale
lateral area anterior to dark line which encloses whitish spot at
stigma. Dark mid ventral line wider and more pronounced, not
noticeably darker at ganglionic areas ; widest on sternite seven,
where it forms a butterfly-shaped area around egg valve.

Collection Data: Holotype — Male imago. Metlac, Mexico, 25
Dec., 1940; H. Hobbs, Collector. “Clear swift stream at Metlac,
State of Orizaba? Origin of stream in snowfield of Mt. Orizaba.
Very cold water. Late in P.M., just before dark they (the may-
flies) emerged from rapids by the thousands.” The above quoted
from field notes by Dr. Hobbs. Specimen in private collection of
J. R. Traver. Allotype — Female imago. Same data as above.
In private collection of J. R. Traver. Paratype — Male imago.
Same data. In collection of Dr. Lewis Berner.

A subimago male is included in this material sent to me by Dr.
Berner. Similar to imago, except for smoky red-tinged wings.
As in the paratype, the spine-like lateral extensions on the penes,
usually found in males of this group, are apparently absent.

Discussion. The albertae group of the subgenus Iron now in-
cludes five species, of which four have been described previously ;
all are from North America, but only metlac ensis occurs south of
the United States. Epeorus (I.) albertae McDunnough, 1924
and 1929, is known from Alberta, Wyoming and Montana. The
type specimen of E. (/. ) hesperus (Banks), 1924, a single female,
was taken in Washington state. E. (/.) sancta-gabriel Traver,
1935, from California, has recently been synonymized with hesperus
(Edmunds and Allen, 1957) : this possibility was noted in the
original description of the species. E. (/.) youngi Traver, 1935,

l<J6i-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

is considered a synonym of albertae. The other two species de-
scribed heretofore are : lagunitas Traver, 1935, also from California ;
and dulciana McD., 1935, from British Columbia. The new species
metlacensis differs from all others of the albertae group by reason
of: (1) the much more extensive abdominal markings; (2) the
small spines (spinules) on the larger central spines of the penes;
(3) the dissimilar fore claws of the adult male. The slight crowd-
ing of cross veins at the bulla may also be distinctive. General
shape of the penes bears much resemblance to these structures in
other species of the group, but the lateral spine-like extensions,
while present but minute in the holotype, are much less conspicuous,
while in the paratype and the subimago males mentioned above are
either lacking or still more minute. The new species likewise is
considerably larger than any of the others named above.

Nymphs, which by reason of their large size, body structure,
dissimilar claws visible within the segmented fore tarsus of a mature
male nymph, and markings of thorax and abdomen, are pre-
sumed to be those of metlacensis, are herewith described.

Head capsule distinctly widened anterior to the eyes and
narrowed posteriorly. See Fig. 2. Four blunt teeth or pectina-
tions near tip of each claw, on side of claw, not on lower margin.
See Fig. 3. In addition to the thick fringe of long fine hairs on
tibiae and tarsi, two irregular rows of more or less parallel short
stubby spines on ventral surfaces of each of these segments, best
developed on the third leg. Tip of flange at apex of each femur
well developed but rather blunt. Femora likewise fringed with
long hairs but lacking the blunt spines. Posterolateral spines on
abdominal segments well developed (might be termed intermediate
between those of vitreus and of longimanus) . Gills of first and
seventh pair do not approach one another beneath body of nymph.

General body color dark reddish brown, paler ventrally.
Between bases of antennae and backward toward ocelli an ir-
regularly circular darker area enclosing a paler one ; slightly darker
shading and submedian bands extend backward from ocelli and
between eyes. Black markings on pronotum at middle of anterior
margin ; black spot in posterolateral angle. Black streaks above
and behind leg bases on thoracic pleura. Customary black spot
near middle of femur, with pale streak extending medially toward
base, a shorter triangular streak toward apex, and medial trans-
verse streak. Mature nymphs show considerable brown freckling
on upper surfaces of femora, also black pre-apical band. Mid-
dorsal black streak on abdominal tergites ; reduced to a spot on
tergite one, and to a narrow line on nine and ten ; on each side of
this, on ten, an oblique black streak. On intermediate tergites, this

28 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

dark mid-streak is more or less triangular, base of triangle on
anterior margin. Posterior margins very narrowly blackish. A
fully mature female shows also a black spot on anterior margin,
near base of gill ; faint indications of a dark oblique streak from
this dark spot. A fully mature male nymph shows the oblique
lateral streaks well developed on tergites three through eight ; back-
ground color of six and nine distinctly yellowish, this color form-
ing conspicuous patches on each side of mid-dorsal line on tergite
six. Pleural fold dark brown, this color continued ventrally as a
dark brown lateral margin of the sternites. Ganglia faintly black-
ish on seven, eight and nine ; indistinct mid-ventral line ; narrow
dark transverse marks at mid-ventral line on three thru six. Im-
mature nymphs show on each side of the mid-dorsal line of tergites
a brown submedian patch closely surrounded by a paler area.
Ventrally, an indistinct darker streak parallels the pleural fold on
basal and middle sternites ; this widens to form an antero-lateral
dark triangle on each side of adjoining pleural fold, on sternite nine.
Lamellate portion of gills quite large, extending backwards over
approximately two and one half segments beyond point of origin.
Wide brown band on outer margin ; inward from this a pale area
followed by a wide purplish portion which occupies more than one
half of each gill. A median double brown line in basal half to two
thirds indicates position of tracheal trunk. Tails of nymphs pale
reddish brown, deeper in color near base in mature forms ; very
narrowly paler at joinings.

More than 30 nymphs of both sexes, several of these nearly
mature, were taken at Metlac, Mexico, on December 26, 1940, by
Dr. Hobbs. Presumably the information previously given under
the account of the imagos in regard to environmental conditions at
the site of collections holds true also for the nymphs.

Nearly mature nymphs of the subgenus Iron which by reason of
the abdominal markings are presumably Epeorus {Iron) metlacen-
sis were taken in Costa Rica, San Jose, 12 mi. N. of San Isidro del
General (Pan. Amer. Hwy.), on July 22, 1962, by G. G. Musser.
Still others, all immature, which may represent a different species,
are from Jajalipa, Mexico, in the Canadian Zone, at 9,000 ft., taken
on July 11, 1955 (collector not indicated.) Both of the above men-
tioned groups of nymphs are in the entomological collection of the
University of Utah, and were sent to me for examination.

References

Banks, N. 1924. Descriptions of new Neuropteroid insects. Bui.

Mus. Comp. Zool. 65 : 424

Edmunds, G. F. Jr. and Richard Allen. 1957 A checklist of the

196^-65 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Ephemeroptera of North America north of Mexico. Ann.
Ent. Soc. America 50(4) : 319.

McDunnough, J. 1924. New Canadian Ephemeridae, with notes,
II. Canad. Ent. 56: 129.

1929. Notes on North American Ephemeroptera with

descriptions of new species. II Canad. Ent. 61 : 177.

1935. Notes on western species of Ephemeroptera.

Canad. Ent. 67 : 103.

Traver, Jay R. 1935. In Needham, James G., J. R. Traver and
Yin-Chi Hsu : Biology of Mayflies. Comstock Publishing Co.,
Ithaca, N. Y. : 405, 410, 412.

30 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

THE USE OF SAND GRAINS BY THE PAVEMENT
ANT TETRAMORIUM CAESPITUM WHILE
ATTACKING HALICTINE BEES

By Norman Lin^

This paper is an account of an unusual method of attack used
by the pavement ant, Tetramorium caespitum, against a primitively
social halictine bee, Lasioglossitm (Dialictus) zephyrum. The
pavement ant is omnivorous but lives mainly on a diet of insects
(Morley, 1953). The nests of the bees were located on a sandy
footpath in the Parade Grounds, a sandlot ballfield in Brooklyn,
New York. The nest burrows open by a neat circular hole about
two millimeters in diameter at the surface of the ground. The
entrance of the nest is frequently guarded by a bee within the
burrow which plugs the entrance with its head. On being dis-
turbed by natural enemies such as mutillids or by some object
held by the observer, the bee usually (if the disturbance lasts long
enough) turns around and plugs the hole tightly with its abdomen.
The following records are based primarily upon a single observa-
tion, but such behavior was noticed twice — once during the
summer of 1957, and more completely during the spring of 1958.
The bees measure about 7.5 mm. and the ants about 4 mm. in
length.

On July 21, 1957, between 7:10 A.M. and 8:10 A.M., a
number of ants were observed around two adjacent bee nests.
Two ants entered one of the nest burrows from which a bee had
flown seconds before. Two bees flew to the entrance, one after
the other, and disappeared almost immediately into the burrow.
The ants remained clinging to the wall of the burrow. Some ants
then picked up grains of sand (some of which were almost as
large as the ants) carried them to the nest and dropped them in.
At one point sand was also dropped on the head of a bee blocking
the burrow. When the nests were again examined between
10: 15 A.M. and 10: 45 A.M. the ants were gone from the area.

On June 2, 1958, at 9:30 A.M., about eight ants were engaged
in dropping grains of sand into a bee’s nest. The head of a bee
could be seen nearly filling the burrow slightly below ground level.

^Department of Zoology, The University of Kansas. I am in-
debted to Dr. C. D. Michener of The University of Kansas for
his constructive criticism of this paper. I wish to thank him also
for identification of the bee and Dr. M. R. Smith of the Smith-
sonian Institution for identification of the ant.

196Jf-65

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Each ant walked to the rim of the burrow with a grain in its
mandibles, extended its head over the rim and dropped the grain
which fell on the bee’s head. The sand came from a source
generally 25 millimeters or more from the nest. The size of the
sand grains was quite variable, from considerably larger to con-
siderably smaller than an ant’s head. One ant, coated with fine
light sand, had meantime been lying motionless with its head
protruding slightly over the rim of the burrow. This ant was
at first thought to be dead and was moved a little to verify this
impression. The ant proved, however, to be very much alive and
immediately returned to its former position. This ant will be re-
ferred to hereafter as the guard ant.

A large sand grain lying near the nest entrance had been pushed
into it and blocked the entrance. There were small openings
between the rim of the burrow and the sand grain plugging it. An
ant placed a smaller grain in one of these openings. This grain
would certainly have fallen within the burrow, if not placed in the
proper position. Another grain was similarly placed. Presently
the bee came up to the surface, and with a thrust of its head dis-
lodged the entire delicate mass which fell into the burrow.

Ants again commenced to drop in small grains, at a rate of
perhaps one every few seconds, while others in one or more small
groups of about two or three jointly carried up larger grains and
debris, which they left standing next to the nest entrance. The
bee approached the surface of the ground with a small sand grain
held in its mandibles. When the bee was near the surface, the
guard ant, which had maintained its previous position the entire
time, moved toward it “aggressively,” and the bee withdrew within
the nest. The bee blocked the burrow just below the surface with
a dorsal portion of its abdomen, and the ants then placed grains on
the bee’s abdomen. The bee apparently moved deeper within
the burrow for the mass of sand grains again fell inside.

The ants again plugged the nest entrance and the bee again
cleared it with a quick thrust of its head. When the guard ant,,
which up till now remained at its post, went about 10 millimeters,
from the nest entrance, the bee began removing sand grains from
within the nest, and placed them outside the nest entrance. The
bee did not work unhampered, for each time its head appeared
above the surface of the ground in removing a grain, some ant
would quickly move toward it, and the bee always responded by
withdrawing rapidly within the nest. The activity of the ants
began to decrease at about the time the guard ant left the nest.
This decreased activity was expressed in the following ways :

32 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol8. LIX d LX

1. Fewer ants participating.

2. Decrease in the speed of movement of the ants.

3. The trip to the nest with a sand grain took on a more hap-
hazard appearance. Ants no longer walked up directly or
almost directly to it as earlier but rather walked in wrong
directions and circled more about the area before reaching the
nest.

4. A large reduction in the rate of grain dropping — a con-
sequence of the three previous factors.

5. Generally, an apparent decrease in the size of the grains
dropped.

After the guard ant left, one or two ants occasionally approached
the nest and “peered” in, but for the most part the nest was “un-
guarded” by ants. The following detailed records were made after
the diminution of ant activity recorded above : Nine grains of sand
and a small piece of wood were dropped into the nest burrow, with
intervals between the times of dropping varying from approxi-
mately 4 to 73 seconds and with a mean of 30 to 32 seconds. After
an interval of about 25 seconds a large grain was placed next to the
nest entrance, followed in about 12 seconds by the dropping of a
small grain. In about 50 seconds a piece of leaf was placed across
the nest entrance which it almost entirely covered. A large grain
about three times as large as the head of the ant dragging it was
placed over an opening between the stiff piece of leaf and the rim
of the burrow. Placing the grain in position took between 15 and
20 seconds. The ant then removed it and plugged a still larger
gap, which appeared to the observer to be a more efficient use of
the grain. The first opening was plugged with a large grain about
40 seconds later. The bee then came to the surface, knocked both
grains down and pushed the leaf fragment aside. It again came
to the surface of the ground and raised its head above it. An ant
came close but did not attack or make “threatening” moves as ants
had done earlier. The bee did not withdraw on the ant’s ap-
proach. About a minute later a large and then a smaller grain
were placed next to the nest entrance. The bee’s head was pro-
truding above the surface of the ground the entire time. An-
other ant came close and the bee withdrew into the nest. The bee
climbed about three-quarters outside of the burrow after about a
minute without ant activity, only to withdraw rapidly when an ant
passed. The bee again climbed about three-quarters outside of the
burrow and pushed the sand grains placed around the rim of the
burrow further back. An ant approached and the bee rapidly
entered the nest. A two-minute period passed without the inter-

1964-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

vention of the ants, and in that time the bee slowly emerged and
flew away.

During the estimated fifteen minutes that the bee was away, no
grains were dropped into the nest, though one or two ants came
up to the entrance and stuck their heads over the rim. This was
by far the longest period of time that grain-dropping ceased. About
two minutes after a bee returned to the nest, two or more ants
came to the rim. One of them crawled slowly down the vertical
wall of the burrow until it was almost completely inside. It seemed
to slip, and fell within. A struggle could be seen in the dark,
after which the ant came speedily out.

A bee again left the nest, which then became partially covered
with the leaf particle which was blown across it by the wind. An
ant approached the nest, touched the leaf particle, and left with
great rapidity. It started on its way back after picking up a small
grain approximately 13 millimeters from the nest. Its course
back was not a straight one, being characterized by the erratic
movements mentioned earlier. After reaching the nest, the ant
dropped its grain within. Several more were so dropped, but
soon dropping ceased, and no more activity took place in nearly one
half hour of continuous observation.

The behavior described occurred over a period of about 90
minutes. There was no evidence that more than one bee was as-
sociated with the nest during the period of observation; however,
the nest was partially dug up on the following day and two adult
bees were taken from it.

Discussion

According to Wheeler (1926) nearly all ants in the presence of
some substance that they cannot remove (such as a strong-smelling
liquid) throw pellets of earth or any other debris on the substance,
sometimes in sufficient amount to bury it completely. The pres-
ent situation definitely appeared to be an aggressive one, and con-
sequently dififerent from the above in this as well as in other
respects.

The grains of sand were, it appeared, used as weapons by the
ants, hitting the bee when dropped. This seemed to have the
effect of causing the bee to withdraw a bit deeper into the burrow.
Larger grains, some smaller grains, and debris were used for nest
plugging. These large grains tended to be deposited around the
rim of the nest burrow and placed in the entrance after a barrage
of small grains. When the nest entrance was clear and when grain
dropping was interrupted, the bee was prevented from leaving

34 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX <& LX

or removing grains by the guard ant. If the bee attempted either,
the guard ant moved toward it and the bee withdrew into the nest.
When the guard ant left, the bee was free to leave the nest, to
remove grains dropped within, and to clear grains around the
entrance.

The guard ant appeared to be the key figure in the ants’ opera-
tion. Her function seemed two-fold.

1. Her specific job of keeping the bee within the nest.

2. Her presence, which indirectly seemed necessary for the most
efficient (and perhaps continued) activity of the other ants.

It appeared to the observer that the decreased activity and “ag-
gressiveness” of the ants after the guard ant left was followed by
a corresponding increase of the bee’s “boldness” in the presence of
the ants.

Since the ants were, it appeared, unsuccessful in their operation,
what the outcome would have been if successful is unknown.
Dropping ceased when the bee left the nest except for a short burst
of activity the second time, probably associated with the piece of
leaf blown across the nest entrance. It appeared that the ants
were attempting to trap the bee within the nest and not just plug
up the nest. Alternatively, one might suppose that the ants were
merely closing a hole in response to its form or odor and that the
aggressive component of their activities arose somewhat independ-
ently when a bee happened to be perceived nearby. Perhaps ants
use bees as food. This is supported by the following observation.
On July 10, 1957, between 7 : 00 A.M. and 7:50 A.M., an ant
was holding a dead L. zephyr urn on top of an almost completely
plugged nest entrance. On the preceding day this nest was clear
and had a bee guarding its entrance.

References

Morley, D. W. 1953. Ants. Collins, London, pp. 1-179.
Wheeler, W. M. 1926. Ants. Columbia University Press, New
York, pp. 1-663.

196^-65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

A. S. PACKARD’S ANNUAL RECORD OF
AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGY, 1871-1873

By Ralph W. Dexter^

Alpheus Spring Packard, Jr., student of Louis Agassiz, was an
eminent entomologist in his generation of naturalists. His early
life as a student and developing entomologist (1839-1864) has
been traced by this writer in this journal (52: 57-66; 101-112.
1957). Packard was intensely interested in the literature of nat-
ural history in general and of entomology in particular. He was a
founder (1867) and long the chief editor of the American Naturalist
(see Amer. Nat. 90: 209-225. 1956). A portion of his diary

for May, 1871, illustrates his preoccupation with entomological pub-
lications :

“May 1, 1871. Began to write “Our Common Insects” a re-
print mostly of my insect papers in the Naturalist. May 8. Let-
ter from Editor of Independent. Wants me to edit Scientific
Column of the Independent — $12 a week. Wants me to try it
for a month. I think I will. Letter from Prof. Henry (Joseph
Henry) wanting me to suggest or prepare a “Manual of Collect-
ing Insects.” I think I will.”

That same year he conceived and organized an annual summary of
entomological literature.

In the 4th-6th Annual Report of Trustees of the Peabody Acad-
emy of Science at Salem, Massachusetts, there appeared a biblio-
graphic series known as “Record of American Entomology for the
Year.” These annual reviews were prepared by A. S. Packard,
Jr., for the years of 1871-73. Each installment was published
during the year succeeding its coverage (i.e. 1872-74). These re-
ports averaged 146 pages each and were as complete as Packard and
his associates were able to make them. In the first issue covering
the published entomological literature of 1871, Packard, in addition
to being editor, prepared the bibliographies for Hymenoptera,
Heterocera, and Myriopoda. Edwin Burgess prepared the Rhopa-
locera and Diptera. G. H. Horn prepared the Coleoptera, while
Cyrus Thomas compiled the Orthoptera. P. R. Uhler compiled
Hemiptera and Neuroptera. Einally, J. H. Emmerton prepared
the Arachnida. Note that the arachnids, centipedes, and millipedes

^ Department of Biological Sciences, Kent State University,
Kent, Ohio.

36 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

were included with the insects. In addition to the reference for
each paper, brief notes were written on the contents, especially nota-
tions on the description of new species and of the use of figures in
the publications.

For 1872, these men continued their earlier assignments with the
exception that Packard took over the task of compiling literature
on arachnids in place of Emmerton.

In the third and last number covering the literature of 1873,
S. H. Scudder prepared the sections on Rhopalocera and Orthop-
tera, H. Loew assisted Burgess with the Diptera, and Packard took
over the section of Neuroptera. Packard essentially carried out
on a limited scale a project which one of his colleagues, F. W. Put-
nam, had proposed to do for the entire plant and animal kingdoms.
Putnam’s proposal was quite similar to what is now known as
Biological Abstracts. An account of his plan was published as an
editorial in the 15 February 1963 issue of Biological Abstracts,
written by this author.

In 1953, the Entomological Society of America undertook a proj-
ect which, in essence, revived the work of Packard some 80 years
earlier. A committee was appointed to study the problem of pub-
lishing a review of entomological literature. Volume I of this new
series was published in 1956, with Edward A. Steinhaus as editor
and Ray F. Smith as associate editor. This series has been called
The Annual Review of Entomology. With Volume V, Steinhaus
and Smith became co-editors, and beginning with Volume VIII,
Ray Smith became the senior editor and Thomas E. Mittler became
associate editor. These volumes are published by Annual Reviews,
Inc., at Palo Alto, California.

Thus, the service to American entomologists established by A. S.
Packard in 1871 has been continued after a long lapse of time. The
efforts of Packard in this direction and of his colleague F. W. Put-
nam, in his proposal for a periodic compilation of biological litera-
ture, demonstrate the far-sightedness of these early American nat-
uralists in the promotion of biological research through bibliographic
services.

J 96^-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

NOTES ON THE BUPRESTIDAE: PART IV

WITH A NEW SYNONYM IN CHRYSOBOTHRIS

By G. H. Nelson^

Collections made during the past several years have yielded more
biological information about some of our Buprestids. Thanks are
due to Messrs. D. S. Verity and G. C. Walters for allowing the
writer to make their collections known and to Mr. Hugh B. Leech^
California Academy of Sciences, and to Professor J. N. Knull, Ohio
State University, for checking specimens in their collections. The
observations were made by the writer, unless otherwise stated.

Ancylotela tucsoni (Knull), 1938, Ent. News 49:21, 22. This
species was described from one pair and no host plant was men-
tioned. Two specimens were taken in the Tucson Mts., Ariz., Aug.
9, 1961, while beating Acacia sp. and another was taken while beat-
ing Olneya tesota Gray at Cavecreek, Maricopa Co., Ariz., July 3,
1964.

Acmaeodera griffithi Fall, 1899, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 7 : 36.
This species is usually out early in May but two were collected at
Congress, Ariz., June 27, 1964, while beating Acacia greggii Gray.

Acmaeodera adenostomensis Knull, 1941, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
34: 691, 692, pi. 1, fig. 4. This species was described from speci-
mens recorded as from Adenostoma fascieulata. A fair series of
this species has been collected over the past ten years during June
and early July and the plant of choice in all these collections has
been Adenostoma sparsifolium Torr. It appears that the latter
plant may prove to be the host for this species.

Acmaeodera fattigi Knull, 1953, Ent. News 64: 144, 145. This
uncommon species has been reared from dead limbs of Acacia
greggii Gray, collected Eeb. 4, 1962, at Mountain Springs, Imperial
Co., E. of Jacumba, Calif. One male emerged on Aug. 9, 1963,
and a female on July 17, 1964.

Acmaeodera jiinki Thery, 1929, Bull. Soc. Ent. Egypte, 115.
This species emerged from the same material as mentioned above
for fattigi. Emergence dates include: July 9-25, 1963; July 4,
1964.

Acmaedera hassayampae Knull, 1961, Ohio Jour. Sci. 61 : 80.
Specimens of this species emerged on June 29, 1962, from the

^ Department of Anatomy, Loma Linda University, Loma Linda,.
Calif.

38 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d- LX

Acacia greggii limbs mentioned above.

Poecilonota hridwelli Van Dyke, 1918, Ent. News 29:53. In
his revision of the genus, Evans, 1957, mentions that in Arizona
the host plant is aspen and in California it has been collected on
willow and aspen. Judging from the distribution of this species
in Southern California, it seems unlikely that aspen serves as a host
in that area. The writer, acting from suggestions by F. G. Werner
and F. H. Parker, who told of several specimens emerging from
cottonwood limbs, caged some living limbs of Popuhts fremontii
Wats, with gall-like swellings from S. of Hesperia, mouth of Deep
Creek, San Bernardino Co., Calif. Specimens of this species
emerged as follows: May 11, 12, 17, 22, 1962. Other specimens
were taken on the foliage of this plant near Oro Grande, same Co.,
during June and July, 1963 and June, 1964. At the same place and
from the same plant, on June 14, 1964, one specimen was taken by
F. M. Beer as it was ready to emerge from a six-inch limb and the
writer cut another from its pupal chamber in the bark on a trunk.

Chrysohothris schaefferi Obenberger, 1934, in Junk (pub.)
Coleopt. Cat., pt. 132:649. This species is recorded by Fisher,
1942, from Baja California, host unknown. New records include:
one on Cercidium- floridum Benth., 90 mi. S. of Mexicali and 26 mi.
W. of San Felipe Highway, Baja California, Apr. 13, 1962, by the
writer; one on Acacia greggii Gray at Mountain Springs, Imperial
Co., Calif., July 1, 1961 (new record for California) ; two females
emerged from Bursera microphylla Gray on Aug. 21 and 23, 1962,
wood collected 5 mi. S. of Ocotilla Wells, San Diego Co., Calif.
The last three collections were made by D. S. Verity.

Chrysohothris humilis Horn, 1886, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
13 : 99, 102, 103, pi. 6, figs. 169-172.

Chrysohothris cupreohumeralis Van Dyke, 1934, Ent. News
45 : 65, 66. (NEW SYNONYMY)

The latter species was described from a unique ‘‘female” from
El Paso, Tex. All specimens of cupreohumeralis that have been
collected since then by the writer and his acquaintances have proven
to be males. Sometimes these were taken on the same plants with
C. humilis, the latter always females. The suspicions thus aroused
that the two were merely dimorphic sexes of the same species were
confirmed when Mr. Hugh Leech, who kindly examined the geni-
talia on the type of cii preohumeralis , found that it is, indeed, a male
instead of a female. Thus, in humilis we have the most striking
case of sexual color dimorphism among known North American
Chrysohothris.

i96]t-65 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomologieal Soeiety 39

Chrysobothris biramosa biramosa (Fisher), 1935, Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 37: 117, 118. This species was described from a
unique male collected in Skull Valley, Utah. At the time of
Fisher’s 1942 revision, the type was the only specimen known and
nothing was known of it’s habits. The writer and his family
stopped in Skull Valley, Utah on July 16, 1962, and collected a
short series of both sexes on Atriplex confertifolia (Torr. & Frem.).
A pair was taken by D. S. Verity at Winterhaven, Imperial Co.,
Calif., July 1, 1962, on Atriplex lentiformis (Torr.). This is the
first record for California. Two males, one immaculate, the other
with faint indications of an apical spot were taken by the writer
on Atriplex sp. at Woodruff, Navajo Co., Ariz., July 1, 1964.
(First record for Ariz.) These compare favorably with topotypic
specimens except for the lack of maculations.

Chrysobothris bicolor Horn, 1894, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (ser.
2) 4:328, 366, 367. One male was collected by D. S. Verity on
Acacia greggii Gray, 5 mi. W. of Jacumba, San Diego Co., July 1,
1961. This is the first record for this species in California.

Chrysobothris smaragdula Fall, 1907, Canad. Ent. 39:239, 240.
According to Fisher, 1942, the host for this species is unknown.
One was collected as it was running along the branch of a young
Quercus utahensis (De Candolle) near Prescott, Ariz., June 30,
1964 and three others were taken near Globe, Ariz., June 8, 9, 1963,
while beating Mimosa sp.

Agrilus restrictus Waterhouse, 1889, Biol. Cent. Amer., Coleopt.
3: 119, pi. 7, figs. 7, 7a. One female was collected at Copper Can-
yon, south end of the Huachuca Mts., Ariz., July 21, 1963, while
beating Rhus chlorophylla Woot. & Standi.

Agrilus cavatus Chevrolat, 1838, Silbermann’s Revue Entomol.
5:99. A pair of this species was taken on Rhus chlorophylla
Woot. & Standi, at Copper Canyon, south end of the Huachuca
Mts., Ariz., by G. C. Walters and another pair was taken by K. T.
Nelson at the same place, Aug. 24, 1964, while sweeping grass and
low herbs.

Agrilus duncani Knull, 1929, Ent. News 40:270, 271. This
species was described from a unique male from the Sierra Ancha
Mts., Ariz., with no host plant information. It has been collected
in good numbers on Chrysothamnus nauseosus var. near Portal,
Ariz., Aug. 30, 1964, by G. C. Walters and E. of Coronado Na-
tional Monument, Ariz., July 22-25, 1963, by the writer.

Agrilus wenzeli Knull, 1928, Ohio Jour. Sci. 34: 333, 3v34. One
pair was taken E. of Globe, Ariz., June 8, 1963, while beating
Acacia greggii Gray and a male was taken in Sixshooter Canyon,

40 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

near Globe, June 9, 1963, on Prosopis chilensis (Molina).

Agrilus mojavei Knull, 1952, Ohio Jour. Sci. 52: 352, figs. 6, 7.
This species was described from a unique male from poplar at Oro
Grande, Calif. Several of both sexes emerged from infested living
limbs of Populus fremontii Wats, between May 31 and June 13,
1963. The limbs were collected Mar. 11, 1963, S. of Hesperia,
Calif.

Description of female — differs from male in being more robust
and with first and second abdominal sternites convex at middle.

Length : 10 mm. ; Width : 3 mm.

Allotype, female (writer’s collection), Calif., San Bernardino
Mts., mouth of Deep Creek, S. of Hesperia, G. H. Nelson, emerged
from Populus fremontii Wats., June 3, 1963.

This species was placed next to A. fisheriana Knull at the time of
description. When fisheriana was described, it was mentioned that
it would run to A. macer Lee. in Fisher’s 1928 key. At couplet
No. 31 A. mojavei could go toward macer but also some specimens
in the series at hand might take the opposite route and run to
A. populi Fishr. On comparing mojavei with populi, it is found
that they are quite similar, including male genitalia and host plant
preference. It is therefore quite possible that A. mojavei Knull
is most closely related to A. populi Fishr. It differs from populi in
being more densely pubescent ventrally and in being more uni-
formly brassy-cupreous in color.

Agrilus masculinus Horn, 1891, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 18: 295,
296. One male emerged on Apr. 19, 1953, from a redbud (Cercis
canadensis L.) limb collected at Great Falls on the Potomac River,
Md.

Agrilus shoemakeri Knull, 1938, Ohio Jour. Sci. 38:99. This
species was described from a unique male and so far it seems to
have been rarely collected. One male which was kindly compared
with the type by J. N. Knull, was collected while sweeping grass
and low herbs in Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Ariz., Aug. 10,
1961, and one female was collected as mentioned below.

Description of female — similar to male but differs in being
slightly more robust and with first and second abdominal sternites
convex at middle.

Length: 7 mm. ; Width: 1.75 mm.

Allotype, female (writer’s collection), Ariz., 13 mi. N.W. of
Nogales, Sept. 8, 1957, T. R. Haig.

Agrilus aeneocephalis Fisher, 1928, U.S.N.M. Bull. 145:245,
246. A short series of both sexes was collected on Mimosa in
Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Ariz., Aug. 4, 1961.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Society

Agrilus huachucae Schaeffer, 1905, Bull. Brookl. Inst. Mus.
1 : 150. In his revision of the genus, Fisher, 1928, mentioned that
Schaeffer collected the species from Ouercus. A moderate series
of both sexes was collected on the crowns and foliage of young wild
sunflower plants at the mouth of Copper Canyon, south end of
Huachuca Mts., Ariz., Aug. 13, 1961 and Aug. 24, 1964. Vigorous
beating of the oak trees in the area yielded no specimens.

Agrilus santaritae Knull, 1937, Ent. News, 48:39, 40. Since
no biological information on this species was available at the time
of description, it will be of interest to mention the collection of a
small series of both sexes at Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts.,
Ariz., Aug. 5-10, 1961, by sweeping grass.

Mastogenius rohustus Schaeffer, 1904, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
12 : 210. Several of this species were collected while beating Quer-
ciis hypoleucoides Camus as follows : Miller Canyon, Huachuca
Mts., Ariz., July 17-23, 1963, Aug. 23, 1964, and Copper Canyon,
south end of Huachuca Mts., July 21-24, 1963.

Selected References

Evans, David. 1957. A revision of the genus Poecilonota in
America north of Mexico (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) . Ann.
Ent. Soc. Amer. 50(1) : 21-37.

Fisher, W. S. 1928. A revision of the North American species
of Buprestid beetles belonging to the genus Agrilus. U.S.
Nat’l. Mus. Bui. 145, 347 pp.

. 1942. A revision of the North American species of

Buprestid beetles belonging to the tribe Chrysobothrini. U.S.
Dept, of Agric., Misc. Publ. No. 470, 275 pp.

42 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society lix&lx

A NEW SPHEGINA FROM NEPAL (DIPTERA:
SYRPHIDAE)!

By F. Christian Thompson-

A unique new Sphegina is described from Nepal. This species
is the first syrphid known to the author to have specialized post-
abdominal structures other than those of the genitalia on the tenth
segment. The type is preserved in my collection.

Sphegina (Asiosphegina) hansoni, n. sp.

Head black, antennae orange. Thorax black, front four legs
yellow, hind femora mostly black, hind tibiae brown with an apical
yellow ring. Abdomen metallic bluish black except reddish basal
third of third segment, second segment cylindrical and five times as
long as wide. Male with fourth sternite and postabdomen highly
specialized.

Male. — Head: completely black except orange frontal lunule and
epistomal tip, sparsely white pollinose. Face deeply concave, epis-
toma projecting forward beyond the antennal base. Antennae
completely orange with orange pile. Third antennal segment
longer than the first and second segments together, flat on the dorsal
surface and greatly convex on the ventral surface ; thus the antenna
fits neatly into the facial concavity. Arista orange, pubescent and
about one and one-fourth times as long as the antenna.

Thorax: completely black except for yellow postalar calli and
prosternum, grayish pollinose with very short and sparse white
pile. Scutellum. black, with short sparse white pile and with two
thin crossed black bristles on the apex. Legs: Front four legs
yellow except brown apical two tarsal segments. Hind legs with
trochanter and basal one-fourth of femur yellow, with coxa and
remainder of femur black, with tibia brown except for the base and
a ring on tbe apical one-fourth yellow and with tarsus brown.
Hind femur armed with two ventral rows of short black spines and
a dorsal subapical black bristle. Wings: hyaline except all cross-
veins and tip of marginal cell clouded with brown. Halters and
.S' quamae : orange,

^ Contribution No. 1382 from the Entomological Laboratory,
University of Massachusetts. Published with the aid of a grant
from The Guy Chester Crampton Fund of the University of Massa-
chusetts.

^ University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Abdomen: Dorsum metallic bluish black except reddish orange
basal third of the third segment, with long golden pile on the first
and second segments and shorter golden pile on the remaining seg-

Thompson Plate I

Tip of the male abdomen of Sphegina hansoni, n. sp. Fig. 1,
Lateral view, left side with the tenth segment removed. Fig. 2,
Caudal view. Fig. 3, Dorsal view.

Explanation of Plate II

Styles of the male genitalia of Sphegina hansoni, n. sp. Fig. 4,
Right style. Fig. 5, Left style, a. Dorsal view. b. Lateral out-
side view.

44 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

VoU. LIX & LX

Thompson Plate II

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

ments. First segment with three hlack bristles on each side and
with the lateral margins produced into large basal spurs. Venter
black except orange third sternite, with golden pile. Third sternite
reduced to a small oval plate about the size of the third antennal
segment. Fourth sternite greatly produced ventrally and heavily
armed. The armature consists of : three macrohristles whose bases
are inserted medially on the posterior edge at the ventral-most point
of the sternite ; a small anteriorly directed tooth to the right of the
macrohristles on the posterior edge; two sets of minute spines to
the right of the tooth and also on the posterior edge ; a row of six
bristles dorsal to the tooth and inserted on the membranous area
at the end of the sternite ; and a sclerotized bursiform structure
dorsal to the macrohristles. Postabdomen: black with golden pile.
Eighth urite with a large pencil-like posteriorly projecting process.
Ninth urite with a tuft of long golden pile posteriorly directed.
Tenth urite with a large L-shaped process lateral to the cerci.
Genitalia asymentric.

Holotype male. — NEPAL, Parewavir, 570 meters. 26 March
1957 (E'. I. Coher and G. P. Joshi).

Discussion: This species because of the unusual structures on the
postabdomen does not appear to be closely related to any known
species. In appearance it approaches bispinosa Brunetti but differs
on a number of points such as coloration of antennae and abdomen
and the armature of the fourth sternite. Hansoni will run to niti-
difrons Shtackelberg in Shtackelherg’s ( 1956) key to the palearctic
species of sphegina, and thus hansoni: appears to be of palearctic
origin. It can be separated from the latter species on the basis
of its unique structures on the postabdomen, fourth sternite arma-
ture and pollinose front. The nomenclature used in describing the
postabdomen is that of Metcalf (1921).

I take great pleasure in naming this unique syrphid after a rather
unique person, Dr. John F. Hanson, who not only has been of
invaluable aid to me in my studies but also has been a constant
source of intellectual enlightenment.

I would like to thank Drs. R. L. Coe and J. R. Vockeroth for their
valuable comments on this insect.

References

Metcalf, C. L. 1921. The Genitalia of Male Syrphidae. Ann.
Ent. Soc. Amer. 14: 169-228.

Shtackelberg, A. A. 1956. Neue Angaben fiber die Systematik
der palaarktischen Sphegina Arten. Ent. Obozr. 35: 706-
715, 934-943.

46 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

ARCTIC MUSCIDAE FROM THE
CAPE THOMPSON REGION OF ALASKA (DIPTERA)

By H. C. Huckett, Riverhead, N. Y.

A noteworthy collection of flies belonging to the families An-
thomyiidae and Muscidae has recently been received, composed of
specimens taken in the region of Cape Thompson, Alaska, near 68°
latitude. The material represents a part of the Project Chariot
Bioenvironmental Study in association with the general Plowshare
Program of the United States Atomic Energy Commission, and
was furnished for study by the staff at the Biology Laboratory of
the General Electric Company at Richland, Washington. A map
of the collecting sites of the Ogotoruk area was provided and is

Ogotoruk Collecting Sites

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

nt6 6 r,

here reproduced.

The collections were made during the months of June, July and
August, 1959 to 1962, in part by J. J. Davis, W. C. Hanson, R. R.
Adee, H. E. Erdman, D. E. Douglass, D. G. Watson, W. O. Pruitt
and E. Paddock.

I have been able to recognize 81 species, of which 14 are regarded
as new to science. Of the latter, one is herewith described and 13
are included in a forthcoming treatise on the arctic and subarctic
Muscidae of North America.

Fucellia biseriata, n. sp.

Male. — Resembling F. pictipennis Becker, from which the male
of biseriata may be distinguished by the series of short coarse
bristles on both antero- and posteroventral surfaces of hind femur.
Head with frons wider than distance between first pair of dorsocen-
tral bristles, interfrontalia dull red, with one pair of cruciate bristles,
parafrontals, parafacials and cheeks browned, face and occiput gray,
second antennal segment grayish, third blackish, third aristal seg-
ment slightly thickened on proximal half, palpi pale gray, margins
pallid, dilated on distal half, haustellum polished. Mesonotum with
2 brownish stripes each along planes of dorsocentral bristles,
scutellum brownish at base of basal bristles, meso- and metapleural
spiracles with pale peritremes and enlarged, prealar bristle present,
sternopleural bristles arranged 2 or 3 : 2. Abdomen gray, with a
faint darker stripe, processes of sternum 5 with a few slender
bristles on distal half of inner margin and of outer border.

Eore tibia with a fine mid anterodorsal and setulose posteroven-
tral bristle, mid femur with proximal series of slender anteroventral
and extensive series of firm erect posteroventral bristles that are
scarcely longer than maximum height of femur, and becoming
weaker on distal third, mid tibia with 1 anterodorsal and postero-
dorsal bristle respectively, and a weak setulose ventral bristle evi-
dent in type under higher powers, hind femur with extensive series
of 12 to 14 short anteroventral and a similar series of shorter coarse
posteroventral bristles extending to basal region of femur, the latter
having 2 or 3 slender posteroventral bristles fully as long or longer
than height of femur where situated, hind tibia with 3 anterodorsal,,
2 posterodorsal and a weak setulose anteroventral bristle, preapical
mid dorsal set at a level basad of preapical anterodorsal bristle.

Wings grayish and unmarked, cross veins faintly darkened, costal
setulae coarse, knobs of halteres purplish. Length, 4.5 mm.

Holotype. — (J', Junction of Noatak and Kelly Rivers, Cape

48 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society lx

Thompson, Alaska, 12 Aug. 1962. (Douglass) U.S.N.M.
Additional records:

Fucellia antennata Stein. Lower Ogotoruk Creek^, 2 J', 5J. Kisi-
mnlowk Creek, 2 J', IJ.

Fucellia pictipennis Becker. O. C., Pond 1, 1 J', 1 Pond 6, 1 J.
Pseudochirosia alhipennis Ringdahl. O. C., Pond Area, 3 J', 3 5-
Hylemyavariata (Fallen). O. C. Valley, 1 J', 1 2- Flag Hill, 2 J.
Chariot Site, 1 J'.

Delia echinata (Seguy) . UA Botany Plot 9, 2 S', 2 J. ^ mi from
sea shore, 1 J.

Delia liturata (Meigen). O. C., Pond Area, 1 S'.

Delia pratensis (Meigen). O. C. and shore, 1 S', 1 ?•

Delia rondanii (Ringdahl). O. C., Pond Area, 1 S> 1 2- Flag
Hill, 1 S.

Lasiomma morionella (Zetterstedt). O. C. Valley, 1 2 5 Pond
Area, 1 2; Pond 1, 2 S- Flag Hill, 1 ?.

Lasiomma octoguttata moesta (Holmgren). Flag Hill, 1 2-
Pegohylemyia hetarum (Lintner). Flag Hill, 1 S> 2 2-
Pegohylemyia hucketti Ringdahl. Flag Hill, 1 S*

Pegohylemyia incur sa (Malloch). O. C. Valley, 1 2i Pond 4, 1 2,.

Ponds at source of O. C., 1 S» 1 2- Kisimulowk Creek, 1 S-
Pegohylemyia profuga (Stein). O. C. Valley, 1 2- O. C. and
shore, 1 2- Ponds at source of O. C., 1 2-
Pegohylemyia sericea (Malloch). Kisimulowk Creek, 1 2-
Egle atomaria (Zetterstedt). Crowbill Mountain, 1 S-
Egle pilitihia Ringdahl. UA Botany Plot 9, 1 2-
Paregle radicum (Linnaeus). Flag Hill, 1 J. Junction of Noatak-
Kelly Rivers, 1 2-

Craspedochaeta pidlula (Zetterstedt). O. C., Pond Area, 1 2*
Eremomyia turbida Huckett. UA Botany Plot 9, 1 S-
Pegomya corrupta Huckett. O. C., Snowpatch, 7 Si Pond 4, 2 S,
4 5. Upper Creek Station, 1 2- Flag Hill, 1 S» 12 2- Chariot
Site, 1 S, 1 2.

Pegomya icterica (Holmgren). O. C. Valley, 1 2-
Pegomya indicta Huckett. O. C., Pond 1,12-
Pegomya pilosa Stein. O. C., Snowpatch, 1 S- Flag Hill, 2 S»
1 2- Crowbill Mountain, 1 S-

Pegomya tenera ohscurior Collin. O.C., Snowpatch, 2 2- Flag
Hill, 1 2-

Pegomya tunicata (Zetterstedt). O. C., Pond 4, 1 S-

^ Ogotoruk Creek is hereafter abbreviated to O. C.

196Jf-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Nupedia pseudodissecta (Ringdahl). O. C. and dunes, 1 J'; Pond
1, 1 ; Pond 4, 1 J', 3 Flag Hill, 3 3 $. UA Botany Plot

4, 2 5. ^ mi from sea shore, 1 Kisimulowk Creek, 1 J'.

Pseudonupedia intersecta arctica (Ringdahl). O. C., Pond 4, 1 5-
UA Botany Plot 4, 1 5-

Paraprosalpia incisa (Ringdahl). O. C. Pond 6, 1
Paraprosalpia moerens (Zetterstedt) . O. C., Pond \ 2

Pond 6, 1 ?• Upper Creek Station, 1
Hydrophoria alaskensis Malloch. O. C., Pond 1, 1 cf ; Pond 6, 1 J'.
Upper Creek Station, 1 J', 1 J. UA Botany Plot 9, \ 2> 5-

Crowbill Mountain, 4 J', 3

Hydrophoria brunneifrons (Zetterstedt). mi from sea shore,

Hydrophoria frontata (Zetterstedt). O. C., Pond 6, 1 5- Upper
Creek Station, 1 J.

Hydrophoria polita Malloch. O. C. Valley, 1 J'; Pond 6, 1 5-
Hydrophoria seticauda Malloch. Flag Hill, 1 'J.

Hydrophoria teate (Walker). O. C., Pond at source, 1 1

Pond 1,2$; Pond 4, 4 $ ; Pond 6, 3 $. Flag Hill, 1
Hydrophoria tristis (Ringdahl). O. C., Pond 6, 1
Limosia atritibia (Ringdahl). O. C. Valley, 1 $. UA Botany
Plot 9, 1 $.

Hoplogaster octo punctata (Zetterstedt). UA Botany Plot 9, 1 $.
Lispocephaia erythrocera (Robineau-Desvoidy) . O. C., Pond 4,

1.2-

Spilogona arctica (Zetterstedt). O. C., Pond 4, 1 Pond 6, 1 $.
Flag Hill, 10 J', 6 $. Chariot Site, 1 J'. Kisimulowk Creek,

Spilogona arenosa (Ringdahl). Flag Hill, 1 $.

Spilogona baltica (Ringdahl). Flag Hill, 1 J'.

Spilogona fimbriata (Schnabl). O. C., Pond 6, 1 J'.

Spilogona imitatrix (Malloch). O. C., Pond 4, 1 Flag Hill,

Spilogona latilamina Collin, Flag Hill, 1 $.

Spilogona malaisei (Ringdahl). O. C., Pond 4, 1 $. Flag Hill,

Spilogona micans (Ringdahl). Flag Hill, 1 Y"-
Spilogona norvegica Ringdahl. O. C., Snowpatch, 1 $ ; Pond 4,
4 $. Upper Ogotoruk Creek, 1 $. Flag Hill, 2 $.

Spilogona obsoleta (Malloch). O. C., Ponds at source, 1 <$.
Spilogona opaca Schnabl. Flag Hill, 2 J', 2 $.

Spilogona pseudodispar (Frey). O. C., Pond Area, 1 $.

50 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

You. LIX d LX

Spilogona pusilla Huckett. Flag Hill, 1 J.

Spilogona sospita Huckett. O. C. Valley. 1 J', 1 O. C. and
shore, 1 5 I Ponds at source, 1 5. Kisimulowk Creek, 1 J'.
Spilogona triangulifera (Zetterstedt) . O. C., Pond 6, 4 J', 7 5-
Upper Creek Station, 1 J'. Kisimulowk Creek, 1
Helina bohemani Ringdahl. O. C., Pond at source, 1 5-
Helina luteisquama Ringdahl. O. C., Pond Area, 1 J. Flag Hill,

Mydaea pal pairs Stein. O. C., Pond 1, 1 J. Upper Creek Station,
2 J', 1 5. Flag Hill, 1 J'. UA Botany Plot 4, 2 Kisimulowk
Creek, 1 J'.

Fannia aethiops Malloch. Middle O. C., 1

Fannia manicata (Meigen) . Junction of Noatak-Kelly Rivers, 2 J.
Fannia spathiophora Malloch. UA Botany Plot 4, 1 §.

Fannia tundrarum Chillcott. O. C., Pond 4, 1 J*.

Hydrotaea hispinosa (Zetterstedt). from sea shore, 1 J'.

Flag Hill, 1 c?, 1 2-

Hydrotaea cristata Malloch. Junction of Noatak-Kelly Rivers, 1 J.
Fasiops suhrostratus (Zetterstedt). UA Botany Plot 9, 1 J'.
Phaonia rugia (Walker). Flag Hill, 1 J'.

Fophosceles frenatus (Holmgren). O. C. Valley, 1 (J'. Upper
O. C., 1 J'. UA Botany Plot 4, 1 J', 1 J. Kisimulowk Creek,

1 1 $■

BOOK REVIEW

Lepidoptera of Florida by Charles P. Kimball, with an Index
of Plant Foods, an annotated Bibliography, Map and Gazetteer of
Florida, 363 pp., 6 plates in color, 20 plates in black and white,
published by the Division of Plant Industry, Florida Department
of Agriculture, 1965, (Price, $5.00)

In a foreword, the Editor, Howard V. Weems, Jr., states that
this is the first of a series of publications, relating to insects and
other arthropods of Florida, the Bahamas and West Indies with
emphasis on taxonomy, biology, ecology and zoogeography. If
subsequent volumes measure up to this one in scope and treatment
and are as handsomely mounted, the series will be a notable contri-
bution to the literature.

Almost a half century has elapsed since John A. Grossbeck’s List
of Florida Lepidoptera was published by the American Museum of
Natural History, under the editorship of Frank E. Watson, after
Grossbeck’s untimely death in Barbados in 1914. This was the first
comprehensive survey of the Lepidoptera of Florida and it is sur-

196Jf~65

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

prising that it covered 147 pages in view of the limited collecting
done up to that time.

Kimbalhs list represents 12 years of work on his part with the
cooperation of numerous others whose assistance is meticulously
recorded. In a 27 page thought provoking introduction, he raises
about as many questions as he answers. A number of these center
around the geographical location of Florida, the proximity of the
islands of the Caribbean and the influence of a subtropical climate.
As an example, the occurrence of exotics on the mainland through
migration or plant introduction has created a confused situation
which is not clearly understood even now and invites extended
study.

In preparing the new list, Kimball has drawn on Grossbeck as
the primary source. However, as many of Grossbeck’s records were
undocumented, he has tried to trace them back to their sources. The
search has produced a long and interesting list of collectors, profes-
sional and amateur, who have done field work in Florida over the
years.

Although William Bartram made a recognizable observation of
H. charitonius on the east coast in 1774, the first important collec-
tor was Edward Doubleday in 1837. Regular collecting began with
Roland Thaxter in 1875, followed by A. Koebele, W. Beutenmiller
and H. G. Dyar. Mrs. A. T. Slosson was in the field about the turn
of the century and ten years later the American Museum of Nat-
ural History group, consisting of J. A. Grossbeck, W. T. Davis,
J. Mattes and J. H. McDonnough. As interest in Florida grew, the
number of collectors increased, and substantial contributions were
made by many others. Among them were Frank Morton Jones,
Mrs. Leslie Forsyth, Otto Buchholz, A. K. Wyatt, C. P. Kimball,
Mrs. Shirley Hills and S. V. Fuller, in addition to the growing
ranks of professionals in university and government service De-
spite the number and the eminence of some of the names, the areas
covered were spotty and the duration of field work rarely sustained
until recent times. A gazetteer which follows the list shows blanks
in many areas.

This situation is highly regrettable. It so happens that Florida,
like California, is an area particularly favorable to Lepidoptera.
Both states are in a period of rapid development and exploitation
which is, however, narrowing opportunities for field collecting.
Only a few years ago, one of the two places in Florida, where, after
years of searching, I found a series of a new heliothid moth, was
real estate when I checked it two years later.

It is not practical to expect professional entomologists, relatively

52 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX & LX

few in numbers and burdened with other problems, to solve this one.
However, field collecting can be done well by amateurs. Here is
an area is which college zoology departments and entomological
societies could do a constructive job. By stimulating an interest on
the part of amateurs in filling in the record, much could be sal-
vaged before the opportunity is gone. Many worth while projects
languish for lack of funds. All this one needs is imagination and a
little initiative.

Even a casual inspection of the list reveals the many gaps in our
knowledge of what is already recorded. Numerous specimens are
listed by genus only, and are yet to be described. Time and again
Kimball lists a specimen as doubtful and then reviews the confused
record of distribution or, more often, the confused taxonomic situ-
ation involved. At a time when many entomologists are taking off
in new and expanding fields of research, we are left with a lot of
homework to be tidied up by someone.

Kimball has attained a high level of completeness. The reference
to the original description is supplied, as well as detailed records
of time and place of capture, and the collector, with relevant com-
ments on authenticity of records and determination. To this end
he has enlisted the cooperation of numerous collectors, curators and
specialists. While many records have been supplied from it, the
chief untapped source is the great collection of the United States
National Museum which presumably will not be eroded by our
expanding economy and will remain available against the day when
a specimen by specimen check can be made at least in representa-
tive groups. Plans have been made by the Division of Plant Indus-
try to continue to accumulate data for publication in supplement
form at appropriate times.

Many of the Lepidoptera of Florida, of course, are to be found in
neighboring Gulf and south Atlantic states which enhances the use-
fulness of Kimbairs work. It is fortunate that what has been dis-
covered in Florida in the past half century is here so well recorded.
The publication is handsomely mounted. Because of its bulk, the
additional cost of a cloth binding would have contributed greatly to
its durability. The type is large and easily read. Despite the fact
that the text consists largely of proper names, it is singularly free
from typographical errors.

Six color plates depict some two hundred and fifty specimens and
20 plates in black and white about seven hundred additional. An
index of food plants contains about sixteen hundred references,
which in many cases include both the scientific and common name
of individual plants. Rowland R. McElvare

i96Jf-65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

THE BIOLOGY OF MASTRUS ARGEAE
(VIERECK) (HYMENOPTERA: ICHNEUMONIDAE),
A PARASITE OF PINE SAWFLY PREPUPAE.

By Marvin L. Bobb^

An extension outbreak of the Virginia-pine sawfly, Neodiprion
pratti pratti (Dyar), began in Virginia in 1957. Two years later
more than two nililion acres of pine forest, comprising all or parts •
of forty counties, had some degree of defoliation (Bobb, 1963;
Morris et al., 1963). Studies were begun in 1959 on the biotic
factors influencing the population densities of the Virginia-spine
sawfly. In connection with these studies, the biology of several
of the more important parasites was studied in detail.

Mastrus argeae (Viereck) was described from a female reared
from the cocoon of a species of Hylotoma on elm in Ohio (Viereck,,
1911). The species on which the biology is given in this article is
considered by the author to be M. argeae. However, numerous
specimens have been identified by specialists at the U. S. National
Museum as Mastrus sp. ; probably due to the limited original de-
scription, and to the variations among individual specimens.

Methods

Unmated Mastrus females, or pairs of individuals, were confined
in 4-ounce oviposition jars which had moist sand in the bottom on
which a number of pine sawfly cocoons were placed. Sugar
water on a cotton plug was added as food for the adults. After the
adults were released into the oviposition jars, the tops were covered
with three thicknesses of cheese cloth. The oviposition jars were
then placed in a cabinet, approximately 3' x 3' x 4' in size, in which
the temperature and humidity were controlled. The sides, top and
bottom of the cabinet were constructed of 3 walls of hardboard with
two air spaces between, and the door was similarly constructed with
a window of glass through which a themometer and a SERDEX
hydrometer could be observed. An electric fan constantly cir-
culated the air within the cabinet. The temperature was thermo-
statically controlled and a satuated solution of sodium acetate was
used to control the relatively humidity. A temperature of 75 ± 2 de-
grees E., and a relative humidity of approximately 75 percent were
maintained.

^ Entomologist, Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Pied-
mont Emit Research Laboratory, Charlottesville, Virginia.

54 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society lix^lx

The sawfly cocoons were removed from the oviposition jars sev-
eral times daily and new cocoons added. Each cocoon was cut
open and the sawfly prepupa and Mastrus egg transferred to a
number 5 gelatin capsule. Thse were placed in numbered racks
in the cabinet with controlled temperature and humidity.

Observations were made at frequent intervals during the day to
ascertain time of egg hatching, larval molts, pupation and adult
emergence. Measurements were made on the width of the head
capsule of the larvae, and on the length and width of each of the
several life stages. At each molt the cast exuvium was removed
from the capsule. All measurements were made with the aid of a
micrometer disc in the eyepiece of a binocular microscope at a
magnification of 80 times.

Life History

The adults of Mastrus argeae began emerging in late April when
the Virginia-pine sawfly was in the larval stage. The females ovi-
posited within the cocoons of the sawfly prepupae, and the parasite
larvae fed externally upon the host. Under field conditions the
parasite had three or more generations each year on Virginia-pine
sawfly prepupae, with straggling individuals emerging through Sep-
tember. The majority of the individuals maturing after mid-
summer did not emerge as adults until the following spring (Plate
I.) The parasites overwintered as full-grown larvae in small,
white, silken cocoons within the host cocoon.

Descriptions of the stages and life history data are presented
below and in Table 1. A total of 226 individuals was reared from
egg to adult in gelatin capsules under controlled conditions of tem-
perature and humidity. At 75° F., the total life cycle from egg to
adult emergence varied from 16.5 to 21.0 days and averaged 18.4
days.

The Egg — The newly deposited egg was oblong, pointed toward
each end, and nearly transparent ; but after a few hours, it changed
to an opaque-white color. After approximately 12 hours, the
embryo was seen developing as a long, yellow area in the center
portion of the egg, and the egg contents began to recede from each
end of the chorion. The anterior fourth of the egg enlarged as the
embryo neared maturity (Plate II, Figures 3 and 4).

The Larva. — There were five larval instars. Starvation was not
a factor in larval development since only one parasite developed
on each sawfly prepupa and there was therefore an abundance of
food. Only slight variations occurred in the width of the head
capsule within a particular stadium. The total larval period, in-

i96Jf-6r) Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Plate I Bobb

10 20 30 10 20 30 10 20 30 10 20 30 10 20 30 10 20
APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUO. SEPT.

DATES OF EMERGENCE

Time of emergence of Mastrus argeae (Viereck) from cocoons
of the Virginia-pine sawfly at Charlottesville, Virginia, from 1960-
1962,

56 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Society ^

eluding the time spent in constructing a cocoon averaged 7.7 days
at 75° F.

When the embryo was fully formed it slit the anterior end of
the chorion, and the young larva wiggled out. When first hatched
the larva had a relatively large head, slightly wider than long, and
thirteen distinct body segments which tapered posteriorly (Plate
II, Figure 5). The body was whitish, vaguely transparent, with
the intestinal tract slightly visible. The head was shiny with a
yellowish-brown tinge of color, and there were two prominant setae
or tubercles on the vertex ; there were 0.03 mm. in length. The
first instar larvae varied in size from 0.88 mm. long and 0.23 mm.
wide just after hatching to 1.34 mm. in length and 0.35 mm in
width before the molt

The secand and third instar larvae closely resembled the first
except for size (Table 1). The body was opaque- white in color.

The fourth instar larvae were brownish in color due to the ac-
cumulation of food and waste materials within the body. The head
was much smaller in relation to the body. The segments of the
body were less distinct and ridges and folds of integument began to
form laterally along the body. White globules began forming
under the integument on the posterior half of the abdomen near the
end of the fourth instar feeding period.

The body color darkened and the larvae became a brownish-
black during the fifth instar. The body segments were not so dis-
tinct as during the other stadia, and the folds and ridges along the
sides of the body became larger (Plate II, Figure 6). The white
globules increased in numbers under the integument of the ab-
domen.

The Cocooning Larva. — After completing feeding, the larvae
spent an average of 2.1 days in constructing a cocoon. The co-
coon was spun from the mouth of the larva and consisted of white
silken threads. It was constructed in one end and side of the host
cocoon, and just large enough to accommodate the larva. The
host cocoon was used as one side of the parasite cocoon and silken
threads were spun sparingly over this area. The pupa or larva
could be readily observed through the silken threads spun over
the side of the cocoon attached to the capsule.

The Prepupa. — Soon after the cocoon was completed the larva
discharged all of the brownish body contents and transformed into
the prepupal stage. In this stage the body consisted of three
distinct regions ; the head, the thorax and the abdomen. The
head and thorax were uniform in width and much narrower than

196 i 65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Plate II

Bobb

All figures are of Mastriis argeae (Viereck) and all are drawn
to the same scale. Fig. 1, Antenna of male. Fig. 2, Adult female.
Fig. 3, Newly deposited egg. Fig 4, Egg after twelve hours. Fig.
5, First instar larva soon after hatching. Fig. 6, Mature fifth in-
star larva.

58 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX & LX

the abdomen, which was expanded laterally near its center and
tapered posteriorly. When first formed the prepupa was uni-
formly white in color but yellowish-brown eye spots and the ocelli
became visible after a few hours. The prepupae averaged 6.23
mm. in length and the lengths of the tagmata were as follows :
head 0.91 mm., thorax, 1.35 mm. and abdomen 3.97 mm. The
prepupal period varied from 1.5 to 2.0 days in length.

The Pupa. — The newly formed pupa was uniformly white in
color, but the eyes and ocelli were slightly visible as yellowish-
brown spots. After two days the color of the pupa was a yellowish-
white and the eyes and ocelli were brownish-red. Coloration of
various parts of the pupa changed rapidly during the next several
days. First the head, thorax and basal portions of the abdominal
segments gradually changed to gray and then to black. The an-
tennae, wing pads and venter of the abdomen remained white ex-
cept for a lateral row of black spots on each side of the venter. The
legs changed to a reddish-brown except for the tarsi which were
yellowish-white. The day before the pupa changed into the adult
stage the antennae and wing pads darkened, and the head, thorax
and dorsum of the abdomen of the male changed to black. The
coloration of the female pupa was the same except that the dorsum
of the abdomen changed to red. The ovipositor of the female
was curved up over the dorsum of the abdomen throughout pupal

Table 1. Biological data on the life stages of Mastrus argeae
(Viereck) at a constant temperature of 75 ±2 degrees F. and a
relative humidity of approximately 75 percent.

Life Stage

Avg.

Length

(mm.)

Avg.

Width

(mm.)

Avg. Width
of Head
Capsule
(mm.)

Avg.
Duration
of Stage
( days )

Egg

1.06

0.23

—

2.0

First instar larva

1.07

0.29

0.22

1.2

Second “ “

1.71

0.50

0.30

1.0

Third “

2.70

0.87

0.40

1.0

Fourth “

4.00

1.30

0.51

1.0

Fifth “

5.80

2.08

0.68

1.4

Cocooning larva

5.92

2.06

0.68

2.1

Prepupa

6.23

2.02

—

1.7

Pupa

5.85

—

5.8

Adult in cocoon

—

1.2

18.4

Total

196^-^65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

life. The size of the pupae varied from 5.38 mm. to 6.57 mm.

The Adult. — After assuming the adult form, the parasite re-
mained in its cocoon for an average of 1.2 days. The female
normally remained in the cocoon from 0.5 to 1.0 day longer than
the males. During this time the eggs matured in the ovaries of
the female and she was ready to mate upon emergence from the
cocoon.

Viereck described Mastrus argeae from apparently a single fe-
male and no description of the male was given. Considerable vari-
ations in diagnostic characters are exhibited by individual speci-
mens reared from the Virginia-pine sawfly. Thus descriptions of
the female and the male follow.

Female. — Body length 5.5 mm. to 6.7 mm. Head capsule black
with short whitish pubescence ; face dullish, minutely punctured ;
clypeus reddish-brown. Mandibles mostly castaneous with apical
edge black. Maxillary palpi stramineous, 5-segmented : 16 : 19 :
27 : 16 : 24. Antennae castaneous throughout, set in depressed
area between eyes, scape bulbous, pedicel small. Flagellum with
23 to 26 segments, the six basal segments very distinct, each with
apex much wider than base. First basal segment a little shorter
than second but thereafter each a little shorter than the one pre-
ceeding. Segments beyond middle less distinctly delimited and
more nearly equal in length, except apical segment which is nearly
twice as long as the preceding two together. Thorax black,
shining, with minute punctures and inconspicuous whitish pu-
bescence. Propodeum black, shining, flat shallow groove for re-
ception of first abdominal segment surrounded by carina, groove
nearly twice as wide at apex as at base. Wings transparent
tinged with brown, clothed with small erect hairs, base yellow,
veins and stigma brown. Legs mostly castaneous. Dorsum of
abdomen translucent reddish-brown, smooth, shining, first segment
(petiole) edged with black laterally, venter testaceous. Ovipositor
castaneous, sheath dark brown, shorter than abdomen. (Plate II,
Fig. 2).

Male. — Body length 5.1 mm. to 6.5 mm. Head mostly as in
female except mandibles with basal % stramineous, apical p3
castaneous to black. Antennae filiform, dark brown, scape bulbous
and stramineous below and brownish-black on basal portion above.
Flagellum with 21 to 24 indistinct segments, each segment a little
shorter than the preceding except beyond the middle they are more
nearly equal, and ultimate segment twice the length of penultimate
(Plate II, Fig. 1). Thorax and wings as in female. Legs mostly
reddish-yellow, tarsi dark brown and apical portion of hind tibia

60 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

shading into dark brown, basal portion of hind coxa brownish-
black. Dorsum of abdomen mostly black, caudal edge of segment
2 red, 3 mostly red, 4 partly red. Venter stramineous with row
of brownish-black spots along lateral edges of segments 2 through
5, caudal segments black.

The adults have fully developed wings and are very rapid in
flight. However, they generally remained in the duff on the forest
floor and crawled around in search of sawfly cocoons. They were
negatively phototropic, preferring the darkness. The wings lay
flat over the dorsum of the abdomen when at rest, and the insects
were able to crawl through very small spaces.

At a temperature of 75° F. and a relative humidity of approxi-
mately 75 percent, the average length of adult life of 25 females was
5.0 days and that of 25 males was 3.4 days.

Mating and Oviposition. — The male and female mated soon after
emergence from the cocoons. Copulation required from 15 to 26
seconds, and the females were never observed to mate more than
once. Very few eggs were matured by an individual. The num-
bers deposited ranged from 2 to 19 and averaged 7.2 per female
for 50 individuals. The numbers of eggs in the ovaries of females
which were dissected generally varied from 6 to 9 with no others
in the process of development. Usually when more than 10 to
12 eggs were deposited, the last few did not hatch.

When ready to oviposit, the female parasite thrust her ovipositor
through the cocoon of the pine sawfly prepupa and paralyzed it.
This was important since the egg and first-instar larva were very
easily crushed by any movement of the sawfly prepupa. After the
prepupa within the cocoon had been paralyzed, the female parasite
again inserted her ovipositor through the host cocoon and deposited
an egg loosely in the cocoon or on the sawfly prepupa. She ovi-
posited only one egg, but sometimes returned one or more times
to deposit additional eggs within the same cocoon. As many as
five eggs have been found in one cocoon. The eggs from unmated
females produced only male specimens.

The young larvae of Mastrus argeae are cannibalistic, and the
first larva to hatch from an egg seeks out all other eggs or larvae
within the cocoon and kills them by sucking out the fluids. It then
began feeding on the underside of the sawfly prepupa. Except for
brief periods when changing from one instar to the next, the larvae
fed continuously from hatching to maturity.

Discussion

During 1960 and 1961, Mastrus argeae was the second most

1964-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

abundant parasite of the Virginia-pine sawfly. It occurred in 22
sawfly-infested counties of Virginia, and parasitized approximately
14 percent of the sawfly prepupae. With the decline of the sawfly
population during 1962, however, Mastrus individuals became less
numerous (Plate I), although the percentage of parasitism re-
mained relatively high in a few counties. The sawfly population
further declined during 1963 and only an occasional Mastrus para-
site was reared from collections of cocooned prepupae.

The life cycle of M. argeae was not synchronized with the de-
velopment of the Virginia-pine sawfly. The overwintering larvae
transformed into the pupal stage and emerged as adults during the
feeding period of the sawfly larvae. There were very few un-
parasitized sawfly prepupae in cocoons in the duff at this time for
Mastrus to parasitize, although frequently there were considerable
numbers of Exenterus, Endasys and Villa parasite larvae present
in sawfly cocoons. Observations do not support the theory, how-
ever, that Mastrus argeae was hyperparasitic. It seems more
probable that Mastrus had another host at this time of year. Adult
emergence strongly indicated that a generation was produced on an
alternate host before Virginia-pine sawfly prepupae in cocoons were
available.

Summary

A description of the life stages of Mastrus argeae (Viereck),
and the results of studies on the life history and habits of the para-
site are presented in the text and summarized here.

The eggs were deposited within the host cocoon and hatched in
2 days at 75° F.

There were five larval instars and the average duration of each
stadium at a constant temperature of 75° F. was: first, 1.2 days;
second, 1 day; third, 1 day; fourth, 1 day; fifth, 1.4 days. The
mature larvae spent 2.1 days in constructing a cocoon. The
prepupal period lasted 1.7 days and the pupal period 5.8 days.
The total life cycle from egg to adult emergence averaged 18.4 days.

Very few eggs were produced by the adults, the average being
7.2 per female. The progeny from unmated females were all males.

At a temperature of 75° F. and a relative humidity of approxi-
mately 75 percent, the average length of adult life was 5.0 days
for the females and 3.4 days for the males.

The life cycle of Mastrus argeae was not synchronized with the
development of the Virginia-pine sawfly, and observations indicate
that there may be another host.

62 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

Literature Cited

Bobb, Marvin, L. 1963. Insect parasites of the Virginia-pine
sawfly, N eodiprion pratti pratti. J. Econ. Ent. 56(5) : 618-
621.

Morris, C. L., W. J. Schroeder and M. L. Bobb. 1963. A pine
sawfly. Neodiprion pratti pratti (Dyar), in Virginia. Va.
Div. of Eorestry Pub., 42 pp.

Viereck, H. L. 1911. New species of reared Ichneumon flies.
U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc. 39: 405.

1964-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

OBSERVATIONS ON CASE-BUILDING BY
NEMOTAULIUS HOSTILIS (HAGEN) LARVAE
(TRICHOPTERA: LIMNEPHILIDAE)i

By Sarah A. Bernhardt

While numerous observations on case-building by Trichoptera
exist in the literature (e.g., Dembowski, 1933, Fankhauser and
Reik, 1935, Gorter, 1931, and Hanna, 1957, 1960), the case-build-
ing behavior of very few North American species has been inten-
sively studied. Portable larval cases are constructed by members
of 12 of the 17 families represented in North America. The present
study deals with the case-building of one species, inhabiting lentic
waters, under natural and experimental conditions.

Description of natural case.

Cases collected in the present study were composed of threadlike
blades of Eleocharis, small twigs, twig and leaf material, Eleocharis
and leaf, or entirely of leaf pieces. The leaf pieces identified in-
cluded leather leaf {Chamae daphne) and a variety of leaves from
deciduous trees. Cases of young larvae in the University of Massa-
chusetts collection and of early instars collected during September
and October of 1960 were composed primarily of small twigs, Eleo-
charis, or a combination of the two. These cases were roughly
cylindrical and constructed of various lengths of material placed
obliquely with respect to the long axis of the case. Larger twig
cases contained a majority of pieces placed longitudinally but still of
irregular size and shape. Nearly all mature larvae occupied leaf
cases. Occasionally the cases were in process of transition from
Eleocharis or twig to leaf composition as also observed by Flint
(1960). The degree of correlation between larval size (age) and
case material used is illustrated in Table 1 below.

A change in the pattern of the case accompanying the change
from grass or twig to leaf material is illustrated in Figure 1. Flint
(1960) described a change in case pattern by mature larvae of
N emotaulius hostilis from a transverse to longitudinal arrangement
of pieces. Only two cases of mature larvae collected by the author
exhibited this longitudinal arrangement and these two cases were
of twig rather than leaf material. The cases of all other terminal

^ This paper is modified from a portion of a thesis submitted to
the University of Massachusetts in partial fulfillment of the re-
quirements for the Master of Arts degree.

64 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d- LX

instar larvae and pupae collected by the author in the vicinity of
Amherst, Massachusetts, (September 1960-May 1961) and near
Newcomb, New York, in the central Adirondacks in October 1961
consisted externally of nearly semi-circluar leaf pieces placed cross-
wise along the axis of the case. These cases appear to be identical
to the case illustrated by Hicken (1946) for larvae of Glyphotaelius
pellucidus. Case illustrations for N emotaulius hostilis given by
Lloyd (1921) and Pennak (1953) are similar to the pattern de-
scribed by Flint (1960). A longitudinal arrangement of leaf pieces
has also been described for the final case of terminal instar larvae
belonging to the related species N emotaulius piinctatolineatus
(Wesenberglund, 1910) and it may be that the difference in exter-
nal appearance of the terminal instar case is largely due to a differ-

Table 1. Modification in case material used by N emotaulius hos-
tilis with increase in larval size (Measurements in centimeters).

Case material

Twig,

“grass,”*

combination

Leaf with
twig or
“grass”

All

leaf

N umber of larvae

Average length of case

1.0

1.4

2.4

Range of case lengths

0.6-1 .4

1. 2-2.0

1.5-3.3

Average length of larvae

0.9

1.1

2.3

Range of larval lengths

0.4-1. 2

0.9-1. 4

1. 5-3.0

Average labrum width

.040

.060

.076

Range of labrum widths

.018-.054

.050-.084

.054-.091

* Refers to El eo char is or

like material.

ence in the type of leaf material available in the larval habitat.

The leaf cases collected in the present study consisted of an inner
cylinder of small leaf bits surrounded dorsally and ventrally by a
number of larger leaf pieces as shown by the partial dissection of a
sample case shown in Figure 2. The posterior opening of grass and
twig cases and occasional leaf cases is equal in diameter to that of
the inner cylinder. In most leaf cases, however, a silken membrane
closes the posterior end except for a very small circular opening at
its center. The posterior openings of cases belonging to preterminal
and terminal instar larvae are shown in Figure 3. The posterior
membrane was not observed in any cases of preterminal instar
larvae and was occasionally absent in cases of small terminal instar

1964-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

larvae, indicating agreement with Flint’s (1960) observation that
the posterior constriction occurs during the final larvae instar.

Removal from original case.

Young larvae left their cases readily when gently prodded from
behind. Older larvae, however, exerted an extremely tenacious
grip on the case by means of the hooks on their anal prolegs. Usu-
ally many seconds elapsed before these larvae left their cases. Upon
removal larvae generally moved over the bottom of finger bowl
containers, making no immediate attempt to reenter the case. In
several instances larvae crawled over the case giving no apparent
sign of recognition. Three mature larvae which failed to build new
cases following evacuation from their original ones reentered their
own or similar cases when these were presented on a later date.
Larvae entering the empty cases of other individuals of the same
species usually modified the case by a combination of removal and
addition of parts.

Building unth normal materials.

Upon presentation with the usual natural case-building material
following removal from case, no larvae were observed to start con-
struction immediately. The shortest interval observed was 30 min-
utes. Following varying periods of exploratory behavior, cutting
of offered material was begun. The larva generally lay beneath a
leaf, ventral surface up, with the posterior half of its abdomen pro-
jecting beyond the edge of the leaf. The first pieces cut were of
moderate size (approximately 0.2-0. 7 centimeters in diameter) and
irregular in shape. Later in construction the pieces were of a much
larger size, frequently 1.3-1. 5 centimeters across and semi-circular
in shape. A comparison of the semi-circular cutting for case-build-
ing and cutting by the same larvae for feeding is shown in Figures
4 and 6. Following an initial cut for case-building, additional pieces
were usually but not always removed from the same area of the leaf.
As the first piece was cut it was attached loosely by silk to the
larva’s back or side and carried along as additional pieces were cut.
Successive pieces were then attached to the previously anchored
pieces. ^

As a cut was made a single mandible could be seen (from the
upper surface) moving along the incision. It appeared that the right
and left mandibles worked in a manner similar to the operation of
two scissor blades. The upper mandible thus cut against a rela-
tively rigid lower mandible. During the cutting of a single large
piece, the cutting motions of the mandibles were punctuated by short

66 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX cC- LX

pauses of variable duration. The number of small cuts between
these pauses ranged from one to seven with an average of two.
During the pauses between cuts the upper mandible was withdrawn
below the leaf surface and the two mandibles worked together in
what appeared to be a chewing motion. At this time leaf material
was not visibly discarded but it has not been conclusively demon-
strated that the material therefore passed into the digestive system.
Interspersed between the relatively short periods of cutting and
chewing motions were longer pauses up to one minute in duration
and periods of trimming when the larva used both mandibles to
smooth the rough edges of a cut. The cutting of a single large piece
frequently required 5-15 minutes.

Normally pieces were attached to the larva or preliminary case as
they were cut. Occasionally larvae lost their grip on a piece or
paused after a piece had been placed on the anterior edge of the
case. In these instances larvae often failed to resume activity in
precisely the same location and the cut pieces were consequently
never attached to the case. At other times a piece was attached so
loosely that it became detached as the larva moved in search of new
material.

The assembling of leaf material into a case was accomplished in

Explanation of Plate I

Fig. 1, Transition from grass stem or twig material (left) to leaf
material (right) in larval cases of Nemotaulius hostilis: accom-
panying change in length from one centimeter (twig) to two and
one half centimeters (leaf). Fig. 2, Partially dissected leaf case of
N emotaulius hostilis: A — dorsal view of case, three centimeters in
length, with large outer leaf pieces (C) removed from dorsal sur-
face, B — small pieces removed from inner cylinder. Fig. 3, Poste-
rior case openings of N emotaulius hostilis. (Actual total diameter
0.8 centimeters) A — open posterior of T-1 instar care, B — con-
stricted opening of case belonging to terminal instar larva. Fig. 4,
Maple leaf with semicircular pieces removed for case-building. Fig.
5, Twig and wood fragment cases of N emotaulius hostilis, ranging
in length from one and one half to three centimeters : A — natural
case of T-2 instar, B — natural case of T-1 instar, C — experimental
case of terminal instar, D — natural case of terminal instar. Fig. 6,
Remains of maple leaf after extensive feeding activity. Fig. 7, Ex-
perimental water grass cases built by terminal instar larvae : actual
lengths, one to one and one half centimeter. Fig. 8, Pine needle
case to which leaf material has been added by a terminal instar
larva : length, three and one half centimeters.

196^-65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Plate I

Bernhardt

68 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

several dif¥erent ways. In one series of 16 larvae, 10 first attached
leaf piece to their dorsal abdominal surfaces. From one to three
pieces were loosely attached in this position. Subsequently pieces
were added laterally and ventrally to the anterior piece to form a
square around the abdomen. Other larvae manipulated the original
dorsal pieces to form a square tube. Occasionally a square was
formed immediately. In contrast to the above, the six remaining
larvae attached initial pieces to their ventral surfaces and added
subsequent pieces laterally and dorsally to form a closed band. The
various methods of construction are illustrated in Plate II. The
dorsal plate method and initial formation of a square described here
have also been reported by Hanna (1960) for Glyphotaelius pellit-
cidus.

Once a girdle or band was formed, the larva remained within and
built the remainder of the case around itself. The larva and its pre-
liminary case rotated freely as pieces were added to different areas
of the structure. Once a wide belt was formed, pieces were added
consistently to the anterior end. When large pieces were added, the
case no longer rotated easily and the larva then reversed its dorso-
ventral orientation to attach additional pieces to the dorsal or ven-
tral surface of the case. All six legs were used in removing a large
cut piece from the remaining leaf area. As the piece was brought
toward the case, the prothoracic legs released their hold and the
leaf piece was set in place by the meso- and metathoracic legs. The
edges of the leaf were now held in the angle of the femur and tibia
while the tarsal claws balanced the outer edges. Silk was deposited
on the inner surface of the new piece and adjoining part of case by
a sidewise movement of the head. At least two to three minutes
intervened between cutting and the firm attachment of a piece.

Under experimental conditions larvae required an average of
four to five days to complete the construction of a case with normal
materials. During initial stages of construction all larvae cut and
added only small pieces. After 10 to 12 hours the first large pieces
were cut and added to the dorsal and ventral surfaces of the case.
Intermittently through the second day more pieces were added to
the case until a total length of 3. 5-4.9 centimeters was reached.
Toward the end of the second day or during the third day, the

Explanation of Plate II

Fig. 1, Dorsal plate method of case construction in which lateral
and then ventral pieces are added to an original dorsal plate. Fig.
2, Dorsal plate method in which original plate is modified to form
the square. Fig. 3, Ventral plate method of construction.

i96Jr-65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Plate II Bernhardt

70 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

larva reversed its position in the case and a posterior segment (ap-
proximately one centimeter, of the case was detached. Following
removal of this loose posterior portion, a silk membrane with a cen-
tral hole was spun over the posterior opening and the larva returned
to its original position. Cases constructed in the laboratory were
usually similar to original natural cases but occasionally had a more
irregular appearance.

Temperature and light.

In a series of 32 experiments at approximately 50° F. in a con-
stant temperature room, no significant difference in the length of
time before onset of construction or in rate of construction was
found between larvae under light and larvae under dark conditions.
Among larvae under dark conditions the average interval between
removal of case and start of construction was 3.3 hours while in the
light construction was begun after an average of 3.4 hours. The
duration of construction was also similar for larvae in constant dark,
alternate light and dark, and constant light. A series of 13 larvae
at a room temperature of 75-80° F. and under light conditions,
averaged nearly seven hours for the interval prior to construction.
The length of time before new construction varied from 30 minutes
to 37 hours at the higher temperature and from 45 minutes to 25
hours at 50°. Thus among both groups the range of individual
variation was large and in contrast to reports of Lloyd (1921) and
McGaha (1952) the larvae did not appear to be more active under
conditions of darkness. It may be that the case-building instinct
of the larvae is strong enough that it operates in spite of particular
light conditions or that light does not normally inhibit or stimulate
building activity. Feeding activity may be more directly related to
light conditions and account for the variation between present ob-
servations and those of the above authors.

The effect of successive experiments on building behavior.

Among seven mature larvae participating in a series of experi-
ments it was found that after four trials the onset of building activity
was delayed from an average of three to an average of 24 hours fol-
lowing removal from case. There appears to be no regular increase
in the length of duration of construction and in fact this period is
somewhat shorter in later experiments occurring just prior to
pupation. It seems possible that the delayed response to new nor-
mal building material might be due to fatigue or a temporary de-
crease in the strength of the building instinct. It is not due to the

196^-65 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society 71

loss of the building instinct as the larvae continued to build new
cases in succeeding experiments.

Unusual materials.

With unusual materials, i.e., water grass (Eleocharis) , twigs,
sand, or pine needles, construction was delayed or failed to occur.
The difference in rate of response and length of construction period
for usual and unusual material is presented in Table 2. The tabu-
lated information includes only the results of first experiments.
Observations on additional experiments with unusual materials will
be presented in subsequent paragraphs.

Table 2. The effect of unusual materials on the interval before
building and the time required to complete a case by terminal
instar larvae of N emotaulius hostilis having performed in no
previous experiments.

Material

U sual
leaf

water

grass

U nusual
twig

pine

needles sand

Total number
of larvae used

3 0

Number of larvae
building cases
with given material

Average time
to start (hours)

Range in starting
time (hours)

2f-30

12-28

Average duration of
construction days

Range in duration
( days )

2-7

4-14

—

It can be seen in Table 2 that the average time between removal
of larva from case and initiation of building was much shorter when
the larva was presented with leaf material than when any other
natural material was given. However, although the longest interval
passed before the start of building when twig material was offered,
construction with this material was completed in two days, whereas
leaf cases required an average of three and one half days for comple-

72 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society lix <t- lx

tion. It is possible that this difference in time for completion may
be due to the smaller number of pieces required for a single layered
twig case as opposed to the double walled leaf case described above.
With water grass, twig, and pine needle materials, the length of
time before start of construction appears to show a direct relation-
ship to the diameter of the objects presented. The duration of con-
struction for the three materials does not follow this pattern and
may be more dependent on the degree of efficiency with which the
larvae manipulate the material. It should be noted that with all
materials, including the normal leaf pieces, one or more larvae
failed to construct a case even after an interval of over a week. In
some cases this is believed to be due to an unhealthy condition of
the larva; in others the negative response may reflect a differential
ability in the handling of strange materials.

In addition to the effect of unusual materials on the time of onset
and duration of construction in first experiments, the behavior of
the larvae toward each different material in all experiments was
considered. Descriptions of the material offered, the response of
the larvae, and the cases produced with each material are given
below.

The twig material used in experiments consisted of leaf petioles
and small hardwood twigs ranging in diameter from 0. 5-2.0 millime-
ters. These were soaked in water for a minimum of 24 hours prior
to experiments. A total of ten larvae were presented with twigs.
Of five larvae given twig material in December, four demonstrated
cutting activity only after 10 days and none of the five succeeded in
constructing twig cases. When these same larvae were subse-
quently given leaf material, all constructed cases, indicating that
failure to utilize twigs was not due to the loss of the building instinct.
Among five larvae given twig material in March, three were able
to build twig cases. Although cutting of material was begun only
after 18-28 hours, cases were completed in two days as shown in
Table 2. Cut twig pieces incorporated in the cases were of unequal
lengths and placed at irregular angles to the long axis of the case.
Groups of twig pieces were frequently composed of parallel compo-
nents but the groups themselves were irregularly placed with respect
to each other. The degree of similarity between twig cases built
by terminal instar larvae and those built by T-1 or T-2 instar larvae
is shown in Figure 5. (In the terminology used here T refers to
the termnial instar, T-1, T-2, etc. to preceding instars.) The closed
length of the twig cases was somewhat shorter than the correspond-
ing length of normal leaf cylinders built by the same larvae. In the
twig cases constructed under experimental conditions, the posterior

i96.'t~65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

ends remained wide open in contrast to the leaf cases with posterior
silk membranes.

“Water grass” {Eleocharis) consisted of threadlike pieces ap-
proximately 0.1 to 0.2 millimeters in diameter. Of 12 larvae given
grass material, three failed to build cases. All three showed some
cutting activity but were unable to assemble the material into the
form of a case. Larvae were usually quite inefficient in handling
the grass material and frequently many pieces were dropped and
lost before being attached to larva or case. The time required for
the construction of a girdle or belt with grass was 11-18 hours in
contrast to the two to four hours consumed in the construction of a
leaf belt. The completed grass cases were shorter than leaf cases
constructed by the same larvae. The length of the grass cases
ranged from 1.4 to 1.8 centimeters while corresponding leaf cases
were 2.4-3. 2 centimeters long. The interiors of the grass cases
were smoothly rounded and, as with the leaf cases, lined with silk
material. Two of the cases were closed at the posterior end by a
silken membrane. Two experimental grass cases are illustrated in
Figure 7.

Pine needles given to five larvae, consisted of clusters of white
(Pinus strobus) and scotch (Finns sylvestris) needles previously
soaked in water several days. Only one larva succeeded in con-
structing a case. Of the remaining four, two appeared unhealthy
several days following the start of the experiment and two had per-
formed five or six previous experiments with other material. Ad-
ditional experiments are required to determine the ability of the
larvae to handle this material.

Sand utilized in six experiments consisted of whitish-gray
aquarium sand sifted to include grain sizes ranging from 0. 5-1.0
millimeters in diameter. After five days from the start of experi-
ments, no larvae had built cases although two had fastened together
about ten sand grains each. When a small leaf piece was added to
each bowl, one larva attached a large number of grains to it but was
unable to construct a case. All results were negative when the ex-
periments were terminated at the end of ten days. It is thought that
repetition of this experiment, which was carried out in late January,
at a time closer to pupation or in the fall (when water temperatures
of the natural habitat are warmer) might produce somewhat differ-
ent results.

Preference.

In a series of experiments involving 30 larvae, the possibility that
the larvae have a preference for one material over another was in-

74 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

vestigated. In one series of experiments larvae were presented
with equal amounts of hickory (Carya), maple (Acer), and oak
(Quercus) leaves. Larvae originally possessing leaf cases utilized
hickory and maple leaves but failed to use oak in eight of eleven
trials involving a total of nine larvae. One larva used a very small
quantity of oak while the remaining two utilized all three leaf types
in equal amounts. In repeat experiments, however, neither of these
larvae incorporated oak in their cases. Twig case larvae also failed
to use oak in their cases when given a choice of the three leaf types
in equal amounts.

Two experimental larvae having some grass in their original cases
showed a decided preference for grass when both leaf and grass
material were offered. Larvae originally having leaf cases however,
would utilize any leaf bits left in the bowl in preference to offered
grass material.

When terminal instar larvae were given both leaf and twig mate-
rial, new cases consisted almost entirely of leaf. During the later
stages of construction two or three twig pieces might be loosely
attached to the exterior of the case, but these were never cut into
shorter lengths. Leaf builders presented with dead leaves and sev-
eral three centimeter lengths of green Vallisneria leaves, used the
latter readily and in one instance a case was constructed almost
entirely of this material. Larvae occupying cases of strange mate-
rial did not abandon these cases when normal material was again
supplied, but simply cut and added pieces of normal material to their
existing case. A pine needle case to which leaf pieces were added
is illustrated in Figure 8.

Effect of larval age on case -building behavior.

The rate of construction by T-1 instar larvae, on the basis of ob-
servations on eight individuals, did not appear to be significantly
different from that by terminal instar larvae. Additions to cases
were made through the sixth and seventh days following the start
of construction as was also occasionally true of mature larvae.
Larvae building cases of the usual leaf material prior to pupation
showed variation in the time between removal from case and start
of construction from one to twenty-five hours and in total building
time from two to seven days. Case-building by very early instar
larvae was not observed and it is possible that their rate of construc-
tion would be much faster. There was no apparent correlation be-
tween rapid initiation of building and earlier completion of the case
among 16 larvae observed. Nearly all of terminal instar larvae dem-

1964-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

onstrated an ability to construct new cases shortly before onset of
pupation. This observation suggests that retention of the building
instinct by Nemotaiilius hostilis is much stronger than in certain
species studied by Hanna (1960).

M odification of case prior to pupation.

The total lengths of cases built by experimental larvae just before
pupation generally exceeded those of earlier larval cases and fre-
quently included all material in the finger bowl. Following the
construction of the case, the larva secreted a silk sieve membrane
over one opening of the case. It then reversed its position in the case.
At this stage several larvae extended their bodies out of the ante-
rior end and moved actively around the bowl. After an interval of
a few hours or more, the second membrane was constructed over
the now anterior end and the larva remained within its case.

Literature Cited

Dembowski, J. 1933. Uber die Plastizitat der trischen Hand-
lungen, Beobachtungen, and Versuche an Molanna larven.
Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Allg. Zool. u. Physiol. 53: 261-311
Fankhauser, G. and L. E. Reik. 1935. Experiments on the
case-building of the caddisfly larva Neuroma postica Walker.
Physiol. Zool. 8: 337-358.

Flint, O. S. 1960. Taxonomy and biology of Nearctic limne-
philid larvae (Trichoptera) with special reference to species
in Eastern United States. Entomologica Americana XL:
1-120.

Gorter, F. J. 1931. Kdcherbauversuche an Trichopteren
larven. Z. Morph. Okol. Tiere. 20: 443-532.

Hanna, H. M. 1957. Observations on case-building by the
larvae of Limnephilus politus McLachlan and L. marmoratus
Curtis (Trichoptera: Limnephilidae) . Proc. R. Ent. Soc.
Loud. (A), 12: 47-52.

1960. Methods of case-building and repair by larvae of

caddisflies. Proc. R. Ent. Soc. Lond. (A), 35: 97-106.
Hicken, N. E. 1946. Larvae of the British Trichoptera. Gly-
photaelius pellucidus Retzius. Proc. R. Ent. Soc. Lond. (A),
21: 61-65.

Lloyd, J. T. 1921. The biology of the North American cad-
disfly larvae. Bulletin of the Lloyd Library of Botany, Phar-
macy, and Materia Medica, No. 21 : 1-124.

McGaha, Y. J. 1952. The limnological relations of insects to

76 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

certain aquatic flowering plants. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc.
71: 355-381.

Pennak, R. W. 1953. Fresh-water Invertebrates. Ronald
Press, New York, pp. 565-584.

Wesenberg-Lund, C. J. 1910. Uber die Biologie von Glypho-
taelius punctato lineatus Retzius nebst Bemerkungen uber das
freilebende Pupen-stadium der Wasser insekten. Int. Rev.
Hydrobiol. 3:93-114.

1964-65 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society 77

AN ABDOMINAL ANOMALY IN A COREID
(HEMIPTERA: HETEROPTERA), WITH
SOME PHYLOGENETIC NOTES

By Carl W. Schaefer/ Brooklyn, New York

While looking over the Coreoidea in the collection of Dr. C. V.
Reichard, I came upon a female Anasa tristis DeGeer in which the
suture between the fourth and fifth sterna is incomplete laterally.
The right side of the suture is normal, but on the left it curves ante-
riorly and fades out before reaching the connexivum (Figure 1).
The anterior curvature is represented not by an intersegmental
membrane, as occurs more medially, but by a slight internal ridge.

I— H

Figure 1. Ventral view, part of left side of Anasa tristis ab-
domen (connexivum flattened out). Conn 3, 5 — connexival seg-
ments 3, 5 ; S 3, 5 — sterna 3, 5; Sp — spiracle; Tr — trichobothrial
cluster. The marker represents 0.77mm.

^ Department of Biology, Brooklvn College, Brooklyn 10, New
York.

78 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society ^ixdLX

At a point opposite the termination of this ridge the posterior border
of the third sternum curves posteriorly, but then continues its nor-
mal course. The fourth-fifth tergal suture is normal, but the suture
between the fourth and fifth connexival segments ends abruptly be-
fore meeting the connexival-sternal suture ; there is no ridge con-
tinuing the fourth-fifth connexival suture.

The opening of the fourth spiracle is very greatly reduced and is
seen only with difficulty. The spiracular closing apparatus is miss-
ing. Despite this reduction of the spiracle, the tracheal trunk is
large and certainly functional, although its diameter is only half
that of the other segmental trunks. This trunk divides almost im-
mediately after leaving the spiracle, instead of progressing some-
what more than a millimeter before bifurcating, as do the normal
segmental trunks.

Because the fifth connexival segment and spiracle have not
been displaced, it is clear this anomaly is either a disruption of the
development of the intersegmental suture or an anterior migration
of only that part of the fifth sternum lying anterior to the fifth
spiracle. The lateral region of the fourth segment itself has not
been shifted anteriorly to become incorporated into the anterior
segment. Therefore, the anomaly does not resemble those of the
cockroaches Blattella germanica (L.) (Ross & Cochran, 1961) and
Blaberus giganteus (L.) (Fisk & Brass, 1961), in which lateral
portions of tergites were absent, causing a twisted asymmetry. The
Anasa is symmetrical, except for the abnormal course of the suture.

However, the anomaly is somewhat similar to the “helicomeries”
illustrated by Balazuc (1951) in the pyrrhocorid Pyrrhocoris ap-
terus L. Most of these anomalies are tergal and involve anterior or
or posterior shifting of segmental boundaries, with some distortion
of over-all symmetry.

The abdominal condition in this anomalous Anasa resembles that
occurring normally in most of the Rhyparochrominae (Lygaeidae)
and in the Physopeltinae (Largidae) (Scudder, 1963) ; in mem-
bers of these groups too, the boundary between tbe fourth and fifth
sterna curves anteriorly and fades out as it approaches the con-
nexivum. In those rhyparochromines whose sterna bear spiracles,
these are not displaced anteriorly ; and in none is the fourth connex-
ival segment displaced. The anomalous situation found here in
Anasa thus superficially resembles the normal situation found in
some other trichophorans.

Stys (1961) has suggested the bending of the fourth-fifth suture
in the Rhyparochrominae is due to the migration of the anteriormost
trichobothrium. The first of the three trichobothria of the fifth

lU(y'f-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

sternum is displaced anteriorly, and it is more probable this condi-
tion reflects an anterior movement of part of the fifth sternum than
that it has caused this movement. Further clarification of this point
awaits a detailed knowledge of these hairs’ function and biological
significance. The trichohothria in the Coreidae are more medial
than they are in the Lygaeidae, and thus there is no trichobothrial
displacement in this Anasa. However, the fact this displacement
occurs in the Lygaeidae suggests that the anterior shift of the suture
represents a true migration of part of the fifth sternum, and not
merely a shifting of the fourth-fifth intersegmental suture.

Recently, Stys (1964) and I (1964) suggested independently
that the Coreoidea (Stenocephalidae, Coreidae, Rhopalidae, Aly-
didae) and the Pyrrhocoroidea (Pyrrhocoridae, Largidae), arose
from a lygaeid-like ancestor ; Stys further suggests this ancestor
was, or closely resembled, a rhyparochromine, a suggestion with
which I agree. However, he states that the same rhyparochromine
line may have been ancestral to both the coreoid and the pyrrhocoroid
lines, and that this ancestor had straight sternal sutures. It appears
to me more likely that the Pyrrhocoroidea arose from a rhyparo-
chromine with curved sutures, and that this primitive condition is
retained in the curved sutures of the more primitive (Schafer, 1964)
pyrrhocoroid subfamily, Physopeltinae ; sutures of the more ad-
vanced pyrrhocoroids have become straight. In the Coreoidea the
sutures are always straight, even in the most primitive family,
Stenocephalidae. (The Hyocephalidae — also with straight sutures
— are closely related to the Stenocephalidae (Stys, 1964) and in
my tentative opinion should be included with them ; I do not make
this formal, however, without further study of the group.) For
many reasons (Schaefer, 1964) the Coreoidea could not have
evolved from a pyrrhocoroid. I suggest therefore that the Coreoidea
also arose from the Rhyparochrominae (or a rhyparochromine-like
ancestor), but from a different group of them, a group in which all
the sternal sutures were straight.

The anomalous occurrence of a coreid — the Anasa described
here — with a curved sternal suture might suggest the rhyparochro-
mine group ancestral to the Coreoidea also had curved sutures.
This implies the abdominal anomaly is a “throwback” to an ances-
tral type, an implication I do not consider warranted on theoretical
grounds and on morphological ones. There are too many structural
differences between the suture in this Anasa and that in the Rhy-
parochrominae : the spiracular reduction, curving of the third-fourth
suture, internal ridge, abrupt ending of the fourth-fifth connexival

80 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX & LX

suture, and lack of bilateral symmetry are all unique to the Anasa.
Finally, Anasa tristis belongs to an advanced tribe (Coreini) of the
advanced coreoid family Coreidae (Schaefer, 1965), although a
member {Arhyssus lateralis (Say)) of the least advanced coreoid
tribe, Rhopalini, has been seen with a similar anomaly (Chopra,
1963, pers. comm.). I conclude that this anomaly in Anasa tristis
is without phylogenetic significance.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Dr. C. V. Reichard (Providence College) for
this specimen of Anasa tristis, and to Dr. J. A. Slater (University
of Connecticut) for a specimen of the rhyparochromine Ozophora
picturata Uhler.

References Cited

Balazuc, J. 1951. La teratologie des Hemipteres et groupes
voisins. Ann. Soc. Ent. France 120: 17-66.

Fisk, F. W. and C. L. Brass. 1961. Structural abnormalities
in the giant cockroach, Blaberus giganteus (L.) (Blattaria:
Blattidae). Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer. 54: 750-752.

Ross, Mary H. and D. G. Cochran. 1961. A tergal abnormal-
ity in the German cockroach, Blattella germanica (L.). Ann.
Entom. Soc. Amer. 54: 749-750.

Schaefer, C. W. 1964. The morphology and higher classifica-
tion of the Coreoidea (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) . Parts I and
II. Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer. 57 : 670-684.

1965 The morphology and higher classification of the

Coreoidea (Hemiptera: Heteroptera). Part HI. The families
Coreidae, Alydidae, and Rhopalidae. Misc. Publ. Entom. Soc.
Amer. 5 : 1-76.

Scudder, G. G. E. 1963. Adult abdominal characters in the
lygaeoid-coreoid complex of the Heteroptera, and the classifi-
cation of the group. Can. J. Zool. 41 : 1-14.

Stys, P. 1961. Notes on the wing dimorphism and morphol-
ogy of abdomen of Tropistethus holosericeus (Scholz) (Heter-
optera, Lygaeidae). Acta Soc. Entom. Bohemoslov. 25: 302-
305.

1964. The morphology and relationship of the family

Hyocephalidae (Heteroptera). Acta Zool. Acad. Sci. Hung.
10: 229-262.

i96J,-65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

MIXED COLONIES OF ANTS ON
LONG ISLAND, N. Y.

By Raymond Sanvvald

Mixed colonies of ants, species Lasius neoniger Emery and
Acanthomyops murphyi (Forel), were collected in my yard at
Medford, Long Island. The habitat was dry sandy soil in an
area that was cleared about twenty years ago. The ground cover
is mostly grass with scattered Pitch Pine and Scrub Oak.

The first colony was taken on August 25, 1962, and the second
on June 1, 1963. They were situated about 100 feet apart in
typical L. neoniger habitat. Both colonies were small and few
ants were found. I knew that the life history of Acanthomyops
was not well known, but did not realize the significance of the dis-
covery of mixed colonies at that time; so no deeper excavations
were undertaken. As a result no queen, larvae or pupae were ob-
tained. In both colonies the A. murphyi ants were smaller than
ants in fully matured colonies. The L. neoniger also were smaller
than normal, possibly indicating young colonies or ones in a
marginal existence. At the time of collection both colonies were
placed in a container as mixed units to make sure they could exist
together and not just as neighbors. After living together for
several days they were placed in alcohol.

Several years ago I unearthed a mixed colony of ants, which I
realize now probably were L. neoniger and A. murphyi. The A.
murphyi queen was taken with larvae of both species from this
colony. They lived together for some time in a container and
eventually were discarded.

Random observations of the post-flight activities of the A.
murphyi queens shows that at times they “flood” the entrances of
the L. neoniger nests trying to gain admittance. The L. neoniger
workers attack the intruders. The young queens apparently offer
no resistance, allowing themselves to be tugged at and dragged
about. Often the L. neoniger plug the entrance against the in-
vaders. This reaction has been noted at times with Acanthomyops
latipes queens after nuptial flights.

Thanks are due Dr. M. R. Smith for identifying the ants col-
lected and for bringing to light the mixed nature of the colonies.

82 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX & LX

THE USE OF EMERGENCE HOLES OF THE
CICADA KILLER AS NEST BURROWS BY
TACHYTES (HYMENOPTERA : SPHECIDAE)

By Norman Lin^

The use of pre-existing holes in the ground as nests by sphecid
wasps is regarded by some workers as a primitive trait (Evans,
1958). Evans, however, points out that a great many more
Sphecidae must be studied before this generalization can be con-
fidently made. The following observations add another instance
to the cases of such use already known.

A few sphecid wasps, Tachytes elongatus (Cresson), were found
nesting in some aggregations of nests of the cicada killer (Spliecius

Fig. 1, the cicada killer (Sphecius speciosus) emergence holes
with mounds around them have been converted into nest burrows
by Tachytes elongatus.

^ Biological Laboratories, Harvard University. Current address
Dept, of Zoology and Entomology, Ohio State University, Colum-
bus, Ohio 43210. I am indebted to Dr. C. D. Michener of The
University of Kansas for his constructive criticism of this paper
and to Dr. K. Krombein of the U.S. National Museum for identi-
fication of the Tachytes.

19 a 1,-6 r,

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

speciosus Drury) in the Parade Grounds, a huge sandlot ball
field in Brooklyn, New York. The emergence hole of the cicada
killer, i.e., the exit tunnel made by a young wasp in escaping to
the surface from its natal cell in the soil, is usually circular and
about ten millimeters in diameter. It enters the ground vertically
and varies in depth from about 2.5 to 30 centimeters. The nest
burrow of T. elongatus is similar to the cicada killer emergence
hole in the respects mentioned, except possibly for its depth which
I have not investigated.

Observations made each year over a four season period ( 1958-
61) have revealed frequent taking over of cicada killer emergence
holes by females of T. elongatus, with reconstruction of these holes
into nests. The emergence holes were usually discovered being-
used as nest burrows when mounds tumuli of earth from sources
within the holes were found heaped around them. Sooner or
later a T. elongatus was seen entering, provisioning, or digging
in the nest. -Figure I shows a group of four Sphecius emergence
holes, two of which (with mounds) have been converted into nest
burrows by T. elongatus.

It is known that this interaction is non-obligatory for T. elon-
gatus, since some nests were constructed where there were no emer-
gence holes. In addition, at least one case of a female T. elon-
gatus beginning to dig a nest has been observed.

The interspecific relationship has been known on a few occasions
to become one of protocooperation or mutual but non-obligatory
benefit to both of the species. Male cicada killers set up terri-
tories, usually around emergence holes, next to or over which
they perch. An important function of the emergence holes and
territories is to localize the males in the regions from which the
females will emerge, so that mating can take place on emergence.
Since each nest potentially contains a number of young wasps, the
emergence hole functions as a marker of a place from which new
adult females will probably emerge from the nest in the ground
(Lin, 1963). When an emergence hole is converted into a nest
of T. elongatus, its life span as a hole is usually greatly increased,
as is the likelihood of its continued function as a territorial perch for
male vS phecius.

The utilization of cicada killer emergence holes as nest burrows
by Tachytes probably appeared with the first contact between the
two species. T. elongatus was probably already preadapted and
utilized any holes with the appropriate specifications for its nest
burrows. This behavior is known in several species of Tachytes,
and H. E. Evans writes (in litt.) that he found T. distinctus nest-

84 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX & LX

ing in lizard burrows in New Mexico. Williams (1913) in speak-
ing in general of the Larrinae, the subfamily to which Tachytes
belongs, found that on rare occasions they take advantage of cracks,
and perhaps also of strange tunnels, to lessen the work of digging.
Consequently such behavior is probably as old as the genus or even
the subfamily.

References

Evans, Howard E. 1958. Observations on the nesting behav-
ior of Larro/>.yw (Smith) (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae).

Ent. News LXIX, No. 8, 197-200.

Lin, Norman. 1963. Territorial behavior in the cicada killer
wasp Sphecius speciosus (Drury) (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)
I. Behaviour 20: 115-133.

Williams, F. X. 1913. Monograph of the Larridae of Kansas.
Kansas Univ. Sci. Bui. 8: 119-213.

1964-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

A NEW NORTHEASTERN CADDISFLY SPECIES
OF THE GENUS PHYLOCENTROPUS
(TRICHOPTERA: PSYCHOMYIIDAE)^

By David W. Root, Amherst, Mass.

This species was discovered by the author while doing a com-
parative morphological study of the males of Phylocentropus as a
thesis project. The type specimen and two of the four paratypes
are in the author’s collections. One paratype will be deposited in
the United States National Museum and another in the Canadian
National Museum.

Phylocentropus hansoni, n. sp.

Only the male is known. The types are preserved in 70% al-
cohol and the drawings and measurements are from those speci-
mens that were treated with KOH. The general structure is
typical of the genus (Ross, 1965). My specimens are various
shades of brown, somewhat darker than other members of the
genug. The specimens treated with KOH show the same color
patterns as the untreated ones but are notably lighter. The types
vary in length from 7 to 11 mm.

Head: Dorsally heavily setose and dark brown except for
medium brown warts ; anteriorly light to medium brown ; fronto-
clypeal setal pattern in the shape of a profile view of a short-legged
stool.

Thorax: Dorsally dark brown except for medium brown warts;
pleuron medium brown. Legs medium brown with the coxae
slightly darker than the other leg regions. Wings all a uniform
medium brown.

Abdomen: Tergites medium brown and sternites light brown.
Male genitalia as in plate. Genitalia medium brown except for
darker mediolateral ridge of clasper and darker color band of ninth
sternite. Ninth tergite (Fig. 1) triangular in lateral aspect.
Tenth tergite (Fig. 2) membranous, with shallow truncate notch
medially and sides which slope ventrally and inflex to sclerotized
bands terminating apically in four strong spines. Ninth sternite
sclerotized except for a ventral membranous U-shaped area of vari-

^ Contribution No. 1384 from the Department of Entomology,
University of Massachusetts. Published through the assistance
of The Guy Chester Crampton Research Fund of the University of
Massachusetts.

86 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society lix&lx

able extent, with anterodorsal projections serving as points of
attachment for bases of cerci and ninth tergite. Cerci (Fig. 1)
laterally flattened, with rough setose margins, attached dorso-
basally to membrane of tenth tergite, distally expanding and apically
broadly rounded. Clasper in lateral aspect (Fig. 1) with face
above mediolateral ridge sloping mesally and with a dorsobasal
concavity, with face below mediolateral ridge bearing long setae
and with apical two-thirds distinctly concave, with apex truncate,
with heavily sclerotized mediolateral ridge curving ventrally to
form basal rim of clasper. Clasper in mesal aspect (Fig. 3) broad
at base, tapering beyond its midpoint to a narrow truncate apex,
with a very sparsely setose area set off between a sinuate row
of short peg-like setae and an irregular band of short heavy setae,
with a tuft of short heavy setae below apical lobe, with short fine
setae on the apical lobe and clasper apex. Aedeagus a simple,
slightly sinuate tube sclerotized except for its apical one-fifth, with
an oval apicodorsal sclerotized plate which receives the sperm
duct.

Holotype male. — Paradise Trail, Sunderland, MASS., 25 May
1964 (D. MacKenzie and F. C. Thompson). Paratopotype male.
Paratypes. — 2 J'J', Mill River, North Amherst, MASS., 26 June
1964 (D. W. Root and C. H. Nelson). 1 oRute 3, NEW
YORK, 8.5 miles west of Saranac Lake, 9.1 miles east of junction
of routes 3 and 30, 15 June 1964 (D. W. Root and C. H. Nelson).

Discussion. — The description of this species brings the total
number of living species in the placidus group to five (Ross, 1965).
Phylocentropus hansoni is easily distinguished from the other
species by : ( 1 ) having four apical spines on each of the lateral
sclerotized bands of the tenth tergite; (2) the apical two-thirds of
the ventral face of the clasper being concave; (3) a dorsobasal
concavity of the clasper; and (4) a sparsely setose area between
the peg-like row of setae and the irregular band of setae on the
mesal face of the clasper. Many other good interspecific char-
acters exist and these will be described when my thesis is published.

Acknowledgements

I name this species in honor of Dr. John F. Hanson for his in-
valuable aid in my development as a student and for his encourage-
ment of my taxonomic interests in the Trichoptera. I would also
like to thank Dr. Herbert H. Ross for the information he has pro-
vided concerning this project.

(>■>

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Literature Cited

Ross, H. H. 1965. The Evolutionary History of Phylocentropus
(Trichoptera : Psychomyiidae) . J. Kan. Ent. Soc. 38(4):

398-400.

male genitalia, lateral aspect. Fig. 2, tenth tergite, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 3, clasper, mesal aspect.

88 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society lix & lx

THE FEEDING HABITS OF ALASKAN MOSQUITOES

By Cluff E. Hopla
Norman, Oklahoma

INTRODUCTION: — In Alaska and other northern coun-
tries, the bloodsucking insects are represented primarily by two
orders: Diptera (flies and mosquitoes) and Siphonaptera (fleas).
The most offensive insect species to man and many other mammals
are those belonging to the order Diptera, and of all the hema-
tophagous creatures in this group, the slightly more than two
dozen species of mosquitoes are probably the worst. Lesser of-
fenders are: (1) Heleidae (punkies or no-see-ums) of the genus
Culicoides, with six or more described species; (2) Simuliidae
(black flies), consisting of approximately 36 described species;
(3) Rhaginoidae (snipe flies) of two little-known species of the
genus Symphoromyia ; (4) Tabanidae (horse flies and deer flies),
of uncertain number, possibly 24 species.

Since World War II, Alaskan mosquito investigations have
provided a thorough insight into the taxonomy of this group.
Among other things, these investigations have culminated in “The
Mosquitoes of Alaska” by Gjullin, Sailer, Stone and Travis
(1961). Frohne (see references) has laid the foundation for the
bionomics of Alaskan mosquitoes. However, much still remains
to be done. Virtually nothing is known about the disease trans-
mission capabilities of boreal insects. Indeed, prior to this study,
little had been learned about their feeding habits ; a diligent search
reveals a paucity of literature concerning host relationships other

^ Department of Zoology, University of Oklahoma.

^ The studies upon which this paper is based were conducted in
part under contract between the University of Oklahoma Research
Institute and the Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory, United States
Air Force. Support from the Faculty Research Committee, Uni-
versity of Oklahoma was invaluable in finishing this work.

^ Numerous individuals have helped with this study and it is
difficult to acknowledge all of them. The following research as-
sistants have worked by my side through intolerably long hours
in both the field and in the laboratory: R. D. Couser, J. H. Engle-
man, Mrs. Joyce Markman, C. S. Mitchell, and D. W. Trent. I
am indebted to Dr. Alan Stone, USD A, and J. R. Vockeroth of
the Canadian National Collection. Last, but not least, I am
grateful to R. J. Sailer for an exchange of ideas concerning the
feeding habits of Alaskan mosquitoes.

i96Ji-65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

than man.

The biting habits of mosquitoes are of vital importance in their
potential as vectors of disease organisms. By and large, most of
the Alaskan mosquitoes are believed to be single-brooded. This
has led many to suggest the possibility of a single feeding. If
this were true, it would seem unlikely that insects which feed
only once could transmit disease, since none of the insect-borne
diseases currently known are transovarian in nature. To trans-
mit disease organisms, the insect must feed at least twice, the last
feeding upon man. It must be acknowledged, however, that there
are times, through interrupted feedings, when it would be possible
for mechanical transmission to play a role in the dissemination of
a disease organism. Such a condition would only be a fortuitous
one and would not likely happen with any regularity.

In an attempt to gain information regarding the above men-
tioned problems a multiple programmed investigation was under-
taken during 1%0-1962, dealing with the feeding habits in cor-
relation with phonological data, seasonal variation in species popu-
lations, host selection, and laboratory studies concerned with
colonization of certain species. Observations on the latter as well
as the biology of Alaskan mosquitoes will be reported elsewhere.

CLIMATE AND GEOGRAPHY Climate has a direct
effect upon invertebrate creatures such as mosquitoes and likely an
indirect one upon the terrestrial vertebrate hosts on which they
feed. The effect is indirect upon the host by determining the
amount and kind of food that is available, as well as the protec-
tive cover. These factors largely determine distribution of the
terrestrial mammals and also the mosquitoes.

The topography of Alaska exerts a strong influence upon the
climate. The coastal mountains of the Alaska Range are not only
the highest and some of the most massive mountains in western
North America, but also stand directly in the path of warm moist
air masses coming in from the Gulf of Alaska. Partly as a
result of this, the amount of precipitation in the northern areas
is considerably lower than that in southeastern Alaska. The Brooks
Range is northern Alaska is lower, less massive, and faces the
cold Arctic Ocean rather than the warmer Gulf of Alaska. The
intermontane area between these two ranges of mountains is
characterized by broad valleys or lowlands through which are
interspersed small chains of mountains. For example, the Yukon
Flats and the Tanana Valley lie between 400 and 600 feet in ele-
vation and are drained by the Yukon River and its tributaries.

90 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX & LX

In light of the above discussion, climatic factors important to
the mosquitoes and to their hosts should not only prove interesting,
but also provide a better background for understanding the zoogeo-
graphy of the mosquito. Various investigators have developed
concepts attempting to relate such factors as the vegetation and the
animal life. For purposes of this discussion, the work of Dice
(1943), and that of Hopkins et al. (1955) are pertinent. These
two studies were concerned with different problems, yet it was
interesting to observe that the latter authors’ “Zone of Continuous
Permafrost” closely parallels Dice’s Eskimoan Biotic Province;
the “Zone of Discontinuous Permafrost” corresponds to the
Hudsonian Biotic Province; and the “Zone of No Permafrost”
is nearly congruous with the Sitkan Biotic Province.

Eskimoan Biotic Province : — This unique area is char-
acterized by the nearly universal presence of permafrost. The
soil thaws in the summer to a depth of 6 inches to 4 feet, depend-
ing upon surface material, vegetation cover, and exposure. The
permafrost is perhaps the dominant ecological feature in the
Eskimoan Biotic Province, thereby producing an entirely different
flora and fauna, for without it, the Arctic Slope would indeed be
a desert. Thienemann (1938) first postulated the importance
of permafrost in the conservation of moisture in the Arctic.
Natvig (1948) expounded more fully upon this.

The vegetation collectively is termed “tundra” and lies beyond
the limit of tree growth, although tall willows, alders, and
scattered poplars grow along the channels of the large streams
in the southern part of the region. Tundra vegetation consists
primarily of dwarf shrubs, grasses, sedges, lichens, and herbaceous
plants. The wmrd “tundra” is applied to a wide variety of vege-
tation types and is not a good indication of the presence or ab-
sence of trees. For example, Alpine tundra is considerably
different from the tundra found beyond the Brooks Range or
tree line. Areas of tundra vegetation are interspersed with
forested areas throughout most of central Alaska, and both tundra
and forest occur in all the permafrost zones, as well as in the
zones of no permafrost.

As an example of the climate, let us consider Umiat. While
Umiat is farther inland than Point Barrow, the climate is not
remarkably different. The annual mean temperature at Umiat
is 10° F, and the recorded extremes are 79° and —57° F. Mean
annual precipitation is 5.4 inches, half of which is represented by
rainfall during the months of July, August, and September.
Annual snowfall is approximately 33 inches. Wind is a prevalent

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

feature in this area and causes considerable drifting of the powdery
snow that falls during the long, cold winter.

On the Arctic Slope (north of the Brooks Range), the mos-
quito fauna is limited to one genus and probably five species of
mosquitoes. They are Aedes communis (DeGeer, 1776) ; Aedes
hexodontiis Dyar, 1916; Aedes impiger (Walker, 1848); Aedes
nigripes (Zetterstedt, 1838) ; and Aedes punctor (Kirby, 1837).
I do not mean to imply that these species of mosquitoes are
found only in this region of Alaska, for they occur far to the south,
some of them being reasonably abundant in the taiga. South of
the Brooks Range there is a “fringing” of the taiga mosquitoes ex-
tending a short distance north of the tree line, such as I experienced
at Anaktuvuk Pass in the summer of 1957, when I found Culiseta
alaskaensis (Ludlow, 1906) breeding in rather large numbers
around Summit Lake during the latter part of July. Although
the habits and method of locomotion of mosquitoes and fleas are
not at all similar, it is amazing the number of analogues that can
be made in the distribution of these two groups of insects.
Figure 1 illustrates a part of the terrain north of the Brooks Range.

Mammals frequently encountered, and more or less characteristic
of this Biotic Province, follow. Some of these mammals are
found to the south in the taiga ; thus they cannot be truly char-
acteristic of the province. Others, such as the hoary marmot
(Marmota caligata) and the arctic ground squirrel (Spermophilus
undulatus) are “characteristic” of the upland “tundra” through-
out the montane areas to the south. For further accounts of
arctic mammals, the reader is referred to Rausch (1953), Bee
and Hall (1956), and Hall and Kelson (1959).

The aforementioned list of mammals in the Eskimoan Biotic
Province includes; Sorex arcticus (arctic shrew), Sorex cinereus
(masked shrew), Lepus othus (Alaskan hare), Marmota caligata
(hoary marmot), Spermophilus undulatus (arctic ground squirrel),
Clethrionomys rutilus (red-backed vole), Dicrostonyx groen-
landicus (collared lemming), Lemmus trimucronatus (brown
lemming), Microtus miurus (singing vole). Micro tus oeconomus
(arctic vole), Alopex lagopus (arctic fox), Canis lupus (gray
wolf), Viilpes fulva (red fox), Ursus horribilis (grizzly bear),
Gulo luscus (wolverine), Mustela erminea (ermine), Mustela
rixosa (least weasel), A lees alces (moose), Rangifer tarandus
(caribou), and Ovis dalli (Dali’s sheep). The caribou probably
is the most important animal in furnishing a blood meal for the
“tundra” mosquitoes. The relatively recent arrival of the moose
in the northern tundra regions provides an important additional
host to the mosquito.

92 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

VoU. LIX & LX

Hudsonian Biotic Province: This area is limited in the north
at the tree line (spruce forests) on the south slope of the Brooks
Range, in the south by the north slope of the Coast Range, and
by altitude on various mountain systems in between. To most
ecologists, this area is included in the “taiga.” However, the
taiga also includes the Canadian Biotic Province, which does not
occur in Alaska. Therefore, the application of the term in this
discussion is more restricted than usual. The Hudsonian is essen-
tially transcontinental, stretching from Newfoundland to western
Alaska, but is prevented from reaching the coastline by a narrow
strip of tundra (Eskimoan Biotic Province). It reaches the
Pacific Ocean only in a narrow strip at Cook Inlet.

On the south slope of the Brooks Range, the Hudsonian has
many finger-like processes extending up into the low, protected
valleys ; likewise, it is penetrated by tundra along the mountain
ridges at the higher elevations.

This is the “Zone of Discontinuous Permafrost,” and the cli-
mate is characterized as a cold continental one (i.e., short, warm
summers and long, cold winters). A large part of our study was
conducted in the Tanana Valley, which is typified by data ob-
tained in the Fairbanks environs, with a mean annual temperature
of 26.1° F, and extremes of 99° F and -66° F. The mean annual
precipitation is 11.7 inches, 60% of which falls during the period
from May to September as rain. The mean annual snowfall is
67 inches. The Tanana Valley has been subjected to considerable
ecological disturbance. At first, this was due to gold mining
operations, and this has been followed by attempts at homesteading
for agricultural purposes and the production of rough lumber used
in construction and housing needs. Military bases within the
area have also changed the landscape. It is difficult to find
virgin stands of timber because much of it has been burned over
since the arrival of the prospectors about the turn of the century.
However, some strands of white spruce that are 2j^ feet in
diameter can be found along the margins of streams.

Dr. Allan Mick, formerly an agronomist at the University of
Alaska Experimental Farm, has informed me that the tempera-
ture of the soil varies considerably once the original cover is
disturbed. For example, many of the plots in the experimental
farm have shown a warming of 20° F since the ground was first
cleared. Such a temperature change should have a remarkable
effect upon the mosquito fauna, and it is believed that we have
information to substantiate this point. The expansion of the
highway system in Alaska is aiding the distribution of certain

19 6 J, -65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

mosquitoes and mammals.

As more land is cleared within the Tanana Valley, a shift in
the abundance of certain species of mosquitoes will no doubt occur.
With the warming of the soil brought about by the clearing, such
mosquitoes as Aedes excrucians and other banded-legged Aedes
should increase in numbers and occur earlier in the year. Aedes
pionips undoubtedly will increase also. However, proper drain-
age practices carried out with the clearing operations could cause a
lessening of the populations.

The vegetation on undisturbed ground now consists of white
spruce, paper birch, willow, balsam, poplar and some larch, grow-
ing in pure and mixed stands along rivers, sloughs, lakes and
minor drainage courses. Birch, aspen and white spruce grow on
bedrock slopes, hills and burned-over areas on glacial outwash
plains. Dense, black spruce forest covers undisturbed areas on
outwash plains. Upland valleys are covered by muskeg (“tundra”
of some authors) consisting of sedges, grasses, dwarf birch, small
heaths, or stands of stunted black spruce, willows and alder. As
one becomes familiar with the area, one notes that stands of tall
willows and isolated pure stands of balsam poplar on flood
plains indicate the presence of unfrozen ground. Areas over-
grown by black spruce are likely to be underlain by permafrost at
a shallow depth. Throughout much of Alaska, the forests are
limited to the slopes at lower altitudes and to the better drained
parts of the valley floor.

Characteristic plants are: Picea mariana (black spruce), Picea
glauca (white spruce), Betula papyrifera (paper birch), Larix
laricina (tamarack or larch), Populus halsamifera (balsam pop-
lar), Populus tremuloides (aspen), Salix spp. (willows), Alnus
incana (alders), Betula glandulosa (dwarf birch), Vaccinium
(blueberries). Ledum groenlandicum (Labrador tea), Equisetum
(horsetail), Eriophorium vaginatum (“niggerheads”), and Erio-
phorium scheuchxeri (cotton grass). Low-bush cranberry fre-
quently is abundant on well-drained slopes, particularly in mixed
birch-spruce forests.

The animals encountered in the Hudsonian Biotic Province are
not all characteristic of the taiga. Indeed, few mammals are
confined solely to any one Biotic Province, although when occur-
ring in more than one, they are not of equal abundance in both areas.
For example, this is particularly true of the red-backed vole
{Clethrionomys rutilus) and the wolverine (Gulo luscus) , the
former typically a taiga animal but with a broad distribution in the

94 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

VoU. TAX d- LX

tundra. The latter is a tundra representative which occurs in
lesser numbers in the taiga. Again I have listed certain animals,
for example the arctic ground squirrel {S pernio philus iindulatus
osgoodi and Spermophilus undulatus plesius) as well as the pika
(Ochotona collaris) and the marmot {Marmota caligata) which
are usually associated with the upland areas, the last two being
largely confined to talus slopes. S permophilus u. osgoodi is par-
ticularly difficult to classify from this standpoint because it will
occur in the lowlands, for example, along the Steese Highway
from Central to Circle. In the Circle Hot Springs areas it has
been observed in the aspen-spruce association. However, by far
the greater preponderence of the population in the lowlands is in
the cleared areas, thereby conforming in part to the major por-
tion of the animars range above timberline.

Thus, the following list of mammals is provisional, and I do not
mean to imply that they are strictly taiga representatives : Sorex
arcticus (arctic shrew), Sorex cinereus (masked shrew), Micro-
sorex hoyi (pigmy shrew), Lepus americanus (varying hare),
Ochotona collaris (collared pika), Glaucomys sabrinus (flying
squirrel), Marmota caligata (hoary marmot), Marmota monax
(woodchuck), S permophilus undulatus (arctic ground squirrel),
Spermophilus undulatus osgoodi (arctic ground squirrel), Tamia-
sciurus hudsonicus (red squirrel). Castor canadensis (beaver),
Clethrionomys rutilus (red-backed vole), Lemmiis trimucronatus
(brown lemming), Microtus oeconomus (arctic vole), Microtus
pennsylvanicus (meadow vole). Ondatra zibethicus (muskrat),
Zapus hudsonius (jumping mouse), Erethizon dorsatum (porcu-
pine), Canis lupus (gray wolf), Vulpes fulva (red fox). Lynx
canadensis (lynx), Ursus horribilis (grizzly bear), Ursus ameri-
canus (black bear), Gulo luscus (wolverine), Martes americana
(marten), Mustela erminea (ermine), Mustela rixosa (least
weasel), Mustela vison (mink), Alces alces (moose), Rangifer
tarandus (caribou).

Within this area I think the larger mammals such as moose,
caribou, varying hare (when abundant) and the arctic ground
squirrel provide the major source of blood meals in the taiga.

The taiga mosquitoes are: Aedes canadensis (Theobald, 1901) ;
Aedes cataphylla Dyar, 1916; Aedes cinereus Meigen, 1818;
Aedes communis (DeGeer, 1776) ; Aedes decticus Howard, Dyar,
and Knab, 1917 ; Aedes diantaeus Howard, Dyar and Knab, 1917 ;
Aedes excrucians (Walker, 1856) ; Aedes fitchii (Felt and Young,
1904); Aedes hexodontus Dyar, 1916; Ades impiger (Walker,
1848) ; Aedes implicatus Vockeroth, 1954; Aedes intrudens Dyar,

1964-65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

1919; Aedes nigripes (Zetterstedt, 1838) ; Aedes pionips Dyar,
1919; Aedes pullatus (Coquillett, 1904) ; Aedes punctor (Kirby,
1837); Aedes riparius Dyar and Knab, 1907; Aedes stimulans
(Walker, 1848) ; Anopheles earlei Vargas, 1943; Culex territans
Walker, 1856; Culiseta alaskaensis (Ludlow, 1906) ; Culiseta im-
patiens (Walker, 1848) ; Culiseta morsitans (Theobald, 1901).
Most important of these mosquitoes are Aedes intrudens, Aedes
punctor, Aedes excrucians, and Culiseta alaskaensis.

Sitkan Biotic Province: — This occupies most of what is
known as the “panhandle” or southeastern Alaska. The climate is
characterized as being cool but equable. For instance, January is
usually the coldest month, and it is seldom that the temperature is
lower than 32° F ; July is the hottest month, and the average
temperature is 57.5° F. The maximum recorded temperature of
96° F, and a minimum of -8° F have been recorded at Ketchikan.
The temperature is surprisingly uniform for such a long, rela-
tively north-south strip of land. For example, during January
the average temperature at Juneau is 27° F, while the hottest
month, July, has an average temperature of 56.6° F, with a range
of from - 15° to 89° F. The precipitation, however, is more
variable. The average annual precipitation at Ketchikan is
150.89 inches, with May, June, and July being the driest months.
Juneau has an average annual precipitation of 83.25 inches, with
a similar dry spell. Average snowfall approximates 100 inches
annually.

This area was extensively glaciated during the Pleistocene, and
many large glaciers still occur. Timberline ranges between 1,000
and 2,000 feet as a general rule, but may vary from 500 to 3,000
feet. The Sitkan Province is extremely mountainous ; much of it
is broken by the sea into chains of mountainous islands, which in
turn are separated by tide-swept channels. The boundaries for
the Sitkan Biotic Province are somewhat arbitrary; however, it is
generally limited to the heavy coastal coniferous forests which ex-
tend from near Kodiak Island southeastward to the southern tip of
Alaska. In an eastward direction, the boundary between the
Sitkan and the Hudsonian Province is placed along the top of
the Coast Range. (In early studies this range included what are
now known as St. Elias Mountains and the Coast Mountains.)

The most important or characteristic trees in the heavily for-
ested areas at the lower elevations are: Chamaecyparis nootkaten-
sis (Alaskan cedar), Tsuga heterophylla (western hemlock), Tsuga
mertensiana (mountain hemlock), Picea sitchensis (sitka spruce),
SaEx spp. (willow) and Popitlus tricocar pa (black cottonwood).

Vols. LIX t£- LX

01V

96 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Some of the characteristic mammals are : Sorex obscurus (dusky
shrew), Sorex palustris (water shrew), Myotis lucifugus lucifugus
(little brown myotis), Spermophilus undulatus (arctic ground
squirrel), Taniiasciurus hudsonicus (red squirrel), Peromyscus
maniculatus (deer mouse), Phenacomys intermedius (mountain
phenacomys), Microtus longicaudus (lond-tailed vole), Microtus
oeconomous macjarlani, (tundra vole), Clethrionomys rutilus
(red-backed vole), Erethizon dorsatum (porcupine), Ursiis hor-
ribilis (Alaskan brown bear), Mustela vis on (mink), Mustela
erminea (ermine), Alces alces (moose), and Dama hemionus
(black-tailed deer).

From what is known of the siphonapterous fauna of this region,
the species are more representative of the Pacific Northwest than
they are of the Hudsonian or Eskimoan Biotic Provinces. This
seems truly amazing when it is observed that the mosquito fauna
is representative of the two northern Biotic Provinces. At first
glance it would seem that the mosquitoes would have a better
chance to invade the southeastern part of Alaska from the south
(Pacific Northwest) than the fleas. Perhaps the most valid con-
clusion that can be drawn from the above evidence is that not
enough data have been accumulated for either the fleas or mos-
quitoes !

Any attempt to explain the biogeography of southeastern Alaska
should take into account the recent recession of the glaciers there
and the comparative isolation still caused by sea, ice and moun-
tain barriers. However, radio-carbon dating (Berrill, 1958)
shows no such great age difference from the north temperate
United States as one might expect. For example, much of Maine
was still covered by the Wisconsin Glacier for about 1,000 years
after the bog on upper Montana Creek near Juneau melted and
began accumulating peat about 5,000 years ago (Heusser, 1952).
However, this geologically short period, operating in conjunction
with the barriers mentioned above and the lengthy (although
mild) winters in southeastern Alaska, has combined to keep many
organisms out of the area up to the present time. Some mosqui-
toes, for example, Culiseta alaskaensis and Aedes excrucians, have
been able to penetrate into the region only as far as Haines and
Wrangell, where major rivers have provided an avenue from the
interior. However, along the coast and perhaps by island- jump-
ing, two mosquitoes, Culiseta incidens and particeps, have pene-
trated northward. These last two mosquitoes are otherwise typi-
cal of the West Coast temperate forms in the lower 48 states. A
further factor is the cool summer climate of southeastern Alaska.

i96Jf-6o Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

The region is relegated to the temperature of the temperate zone
in recognition of its mild winters, despite its cool summer climate.
In comparing the list of the mosquitoes of this region with that
of the Hudsonian, it is interesting to note that the genus Anopheles
is not represented in the so-called “temperate” region of Alaska.

According to Frohne (1954), there are no mosquitoes in this
area which produce more than a single annual brood. The mos-
quito biting season is long, over 5 months. The absence of Culex
and Anopheles suggests that the southeastern mosquito fauna is of
the Arctic type rather than a temperate one, as one ordinarily
would expect.

The mosquito fauna of the Sitkan Biotic Province is thought to
consist of approximately 12 species. Except for the report by
Frohne, 1954, only meager information is available. A more thor-
ough study of the fauna is needed in this region and would un-
doubtedly increase the number of species known. The species
reported thus far are: Aedes ahoriginis Dyar ; Aedes cinereus Mei-
gen; Aedes communis (DeGeer) ; Aedes excrucians (Walker);
Aedes pionips Dyar; Aedes pullatus (Coquillett) ; Aedes punctor
(Kirby) ; Culiseta alaskaensis (Ludlow) ; Culiseta impatiens
(Walker) ; Culiseta incidens (Thomson) ; Culiseta morsitans
(Theobald) ; Culisetai particeps (Adams).

According to Jenkins (1958), the mosquitoes of the Boreal
Region consist of 36 species. The distribution of these mosquitoes
is summarized in Table I. From the information presented here,
it would seem that North America has a larger fauna, but this is
not necessarily the case. The difference in the number of species
is more than likely due to a difference in taxonomic approach in
the two areas. For example, many Eurasians workers have not

TABLE I. Distribution of the Boreal Mosquito Eauna.
(Total — 36 species)

Region

Number of Species

North America

Eurasia

Holarctic

concurred with the splitting of the Aedes communis complex to the
extent that has been done by North American workers. Some
difference is also bound to have occurred because of the emphasis
placed on the northern mosquitoes in our own fauna since World
War II.

98 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

LIFE CYCLE: — Alaskan mosquitoes can be placed in two
groups, depending upon their life cycles. Wesenberg-Lund (1920-
21) established four types of life cycles for the mosquitoes of the
world; these four have withstood the test of time, except for one
modification to be mentioned below. The first type, the Aedes
cinereus type of life cycle, is typified by all Alaskan Aedes, in which
hibernation or overwintering takes place solely in the egg stage.
The eggs, larvae and sometimes pupae, are cold-tolerant forms.
This is the only type of life cycle known for those mosquitoes
which inhabit the Arctic Slope. A fifth type of life cycle was pro-
posed by Frohne, (1953, 1954), in which hibernation is accom-
plished in the adult stage. This differs from the fourth type de-
scribed by Wesenberg-Lund (1920-21) and by Bates (1949)
because although the females are inseminated before hibernation,
they do not seek a blood meal at this time. Recent information
indicates this behavior may be true for many mosquitoes of the
temperature region. Frohne further believed that the mosquitoes
with this type of life cycle were again single-brooded. To this
latter type of life cycle belong all of the Alaskan mosquitoes that
are placed in the genera Anopheles, Culex and Culiseta, These
constitute a very small proportion of the total mosquito fauna in
Alaska.

Much has been said about the cold-hardiness of Alaskan mos-
quitoes without the writers really understanding the actual ecology.
Pruitt (1957) reported on temperatures beneath the snow in
Alaska, and it is extremely significant that once 19 cm of snow
have been accumulated on the ground, the temperature next to the
earth does not get lower than 16° F. These studies were con-
ducted in the taiga, and it is thought that such a temperature would
likely be found throughout most of the alpine regions of the Rocky
Mountains. Most individuals have had a common concept that
the mosquitoes and their eggs were surviving the winter exposed
to the extremely low temperatures that are known above the snow
cover. From information now available (that will be reported in
more detail), we now know that the adults of Culiseta alaskaensis
and those of Culex territans hibernate below the snow in clumps of
Calamagrostis grass very close to the ground. I have never found
that these adult mosquitoes are able to withstand temperatures be-
low 0° F in the laboratory for any prolonged period of time.

BITING STUDIES: — Among the many facets of this inves-
tigation, none are so germane to all others as the study of the biting
habits of boreal mosquitoes. Considerable controversy abounds
concerning the number of times boreal mosquitoes may seek a blood

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

meal or if one is actually required for the maturation of eggs. No
careful studies have been completed concerning the host prefer-
ences, if indeed such a phenomenon exists. Regardless of what
diseases these northern mosquitoes might carry, their feeding
habits are such that no other group of animals serves as such a
strong deterrent force to man’s living in this region of the world.

Apparently, the mosquito problem in Alaska has changed very
little since it was first recorded by early travelers and explorers.
I do not mean to imply that the mosquito season is the same each
year, because it does vary with the abundance of the total popula-
tion and with the dominance of a given species in any one year.
There are times in Alaska when the mosquito population is not
any greater than it is in any part of the temperate region ; however,
in some years the mosquitoes have occured in intolerable numbers
and thus have accounted for some graphic writing by early ex-
plorers. The following brief accounts by three early scientists are
given here because they provide something of an insight as to what
the situation was in Alaska and other northern regions before the
invasion by European populations.

In 1880 Petrof investigated Alaskan resources and later pub-
lished his findings. He found the mosquitoes to be an extremely
severe annoyance in the Kuskokwim Valley, as indicated by the
following brief excerpt from his writings :

“There is another feature in this country which, though insignificant on paper,
is to the traveler the most terrible and poignant infection he can be called
upon to bear in a new land. I refer to the clouds of blood-thirsty mosquitoes,
accompanied by a vindictive ally in the shape of a small poisonous black fly,
under the stress of whose persecution the strongest man with the firmest will
must either feel depressed or succumb to low fever. . . . The traveler who
exposes his bare eyes or face loses his natural appearance ; his eyelids swell
up and close, and his face becomes one mass of lumps and fiery pimples.
Mosquitoes torture the Indian dogs to death, especially if one of these ani-
mals, by mange or otherwise, loses an inconsiderable portion of its thick
hairy covering, and even drive the bear and deer into the water.”

Abercrombie (1900) camped several days in the area that is now
known as Copper Center, and he reports on the mosquito popula-
tions for that time of the year (June 9-13) as follows :

“The long expected pests, the mosquitoes, were out in full force, during this
day at this camp, and the men were compelled to wear veils day and night
with gloves to protect the hands. The ferocity of these mosquitoes is re-
garded as something remarkable. The species found here is not the large,
singing sort seen in the States, but a small, silent, business-like insect, sharp
of bill, who touches a tender spot in a surprisingly short time after biting.
After making their appearance, they never left the expedition for a day.”

Seton (1911) gives an account of his experiences in the Barren

100 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

Grounds of Canada. He reports:

“Each day they got worse; soon it became clear that mere adjectives could
not convey any idea of their terrors. I therefore devised a mosquito gauge.
I held up a bare hand for five seconds by the watch, and counted the number
of borers on the back ; there were five to ten. Each day added to the number
and when we got to the buffalo country, there were fifteen to twenty-five on
the one side of the hand and elsewhere in proportion. On the Nyarling, in
early July, the number was increased, being now 20 to 40. On Great Slave
Lake, later that month, there were 50 to 60. But when we reached the Barren
Grounds, the land of open breezy plains and cold water lakes, the pests were
so bad that the hand held up for five seconds often showed from 100 to 125
long-billed mosquitoes boring away into the flesh. It was possible to number
them only by killing them and counting the corpses. What wonder that all
men should avoid the open plains, that are the kingdom of such a scourge.”

The above account by Seton is the only one known to me in
which the numbers of mosquitoes were actually counted. If the
mosquitoes in Seton’s account were to continue to bite at the same
rate, they would total approximately 18,000 mosquitoes for a 15-
minute period ! This is the interval that we used to obtain our
information regarding the biting habits of Alaskan mosquitoes,
and we never approached nearly as high a figure. What I con-
sidered intolerable numbers of mosquitoes were encountered at the
mouth of the Anaktuvuk River in July of 1962. At this time, we
secured 1,253 mosquitoes.

Taiga Mosquitoes; Twenty-four Hour Biting Studies —

These particular studies were done to obtain information about the
effect of seasonal change on the species complex encountered in
the taiga, and to determine if and to what extent climatic conditions
influence the biting rate or feeding habits of these insects. White
laboratory rabbits and human volunteers were used as bait. The
ventral surface of the rabbit was shaved, and an area of 54 square
inches (9x6 inches) was outlined with a marking pencil. The
rabbit was then immobilized on a board and completely covered
with a heavy burlap material for a period of 20 minutes to prevent
the mosquitoes from feeding upon it. An identical area on the
forearm of a human volunteer was utilized.

The 20-minute period was necessary to obtain phenological data
prior to the feeding. This included temperature, relative humidity,
wind velocity, and light. The correlation of these factors to feeding
is described in a separate section. In addition, it allowed the
mosquitoes to settle to a more or less normal activity after being
disturbed and attracted to us in abnormal numbers as we walked
through the woods to the study site. Biting samples were con-
ducted for 15 minutes, and all the biting insects were collected with

196^-65

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomologieal Soeiety 101

an aspirator and placed in killing tubes. Only those insects which
had inserted their proboscises and showed some distention of their
abdomens were taken. Insofar as I know, this is the only time that
such a method has been utilized, but our preliminary studies had
indicated that the “landing rate” method used by earlier workers
was not of significant value, since many of the mosquitoes would
land on one’s clothing and fly away without attempting to feed.
We noted this to a disturbing degree even upon the exposed fore-
arm of man and on the shaved ventral surface of the rabbit. Such
biting studies were conducted weekly at 2-hour intervals over a
24-hour period. The studies were conducted 34 to 36 inches above
the ground, because preliminary experiments had indicated this
was close to the optimum elevation for subarctic mosquitoes.

Coveralls of the same material and color were provided for
all personnel involved in this study. Sets of gloves and headnets
were set aside especially for this use, in order to have as uniform
a condition as possible. Preliminary studies had indicated that
dark colors, such as red or green, would attract a good many more
mosquitoes to the same person than when he was dressed in light
colors.

The principal area used for the biting studies was a wooded
site adjacent to Peede Road, approximately 7^ miles southeast
of Fort Wainwright. This study area was granted to us by Mrs.
A. H. Nordale, and hereafter in this discussion it will be referred
to as the Nordale study site. The forest cover was perhaps as
close to a virgin stand of white spruce as one could find within a
radius of 50 miles of Fairbanks. There were a few paper birches
and cottonwood trees intermingled with the spruce ; the forest floor
was covered with a deep layer of various species of mosses. This
site was picked because it was relatively undisturbed ecologically;
no trees had been removed from the area for about 50 years. At
least, this was true at the beginning of the study ; some trees were
taken out during the spring of 1962, but this operation was stopped
as soon as it was known that we wanted to continue our studies
in 1962. Another factor influencing our selection of the site was
that it would not be influenced too rapidly by minor climatic
changes, and studies in the past had indicated that through the
years it had as heavy a population of mosquitoes as could be found
anywhere in the Fairbanks vicinity. Generally, in the heavy spruce
forest the mosquito season seems to last a week or so longer than
in the open area or in the stands of secondary growth.

Table II summarizes the data collected from the biting studies

102 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX LX

utilizing rabbit abdomens and forearms of human volunteers.
There were 9,466 specimens obtained during the two seasons, and
as indicated in this Table, there was a higher average biting rate
per period from the human host than from the rabbit. In fact, the
average was almost double.

TABLE II. Average Number of Mosquitoes Biting During
a 15 minute Period

Host Average per Biting Period

1960 1961

Forearm (Man) 54.17 69.23

Rabbit 24.11 32.13

The maximum number from one feeding period was 350 from
the man and 194 from the rabbit. It must be kept in mind that
while the mosquitoes were only allowed to feed on areas of the
same size in both rabbits and men, the mass of the human body
exuding carbon dioxide and heat was far larger than the total
mass of the rabbit. This was perhaps partly responsible for the
difference in the data obtained. A breakdown by species did not
reveal any significant shift between these two hosts. In other
words, the same species were dominant upon both. In order of
abundance were Aedes ex crucians, Aedes punctor, Aedes intrudens
and Aedes pionips. Inasmuch as the studies did not start until
shortly after the first of June these two years, the peak for Cidiseta
alaskaensis had already passed and only an occasional specimen of
this mosquito was encountered. Several other species were met
more or less routinely, but they did not make up anywhere nearly
so great a proportion of the biting records as either of the four
species of Aedes mentioned above. It may be well to note, how-
ever, that Aedes stimulans was at times reasonably abundant, as
was Aedes communis.

Quite by accident during the summer of 1959, while carrying
out some investigations at the Wilbur Creek study site, it was ob-
served that as one progressed upward in elevation from the ground,
the biting records decreased considerably above 18 feet. This was
checked occasionally during the summers of 1960 and 1961, and
consistently the same results were obtained. This concept and the
literature dealing with inversion factors of temperature and mos-
quito behavior in recent years made me decide to erect a tower
that would be high enough to reach the average height of the trees

196^-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

103

in a forested area. Figure 2 shows the tower that was constructed
to study the vertical distribution of mosquitoes. Insofar as I know,
this was the first serious attempt to obtain biting records by this
method in the subarctic. Figure 3 shows one of the bait l^oxes,
as well as a box which housed a hygrothermograph.

The tower utilized three white spruce that were standing upright
from each other in a triangular position. The platforms were
placed at 6-foot intervals and were triangular in outline. The
highest platform was 42 feet above the group. A fourth tree had
grown adjacent to one of the trees and was close enough to be used
for the construction of a ladder. To give some additional steadi-
ness to the tower, guide wires were run down from near the top
of each tree. The tops of the trees were chopped off.

Host studies revolved around standard white laboratory rabbits,
varying hares and domestic chickens. On rare occasions native
gallinaceous birds (willow ptarmigan and ruffed grouse) were
utilized. Each type of host was placed in the bait box at each level
for a 24-hour period ; at the end of this time the mosquitoes were
removed with an aspirator and the host was taken out of the bait
box. A period of 12 hours was then allowed to elapse before a
different host was placed in the box, and one 24-hour period was
tested when the boxes were empty, to serve as a control. Figure
4 shows one of the bait boxes in considerable detail. The wooden
door would slide back for insertion of the host animal ; the netting
prevented the mosquitoes from gaining entrance during this opera-
tion and prevented them from escaping after being attracted into
the box by the host. The varying hare, because of its excitability,
had to be restrained within a small, hardware cloth cage which
permitted movement but prevented it from damaging the screen
“V”-shaped baffles at each end of the box. These baffles allowed
the mosquitoes to enter but not to escape. Preliminary studies in-
dicated that the outside color of the bait box made little if any
difference in the capture rate ; therefore, all were painted white to
make them easier to see.

Table III represents the mosquitoes taken during the summer
of 1962 from the various animals that were routinely used. A
significant point is the drop in the total number of mosquitoes taken
beyond the 18-foot level. To check this further, we stationed
human volunteers on each platform for 1-hour intervals several
times throughout the course of the study and obtained essentially
the same results. During the height of the mosquito season, one
never needed to worry about the mosquitoes on the highest three
platforms; it was perfectly enjoyable to be there without any pro-

104 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. TAX & LX

tective measures and not receive more than an occasional bite.
Within the taiga, I feel this is of practical significance, since as a
person lost and without protection from the mosquitoes at ground
level could secure reasonable freedom from them if he were able to
climb high enough in a tree. There are times when this could
possibly mean the difference between survival and death.

In an effort to check the mosquito populations adjacent to Nor-
dale Woods, professional insect nets were utilized in a sweeping
fashion describing an arc of 180° in front of the investigator and

TABLE III. Number of Mosquitoes Attracted to the Various
Hosts at Different Levels on the “Mosquito Tower.”

Distance

from

Ground

Labora-

tory

Rabbit

Domestic

Chicken

Varying

Hare

Control

Total

for

Level

Ground

811

733

1,250

156

2,950

p.l

823

477

960

150

2,410

p.2

12'

580

481

853

2,009

p.3

18'

420

319

592

1,391

P-4

24'

264

240

370

881

p.5

30'

276

223

590

p.6

36'

■ 180

338

p.7

42'

203

TOTALS

3,327

2,435

4,521

489

10,772

in the vegetation. This was done in an effort to determine whether
the species we were getting in the biting studies were indeed a true
cross section of the mosquito population in the area. Cursory
classification of mosquitoes has indicated that our biting specimens
were indeed a valid cross section. Of 46,123 mosquitoes captured
this way, six were encountered that showed evidence of a previous
blood meal. Figure 6 graphically portrays part of the results pre-
sented in Table III. It is evident from this figure that the varying
hare was more attractive to the mosquitoes than either of the other
animals used. From this figure, one would be led to believe that
the domestic chicken was reasonably attractive to the subarctic
mosquitoes ; however, an examination of the percentage of the
mosquitoes that were engorged in the bait boxes housing the
chickens (Figure 7) shed quite a different light on the matter.
Only 18.2% were engorged, compared to 70% for the laboratory
rabbit and 92% for the varying hare. This would be in agree-
ment with the studies carried out by Downe (1960), who concluded
that the chickens were quite unattractive to the mosquitoes.

i96Jf-65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 105

TABLE IV. Predominant Mosquitoes Encountered for the
Various Hosts When Studying Vertical Distribution.

They are listed in order of abundance.

Rabbit

Varying Hare

Domestic Chicken

Aedes ex crucians
Aedes intrudens
Aedes pionips
A ed es communis
Aedes punctor

Aedes intrudens
Aedes excrucians
Aedes punctor
Aedes stimulans
Aedes communis

Aedes excrucians
Aedes intrudens
Aedes hexodontus
Aedes punctor
Aedes communis

The above information is particularly interesting when one re-
views the records of Natvig (1948), who recorded various species
of mosquitoes attacking nestling birds in Norway. According to
Natvig, Aedes punctor was observed feeding on a sparrow hawk,
Aedes communis on grouse, and Aedes excrucians and Aedes in-
trudens on the golden eagle. Natvig also rejxjrted the following
nestling birds were attacked by unidentified species of mosquitoes :
the rough-legged hawk, rook, crow, gull, lapwing and kestrel.
Thienemann (1938) recorded Aedes punctor and Aedes communis
feeding on voles and lemmings, and he indicated that these animals
probably constituted the principal source of blood meal for the
mosquitoes in the Scandinavian Arctic. Longstaff (1932) has
reported Aedes nigripes feeding on the redpoll and possibly on the
arctic hare in Greenland.

The observations of the above-mentioned authors in regards to
the avian hosts are in distinct contrast to what I have noted during
the several summers that I have been in Alaska. During several
hours of watching a mealy redpoll (Acanthis flammea flammea)
through the nesting period, no mosquitoes were ever observed to
feed upon her. Eventually one could stand as close as 12 inches
from the nest and have innumerable mosquitoes attempting to
attain a blood meal from oneself ; yet none were noticed seeking
a meal from the redpoll. After the eggs had hatched, one could
stand immediately adjacent to the nest and observe the same non-
biting phenomenon with the nestlings. I have noticed the same
reluctance of mosquitoes to feed on young flickers whose bodies
were essentially nude ; they could be placed in the open, and ap-
parently the mosquitoes paid little or no attention to them. I have
made this same observation with white-crowned sparrows, yellow
warblers, olive-backed thrushes, and rusty blackbirds. I realize
that my studies are not exhaustive enough to say irrevocably that
the birds are not important, but I have a strong feeling that they do

106 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX £ LX

not contribute significantly to the feeding requirements of sub-
arctic mosquitoes.

With regard to Thienemann’s report (1938) regarding voles and
lemmings, I also feel that this is an untenable concept. The voles
and lemmings generally are most active during the cooler part of
the 24-hour cycle, and frequently this temperature is below the
level at which the mosquitoes do most of their biting. Certainly
the voles are moving through the vegetation so rapidly that the
mosquito has little or no chance to stay on them long enough to
become engorged. Most likely, at least through my observations,
the mosquitoes would be brushed ofif as the rodent passed through
the vegetation. On the other hand, I have observed the arctic
ground squirrel and know that on windless days in the tundra
regions (Arctic Slope) the mosquitoes can make life literally as
unpleasant for this rodent as they do for the human observer. The
same observations have been made in the upland tundra above the
Hudsonian Biotic Province. If a rodent is important, then prob-
ably this one animal constitutes a reasonably good source of food.

Among the lagomorphs, the varying hare in the taiga region
feeds a large number of mosquitoes. When this hare is in abund-
ance, the subarctic mosquitoes have an ample opportunity to obtain
a blood meal. I have watched these mosquitoes feed on the hare
at relatively close range, and with the aid of field glasses, have been
able to count as many as 25 mosquitoes in various stages of en-
gorgement on one ear. Frequently, in what would ordinarily be
the crepuscular period at lower latitudes, yarying hares will sit
along side of the road or in open areas for variable lengths of time
with sw^arms of mosquitoes around them. Occassionally they will
brush their ears and noses with their forepaws, possibly in an at-
tempt to free themselves from some of the mosquitoes. When the
varying hare population is low, then it cannot contribute a signifi-
cant amount to the feeding ecology of subarctic mosquitoes, and
there are as many “lean” years for this mammal as there are years
of abundance.

Certain mammals, such as the caribou and the moose, are found
within the taiga, but I have never had an opportunity to observe a
sufficient number of these animals at close range to ascertain how
important they might be as a source of blood for the mosquitoes. I
have observations of one caribou in the arctic tundra which I will
mention later, but this is an isolated case that I think unsafe to
transliterate from the tundra to the taiga. I have had trappers
and big game guides tell me that they have seen moose very dis-
tracted by the persistent attacks of mosquitoes, and I can well

19(i>f-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

107

imagine that this is so. During earlier years at the Arctic Aero-
medical I.aboratory, several bears were housed in cages, and I
know that Aedes conimunis, Aedes punctor, Aedes excrucians and
Culiseta alaskaensis would feed on these animals with considerable
avidity.

Arctic Mosquitoes: To obtain information about the feeding
habits of arctic mosquitoes, the following study in the field was
undertaken. It w^as decided to go by rubber raft along the Colville
River from Umiat to where it empties into the Arctic Ocean. To
make such a trip feasible, I am deeply indebted to the administra-
tion of the Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory for releasing MSgt.
Freeman White and SSgt. James Williams to assist me in this
endeavor. Sergeant White had had previous experience in the
area and without his knowledge in handling the rubber rafts and
knowing the Colville, the trip would not have been possible. This
study was slightly more than two weeks in duration and was
scheduled for the middle of July, a time thought to coincide with
the peak of the arctic mosquito season. Feeding observations were
made at Umiat for a period of three days, at the mouth of the
Anaktuvuk River one day, at Big Bend one day. Ocean Point
three days, and the mouth of the Colville River six days. From
these studies, data were obtained for the basis of the concept that
five species constituted the mosquito population of the Eskimoan

TABLE V. Twenty-four Hour Biting Study at Umiat, Alaska,
July 28, 1962. Note greater activities of mosquitoes
as compared to that of Tables VI and VII.

Time

Temp.

Relative

Humidity

Eoot

Candles

No.

Mosquitoes

0200

80%

200

0400

91%

300

0600

87%

500

0800

76%

800

125

1000

72%

850

183

1200

35%

1000

225

1400

30%

1000

350

1600

32%

1000

330

1800

34%

850

980

2000

41%

725

737

2200

65%

450

260

2400

70%

350

108 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

Biotic Province. At the first three collection sites previously
mentioned, all five species were encountered. However, at Ocean
Point, Aedes impiger and Aedes nigripes were the most abundant,
with Aedes punctor and Aedes hexodontus performing a relatively
insignificant role. No specimens of A. communis were observed
there. Man was used as the attrahent host in all cases. The
densest population of mosquitoes (Figure 8) that I have ever
encountered in either the arctic or subarctic was at the mouth of
the Anaktuvuk River. During a 15-minute interval, 1,253 mos-
quitoes were removed from the forearm of an experimental subject.
This was an area corresponding to the 54 square inches mentioned
previously in the biting studies at Nordale Woods, and the feeding
rate was approximately four-and-one-half times greater than the
highest number ever encountered in the subarctic.

Upon arrival at the mouth of the Colville River, we learned that
there had been no strong winds from a southerly direction for the
past 2 or 3 weeks and that according to the inhabitants (one small
family of Eskimos), the adult mosquitoes had emerged within the
past 10 days. Therefore, we were able to gather a relatively large
sampling of mosquitoes with a feeling that they belonged to the
immediate area and had not been carried a considerable distance
by the winds, as can sometimes happen in the tundra regions of
the far north. Three days after arrival at the mouth of the Colville
River, strong southerly winds were encountered that lasted for
48 hours. After the wind subsided, the feeding rate of the mos-
quitoes was nearly doubled. Prior to the southerly winds, we
only found two species of mosquitoes, Aedes impiger and Aedes
nigripes. After the winds, we had four species, thus giving us
almost a full complement of arctic mosquitoes again. This would
seem to indicate that the mosquitoes had been blown from the south
for a considerable distance. Our studies indicated that the tundra
mosquitoes were able to tolerate winds more than double that
known for the taiga mosquitoes. They were found to bite on the
leeward side of one’s anatomy in a wind up to 12 miles an hour.
We also found that feeding took place at 42° F, although the feed-
ing rate was much lower than when a higher temperature from 55°
to 65° F was encountered. The latter temperature was the highest
one while we were at the mouth of the Colville River.

Within the tundra, I think that the caribou furnished a con-
siderable source of protein for the mosquito. I have talked with
Dr. W. O. Pruitt, and he has indicated that for some days after a
large caribou herd has passed through the tundra, one is not
bothered by mosquitoes. I have one or two observations from our

1964-65

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society 109

trip along the Colville River that led me to believe that the mos-
quitoes do feed extensively upon the caribou. We saw one bull,
with his horns still in soft velvet, that had fallen into a small canyon
along the river and apparently was unable to climb out. We ap-
proached him closely and, with the aid of field glasses, noted that
his horns were completely covered with mosquitoes in various
stages of engorgement. The caribou calf, with its very short coat,
would be particularly vulnerable to the mosquitoes. Natvig (1948 )
describes very graphically the way in which mosquitoes seek the
reindeer in the Scandinavian Arctic. Where the caribou occur in
large numbers, I feel that mosquitoes have no problem in securing
the single blood meal which they seek in the Arctic. The migra-
tory habits of the caribou also would aid in providing a source of
food for the adult mosquitoes within a very broad range.

Many entomologists have speculated about how such huge popu-
lations of mosquitoes can occur year after year in the northern
regions, thinking - that it would be impossible for all of them to
obtain a blood meal. Hocking (1952, 1954) reported that Aedes
communis did not attempt to seek a blood meal, but that an his-
tolysis of the flight muscles occurred, furnishing enough energy for
the female to deposit a small number of eggs. My own data in
several regions of Alaska do not support these concepts of Hock-
ing’s. In fact, in certain areas (for example, Anaktuvuk Pass)
Aedes communis was one of the most abundant blood seekers. In
fairness to Hocking, I must admit that in other areas I had found
this mosquito quite reluctant to feed when other species were will-
ing to bite with considerable vigor. In most respects my concepts
agree with Beckel (1954). Indeed, with so little knowledge of
the adult mosquitoes feeding habits and the fact that what is known
now appears to be conflicting, this problem must be approached
from several aspects.

Hocking et al. (1950) reported that feeding on nectar was a
“universal habit” among the female mosquitoes at Fort Churchill,
Manitoba, Canada. They found that at least 74% of the mos-
quitoes attracted to man in the middle of July in 1948 had fed on
the common woods orchid, Haber aria ohtusata. These investiga-
tors observed that as the season progressed, the majority of mos-
quitoes attracted to man carried eggs in various stages of develop-
ment, and they doubted that many of them could have had a blood
meal.

It is an established fact that some mosquitoes can lay viable eggs
without having a blood meal, as one can readily ascertain from
the numerous reports in the literature of such famous mosquitoes

110 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX & LX

as Aedes aegypti. One of the first notable experiments along this
line was that of Trembley (1947), in which she raised 26 genera-
tions of Aedes triseriatus in the laboratory without a blood meal.
Going back to Hocking’s (ibid) concepts, he indicated that with
the autolysis of flight muscles in Aedes communis, there was a con-
current increase in oyarian development. According to Hocking’s
evidence, the average number of eggs produced by such a mosquito
was 65 and the maximum was 93. He could find no evidence of
blood feeding in this form of Aedes communis. On the other hand,
Beckel (1954) working in this same area (Fort Churchill) found
no autolysis in the flight muscles in this or any other species he
studied. Beckel also indicated that Aedes communis had a large
fat body similar to the Anopheles mosquitoes in the Mediterranean
regions, in which gonotrophic dissociation occurs. Apparently
certain strains of Aedes communis draw on this fat body for the
production of eggs, while other boreal mosquitoes studied simul-
taneously cannot, even though one is present. As a result of these
observations, Beckel believes that the blood meal is still the most
probable source of protein for egg development. I think, without
question, that the mosquitoes that do have a blood meal will lay a
larger number of eggs than those that have depended upon pollen
as a source of protein.

Hocking has presented evidence to indicate that flower feeding by
northern mosquitoes was considerably greater than had been pre-
viously supposed. By inserting a thermistor in the arctic poppy,
he was able to show that there was an increase in the temperature
of as much as 6° F within the parabola formed by the petals of
the flowers. Corbet (1964) has recently shown that Aedes
nigripes and Aedes impiger commonly take nectar especially that
of arctic avens, Dryas inter grijolia, during their first 24 hours.
Corbet further observed that these mosquitoes could lay a batch of
eggs when maintained on Dryas flowers and/or sucrose. How-
ever, this type of autogenous ovarian development caused marked
resorption of oocytes such that only one mature egg is laid. Fur-
ther study of the feeding habits of boreal mosquitoes is needed, but
I think the data supplied by Corbet will be most germane.

Phenological Data: — As indicated earlier, weather is of
extreme importance in affecting the activity of an adult mosquito,
even though these boreal creatures are remarkably well adapted
to their rigorous environment. Of the various elements of weather
that were studied in this investigation, temperature was found to
be the most important during a 24-hour period. Light is of con-

Ill

1964-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

siderable importance at the lower latitudes, nearly all species in that
environment being largely crepuscular. However, this is not the
case in the boreal region because the habitat is modified by the
almost continuous periods of light during the mosquito season.

Tables VI and VII are tabulations of the phenological data and
the numbers of mosquitoes collected during two different 24-hour
period feeding cycles in Nordale Woods. They were selected at
random and in the discussion that follows, will not appear to agree
completely with some of my conclusions based on the overall
aspects of the data. However, I think it is particularly significant
to note that when the temperature was below 50° F the feeding
habit was markedly impaired. If the temperature was above
50° F, near 2400 hours, the biting records were as high as anytime
during the day. In the two examples shown, this actually was the
case; however, more often than not, the temperature at this time
(2200-2400 hours) frequently dropped below 50° F with a sub-
sequent drop in biting records.

TABLE VI. Twenty-four Hour Biting Study Taken in Nordale
Woods 22 June 1961. At this time, the
“black-legged” Aedes prevailed.

Time

Temp.

Relative

Humidity

Foot

Candles

No.

Mosquitoes

0200

82%

0400

82%

0600

82%

175

0800

73%

750

1000

61%

1200

48%

300

1400

40%

300

117

1600

48%

450

1800

45%

450

2000

64%

2200

72%

123

2400

79%

129

Figure 9 shows a composite of the 24-hour biting records taken
at Nordale Woods during the summers of 1960 and 1961. This
is based on collections starting at 0200 hours and taken every two
hours, the last collection being made at 2400 hours. At first
glance, the data seem to support Gjullin et al. (1961) who indi-

112 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX & LX

cates that the greatest activity tends to coincide with what would
ordinarily be the twilight period. However, the collection data
show that on those days when the temperature remained rela-
tively constant, little or no difference could be seen in the biting
records, even though the light reading varied from 1000 foot candles
to 1. In other words, with even the darkest period of the day, if

TABLE VII. Twenty-four Hour Biting Study Taken in Nordale
Woods 6 July 1961. The “banded-legged”

Aedes were the dominant forms.

Time

Temp.

Relative

Humidity

Foot

Candles

No.

Mosquitoes

0200

86%

0400

85%

0600

80%

180

0800

65%

820

1000

45%

240

1200

36%

850

1400

33%

350

1600

37%

500

1800

43%

250

2000

50%

2200

77%

2400

73%

an adequate temperature was maintained, the feeding activity would
be as great as during the so-called “crepuscular period.”

Our studies at Nordale Woods indicated that mosquito activity
was almost nonexistent below 46° F and ceased above 80° F, with
the possible exception of Aedes exerucians which appears to be
better than any other Alaskan mosquito. The optimum tempera-
ture appeared to be approximately 65° F. At the mouth of the
Colville River the mosquitoes showed considerable activity at 42° F
but were not particularly active when the temperature exceeded
65° F.

Mosquitoes in the taiga will almost cease activity when the wind
speeds are above 5 miles per hour ; they are noticeably influenced
at a rate of 3 miles per hour. However, in the tundra the mos-
quitoes are not affected by a rate of 5 miles per hour, and I have
noticed little difference in their feeding habits until the wind ap-
proached approximately 8 miles per hour, when a rather sharp
drop was encountered. However, a reasonable number continued
to bite up to and including wind velocity of 12 miles per hour.

1964-65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

113

With relation to the relative humidity, we were unable (as were
Gjullin et al., (1961), and Pratt, (1949), to show any clear corre-
lation between relative humidity and the mosquito activity. In
working on Canadian species of Aedes in the field. Brown (1951)
observed that when the temperature was about 15° C (59° F)
moisture was the chief attrahent factor. Hocking et al. (1950)
converted their humidity data to saturation deficiency values and
were then able to demonstrate a correlation with feeding activity.
I have been able to compile only a small part of my humidity data
on this basis, and thus I wjll have to accept the values reported by
Hocking. He felt the effect was somewhat delayed, with the peak
figures rising shortly after a fall in saturation deficiency and falling
shortly after a rise. On the other hand, Platt et al. (1958) con-
cluded that they had shown at 100% positive correlation (in nature)
between relative humidity and the abundance of Aedes vexans
throughout the night, regardless of elevation, time of night or
habitat (woods or open field). According to these authors, the
optimum humidity for most of their study period was 70% ; the
range was 60-90%. Inasmuch as Platt et al. did this work in
Georgia, the temperature factor apparently did not exert as strong
an influence as it does in the subarctic, where almost each night
there are a few hours when the temperature is low enough to cur-
tail the activity of the mosquitoes (even though the relative humid-
ity simultaneously reaches its highest peak at this time).

Data presented indicate that temperature is the most important
single factor in the absence of wind. The latter factor can actually
overpower all others if of a high enough velocity. Relative humid-
ity, without doubt, has much to do with the longevity of mosquitoes
in the long run, but for short periods of time, such as when seeking
a host, they are apparently able to tolerate a wide range. Sunlight
is not thought to be as important as the aforementioned factors,
but additional studies may shed more light on this confusing prob-
lem. One or two species, such as Aedes excriicians are active dur-
ing the brightest part of the day yet even the peak activity of this
species is greater during the duller portions of the day.

Insofar as the inversion of temperature factors is concerned,
various authors, among them Gjullin et al. (1961), have discussed
the importance of this in the feeding activity of the mosquitoes and
have termed it “lapse rate.” According to them, when an extreme
inversion condition was present (as for example, when the tem-
perature at 5 feet above the ground was below 45° F and the
warmer temperatures were above head level) no mosquitoes were
found at body level, but they were seen flying in the warmer air

114 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d: LX

overhead. I do not know what to make of their data, but I do
know that in our study of vertical distribution at Nordale Woods,
we had some excellent temperature inversions and still the numbers
of mosquitoes encountered in the bait boxes at the upper levels
were considerably lower than those on the descending levels. It
may well be that our problem here lies in the fact that when this
occurred, the temperature at 3 feet above ground was not below
45° F.

SUMMARY : A feeding period of 15 minutes was utilized
to gain information on the feeding habits of Alaskan mosquitoes in
correlation with phonological data. An area of 54 square inches
was used on the forearm of man and the white laboratory rabbit.
Most of the results were obtained in the taiga, although studies
were made along the Colville River from Umiat to the Arctic Ocean
in 1962.

From the data gathered, temperature, wind, light, and relative
humidity were of importance in the order listed. The importance
of light is not well understood but further studies should resolve
much that is now questionable.

Studies concerned with host-seeking and vertical stratification
indicated that the majority of mosquitoes did not go beyond 18
feet from the ground when attempting to feed. Hares and rabbits
were preferred to gallinaceous birds. Man appeared to be a more
favorable host than any of the animals tested, although little is
known concerning the large herbivores such as moose and caribou.
Mosquitoes are known to feed upon them but observations were
not made on the species complex.

Of approximately 24 species of mosquitoes in the taiga, 7 are of
major importance. They are Aedes intrudens, Aedes punctor,
Aedes communis, Aedes hexodontus, Aedes excrucians, Aedes
stimulans, and Aedes pionips. One of the vagaries of Alaskan
mosquitoes is illustrated by the fact that Craig (1955) found Aedes
canadensis in different locations. It has not been taken since, in
spite of special efforts to secure it.

The voles such as Clethrionomys and Microtus are not thought to
be important hosts for mosquitoes. Evidence thus far obtained
does not indicate that passerine birds are important, especially the
nestlings, even when living close to the ground. Observations
were not made with regards to the aquatic or shore birds except on
an occasional basis. Mosquitoes were observed hovering around
nesting mallards on at least three occasions, however, no attempt
was made to secure specimens from these hosts.

196^-65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

115

Data were not consistent, but on the basis of field observations
and those in the laboratory (to be reported elsewhere) it appears
probable that Alaskan mosquitoes generally do not seek more than
one blood meal and ordinarily do not oviposit more than once. The
importance of pollen feeding needs further study before its role in
the maintenance of mosquito populations is clearly understood.

References

Abercrombie, W. R. 1900 A military reconnaissance of the
Copper River Valley. In Compilation of Narratives of Ex-
plorations in Alaska. 56th Cong., 1st Sess., Senate Rep. No.
1023.

Barr, A. R. and P. R. Ehrlich. 1958 Mosquito records from
the Chukch Sea Coast of northwestern Alaska. Mosquito
News 18(1) : 12-14.

Bates, M, 1949. The Natural History of Mosquitoes. New
York, The Macmillan Co.

Beckel, W. E. 1953. Studies of the Biology of the Aedes of
Northern Canada (Culicidae). V. Laboratory Rearing of tbe
Adults. DRNL Tech. Paper No. 10, Defense Research Bd.,
Canada.

1954. The identification of adult female Aedes mos-
quitoes (Diptera: Culicidae) of the black-legged group taken
in the field at Churchill, Manitoba. Canad. J. Zool. 32(4) :
324-330.

1955. Oviposition site preference of Aedes mosquitoes

(Culicidae) in the laboratory. Mosquito News 15(4): 224-
228.

1956. Maintenance of adult mosquito tissue in a tissue-

culture medium. Nature (London) 177(4507) : 534— 535.

1958. Investigations of permeability, diapause, and

hatching in the eggs of the mosquito Aedes hexodontus Dyar.
Canad. J. Zool. 36(4) : 541-554.

1958. Observations on the rearing of larvae, pupae,

and adults of some Aedes mosquitoes of northern Canada.
Canad. J. Zool. 36(5) : 797-808.

and C. A. Barlow. 1953. Studies of the Biology of

the Aedes Mosquitoes of Northern Canada. III. Field Ovi-
position of Aedes communis (De Geer) with a Method of
Separating the Eggs from the Substrate. DRNL Tech. Paper
No. 8, Defense Research Bd., Canada.

116 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX i& LX

and T. P. Copps. 1953. Studies of the Biology of the

Aedes of Northern Canada (Culicidae). IV. Laboratory
Rearing of Northern Aedes Larvae and Pupae. DRNL Tech.
Paper No. 9, Defense Research Bd., Canada.

and T. P. Copps. 1955. An Analysis of Factors of

Importance to the Rearing of Northern Mosquito Larvae.
Canad. Defense Res. North Lab., DRNL Rpt. 6/55.

Bee, J. W. and E. R. Hall. 1956. Mammals of Northern Alaska
on the Arctic Slope. Univ. Kans. Mus. Nat. Hist., Misc.
Publ. 8: 1-309.

Berrill, N. J. 1953. Detectives of time. Atlantic 192(1): 23-
26.

Blackmore, J. S. and R. P. Dow. 1958 Differential feeding of
Culex tarsalis on nestling and adult birds. Mosquito News
18(1) : 15-17.

Brown, A. W. A. 1951. Studies on the responses of the female
Aedes mosquito IV. Field experiments on Canadian Species.
Bull. Ent. Res. 42: 575-582.

Chapman, H. C. 1961. Observations on the snow-water mos-
quitoes of Nevada. Mosquito News 21(2) : 88-92.

Corbet, P. S. 1964 (1965 ). Reproduction in mosquitoes of the
high Arctic. Proc. XII International Congr. Ent. (London) :
817-818.

Craig, G. B., Jr. and Pienkowski, R. L. 1955. The occurrence
of Aedes canadensis (Theobald) in Alaska. Wash. Ent. Soc.
Proc. 57:268.

Dice, L. R. 1943. The Biotic Provinces of North America.
Ann Arbor, Mich., Univ. Michigan Press.

Downe, A. E. R. 1960. Blood meal sources and notes on host
preferences of some Aedes mosquitoes (Diptera: Culicidae).
Canad. J. Zool. 38 : 689-699.

Downe, A. E. R. and A. S. West. 1954. Progress in the use of
the precipitin test in entomological studies. Can. Ent. 86 :
181-184.

Edgar, S. A. and J. F. Herndon. 1957. A rotary insect-prefer-
ence trap. Mosquito News 17(1) : 14-22.

Frohne, W. C. 1951. Seasonal incidence of mosquitoes in the
upper Cook Inlet, Alaska. Mosquito News 11(4) : 213-216.

1953. Mosquito breeding in Alaskan salt marshes with

especial reference to Aedes punctodes Dyar. Mosquito News
13(2) : 96-103.

1953. Natural history of Culiseta impatiens (Wlk.),

19 6 It 65

Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society 117

(Diptera, Culicidae) in Alaska. Trans. Amer, Micr. Soc.
72: 103-118.

— 1954. Biology of an Alaskan mosquito, Cnliseta alaska-

ensis (Ludl.). Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer. 47: 9-23.

1954. Mosquito distribution in Alaska with especial

reference to a new type of life cycle. Mosquito News 14(1) :
10-13.

1955. Characteristic saddle spines of northern mos-
quito larvae. Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc. 74(3) : 295-302.

• 1955. Ecological by-lines of an Alaskan mosquito

worker. Proc. Ann. Conf., Calif. Mosquito Contr. Assoc.
1955. A note on swarms of so-called ‘woods’ mosqui-
toes in McKinley Park, Alaska. Mosquito News 15(3) : 173-
175.

1955. Tundra mosquitoes at Naknek, Alaska Penin-
sula. Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc. 74(3) : 292-295.

1956. The biology of northern mosquitoes. Public

Health Rep. 7(6): 616-621.

1956. The egg and identity of Alaskan Anopheles.

Mosquito News 16(4) : 308.

• 1957. Reconnaissance of mountain mosquitoes in the

McKinley Park Region, Alaska. Mosquito News 17(1) : 17-

22.

■ 1959. Predation of dance flies (Diptera, Empidiae)

upon mosquitoes in Alaska, with especial reference to swarm-
ing. Mosquito News 19(1) : 7-11.

and R. G. Frohne. 1952. Mating swarms of males of

the mosquito Aedes punctor (Kirby), in Alaska. Mosquito
News 12(4) : 248-251.

1954. Breeding places of Aedes pseudodiantaeus

Smith and diantaeus H., D., and K. in Alaska. Bull. Brook-
lyn Ent. Soc. 49(3) : 95-99.

Galindo, P., S. J. Carpenter and H. Trapido. 1951. Ecological
observations on forest mosquitoes of an endemic yellow fever
area in Panama. Amer. J. Trop. Med. 31 : 98-137.

Gjullin, C. M., R. I. Sailer, A. Stone and B. V. Travis. 1961.
The Mosquitoes of Alaska. Washington, D.C. U.S. Dept.
Agric., Agricultural Research Service, Agricultural Handbook
No. 182.

Hall, E. R. and K. R. Kelson. 1959. The Mammals of North
America. (2 Vols.) New York, Ronald Press.

Harmon, W. McD. and W. C. Reeves. 1944. Interepidemic
studies on arthropod-borne virus encephalitides and polio-

118 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

myelitis in Kern County, California, and the Yakima Valley,
Washington, 1944. Amer. J. Hyg. 46: 326-335.

Harwood, R. F. 1961. A mobile trap for studying the behavior
of flying blood-sucking insects. Mosquito News 21(1) : 35-
39.

Heusser, C. 1952. Pollen profiles from southeastern Alaska.
Ecol. Monogr. 22:331-352.

Hocking, B. 1952. Autolysis of flight muscles in a mosquito.
Nature 169: 1101.

1954. Flight muscle autolysis in Aedes communis

(De Geer). Mosquito News 14: 121-123.

, W. R. Richards and C. R. Twinn. 1950. Observa-
tions on the bionomics of some northern mosquito species
(Diptera: Culicidae). Can. Jour. Res., D. 28: 58-80.

Hopkins, D, M., T. N. V. Karlstrom, et al. 1955. Permafrost
and ground water in Alaska. Geological Survey Professional
Paper 264-F : 113-146.

Horsfall, W. R. 1955. Mosquitoes, Their Bionomics and Rela-
tion to Disease. New York, Ronald Press Co.

Hubert, A. A. 1953. Observations on the continuous rearing of
Culiseta incidens (Thomson). Mosquito News 13(3): 207-
208.

Jenkins, D. W. 1958. Ecology of Arctic and subarctic mosqui-
toes. Int. Cong. Ent. Proc. 10(1) : 627-634.

and C. C. Hassett. 1951. Dispersal and flight range

of subarctic mosquitoes marked with radiophosphorous.
Canad. J. Zool. 29(3) : 178-187.

and K. L. Knight. 1950. Ecological survey of the

mosquitoes of Great Whale River, Quebec. Ent. Soc. Wash.
52(5) : 209-223.

and 1952. Ecological survey of the mosqui-
toes of southern James Bay. Amer. Mid. Nat. 47(2) : 456-
468.

Keener, G. G. 1952. Observations on overwintering of Culex
tarsalis (Diptera: Culicidae) in western Nebraska. Mosquito
News 12(3) : 206-209.

Knight, K. L. 1951. The Aedes (Ochlerotatus) punctor sub-
group in North America (Diptera: Culicidae). Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer. 44 : 87-99.

Longstaff, T. T. 1932. An ecological reconnaissance in West
Greenland. J. Anim. Ecol. 1 : 119-142.

Love, G. J. and W. W. Smith. 1958. The stratification of mos-

19 6-i-6o

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

119

qiiitoes. Mosquito News 18(4) : 279-283.

Lumsden, W. H. R. 1958. A trap for insects biting small verte-
brates. Nature (London) 181 (4612) : 819-820.

Lumsden, W. H. R. 1958. Further development of a trap to
estimate biting insect attack on small vertebrates. E. Afr.
Virus Res. Inst. Rep., July 1956-July 1957, pp. 33-35.

McLintock, J. 1952. Continuous laboratory rearing of Culiseta
inorta (Williston) (Diptera: Culicidae). Mosquito News
12(3) : 195-201.

Natvig, L. R. 1948. Contributions to the Knowledge of the
Danish and Fennoscandian Mosquitoes : Culicini. Norsk. Ent.
Tidsskr., Suppl. 1.

Owen, W. B. 1942. The biology of Theobaldia inornata
Williston, in captive colony. J. Econ. Entom. 35(6) : 903-
907.

Petrof, I. 1900. Population resources, etc., of Alaska. (Erom
U.S. Census'Report of 1880). In Compilation of Narratives
of Explorations in Alaska. 56th Cong. 1st Sess., Senate Rep.
No. 1023.

Platt, R. B., G. J. Love and E. L. Williams. 1958. A positive
correlation between relative humidity and the distribution and
abundance of Aedes vexans. Ecol. 39(1) : 167-169.

Pratt, R. L. 1949. Weather and Alaskan Insects. Quarter-
master Climatic Res. Lab., Lawrence, Mass., Dept, of Army,
Environmental Protection Section Rept. No. 156.

Pruitt, W. O. 1957. Observations on the bioclimate of some
taiga mammals. Arctic 10: 131-138.

C. V. Lucier and L. L. Hufman. 1961. Small Mam-
mal Bioclimate Studies in Northern Regions. AAL-TR-60-
34, Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory, Et. Wainwright, Alaska.

Raup, H. M. 1930. The pollinization of Habenaria obtusata.
Rhodora (J. New Eng. Botanical Club) 32: 88-89.

Rausch, R. L. 1953. On the status of some Arctic mammals.
Arctic 6 : 91-148.

Reeves, W. C., B. Brookman and W. M. Hammon. 1958.
Studies on the flight range of certain Culex mosquitoes, using
a fluorescent-dye marker, with notes on Culiseta and Anoph-
eles. Mosquito News 18(2) : 61-69.

Rempel, J. G., W. A. Riddell and E. M. McNelly. 1946. Mul-
tiple feeding habits of Saskatchewan mosquitoes. Canad. J.
Res. 24(E) : 71-78.

Rice, J. B. and M. A. Barber. 1935. Malaria studies in Greece.
A modification of the Uhlenhuth-Weidanz precipitin test for

120 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d- LX

determining the sources of blood meals in mosquitoes and other
insects. J. Lab. Clin. Med. 20: 876-883.

Sazonova, O. N. 1959. Key for the identification of female mos-
quitoes of genus Aedes. (Diptera: Culicidae in the forest
zone of the USSR. Entom. Rev. 37(3) : 642-651.

Seton, E. T. 1911. The Arctic Prairies. IX. Mosquitoes.
Ernest Willard, New York.

Sigafoos, R. S. 1958. Vegetation of Northwestern North Amer-
ica, as an Aid in Interpretation of Geologic Data. Geol. Sur-
vey Bull. 1061-E.

Sommerman, K. M. 1964. Notes on activities of Alaskan
Culiseta adults (Diptera: Culicidae). Mosquito News
24(1) : 60-64.

Stage, H. H. and J. C. Chamberlin. 1945. Abundance and
flight habits of certain Alaskan mosquitoes, as determined by
means of a rotary type trap. Mosquito News 5(1) : 8-16.

, and E. A. McKinley. 1946. A preliminary list of

mosquitoes occurring in the vicinity of Nome, Alaska. Mos-
quito News 6(3) : 131.

Steward, C. C. and H .W. Me Wade. 1961. The mosquitoes of
Ontario (Diptera: Culicidae) with keys to the species and
notes on distribution. Proc. Ent. Soc. Ont. 91(1960) : 121-
188.

Thienemann, A. 1938. Frostboden und Sonnerstrahlung als
limnologische faktoren. Ein Beitrag zum Problem der Stech-
muckenplage in Lappland. Arch. Hydrobiol. 34: 306-345.

Trembley, H. L. 1947. Biological characteristics of laboratory
reared Aedes atropalpus. J. Econ. Entom. 40(2) : 244-250.

Vockeroth, J. R. 1950. Specific characters in tarsal claws of
some species of Aedes (Diptera: Culicidae). Can. Ent. 82
(7) : 160-162.

1952. The specific status of Aedes pionips Dyar

(Diptera: Culicidae). Can. Ent. 86(6) : 243-247.

1954. Notes on northern species of Aedes, with de-
scriptions of two new species (Diptera: Culicidae). Can. Ent.
86(3) : 109-116.

lUH-’t-Go

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

121

Fig. 1. — Polygons characteristic of parts of the tundra on the
Arctic Slope. Permafrost lies only a few inches below the surface
of the ground in the summer. As the snow melts in the spring,
the frozen ground retains the water at the surface, thereby provid-
ing breeding places for the “tundra” mosquitoes. The mosquito
season north of the Brooks Range lasts approximately one month,
but while it lasts, it is probably the most intense one in the world.
Photo by F. White.

122 Bulletin oj the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX d LX

Fig. 2. — Tower constructed in Nordale Woods to study the ver-
tical distribution of mosquitoes in a forested area. Weather boxes
with hygrothermographs and “bait boxes” used in studying host
attraction of subarctic mosquitoes were placed on the ground and
at each level. Flighest level was 42 feet above the ground.

123

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Fig. 3. — Weather box and bait box at ground level of the tower
shown in Fig. 2. The weather box housed a hygrothermograph.

Fig. 4. — Bait box showing the enclosure used to contain a vary-
ing hare.

Fig. 5 has been omitted.

124 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX & L.\

Fig. 6. — Percentage of mosquitoes attracted to each host in the
study of vertical distribution of the mosquito. Data for this figure
were taken from the preceding table. A. white rabbit, B. domestic
chicken, C. varying hare, D. control (empty bait box).

90-

80-

40-

7.-

in t

:hid

ry f

, C.

dletin of the Brooklyn Entomological

125

Percentage of captured mosquitoes that were found en-
e bait boxes with the various hosts. Although the do-
tn attracted a reasonable number of mosquitoes into the
w sought a blood meal. A. white rabbit, B. domestic
varying hare, D. control (empty bait box).

126 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society lix&lx

Fig. 8. — Mosquitoes swarming around the author at the mouth
of the Anaktuvuk River.

Percent

196J,-65

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

127

Time (in hours)

Fig. 9. — Summary of biting records at Nordale Woods. Time
is expressed at 2 hour intervals on the military clock.

CONTENTS OF VOLUMES LIX & LX

(Arranged alphabetically throughout)

CoLEOPTERA

Notes on the Buprestidae : onym in Chrysobothris,

Part IV with a New Syn- G. H. Nelson, 37-41.

Diptera

A New Sphegina from Nepal
(Diptera: Syrphidae), F.

Christian Thompson, 42-45.
Arctic Muscidae from the Cape
Thompson Region of Alaska
(Diptera), H. C. Huckett,
46-50.

New Species of Eriopterine
Crane Flies from Southern
Asia (Tipulidae: Diptera),

Charles P. Alexander, 1-22.
The Feeding Habits of Alaska
Mosquitoes, Cluff E. Hopla,
88-127.

General

Arctic Muscidae from the Cape
Thompson Region of Alaska
(Diptera), H. C. Huckett,
46-50.

A. S. Packard’s Annual Record
of American Entomology,
1871-1873, Ralph W. Dexter,
35-36.

Book Review : Lepidoptera of
Florida, Rowland R. Mc-
Elvare, 50-52.

The Feeding Habits of Alaska

Mosquitoes, Cluff E. Hopla,
88-127.

The Use of Sand Grains by the
Pavement Ant, Tetramorium
Caespitum, while Attacking
Halictine Bees, Norman Lin,
30-34.

The Use of Emergence Holes of
the Cicada Killer as Nest Bur-
rows by Tachytes (Hymenop-
tera : Sphecidae), Norman

Lin, 82-84.

Hemiptera

An Abdominal Anomaly in a Notes, Carl W. Schaefer, 77-
Coreid (Hemiptera: Heterop- 80.
tera), with some Phylogenetic

Hymenoptera

Mixed Colonies of Ants on Long
Island, N. Y., Raymond San-
wald, 81.

The Biology of Mastrus Argeae
(Viereck) .(Hymenoptera:

Ichneumonidae) . A Parasite
of Pine Sawfly Prepupae,
Marvin L. Bobb, 53-62.

The Use of Emergence Holes of
the Cicada Killer as Nest

129

130 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomologieal Society lix d lx

Burrows by Tachytes (Hy-
menoptera: Sphecidae), Nor-
man Lin, 82-84.

The Use of Sand Grains by the

Other

A New Northeastern Caddisfly
Species of the Genus Phylo-
centropus (Trichoptera : Psy-
chomyiidae), David W. Root,
85-87.

A New Species of the Subgenus
Iron from Mexico (Ephem-

Pavement Ant Tetramorium
Caespitum while Attacking
Halictine Bees. Normal Lin,
30-34.

Orders

eroptera : Heptageniidae) , Jay
R. Traver, 23-29.
Observations on Case-building
by N emotaulius Hostilis (Ha-
gan) Larvae (Trichoptera:
Limnephilidae) . Sarah Bern-
hardt, 63-76.

INDEX TO VOLUMES LIX & LX

New species and other new forms are indicated by boldface.
0 indicates other than insects, * plants.

* Acacia greggii, 37
Acanthomyops latipes, 81
murphy i, 81

Acmaeodera adenostomensis,
falligi, 37
griffithi, 37
junki, 37
hassayampae, 37
'’'Adenostoma fasciculata, 37
Aedes aboriginis, 97
canadensis, 94
cataphylla, 94
cinerus, 94
communis, 91, 94
decticus, 94
diantaeus, 94
excrucians, 94
fitchii, 94
hexodantus, 91, 94
Aedes impiger, 91, 94
implicatus, 94
intrudens, 94
nigripes, 91, 94

pionips, 93, 95
pullatus, 95
punctor, 91, 95
37 riparius, 95

stimulans, 95
triseriatus, 110
Agrilus cauatus, 39
duncani, 39
fisheriana, 40
huachucae, 41
masculinus, 40
mojavei, 40
restrictus, 39
santaritae, 41
shoemakeri, 40
wenzeli, 39
dAlces alces, 91
dAlopex lagopus, 91
Ancylotela tucsani, 37
Anopheles, ear lei, 95
Arhyssus lateralis, 80
Anasa tristis, 77

i96ft-65 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

131

Baeoura, 1

angustisterna, 1
bilobula, 2
bistella, 4
irula, 5
longiloba, 6
naga, 7
palmulata, 8
platystyla, 9
taprobanes, 10
tricalcarata, 11
trisimilis, 11
*Betula glandulosa, 93
papyrifera, 93
Blaberus giganteiis, 78
Blattella germanica, 78
*Biirsera microphylla, 38

dCanis lupis, 9
^Castor canadensis, 94
*Cercidium floridum, 38
*Cercis canadensis, 40
Chrysobothris bicolor, 39
biramosa, 39
cupreohumeralis, 38
humilis, 38

dClethrionomys rutilus, 91
Culiseta alaskaensis, 95
impatiens, 95
morsitans, 95
particeps, 97
Culex territans, 95

Epeorus metlacensis, 23
dErethizon dorsatus, 94
Erioptera, 12

balioptera, 13
brahma, 14
cnephosa, 17
ctenophora, 20
hirsutissima, 18
litostyla, 15

lushaiensis, 22
pila, 16

sparsiguttula, 19

*Eriophorium scbeuchexi, 93
vaginatum, 93

Fucellia biseriata, 47

dGlaucomys sabrinus, 94
Glyphotaelius pellucidus, 64
dGulo luscus, 91

*Haberaria obtusata, 109

*Larix laricina, 93
Lasioglossum zephyrum, 30
Lasius neoniger, 81
*Ledum groenlandicum, 93
dLemmus trimucronatus, 91
dLepus otbus, 91
dLynx canadensis, 94

dMarmota caligata, 91
monax, 94

Mastogenius robustus, 41
Mastrus argeae, 53
dMartes americana, 94
dMicrotus longicandiis, 96
miurns, 91
oeconomus, 91
pennsylvanicus, 94
dMustela erminea, 91
vison, 94

dMyotis lucifugns, 96

Neodiprion pratti, 53
Nemotaulius hostilis, 63
punctatolineatus, 64

dOchotona collaris, 94
dOndatra zibetbicus, 94
dOvis dalli, 91

132 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vols. LIX & LX

^Peromyscus maniculatus, 96
^Phenacomys intermedins, 96
Phylocentropus hansoni, 85
*Picea glauca, 93
mariana, 93
sitchensis, 95
Poeciloiiata bridwelli, 38
*Populus balsamifera, 93
fremontii, 38
tremuloides, 93
tricocarpa, 95
^Prosopis chilensis, 40
Pyrrhocoris apterus, 78

*Quercus, 74

hypoleucoides, 41
utahensis, 39

dRangifer tarandus, 91

dSorex arcticus, 91

cinerus, 91
obscurus, 96
palustris, 96

dSpermophilus undulatus, 91

Sphecius speciosiis, 82

Sphegina hansoni, 42

Tachytes distinatus, 83
elongatus, 82

dTamiasciurus hudsonicus, 94

Tetramorium caespitum, 30

*Tsuga lieterophylla, 95
mertensiana, 95

dUrsus americanus, 94
borribilis, 91

dVulpes fiilva, 91

dZapiis hudsonicus, 94

Number of new forms in this index — 23. Not included: exten-
sive lists of muscid flies on pages 48-50.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY

The Bulletin. Vols. 1-7, 1879-85, Microfilm $10.00

Vols. 8-57, 1912-62, Regular issue $125.00

Subsequent volumes, per year $ 4.00

Entomologica Americana. Vols. 1-10, 1885-90 & 1926-30,

Microfilm $15.00

Vols. 11-19, 1931-39, Microfilm $15.00

Vols. 20-29, 1940-49, Microfilm . . . $15.00

Vols. 30-42, 1950-62, Regular issue $70.00

Subsequent volumes, per year $ 6.00

A Glossary of Entomology, Torre-Bueno, cloth bound

including Supplement A $ 7.00

Supplement A to Torre-Bueno’s Glossary of Entomol-

ogy, 36 pp., 1960 $ 1.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

New York Thysanoptera, Hood. 36 pp., 2 plates. 1926 $ 1.00

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Life History of

Bremus bimaculatus. Prison. 65 pp., 8 figs. 1928 $ 2.00

A Revision of the Genus Eurema — Part II. New World
Species, Taxonomy and Synonymy, Klots. 73 pp.,

101 figs. 1929 $ 1.50

Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of the Cole-
optera, Boving & Craighead. Cloth bound, 351 pp.,

125 plates. 1930-31 $10.00

The Nearctic Social Wasps of the Subfamily Polybiinae,

Bequaert. 63 pp., 8 figs. 1933 $ 2.00

Revision of the Epistrophe Flies of America North of

Mexico, Fluke. 57 pp., 45 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

The Biology and Taxonomy of the Genus Trichiotinus,

Hoffmann. 76 pp., 20 figs. 1935 $ 2.00

A Review of the Genus Cyrtopogon in North America,

Wilcox and Martin. 95 pp., 58 figs. 1936 $ 2.00

Bibliography of the Described Life Histories of the Rho-
palocera of America North of Mexico, Davenport
and Dethier. 40 pp. 1937 $ 4.00

Monographs from Entomologica Americana

Notes and Keys on the Genus Brochymena, Ruckes. 95

pp., 41 figs. 1946 $ 3.00

Female Genitalia of Culicidae, with Particular Reference

to Characters of Generic Value, Coher. 38 pp. 1948 .$ 4.00

The Scutate Ticks, or Ixodidae, of Indonesia, Anastos.

144 pp., 28 figures. 1950 $ 5.00

The Tingoidea of New England and their Biology,

Bailey, 140 pp., 6 figs. 1951 $ 5.00

The Hippoboscidae or Louse-Flies of Mammals and
Birds, Part I. Structure, Physiology and Natural

History, Bequaert, 442 pp., 21 figs. 1952-53 $10.00

' ! i i Part II. Taxonomy, Evolution and Revision of
American Genera and Species. 611 pp., 83 figs.
1954-56 .... $15.00

A Revision of the Sphaeropthalmine Mutillidae of Amer-
ica North of Mexico, II. Schuster. 130 pp. 27 figs.

1957 $5.00

A Synopsis of American Mycomyiini. Coher. 155 pp.,

131 figs. 1958 $ 6.00

The Morphology, Phylogeny, and Higher Classification
of the Family Tingidae. Drake and Davis. 100
pp., 75 figs $ 6.00

The External Morphology of the Last-Instar Nymph of

Magicicada septendecim. Lew. 79 pp., 48 figs. 1959 $ 6.00

Taxonomy and Biology of Nearctic Limnephilid Larvae

(Trichoptera). Flint. 177 pp., 82 figs. 1960 . . $ 6.00

Revision of the Genus Copris of the Western Hemi-
sphere. Matthews. 137 pp., 88 figs. 1961 $ 6.00

Revision of the Cosmopterigidae of America North of

Mexico. Hodges. 166 pp., 199 figs. 1962 $ 6.00

All orders for all publications MUST be sent DIRECT to Brook-
lyn Entomological Society, R. R. McElvare, Treasurer, P.O. Box
386, Southern Pines, North Carolina.

BUSINESS PRESS INC., Lancaster, Pa.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society"

See other formats